Category Archives: Teachers’ Resources

Health Education Grade 7 CBC Free Schemes of Work

GRADE 7 SPOTLIGHT HEALTH EDUCATION SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 3

NAME OF THE TEACHER                                                                  SCHOOL                                             YEAR                          TERM             III       

Week LSN strand Sub-strand Specific Learning Outcomes Key Inquiry Question(s) Learning Experiences Learning Resources Assessment Methods Ref
1 1 ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND SANITATION Meaning and Importance of Environmental Health

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) explain the meaning of the term environmental health and sanitation

b) discuss the importance of environmental health for healthy living

c) Appreciate the importance of a healthy environment for promotion of the well-being of self and others.

1. Why is environmental health important?

2. How do you control environmental factors affecting health?

 

The learner is guided to:

● brainstorm on the meaning of the term environmental health and sanitation

 

Resource person, digital devices, video clips, print reference materials, realia, tree seedlings, posters, pictures, cleaning materials and equipment

Spotlight health education T.G pg. 66-68

 

Spotlight health education P.B pg. 98-100

Graded observation of group work activities

● Written test

● Oral assessment

 
  2   environmental factors that affect human health By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) identify environmental factors that affect human health

b) watch a video clip of environmental factors affecting human health

c) Appreciate the importance of a healthy environment for promotion of the well-being of self and others.

1. Why is environmental health important?

2. How do you control environmental factors affecting health?

 

The learner is guided to:

● participate in activities to control environmental factors affecting human health (planting trees, environmental cleanup, sensitization and advocacy).

● investigate environmental factors affecting human health and report their findings

Resource person, digital devices, video clips, print reference materials, realia, tree seedlings, posters, pictures, cleaning materials and equipment

Spotlight health education T.G pg. 68-69

 

Spotlight health education P.B pg. 101-102

Graded observation of group work activities

● Written test

● Oral assessment

 
2 1   Measure for controlling  environmental affecting human health By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) identify the importance of a healthy environment

b) apply measures for control of environmental factors affecting health

c) Appreciate the importance of a healthy environment for promotion of the well-being of self and others.

1. Why is environmental health important?

2. How do you control environmental factors affecting health?

 

The learner is guided to:

● participate in activities to control environmental factors affecting human health (planting trees, environmental cleanup, sensitization and advocacy).

● investigate measures taken to control environmental factors affecting health

Resource person, digital devices, video clips, print reference materials, realia, tree seedlings, posters, pictures, cleaning materials and equipment

Spotlight health education T.G pg. 68-69

 

Spotlight health education P.B pg. 103-105

Graded observation of group work activities

● Written test

● Oral assessment

 
  2 Environmental contaminants

 

Types of environmental contaminants By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) identify types of environmental contaminants that affect human health

b) Watch a video clip on different environmental contaminants

c) Develop curiosity in identifying environmental contaminants.

Why maintain a healthy environment?

 

The learner is guided to:

● discuss types of environmental contaminants that affect human health, and make presentations (biological contaminants, chemical contaminants, gases and heavy metals)

Digital resources, reference materials, realia, pictures, charts, photos

Spotlight health education T.G pg. 70-72

 

Spotlight health education P.B pg. 106-107

● Written assignment

● Oral assessment

● Self and peer assessment

 
3 1   effects of environmental contamination By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) state the types of environmental contaminants that affect human health

b) outline the effects of environmental contamination on human health

c) Develop curiosity in identifying environmental contaminants.

Why maintain a healthy environment?

 

The learner is guided to:

● research and discuss the effects of exposure to environmental contamination on human health.

 

Digital resources, reference materials, realia, pictures, charts, photos

Spotlight health education T.G pg. 73

 

Spotlight health education P.B pg. 108-109

● Written assignment

● Oral assessment

● Self and peer assessment

 
  2   Importance of an environment free from contaminants By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) list the effects of environmental contamination on human health

b) control environmental contamination for a healthy environment

c) Value an environment free from contamination for healthy living.

Why maintain a healthy environment?

 

The learner is guided to:

● explore on ways of preventing and controlling environmental contamination

Digital resources, reference materials, realia, pictures, charts, photos

Spotlight health education T.G pg. 74

 

Spotlight health education P.B pg. 110-111

● Written assignment

● Oral assessment

● Self and peer assessment

 
4 1 Infection Prevention and Control

 

Equipment’s for infection prevention By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) explain the meaning of infection prevention and control for health promotion

b) outline personal protective equipment used for infection prevention

c) value infection prevention and control for healthy life

1. How do we prevent and control infection?

2. What is the difference between cleaning and disinfection?

 

The learner is guided to:

● brainstorm on the meaning of infection prevention and control

● use digital devices and reference materials to search for information on commonly used personal protective equipment

Realia, Pictures, charts, posters, digital resources, print materials, reference books, video clips, digital devices, resource person, cleaning equipment and disinfecting materials

Spotlight health education T.G pg. 75-77

 

Spotlight health education P.B pg. 112-113

● Graded observation of learner demonstrations

● Written assignment

● Oral assessment

● projects

 
  2   Improvising a personal protective equipment By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) list personal protective equipment used for infection prevention

b) make personal protective equipment using locally available materials

c) value infection prevention and control for healthy life

1. How do we prevent and control infection?

2. What is the difference between cleaning and disinfection?

 

The learner is guided to:

● improvise personal protective equipment using locally available resources

Realia, Pictures, charts, posters, digital resources, print materials, reference books, video clips, digital devices, resource person, cleaning equipment and disinfecting materials

Spotlight health education T.G pg. 77-78

 

Spotlight health education P.B pg. 114

● Graded observation of learner demonstrations

● Written assignment

● Oral assessment

● projects

 
5 1   Proper usage of personal protective equipment By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) explain the meaning of infection prevention and control for health promotion

b) illustrate correct use of personal protective equipment for infection prevention and control

c) value infection prevention and control for healthy life

1. How do we prevent and control infection?

2. What is the difference between cleaning and disinfection?

 

The learner is guided to:

● demonstrate proper use of personal protective equipment (face masks, gloves, gumboots, gowns, goggles, face shield, head gear)

 

Realia, Pictures, charts, posters, digital resources, print materials, reference books, video clips, digital devices, resource person, cleaning equipment and disinfecting materials

Spotlight health education T.G pg. 78-79

 

Spotlight health education P.B pg. 115-116

● Graded observation of learner demonstrations

● Written assignment

● Oral assessment

● projects

 
  2   Difference between cleaning and disinfection of surfaces By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) differentiate cleaning and disinfection of equipment and surfaces for infection control

b) apply infection prevention and control measures for promotion of health

c) value infection prevention and control for healthy life

1. How do we prevent and control infection?

2. What is the difference between cleaning and disinfection?

 

The learner is guided to:

● practice different measures for infection prevention and control (use of protective gear, respiratory hygiene and cough etiquette, hand hygiene, cleaning and disinfection of equipment and surfaces, safe handling and disposal of wastes)

● watch a video clip or demonstration on the process of cleaning and disinfecting equipment and surfaces

Realia, Pictures, charts, posters, digital resources, print materials, reference books, video clips, digital devices, resource person, cleaning equipment and disinfecting materials

Spotlight health education T.G pg. 78-79

 

Spotlight health education P.B pg. 117-120

● Graded observation of learner demonstrations

● Written assignment

● Oral assessment

● projects

 
6 1 HUMAN REPRODUCTIVE HEALTH Pubertal growth and development

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) identify changes occurring in boys and girls at puberty

b) discuss personal hygiene needs during puberty

c) appreciate puberty as a stage in personal growth and development

1. What changes occur in boys and girls at puberty?

2. Which are the personal hygiene needs associated with puberty?

 

The learner is guided to:

● discuss and classify changes occurring in boys and girls at puberty (physical, emotional and social changes)

 

video clips, digital devices, resource person, pictures, charts, digital and print reference materials

Spotlight health education T.G pg. 80-82

 

Spotlight health education P.B pg. 121-122

● Written tests

● Oral assessment

● Peer assessment

 
  2   Personal hygiene needs during puberty and management measures By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) Apply measures for management of menstrual hygiene for personal health.

b) discuss personal hygiene needs during puberty

c) appreciate puberty as a stage in personal growth and development

1. What changes occur in boys and girls at puberty?

2. Which are the personal hygiene needs associated with puberty?

● make online research for information on personal hygiene needs associated with onset of puberty and discuss in class

● discuss measures for managing menstrual hygiene for personal health

video clips, digital devices, resource person, pictures, charts, digital and print reference materials

Spotlight health education T.G pg. 82-83

 

Spotlight health education P.B pg. 123-124

● Written tests

● Oral assessment

● Peer assessment

 
7 1   Myths and misconceptions of menstrual experiences

 

stages of identifying intersex persons

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) outline stages of identifying intersex persons for intervention

b) identify myths and misconceptions on menstrual experience in the community

c) appreciate puberty as a stage in personal growth and development

1. What changes occur in boys and girls at puberty?

2. Which are the personal hygiene needs associated with puberty?

The learner is guided to:

● explore on myths and misconception on menstrual experience within their community

 

video clips, digital devices, resource person, pictures, charts, digital and print reference

Spotlight health education T.G pg. 83-84

 

Spotlight health education P.B pg. 126-129

● Written tests

● Oral assessment

● Peer assessment

 
  2 Reproductive Health

 

Importance of reproductive health in the community By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) discuss importance of reproductive health in the community

b) State the meaning of reproductive health

c) Embrace positive reproductive health practices for a healthy community.

1. What is reproductive health?

2. How is reproductive health affected by cultural practices?

 

The learner is guided to:

● brainstorm on importance of reproductive health to the community

● watch a documentary on practices that are harmful to reproductive health

Video clips/

Documentaries, digital devices, reference books, post

 Spotlight health education T.G pg. 84-86

 

Spotlight health education P.B pg. 130-131

● Graded observation of group discussions

● Written test

● Oral assessment

 
8 1   Practices that enhance reproductive health By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) list practices that enhance reproductive health

b) explain practices that adversely affect reproductive health

c) Embrace positive reproductive health practices for a healthy community.

1. What is reproductive health?

2. How is reproductive health affected by cultural practices?

 

The learner is guided to:

● research on practices that enhance reproductive health and share their findings

● research using digital and print materials on practices that affect reproductive health (early marriages and female genital mutilation among others)

Video clips/

Documentaries, digital devices, reference books, posters, charts

Spotlight health education T.G pg. 86-87

 

Spotlight health education P.B pg. 131-133

● Graded observation of group discussions

● Written test

● Oral assessment

 
  2   Myths and misconceptions of reproductive health By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to:

a) explain practices that adversely affect reproductive health

b) identify myths and misconceptions about reproductive health in the community

c) Embrace positive reproductive health practices for a healthy community.

1. What is reproductive health?

2. How is reproductive health affected by cultural practices?

 

The learner is guided to:

● discuss with a resource person on effects of harmful practices on reproductive health (sexually transmitted infections, excessive bleeding, fistula)

● brainstorm to distinguish facts from misconceptions associated with culture on reproductive health and share with peers

Video clips/

Documentaries, digital devices, reference books, posters, charts

Spotlight health education T.G pg. 87-88

 

Spotlight health education P.B pg. 134-138

● Graded observation of group discussions

● Written test

● Oral assessment

 
9 END TERM ASSESSMENT/CLOSING

 

 

FORM 4 BIOLOGY PP3 EXAMS (QUESTIONS, CONFIDENTIAL & ANSWERS) FREE

231/3

BIOLOGY

PAPER 3

KASSU

TIME: 2 HOURS

Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (K.C.S.E.)

REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH CANDIDATE

  • Solution P- starch
  • Solution Q- egg white
  • Solution Z- water
  • Solution R- Diastase
  • Benedict’s solution
  • Iodine solution
  • Visking tubing – 8cm
  • Thread
  • 100ml beaker
  • 5 test tubes
  • 5 labels
  • D1-Blackjack
  • D2-Sonchus
  • D3-Jacaranda
  • D4-Mango

Name…………………………………………………          Adm no. ……………Class…….

School …………………………………………………                    

231/3

BIOLOGY

PAPER 3 (PRACTICAL)

Time:  1 ¾  HOURS

KASSU JET EXAMINATION  –

231/3

BIOLOGY PAPER 3 (PRACTICAL)

Time:  1 ¾  HOURS

INSTRUCTIONS TO CANDIDATES

  • Answer ALL the questions.
  • You are required to spend the first 15 minutes of 1 ¾ hours allowed for this paper reading the whole paper carefully before commencing your work.
  • Answers must be written in the spaces provided in the question paper.
  • Additional pages must not be inserted.

FOR EXAMINERS USE ONLY

Question Maximum score Candidate’s score
1 12

 

 
2 14

 

 
3 14

 

 
Total Score 40

Marks

 

 

This paper consists of 5 printed pages.Candidates should check the question paper to ensure that all pages are printed as indicatedand no questions are missing

  1. You are provided with the photomicrograph of an onion outer epidermis as seen under light microscope
  2. a) On the photograph, name parts labelled A, C, and D (3mark) A ……………………………………………………………

C ……………………………………………………………

D ……………………………………………………………

  1. Explain how the part labelled B is adapted to its function (2marks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Calculate the actual size of the cell marked K, give your answer in micrometres

(2marks)

 

  1. The differences between the cells in the photograph and those obtained from an animal epithelial cells             (3marks)
Onion epidermal cells Animal epithelial cells
   
   
   

 

  1. State the process that make the structures in the cell above appear more distinct

(1mark)

………………………………………………………………………………………..

  1. In microscopic procedure in 1 (d) above name what was used to achieve the process

(1mark)

……………………………………………………………………………………………

 

  1. The photographs below represent specimen labeled A, B, C and D

 

SPECIMEN A SPECIMEN B
SPECIMEN C SPECIMEN D
 
  1. Name the type of placentation shown in specimen A and B            (2marks)

A…………………………………………………………………………………

B…………………………………………………………..………………….…

  1. Identify the type of sections from which specimen C and D was obtained?

(2 marks)

C…………………………………………………………………………………

D…………………………………………………………..………………….…

  • Classify the above specimen labeled D                         (1mark)

………………………………………………………………………………

  1. You are provided with specimen labeled D1, D2, D3 and D4. Examine them

Draw and label specimen labeled D2                        (3marks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Giving a reason and state the agent of dispersal of the specimen (6marks)
Specimen Agent of dispersal Reason
D1  

 

 

 

 

D3  

 

 

 

 

 

D4  

 

 

 

 
  1. You are provided with the following. Solution P, Q and Z.
  • (i) Put 2 cm3 of solution P into two test tubes labeled A and B. Add iodine solution drops into test tube A. Observe and record.                                     (1 mark)

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………..

(ii)To test tube B, add an equal amount of Benedict’s solution. Heat to boil. Record your observation.                                                                                            (1 mark)

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………..

(iii) From the results in (a) (i) and (ii), identify solution P.                         (1 mark)

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………..

(iv). Put 2cm3 of solution Z into a clean test tube labelled C. Add equal volume of Benedict’s solution. Heat to boil.                                                                  (1 mark)

 

……………………………………………………………………………………..……

(v) Open the visking tubing provided, Pour solution P into the visking tubing and add 1cm3 of the solution R. Tie the visking tubing and ensure there is no leakage. Pour solution Z into a clean beaker till it is half full. Immerse visking tube in the solution Z in the beaker. Allow it to stand for 30 minutes. After 30 minutes, take 2cm3 of solution Z from the beaker into a clean test tube labelled D. Add equal amount of Benedict’s solution. Heat to boil. Record your observation.                               (1 mark)

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………..

 

(vi)Account for the observation made in (v) above.                                     (3 marks)

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

  • i) Pour 2 cm3 of solution Q into a clean test tube. Observe and record the color of solution                         (1 mark)

 

…………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. ii) Add 1 cm3 of sodium hydroxide into test tube containing solution Q. Record your observation. (1 mark)

……………………………………………………………..……………………………

iii) Explain the results observed in (b)(ii) above.                                         (2 marks)

 

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….…………….

iv). what is the identity of solution R?                                                          (1 mark)

……………………………………………………………..……………………………v) State one factor that can affect the process demonstrated in 3a (v) above (1 mark)

……………………………………………………………..……………………………


KASSU  BIOLOGY  PAPER 3 MARKING SCHEME

1.You are provided with the photomicrograph of an onion outer epidermis as seen under light microscope

 

  1. a) On the photograph, name parts labelled A, C, and D (3marks)

A chloroplast ;

C cell membrane ;

D cytoplasm ;

  1. Explain how the part labelled Bisadapted to itsfunction (2marks)

Cellwallcontain the polysaccharide cellulose; thatgivemechanical support

  1. Calculate the actual size of the cellmarked K, giveyouranswer in micrometres

(2marks)

Mg =   image size

            Actual size

1500=             4.4×10,000 ;

                        Actual size

                        =44000          

                             1500

                        =29.3um ; units

  1. The differencesbetween the cells in the photograph and thoseobtainedfrom an animal epithelialcells             (3marks)
Onionepidermalcells Animal epithelialcells
Cellwallpresent Cellwall absent ;
Chloroplastpresent Chloroplast absent ;
Nucleus locatedat the periphery Centralised nucleus ;

 

  1. State the processthatmake the structures in the cellaboveappear more distinct (1mark)

Staining ;

  1. In microscopicprocedurein 1 (e) abovenamewhatwasused to achieve the process(1mark)

Iodinestain,;methyleneblue ;eosinacceptany one

  1. The photographs below represent specimen labeled A, B, C and D
SPECIMEN A SPECIMEN B
SPECIMEN C SPECIMEN D
 
  1. Name the type of placentation shown in specimen A and B            (2 marks)

A         Axile;

B          free central;

  1. Identify the type of sections from which specimen C and D was obtained?

(2 marks)

Ccross section/transverse section;

  1. Longitudinal section;
  • Classify the above specimen labeled D                         (1mark)

Succulent;

  1. You are provided with specimen labeled D1, D2, D3 and D4. Examine them

Draw and label specimen labeled D2                        (3marks)

  1. Giving a reason and state the agent of dispersal of the specimen (6marks)
Specimen Agent of dispersal Reason
D1  

Animal ;

 

 

Have hook-like structures which stick on fur/clothes of passing animals;

D3  

Wind;

 

 

 

Has wing like structures to increase surface area for it to be carried by wind;

D4  

Animal ;

 

 

Brightly coloured, succulent to attract animals that feed on it;

 

 

  1. You are provided with the following. Solution P, Q and Z.
  • (i) Put 2 cm3 of solution P into two test tubes labeled A and B. Add iodine solution drops into test tube A. Observe and record.             (1 mark)

Blue-black colour observed;

(ii)To test tube B, add an equal amount of Benedict’s solution. Heat to boil. Record your observation.                                                                                                        (1 mark)

Blue-black of Benedict’s solution persist;

(iii) From the results in (a) (i) and (ii), Identify solution P.                                    (1 mark)

Starch solution;

(iv) put 2cm3 of solution Z into a clean test tube labelled C. Add equal volume of Benedicts solution. Heat to boil.                                                                    (1 mark)

Blue colour of Benedict’s solution persist;

(v) Open the visking tubing provided. Pour solution P into the visking tubing and add 1cm3 of the solution R. Tie the visking tubing and ensure there is no leakage. Pour solution Z into a clean beaker till it is half full. Immerse visking tube in the solution Z in the beaker. Allow it to stand for 30 minutes. After 30 minutes, take 2cm3 of solution Z from the beaker into a clean test tube labelled D. Add equal amount of Benedict’s solution. Heat to boil. Record your observation.                                               (1 mark)

            Colour changes from Blue-green- yellow- orange;

(vi)Account for the observation made in (v) above.                                     (3 marks)

Starch is hydrolysed into maltose by enzyme diastase; maltose molecules are small enough to diffuse through the small pores of the visking tubing; maltose reacted with Benedict’s solution producing an orange colour;

  • (i)Pour 2 cm3 of solution Q into a clean test tube. Observe and record the color of solution Q.                         (1 mark)

White/turbid/ cloudy;

(ii)Add 1 cm3 of sodium hydroxide into test tube containing solution Q. Record your observation.                                                                                                        (1 mark)

Solution Q clears/ white colour fades off;

(iii)Explain the results observed in (b)(ii) above.                                         (2 marks)

`           Sodium Hydroxide breaks down the protein molecules into peptides; peptides form a clear solution;

iv). what is the identity of solution R?                                                          (1 mark)

Enzyme/diastase

  1. v) State one factor that can affect the process demonstrated in 3a (v) above (1 mark)

Increase in temperature

SCHEME OF WORK  FORM  THREE C..R.E. TERM  ONE TO THREE

SCHEME  OF  WORK        FORM III C.R.E.         TERM ONE  20………..  

WK

NO

L/

NO

TOPIC/

SUBTOPIC

LESSON / SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVES
TEACHING / LEARNING

ACTIVITIES

MATERIALS

/

RESOURCES

REF. REM.
1

 

 

 

 

 

1

THE GIFTS OF THE HOLY SPIRIT

 

The teachings of Jesus on the role of the Holy Spirit.

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

Cite examples where the concept of the Holy Spirit is mentioned in the Old Testament.

Outline the teachings of Jesus on the role of the Holy Spirit..

 

 

 

 

 

Bible readings:

John 14:15-26,

16:5-15

Acts 1:7-8

Q/A & discussion.

 

 

 

 

The Bible.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KLB BK III

Pg 1-2

 

 

 

 

2

The Day of the Pentecost.

Explain the importance of the day of Pentecost to the disciples.

 

Q/A: review Jews’ annual festivals.

Acts 2:1-40.

The Bible.  

KLB BK III

Pg 3-4

 

 

 

 

3

Peter’s message on the Day of Pentecost.

Give an account of Peter’s message on the day of Pentecost. Q/A: review the life history of Peter.

Discussion: Peter’s Pentecostal message and results.

 

   

KLB BK III

Pg 5-6

 

 

 

 

4

Relevance of the Pentecostal experience to Christians.

 

 

 

Explain the relevance of the Pentecostal experience to Christians today. Probing questions & brief discussion.   KLB BK III

Pg 7-8

 

 

 

 

2

1

Paul’s teachings on the gifts of the Holy Spirit.

 

 

 

Define the term spiritual gift.

Enumerate the gifts of the Holy Spirit as elucidated by Paul.

 

Assignment: reading 1st Corinthians 12,13,14.

Q/A & discussion.

The Bible.

 

KLB BK III

Pg 9-10

 

 

 

2

Paul’s teachings on the gifts of the Holy Spirit.

 

 

Discuss the gifts of the Holy Spirit as elucidated by Paul.

 

Assignment: reading 1st Corinthians 12,13,14.

Discussion based on the reading.

The Bible.

 

KLB BK III

Pg 10-11

 

 

 

3

Paul’s teachings on love.

Highlight Paul’s teachings on love. Discussion: supremacy of love over other spiritual gifts.   KLB BK III

Pg 12-13

 

 

 

4

Paul’s teachings on the gifts of prophecy.

Outline Paul’s teachings on the gifts of prophecy. Discussion on the gift of prophecy;

Answer related questions.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 14

 

 

 

3

1

Paul’s teachings on speaking in tongues.

 

Outline Paul’s teachings on speaking in tongues. Narrations;

Explanations; Discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 12-13

 

 

 

2

Discerning the gifts of the Holy Spirit.

Analyse the criteria for discerning the gifts of the Holy Spirit. Matt. 7: 15-20,

1st Corinthians 12: 1-3.

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 14-15

 

 

 

3

The Fruits of the Holy Spirit.

Identify the three fruits of the Holy Spirit as postulated by Paul.

 

Galatians 5:16-26

Q/A & brief discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 16-17

 

 

 

4

Manifestations of the gifts of the Holy Spirit in the church today.

 

 

Outline ways in which the gifts of the Holy Spirit are manifested in the church today. Oral questions;

Brief explanations; Written exercise.

  KLB BK III

Pg 17-18

 

 

 

4

1

THE UNITY OF BELIEVERS.

 

Teaching on the unity of believers in the new testament.

 

 

 

Illustrate the concept of the unity of believers with the image of the people of God.

 

 

 

Probing questions on national unity in Kenya.

Discussion on unity of believers.

 

 

 

 

The Bible.

 

 

 

KLB BK III

Pg 20-21

 

 

 

2

Teaching on the people of God.

Outline the teaching on privileges of God’s people. Bible reading :

1Peter 2:9-10.

Narrations;

Discussion.

 

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 22

 

 

 

3

Teaching on the body of Christ. Illustrate the teaching on the unity of believers with the image of body of Christ. Eph 4:1-12.

Discuss inferences from the reading.

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 9-10

 

 

 

4

Teaching on the Vine and Branches. Highlight new testament teaching on the Vine and Branches. Bible reading :

John 15:1-10.

Narrations;

Discussion.

 

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 24-25

 

 

 

5

1

Teaching on the Church as the Assembly  of God.. Illustrate the teaching on the Church as the Assembly  of God.. Bible reading Eph 5:21-32.

Q/A & discussion on

The vine and the branches, the assembly of God.

 

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 25-26

 

 

 

2

Teaching on the Bride. Discuss marriage of the church believers and Christ. Probing questions;

Drawing an analogy between a wedding and marriage of  the church to Christ.

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 226-27

 

 

 

3

The causes of disunity in the early church.

Church leadership.

Outline disputes in leadership in the early church and the solutions offered by Paul.. Bible reading;

1Corinthians1: 4-21.

Narrations;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 27-28

 

 

 

5

4

 

 

The causes of disunity in the early church.

– Sacrifices to idols.

Misuse of spiritual gifts.

Discuss issues relating to idol worship and spiritual gifts. Bible reading;

1Corinthians 8

Narrations;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 28-29

 

 

 

6

1

The causes of disunity in the early church.

– Abuse of Lord’s supper

 

Discuss issues relating to abuse of Lord’s supper. Bible reading;

1Corinthians 15

Narrations;

Probing questions;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 29

 

 

 

2

The causes of disunity in the early church.

– Resurrection of the body.

 

Discuss issues relating to misunderstanding of resurrection of the body. Bible reading;

1Corinthians 15

Narrations;

Probing questions;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 29

 

 

 

3

The causes of disunity in the early church.

– Mode of dressing during worship.

 

Discuss issues relating to mode of dressing during worship. Bible reading;

1Corinthians 5:1-13,

Narrations;

Probing questions;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 30

 

 

 

4

The causes of disunity in the early church.

— sexual immorality.

 

Discuss issues relating to sexual immorality. Bible reading;

1Corinthians 11:2-16

Narrations;

Probing questions;

Discussion.

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 30

 

 

 

7

1

The causes of disunity in the early church.

-Disputes over marriage and divorce.

 

 

Discuss issues relating to disputes over marriage and divorce. Bible reading;

1Corinthians 7, 1Corinthians 6:1-6

Narrations;

 

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 31-32

 

 

 

7

2

The causes of disunity in the early church.

– Disputes in civil courts.

 

Discuss issues relating to settling disputes in civil courts. Bible reading;

1Corinthians 7, 1Corinthians 6:1-6

Narrations;

 

The Bible. KLB BK III

Pg 31-32

 

 

 

3

Causes of disunity in Kenya today.

Outline causes of disunity in Kenya today.

 

Brain storming;

Probing questions;

Discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 32-35

 

 

 

4

Solutions to problems in churches today.

Suggest possible solutions to  problems threatening church unity..

 

Brain storming;

Probing questions;

Open discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 32-35

 

 

 

8

1-2

TEST & MID TERM BREAK

       

3

THE WRITING OF THE PROPHETIC MESSAGES.

Definition of the terms prophet and prophecy.

 

 

 

 

Define the terms prophet and prophecy.

Identify other titles of a prophet.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brain storming;

Oral questions and brief discussion.

   

 

 

 

KLB BK III

Pg 37-38

 

 

 

4

Categories of prophets.

Identify  classes of prophets.

 

 

Oral questions and exposition of new terms.   KLB BK III

Pg 38-39

 

 

 

9

1

Characteristics of true and false prophets.

Classify prophets as either true or false on basis of their character and mission. Q/A & discussion on discerning true and false prophets.   KLB BK III

Pg 40,44

 

 

 

9

2

The role of prophets.

Outline ways in which the old testament prophets served God and humankind.

 

 

Oral questions and detailed discussion.   KLB BK III

Pg 41-42

 

 

 

3,4

The contents of prophetic messages.

Analyze the contents of the prophetic books. Detailed discussion on prophetic sayings and narratives.

Jeremiah 36:1-2,

Isaiah 30:8.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 45-46

 

 

 

10

1,2

How the prophetic messages were written.

Describe how the prophetic messages were written. Jeremiah 36:4.

Narrations;

Discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 46-47

 

 

 

3,4

Relationship between Old & New Testaments.

Explain the relationship of Old & New Testaments. Q/A: to review some previously learned concepts related to

O.T. & N.T.

Detailed discussion marked by oral questions.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 48-50

 

 

 

11

1,2

Comparison between traditional African prophets and Old Testament prophets.

 

 

Compare and contrast traditional African prophets and Old Testament prophets.

 

 

 

Q/A: Identify traditional prophets and prophetesses.

Q/A & discussion.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 50-53

 

 

 

3,4

Relevance of Old Testament prophets to Christians.

Outline relevance of Old Testament prophets to Christians.

 

 

Probing questions;

Brain storming;

Discussion

  KLB BK III

Pg 54

 

 

 

12-13

END  OF  TERM ASSESSMENT TEST

 

 

 

FORM  III C.R.E.    TERM TWO   20………….  

WK

NO

L/

NO

TOPIC/

SUBTOPIC

LESSON / SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVES
TEACHING / LEARNING

ACTIVITIES

MATERIALS

/

RESOURCES

REF. REM.

1

1

PROPHET AMOS

 

Background to prophet Amos.

 

 

Outline the historical and political background of Amos.

 

 

Narrations & oral questions.

2 Kings 14:23-29

Amos 1:17:14, 5:26.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 56-8

 

 

 

2

 

Background to prophet Amos.

Outline the social- economic and religious background of Amos. Narrations & oral questions.

2 Kings 14:23-29

Amos 1:17:14, 5:26.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 59-61

 

 

 

3

The call of Amos.

Briefly describe the call of Amos.

 

 

Amos 1: 1, 3:87:10-15.

Oral questions & discussion.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 62-3

 

 

 

4

The call of Amos.

Strike out lessons that Christians learn from the call of Amos.

 

Oral questions & discussion.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 63

 

 

 

2

1-2

The Visions of Amos.

Identify the five visions in which God communicated his message of judgments to the people of Israel. Amos 7:1-9

8:1-3

9:1-4

Inferences from the Bible readings.

Q/A and discussion.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 63-8

 

 

 

3

Teachings of prophet Amos on social justice and responsibilities.

Identify the evils condemned by Amos. Amos 2:6-8, 3:9-12, 4Probing questions and detailed discussion.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 69-70

 

 

 

4

Teachings of prophet Amos on sexual immorality.

Outline Amos’ teachings against sexual immorality. Amos 8:4-6.

Probing questions and detailed discussion.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 70-1

 

 

 

3

1

Teachings of prophet Amos on corruption and bribery.

Outline Amos’ teachings against corruption and bribery. Amos, 4:1-3.

Probing questions and detailed discussion.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 71

 

 

 

2

Teachings of prophet Amos on greed, dishonesty and self – indulgence.

Outline Amos’ teachings against greed, dishonesty and self – indulgence. Amos, 4:1-3.

Probing questions and detailed discussion.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 72-3

 

 

 

3,4

Relevance of Amos’ teachings to Christians.

Recognize the relevance of Amos’ teachings to Christians today.

 

Probing questions;

Brain storming;

Discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 54

 

 

 

4

1-2

Teachings of Amos on hypocritical religion in Israel.

Outline hypocritical religious practices condemned by Amos. Amos 4:4-55:4-55:21-27

Q/A: examples of

hypocritical practices.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 76-7

 

 

 

3

Relevance of Amos’ teachings against hypocritical religion to Christians.

Recognize the relevance of Amos’ teachings to Christians today.

 

 

Probing questions;

Brain storming;

Discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 778-9

 

 

 

4

God’s judgment to the Nations.

Identify the crimes committed by certain nations and the nature of punishment meted out on them.

 

 

Narrations: Amos 1:3-15,

Oral questions drawn from the Bible readings.

  KLB BK III

Pg 80-2

 

 

 

5

1,2

God’s punishment for Israel and Judah.

Identify ways in which God punished Israel and Judah. Amos 5:16-27

8:3, 6:11, 8:11-13, 5:14-15

Inferences from the Bible readings.

Discussion.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 83-5

 

 

 

3

Relevance of Amos message on judgment for Christians.

 

Analyse the relevance of Amos message on judgment for Christians.

Q/A & brief discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 85-6

 

 

 

4

Israel Divine Election.

Describe Amos teaching on Israel election.

 

Amos 2:9-11, 3:1-2,

Oral questions based on the Bible readings.

Brief discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 86

 

 

 

6

1

Relevance of Israel Divine Election to Christians.

Relate Amos’ teaching on Israel Election to Christian life.

 

Probing questions;

Brain storming;

Discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 87

 

 

 

2

The Day of the Lord.

Outline Amos teaching on the day of the Lord.

Related teachings on the day of the Lord.

 

Amos 5:18-20, 6:3-5, 8:7-13

Observations from the readings.

  KLB BK III

Pg 87-88

 

 

 

3

Relevance of  the Day of the Lord to Christians.

Relate Amos’ teaching on the Day of the Lord to Christian life.

 

Probing questions;

Brain storming;

Discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 89-90

 

 

 

4

The Remnant & Restoration.

Define the term remnant as used in the Israelites context.

Outline Amos’ teaching on the remnant for Christians.

 

Amos 9:8-15

Observations from the reading & discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 90-91

 

 

 

7

1

Relevance of the Remnant & Restoration to Christians.

Relate Amos’ teaching on the Remnant & Restoration to Christian life today.

 

Probing questions;

Brain storming;

Discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 91

 

 

 

2-3

TEST & mid – term break        

4

PROPHET JEREMIAH.

 

Background to prophet Jeremiah.

 

 

 

Outline the political, social & religious background to Jeremiah.

 

 

 

Narrations: teacher exposes Jeremiah’s background.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 93-7

 

 

 

8

1

Jeremiah’s call.

Identify circumstances revolving around his call. Jer 1.

Narrations;

 

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 97-101

 

 

 

2,3

Evils addressed by Jeremiah.

Recall evils committed by people of Judah during Jeremiah’s time.

 

 

Jer 14:14, 27:9,29:8-9, 28, 7:1-8

Oral questions based on the Bible readings.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 101-8

 

 

 

4

Jeremiah’s temple sermon.

Highlight Jeremiah’s teachings in the temple sermon.

 

 

Jer 7:1-8.

Narrations.

  KLB BK III

Pg 108-111

 

 

 

9

1-2

Jeremiah’s teachings to the church today.

Explain relevance of his teachings on evils and false prophets to Christians.

 

 

Probing questions;

Brain storming;

Discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 111-2

 

 

 

3

&

4

JEREMIAH’S TEACHINGS ON JUDGMENT & PUNISHMENT.

 

Judgment

&

Punishment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Describe God’s punishment and judgment for Israelites.

Identify modes of punishment meted on Judah by Yahweh.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jer. 5:12-18,6:1-30

 

Oral questions;

Detailed discussion.

 

   

 

 

 

 

KLB BK III

Pg 114-120

 

 

 

10

1

Jeremiah’s symbolic acts related to Judgment and Punishment.

the waist cloth.

-the parable of wineskins

Outline symbolic acts used by Jeremiah depicting judgment and punishment.

Deduce teachings to Christians ingrained in Jeremiah’s acts.

 

 

Narrations.

Probing questions, Discussion.

Assignment.

  KLB BK III

Pg 120-1

 

 

 
2

Jeremiah’s symbolic acts related to Judgment and Punishment.

Jeremiah’s life

– The potter and clay

Outline symbolic acts used by Jeremiah depicting judgment and punishment.

Deduce teachings to Christians ingrained in Jeremiah’s acts.

 

 

Narrations.

Discussion.

Oral questions.

  KLB BK III

Pg 121-2

 

 

 
3,4

Jeremiah’s symbolic acts related to Judgment and Punishment.

The earthen flask.

-Vision of fig baskets.

Outline symbolic acts used by Jeremiah depicting judgment and punishment.

Deduce teachings to Christians ingrained in Jeremiah’s acts.

 

 

Narrations.

Probing questions, Discussion.

Oral questions.

  KLB BK III

Pg 123-4

 

 

 

1

Jeremiah’s symbolic acts related to Judgment and Punishment.

the wooden yoke

Outline symbolic acts used by Jeremiah depicting judgment and punishment.

Deduce teachings to Christians ingrained in Jeremiah’s acts.

 

 

Narrations.

Probing questions, Discussion.

Oral questions.

  KLB BK III

Pg 125

 

 

 

11

2-3

The fall of Jerusalem and the exile of the people of Judah.

Give an account of why and how Jerusalem was conquered by the Babylonians.

 

 

 

Jer.39.

Oral questions, narrations

& discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 126-8

 

 

 

4

Topic review

Answer question.

Revise the questions.

Written exercise;

Exercise review.

  KLB BK III

Pg 129

 

 

 

12-13

END  OF  TERM  TWO ASSESSMENT TEST  

 

FORM  III   C.R.E.   TERM   THREE  20…………  

WK

NO

L/

NO

TOPIC/

SUBTOPIC

LESSON / SPECIFIC
OBJECTIVES
TEACHING / LEARNING

ACTIVITIES

MATERIALS

/

RESOURCES

REF. REM.

1

1

JEREMIAH’S TEACHINGS ON SUFFERING AND HOPE.

 

Jeremiah’s suffering and lamentations.

-plot against his life.

-isolation

 

 

 

 

 

Describe Jeremiah’s suffering and lamentations.

 

 

 

 

 

Jer .17:14-18

Brief discussion.

   

 

 

 

KLB BK III

Pg 130-1

 

 

 

2

Jeremiah’s suffering and lamentations.

-peoples’ mockery.

-torture.

Describe Jeremiah’s suffering and lamentations Jer .17:14-18

Oral questions;

Discussion.

  KLB BK III

Pg 132

 

 

3,4

Jeremiah’s arrest, trial and imprisonment. Describe Jeremiah’s arrest, trial, his defence and consequential imprisonment. Jer 26, 237,38.

Inferences from the readings.

Narrations.

Q/A & discussion.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 133

 

 

 

2

1

Relevance of Jeremiah’s sufferings and lamentations.

Apply Jeremiah’s teachings on suffering and lamentations in Christians’ lives today.

 

 

Probing questions & brief discussion.   KLB BK III

Pg 133-5

 

 

 

2-4

Jeremiah’s symbolic acts related to hope and restoration.

Identify Jeremiah’s symbolic acts related to hope and restoration of Israelites.

Relate symbolic acts of judgment and punishment to acts of hope and restoration.

 

Jer 24:11

Q/A: review symbolic acts related to judgment and punishment.

  KLB BK III

Pg 135-7

 

 

 

3

1,2

The New Covenant.

Outline the characteristics of the New Covenant as foreseen by Jeremiah. Jer 23:5-6, 30-33

Q/A: review the theme of the covenant between God and Abraham & Sinai covenant.

Exposition of the New Covenant.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 137-9

 

 

 

3

Fulfillment and relevance of Jeremiah’s teachings and prophecies to Christians.

Jeremiah;s call and suffering

-hypocrisy in worship.

Explain the relevance of Jeremiah’s call and suffering and his teachings  to Christians today. Probing questions.

Brief discussion.

Assignment.

  KLB BK III

Pg 140

 

 

 

4

Fulfillment and relevance of Jeremiah’s teachings and prophecies to Christians.

message of repentance.

-the new covenant.

 

Explain the relevance of Jeremiah’s teachings on repentance and new covenant to Christians today. Probing questions.

Brief discussion.

Assignment.

  KLB BK III

Pg 142

 

 

 

4

1

Fulfillment and relevance of Jeremiah’s teachings and prophecies to Christians.

judgement.

-hope and restoration.

 

 

Explain the relevance of Jeremiah’s teachings on hope  and restoration to Christians today. Probing questions.

Brief discussion.

Assignment.

  KLB BK III

Pg 143

 

 

 

2

Fulfillment and relevance of Jeremiah’s teachings and prophecies to Christians.

-the righteous king.

-the temple of Jerusalem.

 

Explain the relevance of Jeremiah’s teachings on hope, temple and restoration to Christians today. Probing questions.

Brief discussion.

Assignment.

  KLB BK III

Pg 144-5

 

 

 

3

NEHEMIAH.

 

Background to Nehemiah.

 

 

 

 

 

Outline his social and political backgrounds.

 

 

Brief discussion & exposition.

  KLB BK III

Pg 146-150

 

 

 

4

Nehemiah’s religious background.

Identify religious practices observed by exiles in Babylon.

 

 

Brief discussion & exposition.   KLB BK III

Pg 150-3

 

 

 

5

1

Religious practices during the exile.

Describe the religious practices observed before the exile.

 

 

Exposition & narration.   KLB BK III

Pg 153

 

 

 

2

Religious practices  after the exile.

Describe the religious practices observed after the exile.

 

 

Q/A to review practices before exile.

Exposition & narration.

  KLB BK III

Pg 154

 

 

 

3,4

The Call and Mission of Nehemiah.

Describe the call and mission of Nehemiah.

 

Brief discussion:

the task ahead of Nehemiah.

  KLB BK III

Pg

 

 

 

6

1,2

Prayer life of Nehemiah.

Describe the prayer life of Nehemiah.

 

Highlight characteristics of his prayers.

Neh 1:5-11

Oral questions about prayer and fasting.

Deductions from the Bible reading.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 157-161

 

 

 

3

Importance of prayer in Christians’ life.

 

 

State the importance of prayer in Christians’ life. Q/A & brief discussion.   KLB BK III

Pg 160-2

 

 

 

7

4,1

C.A.T & MID – TERM BREAK        

2-3

Nehemiah’s character in leadership.

Describe the character of Nehemiah as a good leader. Selected verses.

Oral questions: characters of a good leader.

Discussion: Nehemiah’s character as a leader.

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 162-4

 

 

 

4

Nehemiah in Jerusalem.

Describe the character of Nehemiah as a leader in Jerusalem. Brief description;

Narrations.

  KLB BK III

Pg 165-6

 

 

 

8

1-2

Problems experienced by Nehemiah.

 

 

 

Identify problems experienced by Nehemiah.

 

 

Neh 2:19-20,3:5, 5:1-13

Discuss inferences from the readings.

  KLB BK III

Pg 168-172

 

 

 

3-4

Measures to redress the problems.

 

Explain Nehemiah’s measures to redress the problems.

 

    KLB BK III

Pg 173-4

 

 

 

9

1

Christians’ lessons learn from Nehemiah’s experiences.

 

 

Outline lessons leant from Nehemiah’s experiences. Probing questions.

Give a summary of qualities of good leadership.

  KLB BK III

Pg 174-7

 

 

 

2

Christians’ lessons learn from Nehemiah’s leadership.

 

 

Identify good qualities for good leadership as emulated from Nehemiah’s life. Probing questions.

Brain storming;

Give a summary of qualities of good leadership.

  KLB BK III

Pg 174-7

 

 

 

3,4

THE RESTORATION OF JEWISH COMMUNITY.

 

Renewal through the Mosaic Law

 

 

 

 

 

Explain the significance of the Mosaic Law to the renewal of the Jews.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brief discussion and narrations.

   

 

 

 

 

KLB BK III

Pg 178-180

 

 

 

10

1,2

The Renewal of the covenant.

Describe the Renewal of the covenant between Israel’s faith and the Yahweh.

.

Neh 9:1-37,

Neh 12:27-43.

Narrations;

Oral questions;

Discussion

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 181-2

 

 

 

3

The Agreement.

Identify the provisions of the agreement Narrations;

Discussion

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 183

 

 

 

4

Dedication of the wall of Jerusalem.

Describe the dedication of the wall of Jerusalem. Narrations;

Discussion.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 184-5

 

 

 

11

1

Nehemiah’s reforms.

temple reforms

-about the Sabbath.

Give an outline of Nehemiah’s reforms relating to the temple and Sabbath day. Neh. 13.

Oral questions;

Probing questions;

Discussion.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 185-8

 

 

 

2

Nehemiah’s reforms.

about foreigners.

– on inter-marriages..

Give an outline of Nehemiah’s reforms about foreigners and inter-marriages. Neh. 13.

Oral questions;

Discussion.

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 188-9

 

 

 

3-4

Comparison of Nehemiah’s experiences with the life of Jesus as depicted in Luke’s Gospel.

 

Compare Nehemiah’s exemplary life as a reformer and leader with the life and teachings of Jesus as postulated in

St. Luke’s Gospel.

Discussion & Q/A.

Points to consider:

Prayerfulness, compassion, reforms, opposition.

Study Questions and activities.

 

 

 

  KLB BK III

Pg 190-3

 

 

 

 

SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT TEST

 

       

 

Physics Schemes of Work Form 4, Term 1-3

In need of free Physics Schemes of work? Download them below at no cost..

Download a pdf and editable copy of the schemes of work here;

Free updated schemes of work for all subjects (Secondary)

Schemes of work for all subjects, free updated downloads

FORM 4 PHYSICS SCHEMES OF WORK FOR TERM 1-3.

 PHYSICS SCHEMES OF WORK

FORM FOUR 2021-2026

TERM I

REFERENCES:

  1. Secondary Physics KLB
  2. Comprehensive Secondary Physics
  3. Principles of Physics
  4. Golden Tips
  5. Teacher’s Book
WK LSN TOPIC SUB-TOPIC OBJECTIVES L/ACTIVITIES L/T AIDS REFERENCE REMARKS
1 1-5 REPORTING AND REVISION OF LAST TERM’S EXAMS
 

2

 

1

 

Lenses

 

Conveying and diverging lenses

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to

Describe converging lenses

Describe diverging lenses

 

Using light beams to distinguish between diverging and converging lenses

 

Diverging lenses

Converging lenses

Source of light beam

screen

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 1-2

teachers book 3 pages 1-5

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 1

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon( pages 300-301

Golden tips Physics pages 113-114

 

2-3

 

Lenses

 

Parts of fair lenses

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Describe the principal focus using ray diagram

Describe the optical center using ray diagram

Describe the focal length of thin lenses using ray diagram

 

 

Description of principal focus, optical centre and focal length of a thin lens

 

Chart showing the parts of thin lens

Graph paper

Diverging lens

Converging lens

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 1-3

teachers book 3 pages 1-5

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 6-7

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon( pages 301-304

Golden tips Physics pages 114-116

 

4-5

 

Lenses

 

Focal length

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Determine experimentally the focal length of a converging lens

Determine the focal length of a converging lens using estimation method

 

Experiment to determine the focal length of a fair lens

 

Converging lenses

Screen

Pins

candle

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 2-3

teachers book 3 pages 1-5

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 17-20

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon( pages 303

Golden tips Physics pages 116

 

3

 

1

 

Lenses

 

Images in fair lenses

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Construct the principal rays for converging lens

Construct the principal rays for diverging lenses

 

Constructing the principal rays for diverging lenses

Constructing the principal rays for converging lenses

 

Converging lenses

Diverging lenses

Graph papers

Ruler

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 3-6

teachers book 3 pages 1-5

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 7-12

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon( pages 304-306

Golden tips Physics pages 114-116

 

4

 

2-3

 

Lenses

 

Images in converging lenses

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Locate imaged formed by converging lenses using ray construction method

Describe the images formed in converging lenses

 

Describing the characteristics of images formed in converging lenses

 

Graph paper

Geometrical set

Converging lenses

screen

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 5-6

teachers book 3 pages 1-5

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 7-10

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon( pages 304-305

Golden tips Physics pages 114-116

 

4-5

 

Lenses

 

Images in diverging lenses

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Locate imaged formed by diverging lenses using ray construction method

Describe the images formed in diverging lenses

 

Describe the characteristics of the formed in diverging lenses

Graph paper

Geometrical set

Diverging lenses

Screen

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 5

teachers book 3 pages 1-5

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 11

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon( pages 307-308

Golden tips Physics pages 114-116

 

5

 

1

 

Lenses

 

The microscope

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Explain the working of a simple microscope

Explain the working of a compound microscope

 

Drawing and labeling the parts of a microscope

Describing the work of a microscope

 

Simple microscope

Compound microscope

Magnifying lens

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 10-11

teachers book 4 pages 1-5

Principles of physics 27-29(M.Nelkon) pages 320-323

Golden tips Physics pages 119-120

 

 

 

2-3

 

Lenses

 

The telescope

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Describe the structure of a telescope

Describe the working of a telescope

 

Drawing and labeling the parts of a telescope

Describing how a telescope works

 

Telescope

Lenses

Manilla paper

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 11

teachers book 4 pages 1-5

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon( pages 322-323

Golden tips Physics pages 121

 

4-5

 

Lenses

 

The camera

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Describe the parts of a camera

Explain the working of a camera

Explain the use of lenses in a camera

 

Describing the parts of a camera

Explaining the use of lenses in a camera

 

Camera

Charts showing the parts of a camera

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 11-12

teachers book 4 pages 1-5

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 33

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon( pages 316-317

Golden tips Physics pages 120-121

 

6

 

1

 

Lenses

 

Image formation in the human eye

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Describe the parts of a human eye

Explain the function of each part of the human eye

 

Describing the parts of the human eye

Explaining the function of each part of the human eye

 

Chart showing the parts of human eye

Model of the human eye

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 12-13

teachers book 34pages 1-5

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 29-31

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 313-314

Golden tips Physics pages 120-121

 

2-3

 

Lenses

 

Working of the human eye

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Explain the image formation in the human eye

 

Explaining the image formation in the eye

 

Chart showing the image formation in the human eye

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 13-14

teachers book 34pages 1-5

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 29-31

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 313-314

Golden tips Physics pages 120-121

 

4-5

 

Lenses

 

Defects of vision

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Describe the defects of the human eye

Explain the corrections of human eye defects

 

Describing the defects of the human eye

Explaining the eye defects are corrected

 

Charts showing eye defects and how they are corrected

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 13-14

teachers book 34pages 1-5

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 31-32

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 315-316

Golden tips Physics pages 118-119

 

7

 

1-2

 

Lenses

 

Revision

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able:

Describe the uses of  lens in various optical devises

Solve problems involving thin lenses formula

Solve numerical problem involving the magnification formula

 

Problem solving

Exercises

Assignments

 

Questions from past papers

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 15-17

teachers book 34pages 5-10

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 33-36

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 310-312,326-327

Golden tips Physics pages 121-123

 

3

 

Uniform Circular Motion

 

Circular motion

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Define circular motion

 

Observing and running a hoop

Rotate a stone tied to the end of a rope

 

Hoop

String/rope

store

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 18

teachers book 34pages 10-12

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 37-45

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 42-44

Golden tips Physics pages 34

 

4-5

 

Uniform Circular Motion

 

Radiant, angular displacement and angular velocity

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Define the radiant measure

Define the angular displacement and velocity

Explain the angular displacement and velocity

 

Discussions

Experiment

 

Illustration of angular displacement and angular velocity on a chart

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 18-20

teachers book 34pages 10-12

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 37-42

Golden tips Physics pages 34-35

 

8

 

1-2

 

Uniform Circular Motion

 

Centripetal force

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Describe simple experiment on centripetal force

Illustrate centripetal force

Determine the magnitude of centripetal force experimentally

 

Experiments

Discussions

observations

 

Pendulum

String

Stone

Round table

Ball/bob

Stop clock

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 20-21

teachers book 34pages 10-12

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 42-47

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 42-45

Golden tips Physics pages 37

 

3-4

 

Uniform Circular Motion

 

Application of uniform circular motion

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

State various uniform circular motion

Explain various uniform circular motion

 

Discussions

Explanations

Experiments

 

String

Stone

Ruler

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 22-25

teachers book 34pages 10-12

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 37

Golden tips Physics pages 39-40

 

5

 

Uniform Circular Motion

 

Application of uniform circular motion

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Explain centrifuge

Explain vertical and horizontal circles

Explain banked tracks

 

Discussions

Explanations

Experiments

 

String

Stone

Ruler

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 22-25

teachers book 34pages 10-12

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 47-53

Golden tips Physics pages 41

 

9

 

1

 

Uniform Circular Motion

 

Revision

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should b e able to solve problems involving circular motion

 

Problem solving

Questions and answers

 

Questions from past papers

Exercises

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 26-27

teachers book 34pages 12-14

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 55-45

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 61-63

Golden tips Physics pages 42-43

 

2-3

 

Floating And Sinking

 

Archimedes’ principle

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

State Archimedes’ principle

Verify Archimedes principle

Use of Archimedes principle to solve problems

 

Experiments

Discussions

Calculations based on Archimedes Principle

 

Water

Measuring cylinder

Weighing balance

Overflow can

Objects denser than water

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 28-29

teachers book 34pages 14-17

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 58-60

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 106-108

Golden tips Physics pages 53-54

 

4-5

 

Floating And Sinking

 

The laws of floatation

Relative density

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

State the law of floatation

Define relative density

 

Discussions

Measuring

 

Density bottle

Overflow can

Spring balance

measuring cylinder

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 29-33

teachers book 34pages 14-17

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 64-70

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 101,108-110

 

10

 

1-3

 

Floating And Sinking

 

Applications of floating and sinking

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Describe the applications of Archimedes Principle

Describe the applications of relative density (hydrometer)

 

Discussions

experiments

 

charts depicting the uses of Archimedes principle and the law of floatation

A hydrometer

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 33-35

teachers book 34pages 14-17

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 75-77

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 113-115

Golden tips Physics pages 53

 

4-5

 

Floating And Sinking

 

Revision

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

© Education Plus Agencies

Solve problems involving Archimedes principle

Solve problems involving relative density

 

Questions and answers

Discussions

Exercises

assignments

 

test papers

questions from exercises

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 35-36

teachers book 34pages 18

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 77-78

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 116-118

Golden tips Physics pages 54-55

 

11

 

1

 

Electromagnetic Spectrum

 

The electromagnetic spectrum

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Describe a complete electromagnetic spectrum

 

Discussions on the charge in wave length of electromagnetic radiations

explanations

 

charts showing the components of the electromagnetic spectrum

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 37

teachers book 34pages 18-20

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 79

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 345

Golden tips Physics pages 174

 

2-3

 

Electromagnetic Spectrum

 

The properties of electromagnetic waves

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

State the properties of electromagnetic waves

 

Explaining the properties of each component of the electromagnetic spectrum

 

Charts showing the properties of electromagnetic waves

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 37-38

teachers book 34pages 18-20

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 80-81

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 345

Golden tips Physics pages 175

 

4-5

 

Electromagnetic Spectrum

 

Detection of electromagnetic radiations

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Describe the methods of detective electromagnetic radiations

 

Demonstrating and explaining how to detect electromagnetic radiations

 

Radiation detectors

Charts showing detectors of electromagnetic radiation

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 38-39

teachers book 34pages 18-20

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 81

Golden tips Physics pages

175-176

 

12

 

1-2

 

Electromagnetic Spectrum

 

Applications of electromagnetic radiations

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Describe the applications of electromagnetic radiations including green house effect

 

Discussions of application of electromagnetic radiations

 

Pictures and chart on application of electromagnetic radiations

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 42-45

teachers book 34pages 18-20

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 82

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 336

Golden tips Physics pages 175-176

 

3-4

 

Electromagnetic Spectrum

 

Problems on C=FX

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Solve numerical problems involving C=fx

 

Problem solving

Discussions

Explanations

Questions and answers

 

Questions and answers

exercises

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 45

teachers book 34pages 20-21

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 80

 

5

 

Electromagnetic Spectrum

 

Revision

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Solve problems involving electromagnetic spectrum

 

Problem solving

Questions and answers

 

Exercises in students book 4

Past papers questions

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 45

teachers book 34pages 20-21

 

13

 

1-2

 

Electromagnetic Induction

 

Induced e.m.f

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Perform and describe simple experiments to illustrate electromagnetic induction

State the factors affecting the magnitude of an induced e.m.f

State the factors affecting the direction induced by e.m.f

 

Experiments

discussions

 

magnets

complete

electric circuit

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 46-48

teachers book 34pages 21-25

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 86-91

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 478-479

Golden tips Physics pages 152-154

 

3-4

 

Electromagnetic Induction

 

Faraday’s law and Lenz’s law

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

State Faraday’s law

State Lenz’s law

Illustrate Faraday law and Lens’s law

 

Discussions

Experiments to illustrate Faraday’s law and Lenz’s law

 

Magnets

Solenoid

Source of current

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 48-50

teachers book 34pages 21-25

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 91-93

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 483-484

Golden tips Physics pages 153

 

 

 

5

 

Electromagnetic Induction

 

Fleming’s right hand rule

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

State Fleming’s right hand rule

Apply Fleming’s right hand rule

 

Explanation of the motor rule

Discussion of the application of electromagnetic induction

 

Magnets

Wire

Source of current

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 49-50

teachers book 34pages 21-25

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 93-97

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 481-482

Golden tips Physics pages 153

 

14

 

1-2

 

Electromagnetic Induction

 

Generators

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Explain the working of an a.c generator

Explain the working of a d.c generator

 

Drawing the arrangement for a.c and d.c generators

Demonstration of motor principle

 

Coil

Pins

Source of current

Magnets

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 50-53

teachers book 34pages 21-25

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 100-104

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 488-490

Golden tips Physics pages 156-157

 

3-4

 

Electromagnetic Induction

 

Generators

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Explain the working of an a.c generator

Explain the working of a d.c generator

 

Drawing the arrangement for a.c and a d.c generators

Demonstration of motor principle

 

Coil

Pins

Source of current

magnets

 

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 50-53

teachers book 34pages 21-25

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages

Golden tips Physics pages 154

15   END YEAR EXAMINATIONS

 

 

PHYSICS SCHEMES OF WORK

FORM FOUR

TERM II

 

 

 

 

 

REFERENCES:

  1. Secondary Physics KLB
  2. Comprehensive Secondary Physics
  3. Principles of Physics
  4. Golden Tips
  5. Teacher’s Book

 

 

WK LSN TOPIC SUB-TOPIC OBJECTIVES L/ACTIVITIES L/T AIDS REFERENCE REMARKS
1 1-5 REPORTING AND REVISION OF LAST TERM’S EXAMS
 

2

 

1-2

 

Electromagnetic Induction

 

Eddy currents

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Explain eddy currents

Demonstrate the effects of eddy currents

 

Discussions

Experiments

Explanations

 

Pendulum

Copper wire

Magnets

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 53-54

teachers book 4 pages 24

 

3

 

Electromagnetic Induction

 

 

Eddy currents

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Explain eddy currents

Demonstrate the effects of eddy currents

 

Discussions

Experiments

Explanations

 

Pendulum

Copper wire

Magnets

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 53-54

teachers book 34pages 24

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 pages,104

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 483-484

Golden tips Physics pages 158

 

4-5

 

Electromagnetic Induction

 

Mutual inductance

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Describe simple experiments to illustrate mutual inductance

 

Discussions

Experiments

Explanations

 

Iron care with primary and secondary coil

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 54-55

teachers book 34pages 21-25

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 pages 97-101

Golden tips Physics pages 158

 

3

 

1-2

 

Electromagnetic Induction

 

Transformers

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Explain the working of a transformer

 

Discussions

Experiments

 

Transformer

Magnets

Wires

Metallic rods

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 54-59

teachers book 34pages 21-25

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 100-104

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 488-490

Golden tips Physics pages 156-157

 

3-4

 

Electromagnetic Induction

 

Applications of electromagnetic induction

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Explain the application of electromagnetic induction

Solve problems on transformers

 

Discussions

Explanations

Questions and answers

 

Induction coil

Moving coil/loud speaker

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 54-59

teachers book 34pages 21-25

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 107-112

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 468,473

Golden tips Physics pages 158

 

5

 

Electromagnetic Induction

 

Revision

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to solve problems involving electromagnetic induction

 

Questions and answers

Discussions

 

Questions from past papers

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 59-60

teachers book 34pages 26-27

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 112-116

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) page 494-495

Golden tips Physics pages 159

 

4

 

1

 

Main Electricity

 

Source of main electricity

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

State sources of main electricity

Explain the sources of main electricity

 

Discussions

Educational trips

 

Pictures and charts showing sources of main electricity

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 61

teachers book 3 pages 27-29

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 117

Golden tips Physics pages 160

 

2-3

 

Main Electricity

 

Power transmission

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to

Describe the transmission of electric power from the generating station

Explain the domestic wiring system

 

Discussions

Questions and answers

 

Photos of power transmission

Lines and power substations

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 62

teachers book 3 pages 27-29

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 117-122

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon( pages 433-434

Golden tips Physics pages 160-163

 

4-5

 

Main Electricity

 

Power consumption

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Define kilowatt hour

Determine the electrical energy consumption and cost

 

Discussions

calculations

 

Chats on power consumptions

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 63-66

teachers book 3 pages 27-29

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 125-128

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon( pages 428

Golden tips Physics pages 164

 

5

 

1-2

 

Mains Electricity

 

Domestic wiring

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Explain the domestic wiring system

Describe the domestic wiring system

 

Discussions

Demonstrations on building wiring

Drawing circuits

 

Fuses

Wires

Switches

Electrical appliances

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 66-69

teachers book 4 pages 27-29

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 125-121-122

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon( pages 433-435

Golden tips Physics pages 162

 

3

 

Mains Electricity

 

Domestic electrical appliances

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Explain the function of fuse in domestic wiring

Explain the function of a two-way switch in domestic wiring

 

Discussions

demonstration

 

domestic electrical appliances

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 66-69

teachers book 4 pages 27-29

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 125-122-124

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon( pages 433,435

Golden tips Physics pages 162

 

4-5

 

Mains Electricity

 

Revision

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to solve problems involving mains electricity

 

Problem solving

Discussions

Questions and answers

 

Questions from past papers

Quizzes

Exercises

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 70-71

teachers book 4 pages 29-30

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 125-128-130

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 436-438

Golden tips Physics pages 164-165

 

6

 

1-2

 

Cathode Rays

 

Production of cathode rays

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Describe the production of cathode rays

State and explain the properties of cathode rays

 

Describing the production of cathode rays

Stating the properties of cathode rays

 

Chart on the properties of cathode rays

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 72-73

teachers book 4 pages 30-32

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 131-133

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 532,535-536

Golden tips Physics pages 166-167

 

3-4

 

Cathode Rays

 

The cathode rays Oscilloscope

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Explain the functioning of the cathode ray oscilloscope

Explain the functioning of a T.V tube

 

Discussions of parts and functions of C.R.O

 

Chart of parts and functions of C.R.O

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 73-75

teachers book 4 pages 30-32

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 133-134

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 541-545

Golden tips Physics pages 167-169

 

5

 

Cathode Rays

 

The cathode rays of Oscilloscope

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Explain the uses of a C.R.O

 

Describing the working of a T.V tube

 

T.V tube

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 73-75

teachers book 4 pages 30-32

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 139

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 541-544

Golden tips Physics pages 169

 

7

 

1-2

 

Cathode Rays

 

Revision

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to solve problems involving cathode rays

 

Problem solving

discussions

 

Quizzes

Exercises

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 77-79

teachers book 4 pages 32-34

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 142-143

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 554-555

Golden tips Physics pages 170-171

 

3-5

 

X-Rays

 

Production of X-rays

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Explain the production of x-rays

State and explain the properties of X-rays

Distinguish between hard and soft x-rays

 

Demonstrations

Discussions

Calculations involving x-rays

 

X-ray tube

Charts

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 80-84

teachers book 4 pages 35-36

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 144-148

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 545-547

Golden tips Physics pages 171-173

 

8

 

1-2

 

X-Rays

 

Dangers of x-rays

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Explain and state the dangers of X-rays

Highlight the precautions to be undertaken when handling x-rays

 

Discussions

Explanations

 

Charts showing the dangers of x-rays

Hospital with x-ray equipment

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 84

teachers book 4 pages 35-36

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 149

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 546

Golden tips Physics pages 173

 

3

 

X-Rays

 

Uses of x-rays

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to

State the uses of X-rays

Explain the uses of X-rays

 

Discussions

 

Hospital with X-ray equipment

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 84

teachers book 4 pages 35-36

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 148

Golden tips Physics pages 174

 

4-5

 

X-Rays

 

Revision

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Solve problems involving X-rays

 

Discussions

Problem solving

 

Quizzes

Exercise

Past papers questions

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 85-86

teachers book 4 pages 36-37

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 146-147

Golden tips Physics pages 172-173

 

9

 

1-2

 

 

Photo Electric Effect

 

Photo electric emissions

 

By the end of the lesson ,the learner should be able to

Perform simple experiments to illustrate photo electric effect

Describe simple experiments to illustrate photoelectric effect

 

Experiments

discussions

 

source of light

Metallic surfaces

Photo cell

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 87-88

teachers book 4 pages 38-40

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 151-152

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 547

Golden tips Physics pages 177

 

3

 

Photo-Electric

 

Factors effecting photoelectric emissions

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

State the factors affecting photo-electric emission

Explain the factors affecting the photoelectric emissions

 

Discussions

Demonstrations

 

charts

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 88-90

teachers book 4 pages 38-40

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 156-158

Golden tips Physics pages 179

 

4-5

 

Photo-Electric

 

 

Plank’s constant

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Define plank’s constant threshold frequency work function and photoelectric effect

Explain threshold frequency, work function and photoelectric effect

 

Discussions

Demonstration

 

charts

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 90-91

teachers book 4 pages 38-40

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 153-156

Golden tips Physics pages 177-179

 

10

 

1-5

 

Photo-Electric

 

 

The quantum theory of light

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Determine the energy of p photos

Apply the equation E=hf to calculate the energy of photos

Explain photoelectric effect using Einstein’s equation=hf+1/2mv2

 

Discussions

Calculations

 

Chart on the use of Einstein’s equation

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 90-92

teachers book 4 pages 38-40

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 153-156

Golden tips Physics pages 178-180

 

11

 

1-3

 

Photo-Electric

 

 

Application of photoelectric effect

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Explain the working of a

Photo emissive cell

Photo conductive cell

Photo voltaic cell

 

Demonstrations

Discussions

 

Charts on the photo cell and how it works

Solar panels

Watch cells

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 92-93

teachers book 4 pages 38-40

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 160-163

Golden tips Physics pages 180-181

 

4-5

 

Photo-Electric Effect

 

Revision

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Solve problems involving photo-electric effect

 

Questions and answers

 

Set questions

Projects

Questions from past papers

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 94-95

teachers book 4 pages 40-42

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 163-165

Golden tips Physics p

Questions from past papers

 

12

 

1-2

 

Radio Activity

 

Types of radiation

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Describe the three types of radiations produced by radioactive elements

 

Discussions

 

Radiation

detectors

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 96-100

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 167-171

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 556-564

Golden tips Physics pages 184-185

 

3-4

 

Radio-Activity

 

Detecting nuclear radiations

 

By  the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to explain how to detect radio-active emissions

 

Demonstrations

Discussions

 

 

Radiation  detectors

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 96-100

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 172-175

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 556-564

Golden tips Physics pages 185-186

 

5

 

Radio-Activity

 

Detecting nuclear radiations

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to explain how a diffusion cloud chamber works

 

Demonstrations

discussions

 

Radiation  detectors

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 100

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 173-174

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 557-558

Golden tips Physics pages 189

13   MID YEAR EXAMS
14   PREPARATION OF REPORTS AND CLOSING

 

 

PHYSICS SCHEMES OF WORK

FORM FOUR

TERM III

 

 

 

 

 

REFERENCES:

  1. Secondary Physics KLB
  2. Comprehensive Secondary Physics
  3. Principles of Physics
  4. Golden Tips
  5. Teacher’s Book

 

 

WK LSN TOPIC SUB-TOPIC OBJECTIVES L/ACTIVITIES L/T AIDS REFERENCE REMARKS
1 1-5 REPORTING AND REVISION OF LAST TERM’S EXAMS
 

2

 

1-2

 

Radio-Activity

 

Radio-active decay

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to define radio-active decay and half life

 

 

discussion

 

Charts on radio-active decay

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 100-102

teachers book 4 pages 42-45

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 176-181

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 566-568

Golden tips Physics pages 186-187

 

3-5

 

Radioactivity

 

Nuclear fission and fusion

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Define nuclear fission and nuclear fusion

Write balanced nuclear equations

State the application of radioactivity

 

Discussions

Problem solving

 

Periodic table

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 100-108

teachers book 4 pages 42-45

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 181-184

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 573-578

Golden tips Physics pages 190

 

3

 

1-3

 

Radio-Activity

 

Hazards of radioactivity

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

 

Explain the dangers of radioactive emissions

 

 

 

discussions

 

diffusion cloud chamber

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 105-106

teachers book 4 pages 42-45

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 182

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 565-566

Golden tips Physics pages 190

 

4-5

 

Radio-Activity

 

Revision

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to solve problems involving radioactivity and half life

 

Questions and answers

 

Set questions

Past papers questions

Exercises

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 105-106

teachers book 4 pages 45-48

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 184-185

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 579-581

Golden tips Physics pages 191

 

4

 

1-2

 

Electronics

 

Conductors and semi-conductors

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

Differentiate between conductors and semi-conductors

 

Discussions

Experiments

 

Some semi-conductors

Some insulator

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 110-111

teachers book 4 pages 45-48

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 187-189

Golden tips Physics pages 192-193

 

3-5

 

Electronics

 

Intrinsic and extrinsic semi-conductors

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

Explain doping in semi-conductors

Explain the working of p-n junction diode

Distinguish between intrinsic and extrinsic semi-conductors

 

Discussions

Experiments

 

Samples of semi-conductors

Complete circuit

Transistors

Junction diode

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 111-112

teachers book 4 pages 48-52

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 189-194

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 547-550

Golden tips Physics pages 193-196

 

5

 

1-5

 

Electronics

 

Characteristics of  p-n junction

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

 

sketch the current voltage characteristics for a diode

 

 

 

experiments

 

junction diode

 

 

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 161-117

teachers book 4 pages 48-52

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 189-194

Golden tips Physics pages 194-196

 

6

 

1-5

 

Electronics

 

Applications of diodes

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

explain the application of diodes in rectifications

 

 

Discussions

Questions and answers

 

Chart showing the application of diode

Comprehensive secondary physics students book 4 pages 117-120

teachers book 4 pages 48-52

Secondary physics KLB students book 4 page 198-201

Principles of physics (M.Nelkon) pages 198-201

Golden tips Physics pages 196-198

7   REVISION FOR KCSE
8   KCSE EXAMS

 

FORM ONE AGRICULTURE NOTES FOR TEACHERS IN PDF

INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURE

The term agriculture comes from two Latin words:

Ager: meaning land or field

Cultura: meaning cultivation

Agriculture means field cultivation. But agriculture has continued to grow and expand that it can now be broadly be defined as:

The art and science of crop and animal production

Agriculture as an art

Agriculture is referred to as an art because it involves the following:

  • Tilling of land
  • Construction of farm structures
  • Measuring of distances
  • Machine operations
  • Harvesting of crops
  • Feeding and handling of livestock
  • Marketing of agricultural produce

Agriculture as a science

Agriculture is referred to as a science because it involves the following:

  • Crop pathology: study of crop diseases
  • Entomology: study of insects and their control
  • Soil science:
  • Genetics: plant and breeding
  • Agricultural engineering

Branches of agriculture

  1. Crop production
  2. Livestock production
  3. Soil science
  4. Agricultural economics
  5. Agricultural engineering
  6. Crop production

This is the production of crop on cultivated land.

Crop production is divided into:

  1. a) Field crops

These are crops grown on fairly large area of land. May be annual or perennial crops.

  1. b) Horticultural crops

The growing of perishable crops. It involves the following:

  1. i) Floriculture: growing of flowers
  2. ii) Olericulture: growing of vegetables
  3. ii) Pomoculture: growing of fruits
  4. Livestock production

This is the rearing of all types of animals. It involves:

  1. a) Pastoralism (mammalian livestock farming)

Rearing of farm animals on pastures eg cattle, goats, sheep etc

  1. b) Aquaculture

Rearing of aquatic animals eg fish farming (pisciculture)

  1. c) Apiculture: keeping of bees
  2. d) Aviculture: keeping of poultry
  3. Soil science

This is a branch of agriculture that provides knowledge how soil is formed, how it works to sustain life and how it can be kept alive through many years

  1. Agricultural economics

This branch deals with the utilization of scarce resources in the production of agricultural products.

  1. Agricultural engineering

This branch deals with the use and maintenance of farm tools, machinery and structures.

Roles of agriculture in the economy

  • Provision of food
  • Source of employment
  • Provision of foreign exchange
  • Source of raw materials to the industries
  • Provision of market for industrial goods
  • Source of money or capital

 

 

FARMING SYSTEMS

This is how the farm and all the enterprises in it are organized. There are two main farming systems namely:

  1. Extensive system
  2. Intensive system
  3. Extensive farming system

This is a farming system which involves the use of large tracts of land. Its characterized by:

  • Low capital investment
  • Low labour per unit area
  • Low yield per unit area
  1. Intensive farming system

This is a system of farming which requires high capital and labour investment. Its characterized by:

  • High yield per unit area
  • Use of modern technology
  • High labour per unit area
  • High capital investment

N/B: Extensive and intensive farming systems can be practiced under:

  1. a) Large scale farming
  2. b) Small scale farming
  3. a) Large scale farming

This involves the use of large tracts of land. Its features include:

  • Heavy capital investment
  • Use of skilled labour
  • High level of management
  • Products are for commercial purposes
  • Large tracts of land is used

Large scale farming can either be:

  1. i) Plantation farming: growing of one type of crop (monoculture)
  2. ii) Ranching: rearing of beef animals
  3. b) Small scale farming

This is a type of farming which is practiced on small piece of land. The products are either for subsistence or commercial purposes.

 

Methods of farming

  1. Pastoralism
  2. Arable farming
  3. Mixed farming
  4. Shifting cultivation
  5. Organic farming
  6. Agro forestry
  7. Pastoralism

This is the practice of rearing livestock on natural pasture can be:

  1. Settled livestock farming
  2. Nomadic Pastoralism
  3. a) Nomadic Pastoralism

This is the practice of rearing livestock and moving with them from place to place in search of water and green pasture. Nomadic Pastoralism can only be practiced where:

  • Land is not a limiting factor
  • Land is community owned

 

  1. Arable farming

This is the growing of crops on a cultivated land: can be,

  1. Mono cropping
  2. Mono culture
  3. Mixed cropping
  4. Inter cropping
  5. a) Mono cropping

This is the growing of one type of crop per season. Its disadvantages include:

  • Cause soil erosion
  • Diseases spread easily
  • If the crop fails, the farmer suffers total loss
  • Leads to nutrient depletion in the soil

N/B: Mono cropping can be practiced under mono culture where only one crop is grown throughout as in plantation farming eg in Tea, Coffee plantations.

  1. b) Mixed cropping

This is the practice of growing different crops on the same piece of land but on different plots or strips. Usually helps to control soil erosion.

  1. c) Intercropping

This is the practice of growing different crops on the same piece of land per season.

Advantages of intercropping

  • If one crop fails, the farmer has the other crop to support him, ie does not suffer total loss
  • Helps to control soil erosion
  • If legumes are included, they will enrich the soil with nutrient
  • Also interrupts the spread of diseases
  • There is high yield per unit area of land
  • There is also proper utilization of land

Disadvantages of intercropping

  • Requires a lot of labour
  • Routine crop management practices difficult to carry out
  • Requires high capital investment

 

  1. Mixed farming

This is the growing of crops and rearing of animals on the same piece of land.

Advantages of mixed farming

  • Animals benefit from crop residues /remains as food while crops benefit from animals wastes as manure
  • Gives farmers income throughout the year
  • Ensures proper utilization of labour and land throughout the year
  • In case one enterprise fails, the farmer will still depend on the enterprise

Disadvantages of mixed farming

  • Requires high initial capital investment
  • There is lack of specialization
  • Limited land area allowed for each enterprise
  • Requires a lot of labour
  1. Shifting cultivation

This involves farming on a piece of land continually until its exhausted after which the farmer moves to a new fertile land. Shifting cultivation can be practiced where:

  • Land is abundant
  • Population is sparse
  • Land is communally owned
  • Low number of livestock units per area

Advantages of shifting cultivation

  • Low capital investment
  • No pests and diseases build up
  • Soil structure is regained
  • No land disputes as the land is owned communally

Disadvantages of shifting cultivation

  • Yield per unit area is low
  • A lot of time is wasted when the farmer shifts to new area and builds structure
  • Farmers have no incentive to develop and conserve water and soil
  • Cannot be practiced in areas where there is high population density

 

  1. Organic farming

This is the growing of crops and rearing of animals without using agricultural chemicals. It can be practiced through:

  • Use of organic manures instead of artificial fertilizer
  • Use of medicinal plants instead of chemical
  • Mulching
  • Crop rotation, to control diseases

Importance of organic farming

  • Its environment friendly
  • Its cheap
  • Does not require special skills
  1. Agro forestry

This is the growing of trees, crops and keeping of animals on the same piece of land.

Advantages of agro forestry

  • Trees help to conserve water and soil
  • High output per unit area
  • Helps to reduce soil erosion
  • Provides trees for building and fuel

 

FACTORS INFLUENCING AGRICULTURE

There are a number of factors which influence both crop and animal production, some of these factors include:

  1. Human factors
  2. Biotic factors
  3. Climatic factors
  4. Edaphic factors
  5. HUMAN FACTORS

These are factors which are due to the behavior of human beings or how they do things and how they influence agriculture. These human factors are:

 

  1. Level of education and technology
  2. Health of the people
  3. Economic conditions
  4. Government policy
  5. Transport and communications
  6. Cultural beliefs and religion
  7. Market forces
  8. a) Level of education and technology
  • High level of education leads to:
  • Accuracy in applying inputs and assessing results
  • Helps in proper decision making and organization
  • Better problem solution
  • Better utilization of livestock feeds and fertilizers
  • Understanding of technical language used in agriculture
  • Development of skills for operating machines and their maintenance
  • Increase in efficiency and minimizes costs
  1. b) Health of the people
  • Today the biggest threat to farming is the HIV/AIDS, ill health makes people do little or no work. The general effect of HIV/AIDS and ill health on agriculture includes:
  • Shortage of farm labour
  • Increase the cost of living through treatment, thereby lowering their purchasing power thus low demand for agricultural products
  • Low standards of living leads to lack of motivation to invest in agriculture, thus increasing poverty
  • Low food supply
  • A lot of funds used to control it, instead of being used to develop agriculture
  1. c) State of the economy

Economic conditions which have affected agriculture include:

  • Collapse of cooperative societies which affected the sale of farm produce such as milk, sugar, cotton etc
  • Liberalization of the economy, which has led to dumping of cheap products from other countries, this has caused the drop in price of agricultural products leading to low income to farmers

 

N/B: Kenya can benefit from liberalization by:

  • Producing goods of high quality and selling them competitively
  • Diversification
  1. d) Government policy

These are the laws which are put in place by the government that govern the production, marketing and distribution of agricultural products. The policies that the government can put in place which can encourage the agricultural production include:

  • Heavy taxation of imports to prevent dumping of cheap goods into the local market
  • Subsidizing the growing of local crops thus making them affordable to farmers
  • Enact policies to enforce the production of high quality products
  • Put in place, policies aimed at conservation of natural resources in order to sustain agriculture
  • Stepping up disease and pest control eg through quarantine, vaccination etc
  1. e) Transport and communication
  • Transport and communication plays an important role in conveying agricultural products
  • Railway lines are goods for transporting bulky goods to long distances
  • Airways are also efficient for air lifting horticultural products
  • Weather roads are necessary to transport farm produce to factories

N/B: proper transport and communication therefore will promote the development of agriculture, the electronic media eg radio, TV, internet, all need to be cheap and affordable to all farming areas.

  1. f) Cultural practices and religious beliefs
  • The society’s beliefs and culture may also effect agriculture eg Muslims do not eat pork and therefore may not see the need for rearing pigs even if pigs are very productive.
  • Pastoral communities also only keep animals and may find it difficult to diversify to livestock farming even if its profitable.

N/B: A combination of the above factors may retard agricultural development

  1. g) Market forces:

The local demand and supply of agricultural produce will also affect the level at which farmers produce, also the international demand eg of Kenyan coffee, Tea will affect how much the farmers produce.

 

  1. BIOTIC FACTORS

These are influences (factors) caused by living organisms, living both in and on the soil surface. These organisms include:

 

  • Pests
  • Parasites
  • Predators
  • Decomposers
  • Pathogens
  • Pollinators
  • Nitrogen fixing bacteria

 

 

Effects of pests

  • They feed on plants lowering both the quality and quantity of produce
  • They transmit diseases
  • Injure the plants, thus exposing them to secondary infection
  • Increases the cost of production eg through buying chemicals to control them

N/B: other effects of living organisms on agriculture include:

  • They decompose the organic matter in the soil eg the decomposers
  • Encourage aeration through burrowing into the soil
  • Cause nitrogen fixation and denitrification
  • Cause soil borne diseases
  • Acts as soil borne pests to growing crops
  • Mans activities eg cutting trees, earth moving etc affect soil formation
  • Some living organisms eg ticks also acts as parasites to animals thereby transmitting diseases
  • Some insects and birds also act as pollinators to flowering plants thus enabling cross pollination
  1. CLIMATIC FACTORS

These are factors due to the changes in the climate. Climate is the weather condition of a place taken over a long period of time. These climatic factors include:

  1. Rainfall
  2. Temperature
  3. Wind
  4. Humidity
  5. Light

 

 

  1. a) Rainfall

Rainfall is very important in agriculture production as it ensures supply of water required by all life processes. Aspects of rainfall important in agriculture include:

  1. i) Rainfall reliability
  2. ii) Rainfall amount

iii) Rainfall distribution

  1. iv) Rainfall intensity
  2. v) Form of rainfall
  3. i) Rainfall reliability

This is the assurance that rain will fall come the expected time eg there are two rainy seasons in Kenya. Long rains begin around march 15 – 20 of every year and short rains occur in October – November.

Reliability of rainfall determines:

  • Time of land preparation
  • Time of planting

N/B: when rainfall fails to follow the expected patterns, there is usually heavy crop failure and loss of livestock.

  1. ii) Rainfall amount

Rainfall amount is the quantity of rainfall that falls in a given area within a year. Its measured in mm/year. Rainfall amount determines:

  • Type of crop to be grown
  • Type of animals reared

iii) Rainfall distribution

Rainfall distribution refers to how the rainfall was spread throughout the year. It determines the crop variety grown in an area

 

 

 

  1. iv) Rainfall intensity

Rainfall intensity is the amount of rain that falls in an area within a period of 1 hour. Its measured in mm/hr.

High rainfall intensity causes: damage to crops, and also soil erosion

  1. v) Form of rainfall

This is the form in which rainfall falls ie may be form of hailstones etc

  1. b) Temperature

This is the hotness or coldness of a place measured in degrees Celsius or centigrade

N/B: All crops thrive well under certain range of temperature known as cardinal range. These crops require narrower ranges of temperature within the cardinal range this is called optimum range.

Effects of low temperature on crop production

  • Slow growth rate of crops as process like photosynthesis etc will be slow
  • High incidences of diseases infection to crops eg Elgon die back, CBD, hot and cold diseases in coffee
  • Quality of crops eg tea, pyrethrum improves with the lowering of temperature

Effects of high temperature on crop production

  • Increase evaporation leading to wilting in crops
  • Increase rate of growth or hasten the maturity of crops
  • Improve the quality of crops such as pineapples
  • Causes incidences of diseases infection eg leaf rust in coffee and pest infestation eg aphids in vegetables
  1. c) Wind

Wind is air in motion. Wind influences agricultural production by:

  • Causing lodging in cereals and damage to crops
  • Blowing away and bringing in rain bearing clouds
  • Acting as an agent of seed dispersal
  • Acting as agent of pollination
  • Increasing the spraed of pest and diseases
  • Destroying farm structures by carrying away roof tops
  • Also causes a cooling effect
  1. d) Humidity
  • Humidity is the amount of water vapour in the air at a given temperature.
  • Relative humidity is the amount of water vapour held in the air at a given temperature compared to what it would hold when saturated
  • Evaporation is the loss of water from the soil surface in form of water vapour
  • Transpiration is the loss of water vapour through the leaf pores
  • Evapotranspiration is the loss of water vapour both from the soil and leaf pores

N/B: humidity influences:

  • Rate of evapotranspiration
  • Temperature of a given area
  1. e) Light

Light provides energy required for photosynthesis

Photosynthesis is the process by which carbon dioxide in the air and water in the soil are synthesized in the presence of light to form carbohydrates. The light is absorbed by green pigments called chlorophyll.

Carbon dioxide + water  =  glucose

3CO2     +     6H2O           =     C6H12O6

Aspects of light important in crop growth are:

  1. i) Light intensity
  2. ii) Light duration

iii) Light wavelength

  1. i) Light intensity

This is the strength in which light is harnessed by chlorophyll for the purposes of photosynthesis.

N/B: The rate of photosynthesis increases with increase in light intensity up to where other factors become limiting eg water.

  1. ii) Light duration

This refers to the period during which light is available to plants per day. The duration is usually 12 hours in a 24 hour day. Plant varieties are classified into:

 

Short day plants:  requires less than 12hrs eg soya beans, rice, tobacco

Long day plants:  requires more than 12hrs of day light eg some wheat varieties

Day neutral plants: requires 12hrs of light eg coffee, maize, beans etc

iii) Light wavelengths

Chlorophyll only absorb certain wavelengths of light which are not present in artificial light a part from ultra violet or infra red light

N/B: light influences:

  • Rate of photosynthesis in green plants
  • Flowering of plants
  • Performance of livestock eg growth rate and laying % in poultry
  1. EDAPHIC (SOIL) FACTORS

Soil is derived from latin word solum

Solum means floor

Soil is the natural, consolidated material that originates from weathered mineral rock and decomposing organic matter.

Importance of soil

  • It’s a natural medium on which seeds germinate and roots grow.
  • It supplies plants with the mineral nutrients necessary for crop growth
  • It provides water, air, and warmth for small animals, micro organisms and plant roots to sustain life
  • It provides anchorage to plants
  • It also shelters many micro organisms

SOIL FORMATION

  • Soil is formed through the process of weathering and decomposition of organic matter
  • Weathering is both chemical and physical transformation that take place in the rocks, converting the components minerals into soils
  • Decomposition is the decaying/rotting of organic matter.( remains of dead plants and animals) that break down to form soil

 

 

Types of weathering

  1. Physical weathering
  2. Biological weathering
  3. Chemical weathering
  4. a) Physical weathering

Agents of physical weathering include:

  1. i) Water
  2. ii) Moving ice

iii) wind

  1. iv) temperature
  2. i) Water
  • Running water wears away the rocks over which it flows by rolling stones and hand particles on them.
  • Rain water dissolves carbon dioxide and forms weak carbonic acid which falls into rocks and dissolve them
  • Moving ice also has a grinding effect
  • When it rains, the rain drops hit the ground with force
  • Rainfall erodes soil surfaces
  1. ii) Wind

Strong winds carry rock dust which hit hard on the surface of rocks which then break down to form soil.

iii) Temperature change

  • Due to temperature changes taking place within the rocks, they crack and crumble to form soil.
  • Also in cold places, the water in rocks freezes and expands which then produces pressure on rocks then they break to small particles

 

 

 

  1. b) Biological weathering
  • This is carried through plants, animals and mans activities
  • Large animals eg elephants, buffalloos, cattle etc when they move, cause pressure on the rocks causing them to break down
  • Mans activities like mining cultivation and construction of buildings, roads, reduce the size of rocks into smaller particles
  1. c) Chemical weathering

This is weathering which takes place due to chemical decomposition or change in the chemical structure of the rocks

Types of chemical weathering

  1. i) Carbonation
  2. ii) oxidation

iii) Hydration

  1. iv) Hydrolysis
  2. v) Dissolution
  3. i) Carbonation

When it rains, rain water combines with free carbon dioxide in the air to form a weak carbonic acid eg

Rainwater  +  carbon dioxide    =  carbonic acid

H2O  +  CO2    =  H2CO3

The weak carbonic acid reacts with limestone found in the rocks to form calcium bicarbonate eg

Weak carbonic acid + Limestone   =  calcium bicarbonate

H2CO+   CaCO3       =       Ca(HCO3)2

Calcium bicarbonate formed from this reaction is soluble in water and the process effectively dissolves the rock minerals

  1. ii) Oxidation

This is common in rocks having iron. Oxygen reacts with iron which is in ferrous state. This process forms unstable crystal which is easily decomposed and disintegrated

iii) Hydration

Minerals in rock combine with water to form hydrated compounds.  Hydrated compounds so formed are weaker than the original form and these are then acted upon by physical or mechanical agents of weathering

  1. iv) Hydrolysis

 

this is the reaction of minerals with water which then undergoes weathering process through other agents.

  1. v) Dissolution

The minerals in the rock dissolve in water leaving behind unstable rock, which can break easily.

FACTORS INFLUENCING SOIL FORMATION

  1. Parent material
  2. Climate
  3. Topography
  4. Time
  5. Living organisms
  6. Parent material

The texture of the parent material affects the rate of soil formation. Freely drained parent materials can develop soils faster than dense impermeable parent materials. Also minerals composition of the soil depends on the nature of the materials eg coarse grained soils are from granite which when fully disintegrated will separate into constituent minerals like feldspar, quartz and mica

  1. Climate

Climate factors like rainfall, temperature, light and relative humidity and wind are all important in soil formation. Due to continuous weathering, rainfall for example provides water which is an important reactant in all forms of weathering high temperature also spend up most chemical reactions

  1. Topography

Topography may either increase or delay the effects of climate on soil reaction eg factors like slope, degree of exposure or shelter may influences the degree of sol erosion which leads to shallow or deep soils.

Topography also affects the movement of products of weathering which consist of soluble and solid particles. It therefore affects the soil depth and type of vegetation

  1. Time

The length of time over which the soil forming processes have been in action affects the age of the soil. Where the soil forming processes have been taking place for a long time, deep mature soils can be found. This is possible if other factors such as topography, parent materials climate etc, favour the development of deep soils. Where soils erosion has been severe because of topography there is a tendency for the soils to remain shallow and youthful with poorly differentiated profile.

  1. Living organisms

Living organisms affect accumulation of organic matter and also profile mixing. The micro organisms eg rhizobium add nitrogen to the soil

Vegetation cover also reduces surface erosion and this in turn mineral removal is reduced. Therefore the nature and number of organisms growing on and in the soil play a big role in the kind of soil that develops

 

SOIL PROFILE

Soil profile is the vertical arrangement of soil layers. The layers are called horizons

There are four broad groups of horizons, namely: A,B, C, and D

Top soil ———– horizon A

Sub soil ———– horizon B

Substratum —— horizon C

Parent rock —— horizon D

Cross – section of soil profile

  1. Superficial layer

This is a layer consisting of dry and decayed organic matter covering the soil surface

  1. Top soil (horizon A)

This is the top layer of the soil. Its dark in colour because it contains humus in it. It has many living organisns and plant nutrients, this layer of the soil has goodcrumb structure and is quite permeable to air and water.

  1. Sub soil (horizon B)
  • Its below the top soil
  • Has no humus and usually orange brown in colour
  • It has few living organisms and deeper growing roots of plants
  • It may have an impermeable layer called the hardpan

Causes of hardpan

  • Working the soil when wet with heavy machinery
  • Cultivation at the same depth throughout

Disadvantages of hardpan

  • Hinders air circulation in the soil
  • Prevent crop root penetration
  1. Weathered rock (substratum)

This layer is found beneath the sub soil. Its made of partly weathered rolck with no humus. Its hard and therefore impermeable to water.

  1. Parent rock

This is the bedrock. The soil formed from this rock. Ponds of water are often formed on this rock. Roots of some plants in very dry areas reach these ponds to absorb water

Transitional zone

This is a zone between any two bordering soil layers, whereby one layer gradually merges into the next one in the series

Influence of profile on crop production

  • Most plant nutrients are found in the top soil
  • The deeper or thicker the profile, the better its for crop production
  • Loosely packed soil allows for easy root penetration
  • The nature of the bed rock also determines the nutrients availability in the soil.

 

SOIL CONSTITUENTS

Soil is made up of the following:

  1. Mineral matter
  2. Soil water
  3. Soil air
  4. Organic matter
  5. Living organisms
  6. Mineral matter

These are inorganic compounds formed from the weathering of rocks. They differ in size ranging from an clay to gravel. They include:

  • Clay
  • Silt
  • Sand
  • Gravel

Influence of mineral particles on crop production

They make the main frame work of the soil

They hold plant roots firmly together

How to determine the mechanical composition of the soil

Using various sieves of different  diameter

  1. Soil water

Soil has water which comes from rainfall and also from irrigation in dry lands

Forms of soil water

  • Superfluous water
  • Capillary water
  • Hygroscopic water

Superfluous water

  • This is water which is held by gravity. Its also called gravity water.
  • Its easily lost because its loosely held by soil particles
  • Its readily available to plants but not useful because too much of it limits aeration

Capillary water         

  • This is water occupying the micro pores. Its held by soil particles
  • It’s the water available to plants. Its also reffered to as available water

Hygroscopic water

This is water which forms a thin film around the particles. Its not available to plants

 

 

Functions of water to plants

  • Soil water maintains the life of plants
  • Its used as a raw material for protein for diffusion of mineral salts and oxygen into the root hairs and the mineral salts dissolved in water are conducted upwards to the leaves.
  • Its also acts as a solvent for the diffusion of other substances from one part ofplant to another
  • It makes protoplasm and cell sap of the growing plants
  • It keeps the cell turgid and thus supports plant
  • Also cools the leaves of the plant during transpiration

Experiment 1  to find the percentage of soil water content

Apparatus: – dish, stirring, weighing balance, soil sample and heater or oven

Procedure: –

  • Measure the mass of the dish
  • Pour soil in the dish and weigh
  • Half fill the dish with water
  • Heat upto a bout 105oc
  • Cool the sol with a dessicater then reweigh – repeat the process until you get a constant mass
  1. Soil air

The spaces between the soil particles are filled with air. These include

Oxygen —————– 20.6

Carbon dioxide ——- 0.6 – 0.6

Nitrogen  ————– 78.6

Other rare gases.

The amount of air available in the soil is inversely proportional to the amount of water in rhe soil pore spaces.

Oxygen present in the air is essential for the respiration of roots and other living organisms in the soil

Nitrogen in the soil  is converted into nitrates by the nitrogen fixing bacteria

Air is also needed by the micro organisms living in the soil

Excess carbon dioxide in the soil is poisonous to plants

Experiment 2: To find the percentage of air by volume in a soil

Apparatus

  • Small tin
  • Graduated cylinder
  • Knife and stirring rod

Procedure

  • Turn the empty tin upside down and press firmly into the ground until the tin is completely filled with soil
  • Turn the tin upright and level the soil to the brim of the tin with a ruler
  • Pour 250cm3 of water into a cylinder and scrap off soil into the water until no bubbles comes out
  • Record the final volume of soil and cylinder
  1. Soil organic matter
  • Organic matter in the soil is the remains of the dead plants and animals plus their waste products
  • Humus is the decayed organic matter

Importance of organic matter

  • Decomposes to release nutrients to plants
  • Makes the soil lighter to cultivate
  • Also improves the soil structure

Experiment 3 To find the % of humus content in the soil

  • Apparatus
  • Dish
  • Garden soil
  • Tripod stand
  • Wire gauze
  • Bunsen burner

Procedure

  • Weigh the empty dish
  • Put the garden in the dish and reweigh
  • Place in an oven at about 105oc
  • Cool in a dessicater and reweigh
  • Repeat the process several times until a constant weight is obtained
  • Note the difference weight
  1. Soil living organisms

There are two types of living organisms in the soil namely:

Macro organisms

Micro organisms

Macro organisms are large organisms found in the soil eg rodents, earthworms, ants, termites, plant roots etc

Micro organisms are tiny organisms which can only be seen with the help of a microscope they include bacteria, fungi, protozoa etc.

Importance of soil living organisms

  • They barrow in the soil and aerate the soil and improve drainage
  • They help in the decomposition of organic matter
  • Some also fix nitrogen in the soil eg the nitrogen fixing bacteria

Experiment 4: To show the presence of living organisms in a soil sample

Apparatus

  • 2 flasks
  • Rubber cork
  • Muslin bag
  • Heater
  • Lime water
  • Garden soil

Procedure

  • Put a handful of garden soil in two muslin bags labeled A and B
  • Heat the soil in muslin bag B strongly to kill the micro organisms
  • Suspend the two bags in the flasks also labeled A and B, the flasks should contain lime water
  • Leave the apparatus for 4hrs

Observation

  • Lime water in flask A turns milky
  • Lime water in flask B remains clear

Conclusion

  • Lime water in flask A turns milky because of the presence of carbon dioxide produced during respiration. Carbon dioxide turns lime water milky
  • Lime water in flask B remained clear since the living organisms were killed during heating so no respiration took place

 

Physical properties of soil

These include:

  1. Soil structure
  2. Soil texture
  3. Soil colour

 

  1. Soil structure

This is the  way in which the individual soil particles are arranged

Types of soil structure

  • Single – grained structure
  • Crumby structure
  • Granular structure
  • Platy structure
  • Blocky structure

(a) Single – grained structure

In this structure, the particles are not cemented together. They exist as individual grain. They form no aggregates and are non porous.

They are mostly found in top soils of sandy soils and in arid climate and in alkaline soils

(b)  Crumby structure

This type consists of small, soft porous aggregates of irregular shapes. They are not closely fitted together

 

(c)  Granular structure

This is made of friable rounded aggregates of irregular shapes called granules. Its formed when particles co agulate and are cemented together to form rounded aggregates whose diameter is not more than 15cm

When wet it becomes porous since the spaces are not readily closed by swelling. The structure is found in top horizon in cultivated soils and in the sub- soil under grass. The structure is not porous and is usually affected by tillage.

(d)  Prismatic structure

This is where the structure aggregates are arranged vertically. The primary particles are vertically oriented forming distinct columns which vary in length depending on the type of soil.

The structure is found in sub soil of arid and semi arid soils

N/B: If the tops are rounded, they are called columnar. But if the tops have clear cut edges, the its called Prismatic

  • Platy soil structure

 

In this structure, the aggregates are arranged on top of one another on thin horizontal plates. The plates overlaps and impair permeability and hence drainage and root penetration. The structure is found in top soils of clay soil and forested area.

 

 

(f) Blocky structure

Here the aggregates are in form of rectangular blocks. The aggregates easily fit together a long vertical edges

 

Influence of soil structure on crop production

  • A loosely packed structure ensures good air circulation in the soil
  • Good structure also ensures proper water holding capacity
  • Good structure also gives proper root anchorage
  • Good structure also reduces then soils liability to erosion

Factors that influence the soil structure

Parent material

The physical and chemical properties of the parent rock will determine the type of structure being formed

Soil forming processes

Processes which lead to soil formation will determine the type of structure being formed

Climate

In areas where a lot of rainfall is followed by dry periods cracks tend to form giving rise to good structure which is well aerated

Organic matter

Presence of organic will stabilize the soil structure

Living organisms

Living organisms also help to decompose organic matter which turn improve structure

Cultivation

The nature of cultivation eg digging channels results in a better structure

Inorganic compounds

Presence of compounds like iron oxide have binding properties and help in the formation of granules

  1. Soil texture

This refers to the various mineral particles present in a soil sample.

Particles                                                      Diameter

  • Clay 002mm and below
  • Silt 002 —— 0.02
  • Fine sand 02 ——- 0.2
  • Coarse sand 2 ——– 2mm
  • Gravel                                         2 ———- 20mm
  • Stone 20mm and above

 

Determination of soil texture

Can be determined by:

  • Mechanical analysis
  • Chemical analysis

Mechanical determination of soil texture

Apparatus

  • Sieves of different diameter
  • Containers
  • Weighing balance

Procedure

  • Put a known amount of soil sample in a container
  • Pass the soil through a sieve of the smallest diameter and shake
  • Weigh the soil that remains in the sieve
  • Repeat the process using sieves of different diameter until all the soil I passed through

Observation

After every sieving it will be observed that a certain amount of soil remains in the sieve

Conclusion

Soil is made up of different sized particles of different diameter

Experiment 6: to show that soil is made up of different sized particles

Apparatus

  • Measuring cylinder
  • Sodium carbonate
  • Garden soil

Procedure

  • Put some soil sample in a measuring cylinder
  • Add about 4 times its volume of water with sodium carbonate to aid in dispersion of particles
  • Cover the mouth of the cylinder with the hand and shake vigorously for about 2min.
  • Place cylinder on the bench for about 1hr or more to allow the contents to settle down

Observation

  • At the end of the period, it will be seen that fractions have settled in layers
  • The heavy, coarse gravels settle first, then followed in succession by sand, silt and clay
  • The humus and organic matter remain floating in the water or on top of the clay

Conclusion

From the above observations, it can then be concluded that soil is a mixture of particles of different sizes.

Influence of soil texture on crop production

  • Coarse soils have poor water holding capacity
  • Very fine textured soils also have poor aeration

Soil colour

  • Soil colour depends mainly on the mineral composition of the soil
  • If the soil was made from a rock containing a lot of iron compounds, it tends to be brownish yellow, reddish or orange in colour
  • Humus content also gives dark brown colour
  • Soil colour influences temperature of the soil

Soil classification

Soil can be classified based on the following

  • Soil structure
  • Soil texture
  • Soil colour
  • Soil ph

According to structure, soils could be classified as granular, crumby, blocky, or platy soil structures

According to texture, a soil containing high proportion of sand particles is called sandy soils, if it contains  high amount of clay then its called clay soils

In terms of colour, soils could be either dark coloured soils or light coloured soils

Types of soils

  1. Sandy soils
  2. Silty soils
  3. Clay soils
  4. Clay loams
  5. Loamy soils

Sandy soils

  • They have bigger particles
  • Contains 50 – 80% sand, and 20 – 50% silt and clay
  • Organic matter content is 0.1 – 3%
  • Are well drained
  • Are more prone to soil erosion have low water holding capacity
  • They are slightly acidic
  • Easy to cultivate but less fertile

how to improve sandy sols

  • Add organic matter
  • Addition of fertilers

Silty loams

  • They contain 20 – 30% sand
  • Also contains 70 – 30% clay
  • Has 0.1 – 4% organic matter
  • They are fine textured, well drained and have a good water holding capacity
  • They have moderately acidic ph
  • Moderately fertile and aerated
  1. Clay loams
  • They contain 20 – 50% sand
  • Clay and silt is 20 – 60%
  • Has organic matter content of 0.1 – 6%
  • They are fine textured
  • Poorly drained and aerated
  • Has capillarity and water retention
  • They are rich in plant nutrients
  • Are suitable for flood irrigation for rice growing
  • This soil can be improved through drainage
  1. Clayey soils
  • Have clay content of more than 40%
  • Have high water holding capacity
  • Have crystalline and platy structure
  • Expand when wet
  • Crack when dry
  • Get water logged easily
  • Also suitable for flood irrigation
  • Have high capillarity
  1. Loamy soils
  • They contain 30 -50% sand, 50 -70% silt and clay and 0.4% organic matter
  • Are moderately textured and drained
  • Are slightly acidic
  • Have good water holding capacity
  • Can be improved by planting cover crops and adding organic manures

 

 

 

Experiment 7: To compare the porosity and water holding capacity of sand, loam and clay

Apparatus

  • Measuring cylinder
  • Funnels
  • Cotton wool
  • Dry sand, loam and clay

 

Procedure

  • Place equal volumes of each soil in each funnel plugged with cotton wool
  • Tap all the funnels persistently until all visible air spaces are filled up
  • Stand each funnel in the open end of measuring cylinder and add 50cm3 of water into each funnel
  • Note the time taken for the first drop of water through into the cylinder

Observation

After some time, it will be seen that water level is high in sand than the rest

Conclusion

Sandy soil is more porous than the other 2

Clay soil has the highest water holding than the other 2

Experiment 8: To compare the capillarity of sand, loam and clay

Apparatus

  • 3 long cylinders
  • Dry sand, clay and loam
  • Water trough
  • Clock
  • Ruler

Procedure

  • Close the lower end of each tube with a plug of cotton
  • Fill each tube with different soils
  • Tap the end of each tube gently in the bench to tightly pack the soils
  • Stand and clamp each tube with a clamp and put in an empty water trough
  • Poor water into the trough to a depth of 5cm
  • Measure the height of water in each tube after 3 – 5min
  • Take as many readings as much as possible
  • Record the readings

Observations

  • Water will be seen to be rising up the tubes
  • It rises very fast in sand and loam in the first 3 – 5min. but very slow in clay
  • After 2hrs water level will be higher in loam than in clay soil and least in sand
  • Water rise continues in clay soil but stops after some time in loam

Conclusions

  • Clay and loam have higher capillary action due to their fine pore spaces
  • Sand has poor capillary action due to their large pore spaces
  • Clay soil has the highest capillarity

Chemical properties of soil

  1. Soil ph
  2. Soil mineral content
  3. Soil pH
  • This is the acidity or alkalinity of soil solution
  • Acidity is determined by hydrogen ion concentration while alkalinity is determined by hydroxyl ion concentration

Influence of soil ph on crop production

  • Soil ph affects the availability of various nutrients eg low ph makes P, and molybdenum less available and high ph makes Mn, K, Fe and zinc less available
  • Very low ph affects the activities of micro organisms eg nitrogen fixing bacteria
  • Different crop species require different ph ranges

Ways of modifying pH

  • Apply lime to raise the pH
  • Apply basic fertilizers
  • Apply sulphur to raise the pH
  • Apply acidic fertilizers to lower the Ph

FARM TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

TOOL

A tool is any instrument held in the hand and used to do work

EQUIPMENT

This is something used for specific purpose

Why farmers use tools and equipment

  • To increase efficiency
  • To make farm operations easier
  • To minimize injuries
  • To enhance production

Precautions in handling tools and equipment

  • Proper maintenance
  • Proper use of tools
  • Proper storage
  • Use safety devices and clothing
  • Proper dressing
  • Skilful handling of tools

Categories of farm tools and equipment

  1. Garden tools and equipment
  2. Livestock production tools and equipment
  3. Workshop tools and equipment
  4. Plumbing tools and equipment
  5. Masonry tools and equipment

Factors determining the choice of tools to use

  • The task to be performed
  • The tools efficiency
  • The level of knowledge and skill of user
  • Availability of the tools

General Maintance practices of farm tools

  • Sharpen the cutting edge
  • Grease the moving parts
  • Repair or replace worn out parts
  • Proper and safe storage
  • Clean after use
  • Tighten loose nut and bolts
  • Oil and paint before long storage

Reasons for maintaining farm tools and equipment

  • To durability
  • To improve efficiency
  • To avoid injury
  • Reduce production cost

 

 

CROP PRODUCTION I

LAND PREPARATION

Land preparation involves all those activities that make land suitable for planting eg ploughing, harrowing, ridging and rolling

Seed bed: this is apiece of land prepared ready for planting. To achieve good germination of seeds the following must be achieved:

  • Suitable size of clods
  • Good depth
  • Looseness of soil
  • Absence of weeds

Reasons for land preparation

  • To kill weeds
  • To incorporate manure and other organic matter in the soil
  • To destroy different stages of crop pest such as eggs, larva or adult stages by burying them and exposing them to the heat
  • To encourage the penetration of roots in the soil
  • To make subsequent operation easy
  • To encourage water penetration in the soil

Operations in land preparation

  1. Land clearing
  2. Primary cultivation
  3. Secondary cultivation
  4. Tertiary operations
  5. Land clearing

This is the removal of vegetation cover from the surface before land is cultivated. Its done to prepare land for  cultivation as well as a method of land reclaimation

Conditions that necessitate land clearing

  • When opening up virgin land
  • Where a stalk growing crop was previously planted
  • Where the interval between primary and secondary cultivation is long such that land is reverted back to its original virgin state
  • Where land was left fallow for a long time

Methods of land clearing

  1. Tree felling
  2. Burning
  3. Slashing
  4. Use of chemicals
  5. a) Tree felling

This involves cutting down trees. Axes, pangas, are used and small power saws where the trees are few. Bulldozers and root rakers are used where trees are on large scale. After cutting down the trees, destumping or removal of stumps and disposal of trash is done.

  1. b) Burning

here fire is set on the vegetation cover. Should be done when the speed of wind is low to avoid spread of fire to other fields. Burning should be discouraged because:

  • it destroys organic matter
  • kills soil micro organisms
  • also destroys plants nutrients
  1. c) Slashing

Small bushes or grasses can be cleared by slashing. Slashers or pangas are used in a small area, while a tractor drawn mower can be used in large areas

  1. d) Use of chemicals

Chemicals used to kill weeds are called herbicides. They kill weeds faster and more easily.

  1. Primary cultivation

This is the initial opening of land either after land clearing or following a previous crop. Primary cultivation should be done well before the onset of rains to give time for all operations to be done in good time.

Importance of primary cultivation

  • To remove weeds
  • To burry organic matter for easy decomposition
  • To facilitate water infiltration and aeration
  • To destroy soil borne pests by exposing them to predators and sun
  • To make planting easy

Ways of carrying out primary cultivation

  1. Hand digging
  2. Mechanical cultivation
  3. Use of ox plough
  4. a) Hand digging

This is mainly the use of simple hand tools such as jembes, mattocks and fork jembes to cut and turn the soil slices.

  1. b) Mechanical cultivation

Where large pieces of land is involved, farmers use tractor mounted implements which include mould board, disc ploughs. Also there is use of sub soilers to break the hard pan.

  1. c) Use of an ox plough

This is use of ploughs drawn (pulled) by animals such as donkeys, camels, oxen etc. common in areas where such animals are available and the terrain is flat.

Aspects to be considered when carrying out primary cultivation

  1. i) Time of cultivation
  2. ii) Depth of cultivation

iii) Choice of implements

  1. i) Time of cultivation

land preparation should be done early enough before the onset of rains.

 

 

Reasons for early cultivation

  • To give weeds and other vegetation enough time to dry up and decompose into organic matter
  • To allow carbon dioxide and other gases to diffuse out of the soil while being replaced by oxygen required in seed germination and growth of soil organisms
  • Also gives time for subsequent operations to be done giving way for early planting
  1. ii) Depth of cultivation

factors that determine the depth of ploughing are:

  • The type of crop to be planted: Deep rooted crops require a soil which has been cultivated deeply, because it will facilitate easy root penetration. Shallow rooted crops may not need deep cultivation
  • The implements available: There are some implements which canot cut the soil beyond a certain depth. Such implements can be sharpened or weight be added
  • Type of soil: heavy soils are hard particularly when they are dry. Simple implements such as jembes tend to dig shallowly on such hard soils

iii) Choice of implements

Choice of implements used in primary cultivation is determined by:

  • The condition of the land: If the land has a lot of stones and stumps, it would be advisable for one to choose a disc plough which would not break easily when working on such land. A jembe cannot be used efficiently on land which has a lot of couch grass because it cannot pull all the rhizomes.
  • The type of tilth required: very fine tilth requires the use of different types of implements
  • The depth of cultivation needed: heavy implements are necessary when deep cultivation is needed and light implements are required when shallow cultivation is necessary
  1. Secondary cultivation

These are operations which follow the primary cultivation and means seedbed refinement practices before planting, also called harrowing

 

 

Importance of secondary cultivation

  • To remove any weeds that might have germinated after primary cultivation
  • To break the soil clods into small pieces for easy planting
  • To level the field on order to achieve a uniform depth of planting
  • To incorporate organic matter into the soil in order to encourage decomposition before planting

Factors that determine the number of times of secondary cultivation

  • Size of planting materials: Big seeds such as those of groundnuts, maize etc require a fairly rough seedbed, and small seeds such as those of finger millets require fine seedbed
  • Slope of the land: When the land is very steep, less cultivation should be done to discourage soil erosion
  • The moisture content of the soil: In dry soils less cultivation are preferred so as to conserve the available moisture
  • Condition of the soil after primary tillage: where there is plenty of trash, more harrowing operations should be carried out to incorporate most of the trash into the soil

N/B: Implements used for secondary cultivation are: pangas, jembes, fork jembes, and garden rakes. Tractor drawn harrows eg discs, spike toothed and spring tine harrows

  1. Tertiary operations

These are operations carried out to suit production of certain crops. They are carried out after land clearing primary cultivation and secondary tillage. They include:

  1. Leveling
  2. Rolling
  3. Ridging
  4. a) Leveling

This is the practice of making the soil surface flat and uniform so as to promote easy germination of small seeded crops such as wheat, grasses, and barley. It facilitates uniform germination of seeds.

 

 

  1. b) Rolling

This is done to compact soil which is loose or fine tilth. Its done to prevent small seeds from being carried away by wind and to prevent soil erosion. Also increases seed soil contact. Implements used are: simple hand tools and heavy rollers

  1. c) Ridging

This is the process of digging soil in a continuous line and heaping it on one side to form a bund ( ridge) and a furrow. The ridges are important for planting root crops like Irish potatoes, cassava etc. ridging helps in: tuber expansion and easy harvesting of root crops.

N/B: Other tillage operations include:

  1. Sub soiling
  2. Minimum tillage
  3. Sub soiling

This is the process of cultivating the soil for the purpose of breaking up the hard pans which might have formed as a result of continuous use of heavy machinery in land preparation. Implements used in sub soiling are:

  • Sub soiler
  • Chisel ploughs
  • Cultivators

Importance of sub soiling

  • Helps to break up hard pans
  • Helps to facilitate gaseous exchange in the soil
  • Also brings to the surface, minerals which might have leached to the deeper layers

N/B: hard pan is an impervious layer of soil found within the sub soil.

  1. Minimum tillage

This is the application of a combination of farming practices aimed at least disturbance to the soil.

Reasons for carrying out minimum tillage

  • To reduce the cost of cultivation or ploughing by reducing the number of operations
  • To control soil erosion, mulching and cover cropping greatly reduce chances of soil erosion
  • To maintain soil structure, continuous cultivation destroys soil structure hence its avoided
  • To conserve moisture, continuous cultivation exposes the soil to the heat of the sun thus enhance evaporation of available moisture
  • To prevent disturbance of roots and underground structures for example tubers and bulbs
  • To prevent exposure of humus to adverse conditions such as the suns heat that cause volatilization of nitrogen

Ways of carrying out minimum tillage

  • Application of herbicides in controlling weeds
  • Use of mulch on the soil surface. Mulch prevents weeds from growing by smothering them
  • Timing cultivation, late weeding of cotton crop, for example often produces a clean seedbed for finger millet to be sown without further cultivation
  • Restricting cultivation to the area where seeds are to be planted. Weeds in the rest of the field are controlled by slashing
  • Establishment of cover crop on the field
  • Uprooting or slashing weeds on perennial crops

 

WATER SUPPLY, IRRIGATION AND DRAINAGE

Sources of water

  1. Surface water
  2. Ground water
  3. Rain water
  4. Surface water

Sources of surface water are:

  1. Rivers
  2. Streams
  3. Lakes

 

 

  1. Ground water

Sources of ground water are:

  1. Springs
  2. Wells
  3. Boreholes
  4. a) Springs
  • Here water comes out of the ground as a result of an impervous layer meeting the ground surface.
  • Low wall can be constructed around the spring to increase the water volume for easier pumping
  • Also on higher ground, water can be conveyed to lower grounds by gravitational flaw

Diagram of a spring

 

  1. b) Wells
  • Wells are holes dug in the ground until water table is reached. Can go up to 15m deep.
  • It’s advisable to dig the well during dry season to ensure that even during dry season water will be available
  • Fence around the well to avoid contamination
  • Construct a reinforced slab with a lockable lid to prevent contaminations and wearing of the top sides of the well. Water is lifted using buckets

 

Diagram of a well

 

  1. c) Boreholes

These are deep holes drilled or sunk into the ground by use of drilling machines. The holes are usually sunk into the Parent rock to ensure continuous supply of water. The hole is of small diameter and usually lined with metal casing perforated at the bottom end to allow the water to rise up. Special pumps operated by either electricity or engines are used to lift water out of the hole.

Diagram of borehole

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Rain water

Collected from roofs then stored in tanks. Ponds also constructed to store the run off. This is done during the rainy season.

Water collection and storage

Methods of water collection and storage include:

  1. Dams
  2. Weirs
  3. Water tanks
  4. Dams

This is a barrier constructed across a river or dry valley to hold water and raise its level to form a reservoir or lake. It has a spillway to allow excess water flow away. The accumulated water is then pumped to farms.

  1. Weirs

A weir is a barrier constructed across the river to raise the water level, but still allow water to flow over it

  1. Water tanks

Rain water, ground water and run off can be stored in tanks. The water storage structures (tanks) include:

  1. Concrete tanks (overhead or underground)
  2. Corrugated iron sheets
  3. Steel tanks
  4. Plastic tanks

Parts of a water tank

 

  • Funnel lid
  • Overflow pipe
  • Drainage pipe
  • Roof
  • Gutter
  • Outlet
  • Base

Diagram of water tank

 

Pumps and pumping of water

  1. Water pumps

Types of water pumps include:

  1. Centrifugal/Rotar dynamic pumps
  2. Piston/Reciprocating pumps
  3. Semi rotary pumps
  4. Hydram pumps
  5. a) Centrifugal pumps: These are made of metal discs with blades that rotate at high speed. They are powerful and can pump water for irrigation. Electric motors, diseal or petrol engines are used to operate them.
  6. b) Piston pumps: Consist of pistons that move back and forth thereby pushing water through the pipes. Do not pump a lot of water thus suitable only for domestic and livestock use.

 

 

 

Diagram of a piston pump

  1. c) Semi rotary pumps

These are operated by hand, and mostly used to pump water from wells for domestic and livestock use

  1. d) Hydram pumps

these are operated by the force of flowing water. The higher the speed of water, the greater the pressure created in the pump. Cannot pump stationary water and only suitable for slopy areas, where water flows at high speed.

N/B: Pumping of water is the lifting of water from one point to another by use of mechanical force.

Conveyance of water

This is the process of moving water from one point mostly from storage to where its used or stored

Ways of conveying water

  1. Piping
  2. Use of containers
  3. Use of canals
  4. a) Piping

This is where water is moved through pipes

Types of water pipes

  1. i) Metal pipes
  2. ii) Plastic pipes

iii) Hose pipes

  1. i) Metal pipes

These are two types: Galvanized iron and Aluminum pipes

Galvanized iron pipes are heavy and suitable for permanent installation of water system. Alumimium pipes are light and used for irrigation systems,

N/B: metal pipes are expensive but durable

  1. ii) Plastic pipes

These are made of synthetic materials. There advantages include:

  • They are cheap
  • Easy to install
  • Durable when installed properly

Disadvantages include:

  • Become brittle when exposed to sun
  • Can burst under high pressure
  • Can be eaten by rodents

iii) Hose pipes

There are two types: rubber hose pipes and plastic hose pipes

Rubber hose pipes are more expensive but durable, hose pipes are used to convey water from taps to various areas eg irrigation areas or washing places

  1. b) Use of containers

Water is drawn and put in containers such as drums, jerry cans, pots, tanks and buckets which are carried by animals, bicycles, human beings and vehicles

  1. c) Use of canals

Water is conveyed from a high point to a lower appoint along a gradual slope to avoid soil erosion. Water conveyed in canals is mostly used for irrigation and livestock drinks

WATER TREATMENT

Water treatment is the process of making raw water from source safe for use in the farm.

Importance of treating water

  • To kill disease causing micro organisms such as cholera and typhoid bacteria which thrive in dirty water
  • To remove chemical impurities such as excess fluoride this may be harmful to humans
  • To remove smell and bad taste
  • To remove sediments of solid particles

The process of water treatment

  1. Filtration at water intake
  2. Softening of water
  3. Coagulation and sedimentation
  4. Filtration
  5. Chlorination
  6. Storage

Stage 1: Filtration at water intake

At the pint of water intake, water is made to pass through sieves before entering the intake pipe. This is to trap large impurities. Several sieves of different sizes are made.

Stage 2: Softening of water

The water in the pipe flows into the mixing chamber. This is a small tank where water circulates and is mixed with soda ash ( sodium bicarbonate) and alum ( aluminium sulphate) these chemicals are added into water in equal proportions. Soda ash softens the water, while alum helps to coagulate solid particles which finally settle down to the bottom

Stage 3: Coagulation and sedimentation

The softened water moves to the coagulation tank which is a circular and large solid particles such as silt and sand coagulate and settle down. The tanks is also open to allow in fresh air into the water. Water should stay in this tank for at least 30 hrs to kill bilharzias which cannot survive in water stored that long

Stage 4: Filtration

Water with very few impurities passes into a filtration tank where all the remaining solid particles such as silt are removed. The filtration tank has layers of different sizes of gravel and a top layer of sand. At its bottom is a layer of large pieces of gravel, this is followed by another layer of gravel but of fine texture. A layer of fine sand is placed on top of this fine gravel. These layers allow water to seep through very slowly leaving all the solid particles behind. When water leaves this tank, its clean.

Stage 5: Chlorination

The filtered water enters the chlorination tank. In this tank, small amount of chlorine solution is controlled by a doser and the amount added will depend on the volume of water to be treated and the outbreak of water borne diseases. Chlorine kills pathogens

Stage 6: storage

Water is then stored in large tanks, before distribution to consumers.

 

 

 

General uses of water in the farm

  • For domestic purposes eg washing, cooking etc
  • For watering livestock eg washing pigs
  • For diluting chemicals
  • For processing farm produce eg coffee etc
  • For construction of buildings
  • For irrigation

 

IRRIGATION

Irrigation is the artificial application of water to soil for the purpose of supplying sufficient moisture to crops.

Conditions that make it necessary for irrigation

  • In dry areas
  • During dry periods
  • In the growing of paddy rice
  • Soften the soil during transplanting
  • To effect the application of fertilizers and other chemicals

Types of irrigation

  1. Surface irrigation
  2. Sub surface irrigation
  3. Overhead irrigation
  4. Drip/Trickle irrigation

Factors that determine the type of irrigation to use

  • Capital availability
  • Topography of the land
  • Water availability
  • Type of soil
  • Type of crop to be irrigated
  1. Surface irrigation

Here water is applied to the field by allowing it to flow on top of the ground surface.

Methods of surface irrigation

  1. Flood irrigation
  2. Furrow irrigation
  3. Basin irrigation
  4. Boarder irrigation
  5. a) Flood irrigation

In flood irrigation, water is allowed to cover the whole field a few centimeters in depth. Its suitable for growing paddy rice fields.

Advantages of flood irrigation

  • Its cheap to establish and maintain
  • Does not require skills

Disadvantages of flood irrigation

  • There is uneven distribution of water in the field
  • A lot of water is wasted
  1. b) Furrow irrigation

Here water is supplied by use of open ditches or furrows. Its suitable for all crops and application to most soils

 

 

Maintenance of furrows

  • Repair furrows when worn out or eroded
  • Remove weeds and silts

Advantages of furrow irrigation

  • Reduces chances of fungal diseases
  • Cheap to establish
  • Require little skills

Disadvantages of furrow irrigation

  • A lot of water is lost through evaporation and seepage
  • Erosion can occur if the furrows are not maintained
  • If water has high content of salt, it may have damaging effect on the plant roots
  1. c) Basin irrigation

Basin irrigation involves the application od water into basins that have been checked by construction of banks or ridges. The basins may be rectangular ring shaped or have contour checks

This system is suitable in:

  • Relatively flat areas
  • Soils of low infiltration
  • For crops requiring large quantities of water
  • Soils that require leaching

Advantages of basin irrigation

  • Helps to control soil erosion
  • Retains rain water in the basins

Disadvantages of basin irrigation

  • Much land is occupied by water covering channels and ridges
  • There is no surface drainage
  • Requires precise land grading
  • Requires a lot of labour
  • Cannot be used in crops that require free draining soils
  • May result in accumulation of salts

Areas where basin irrigation is being practiced in kenya: mwea tebere, ahero, bunyala, west kano etc

  1. d) Boarder irrigation

This is where parallel ridges guide a sheet of water that spread cover a relatively flat, but slanting piece of land. The ridges form long boarders. This method is applied where:

  • Soils have low to relatively high infiltration capacity
  • Crops are closely spaced, such as wheat, barley fodder crops as well as legumes

Advantages of boarder irrigation

  • Its easy and simple to operate
  • Requires less labour as compared to basin irrigation
  • Boarder ridges can be constructed economically with simple farm implements eg ox drawn ridgers
  • Large irrigation streams can be efficiently used
  1. Sub surface irrigation

This is a system of irrigation where water is supplied to crops using underground perforated pipelines or any other porous medium that make water available from below the soil surface. Pipes sometimes referred to as conduits

The system is suitable in soils of high capillarity and water holding capacity

Advantages of sub surface irrigation

  • Little labour requirements
  • No need to construct dykes or soil grading
  • Can be practiced on both sloppy and flat land
  • Water does not cause soil erosion
  • Does not encourage fungal diseases
  • Economizes use of water
  • Minimizes theft of pipes

Disadvantages of sub surface irrigation

  • Its expensive method ie to buy pipes and to lay them
  • Pipes can be broken during weeding
  • Nozzles can get blocked
  1. Overhead irrigation

This is the application of water above the crops by means of sprinklers or watering cans. Wind breaks should be constructed to avoid misdirecting the water.

Advantages of overhead irrigation

  • Water is evenly distributed over the required area
  • There is less water wastage than in furrow irrigation
  • It can be practiced on slopy grounds
  • Foliar fertilizers can be applied together with irrigation water thus reducing labour costs
  • Sprinkler systems can be easily be moved from one place to another

Disadvantages of overhead irrigation

  • Its expensive to install
  • Encourages fungal diseases eg blight, CBD
  • Causes soil erosion
  • Requires establishment of wind breaks

Sprinklers used are: oscillatory sprinklers, spring loaded sprinklers

Sprinklers can also be classified into: rotating head, perforated pipe system

Maintenance of sprinklers and pipes

  • Lubricate the rotating parts
  • Repair broken parts
  • Cleaning and unblock the nozzles
  1. Drip/Trickle irrigation

Here pipes with tiny perforations are used. As water passes through the plastic pipes, water comes out through the holes in small amounts and drips to the ground.

Advantages of drip irrigation

  • Requires little amount of water
  • Can also use water of low pressure
  • Discourages fungal diseases eg blight, CBD
  • Does not encourage the growth of weeds
  • Can be used in sloppy topography

Disadvantages of drip irrigation

  • Pipes are expensive to buy and install
  • Require clean water, since dirty water will block the perforations

Factors to consider when choosing irrigation equipment

  • Capital availability
  • Topography
  • Availability of repair and maintenance
  • Type and source of power
  • Source

DRAINAGE

This is the method of removing excess water from water logged land. It’s a method of land reclaimation.

Land reclaimation is the process of bringing back waste land to agricultural production

Importance of drainage

  • Improves soil aeration: removal of excess water around the root zone allows for enough air for proper growth
  • Increases soil volume: increases the amount of soil around the roots
  • To raise the soil temperature: improves the rate at which soil worms up for better plant growth
  • Increases microbial activities: micro organisms in the soil increase in number due to proper aeration, they help to improve soil structure and make plant food more readily available
  • Reduce soil erosion: well drained soils have higher water holding capacity which helps to reduce water run off and increase infiltration
  • Remove toxic substances: due to water logging, soluble salts such as those of sodium increases in concentration to levels that are toxic to plants or may retard growth

Methods of drainage

Use of open ditches:

  • ditches are dug for the water to flow in by gravity to a water way thereby lowering the water table. May be U shaped or V shaped or trapezoidal

Underground drain pipes:

perforated pipes are laid underground. Water then seeps from the surrounding area into the pipes and flows to a water away. Such drains do not interfere with field operations. The pipes may be made of steel, clay or plastic materials

 

French drains:

  • ditches are dug, filled with stones and gravel, then covered with soil. Water from the surrounding area seeps into these drains and is carried into a water way

Cambered beds:

raised beds are constructed on the poorly drained soils

Pumping: where other methods of drainage are not possible, water is pumped out.

Areas where drainage has been carried out in kenya are: yala and bunyala to control flooding, ahero to control flooding of river nyando, loriaan region

 

WATER POLLUTION

This is the contamination of water by either chemical, industrial wastes, farm residues etc, making it unsafe for human beings and animals.

Agricultural practices that pollute water

  • Fertilizer and pesticides: chemicals compound found in the fertilizers and other pesticides do not decompose easily, hence they find their way into water sources through drainage, irrigation channels, erosion, seepage and leaching
  • Improper disposal of used farm chemicals: when containers contaminated with chemicals are disposed of into water sources, the result is water pollution
  • Damping of farm wastes: farm wastes such as slurry, manure used polythene, dead animals etc when improperly disposed of cause water pollution.
  • When land is cultivated or the soil is left bare erosion will easily occur leading to contamination through unwanted soil
  • Blockage of irrigation channels and water ways prevents free flow of water leading to stagnation of contaminated water
  • When pit latrines and sewage sites are located near water sources, they cause pollution
  • Other sources of pollution include industrial wastes and generalized contamination in the atmosphere and the environment

Methods of preventing water pollution

  • Practice organic farming
  • Safe disposal of used farm chemicals and industrial wastes
  • Proper location of pit latrines, sewage sites and waste dumps
  • Control of irrigation and establishment of grassed water ways to purify the water
  • Controlled use of fertilizers, manures and farm chemicals
  • Ensuring that the water source is free from contamination from the farm
  • Treating and piping water for farm use

 

 

SOIL FERTILITY I

This is the ability of the soil to produce and maintain high yields of crops for an indefinite period.

Characteristics of fertile soil

  • Should have good depth
  • Be well drained not water logged
  • Well aerated
  • Good water holding capacity
  • Supply nutrients needed by plants in correct amount and form available to plants
  • Correct soil pH for different crops
  • Free from crop pests and diseases

How soil loses fertility

  • Continuous growing of arable crops: continuous cultivation makes the soil loose and liable to erosion, this leads to lose of fertility.
  • Mono cropping: growing of crops every season leads to depletion of soil nutrients
  • Soil erosion: This leads to lose of top fertile soil
  • Leaching: leads to lose of soil nutrients into the lower horizons of the profile
  • Poor soil aeration: if soil is poorly aerated, the denitrifying bacteria increase in number and they make the infertile by converting nitrates into free nitrogen.
  • Poor drainage of the soil: If the soil poorly drained, the soil becomes flooded, forms acid soils which are useless for cultivation
  • Dry soils: If the soils are dry, the nutrients cannot be dissolved to be used by crops
  • Change of pH: soil pH influences the availability of certain nutrients eg low pH decreases solubility of phosphorus and high pH also decreases the availability of K, Mn etc
  • Accumulation of salts: certain salts usually become toxi if present in excess eg Mn, boron, fluorine etc
  • Burning of land: burning of land kills certain micro organisms and destroys certain nutrients

Ways of maintaining soil fertility

  • Control of soil erosion: control of erosion prevents loss of top fertile soil
  • Crop rotation : this ensures maximum utilization of crop nutrients. Also helps to control pest and diseases, will also add nutrients if legumes are included in the rotation
  • Maintaining soil pH: when soil pH is maintained at given ranges, particular nutrients will be available in the soils
  • Proper drainage: soil should be well drained to eliminate flooding
  • Weed control: control of weeds ensures no competition for nutrients, adequate space for crops and destroys alternate hosts for crop pests and diseases.
  • Minimum tillage: this helps to maintain soil structure and prevent erosion
  • Use of manures: manures supply a wide range of plant nutrients to the soil
  • Use of inorganic fertilizers: inorganic fertilizers supply specific plant nutrients

Organic matter, humus, and manures

Organic matter: this is the remains of dead plants and animals and their waste products

Humus: humus is the decayed organic matter ie the remains of plants and animals which have decomposed

Manure: manures are organic substances that are added to the soil to provide one or more plants nutrients. They have high matter content

Roles of organic matter in the soil

  • Increases water holding capacity and also water infiltration due to its colloidal nature
  • Releases a wide range of nutrients into the soil thus improves fertility
  • Provides food and shelter to micro organisms such as ants and rodents
  • Improves soil structure by binding soil particles
  • Buffers soil pH by avoiding rapid chemical changes due to the addition of lime and fertilizers
  • Reduces toxicity of plants poisons that have built up on the soil as a result of continous use of pesticides and fungicides

Classification of manures

Manures are classified according to: method of preparation and nutrients from which they are prepared.

There are 3 types of manures:

  1. Farmyard manure
  2. Compost manure
  3. Green manure

 

  1. Farmyard manure

Farmyard manure is a mixture of animal waste (urine and dung) and crop residues used as animal beddings.

Importance of farmyard manure

  • Increases yield of the crop
  • Adds organic matter into the soil and improves the texture and water holding capacity of thee soil
  • Adds useful bacteria to the soil

Factors influencing the quality of FYM

  • Type of animals: dung from fattening animals is richer in nutrients than farm growing animals which extract a lot of phosphorus from food eaten
  • Type of food eaten: the richer the food in terms of minerals the richer will be the manure
  • Type of litter used: wood shavings and saw dust are slow to decompose and contain no nutrients and absorb 1.5 times as much urine as their weight, while nappier grass provide both N and P, but has low absorptive capacity.
  • Method of storage: farmyard manure must be stored well in a place with a cemented floor and covered roof. The N and P are soluble and therefore can get leached by heavy rains
  • Age of FYM: well rotten manure is richer in nutrients and easier to handle and mix with the soil

Preparation of farmyard manure

  • A bedding of grass, wood shavings or saw dust is provided in the house of farm animals eg cattle, sheep
  • The animals deposit their droppings and urine on the bedding materials
  • After some time, ie daily, months or more as in poultry, the beddings are replaced with new ones
  • The discarded beddings are deposited in a specially prepared shaded place
  • New layers of used beddings are continuous added until a heap is formed
  • N/B: decomposition and mineralization of the materials take place through activities of certain bacteria resulting in a rich manure

 

  1. Green manure

This is  a type of manure prepared from green plants. The plants are grown for the purpose of incorporating into the soil when its green at the flowering stage for the purpose of improving soil fertility.

Characteristics of plants used for green manure

  • They should be highly vegetative or leafy
  • They should have faster growth rate
  • They should have high nitrogen content, thus preferably legumes
  • The plants must be capable of rotting quickly
  • The plants should be hardy ie can establish in poor conditions

Reasons why green manure is not commonly used

  • Most of the crops grown are food crops and its hard for people to use them as green manure
  • Green manure crops might use most of the soil moisture and leave very little for next main crop
  • Most of the nutrients are used up by micro organisms in the process of decomposing the green manure plant. These will only be released by micro organisms when they die.
  • It takes time for green manure crop to decompose and therefore planting is delayed

Preparation of green manure

  • The plant to be used is planted in the field
  • The plant is allowed to grow up to flowering stage
  • Its then incorporated into the soil by ploughing
  • Left for 2hrs to decompose after which the field is prepared for planting the main crop
  1. Compost manure

Compost manure is the accumulation of plants residue, mixed with animal waste, piled together in a heap where conditions are conducive for decomposition, sometimes contain refuse and kitchen left over foods

 

 

 

 

Preparation of compost manure

There are two methods namely:

  1. Indore method
  2. Four heap system (stalk method)
  3. Indore method

This was devised in a place called Indore in India

Procedure

  • A pit is prepared which is 1 – 2 m deep. The material to be made into compost is placed is placed.
  • The first layer 0.5m deep consist of fresh material to be made into compost eg grass, maize stalk refuse etc
  • The layer is followed by dung, old compost to provide micro organisms to decompose the fresh material
  • Artificial fertilizers eg SSP and Muriate of potash are added to increase the nutrient level of the compost

N/B: Nitrogenous fertilizers are not added because they are easily leached

  • The 2nd layer is followed by a layer of top soil with micro organisms to decompose plant and animal remains
  • The same is repeated until the pit is full. Its also kept moist by applying water during dry season
      Pit        Pit          Pit         Pit        Pit
        1          2            3           4         5

 

Pit 1, 2, 3, and 4 are simultaneously filled and after 3 – 4 wks, the materials in pit 4 is taken to pit 5

This process is repeated until the material that was prepared 1st is well rotten and taken to the field as composed.

 

 

  1. The Four heap system
 

            x

 

           y

 

 

 

 

 

 

                x

 

         z

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • In this method, 4 – 7 heaps are used.
  • Materials used are crop residue, animal waste old manure FYM or onorganic fertilizers and top soil.
  • The materials is placed in heap X, then transferred to heap Y after  3 – 4 wks. After another 3 – 4 wks, the compost is taken to heap Z  where it stays for another 3 – 4 wks then taken to the field

N/B: The manure heaps must be turned occasionally at least every 3 months to facilitate circulation within the heap, manure should be ready after 6 months.

Cross section through a compost heap

  • N/B: too much water runs the compost
  • Too little water stop the bacterial action
  • Always keep the compost under cover of grass and soil
  • Posts are fixed at a distance of 1.2 m a part to form the 4 corners of the heap, the post should be 2m high

Factors to consider when selecting a site for compost manure

  • Drainage of the site
  • Direction of prevailing wind
  • Size of the farm ie centrally placed
  • Accessibility

Problems associated with organic manures

  • Bulkiness
  • Laborious in application and transport
  • They spread diseases, pests and weeds
  • Loose nutrients when poorly stored eg through leaching
  • If not fully decomposed, crops will not benefit since it releases nutrients which can scotch the crops

 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS I

Economics: this is the study of how man and society choose with or without money to employ scarce resources to produce goods and services over a period of time and eventually distribute them for consumption now and in the future.

Agricultural economics: this is an applied science that aims at maximizing out put while minimizing costs by combining the limited factors of production to produce goods and services for use by the society over a period of time.

Factors of production

  • Land
  • Capital
  • Labour
  • Management/entrepreneurship

Basic concepts of economics

These concepts include:

  1. Scarcity
  2. Preference and choice
  3. Opportunity cost
  4. Scarcity

Scarcity means limited in supply

The factors of production named above are scarce and the production needs are many therefore the need for choice

  1. Preference and choice

Since the factors of production are limited, the farmer needs to make a choice on what to produce. This choice has to be guided by the needs of the society and the preference of the farmer on what he needs to produce.

  1. Opportunity cost

When the farmer makes a choice on what to produce, he is forced to leave others due to scarcity of resources eg a piece of land is suitable for growing both rice and maize and he choose to grow maize, the value that could have been derived from rice becomes the opportunity cost.

Opportunity cost is the value of the best foregone alternative

 

FARM RECORDS

Farm records can be defined as the systemic entries and storage of information of various farm business activities and transactions in appropriate books and sheets.

Uses of farm records

  • Helps to compare the performance of different enterprises within a farm
  • Show the history of the farm
  • Guides a farmer in planning and budgeting of farm operations
  • Help to detect loses or theft on the farm
  • Help in the assessment of income tax to avoid over or under taxation
  • Helps to determine the value of the farm or to determine the assets and liabilities of the farm
  • Make it easy to share the profits and loses in partnership
  • Helps in settling dispute among heirs to the estate when a farmer dies without leaving a will
  • Help to show whether a farm business is making profits or loses
  • Helps in supporting insurance claims on death, theft etc
  • Provide labour information like terminal benefits eg NSSF

Types of farm records

  1. Production records
  2. Inventory records
  3. Field operation records
  4. Breeding records
  5. Feeding records
  6. Marketing records
  7. Labour records
  8. Inventory records

This is the physical count of everything that the farm owns and all that it owes others. There are two types of inventory records namely:

  1. Consumable goods inventory
  2. Permanent goods inventory
  3. a) Consumable goods inventory

This is inventory showing a list of goods which normally are used up during a production process, therefore needs constant replacement. Such goods include:

  • Fertilizers
  • Livestock feeds
  • Planting materials eg seeds
  • Chemicals eg insecticides, herbicides
  • Sisal ropes and strings etc

Example of consumable goods inventory

        RECIEPTS    ISSUES
DATE ITEM QUANTITY DATE ISSUED TO QUANTITY BALANCE IN STORE
             

 

  1. b) Permanent goods inventory

    This is inventory showing a list of goods which are permanent in nature ie the type of goods which will not get used up in the production process such goods include:

  • Farm machinery and implements
  • Farm equipment and buildings
  • Livestock such as breeding stock
  • Annual crops
  • Hand tools
  • Land (arable)

Example of permanent goods inventory

DATE ITEM QUANTITY WRITTEN OFF BALANCE IN STOCK REMARKS
           

 

  1. Production records

This is a record which show the total yield from each enterprise and also the yield per unit of the enterprise.

Example of production records (dairy milk production record)

Month…………………………………………………………year……………………………………………………

Name or no. of cow   Days of the month
  1 2 3 4              31st day TOTAL
5AM 5PM 5AM 5PM 5AM 5PM 5AM 5PM              
BETA                              
ZABAH                              
MOON                              
TOTAL                

 

Example of production record ( crop)

Plot/field No. 15

CROP SIZE OF FARM SEED RATE DATE OF PLANTING DATE OF HARVESTING YIELD IN BAGS
           

 

  1. Field operation records

This record contains all the activities carried out in the production from land preparation, planting to harvesting. It contains the following information:

  • Date of land preparation
  • The size of field
  • Crop variety planted
  • Type and amount of fertilizer applied
  • Seed rate

Example of field operation record

SEASON……………………………………………………………….FIELD NO………………………………………………………

Crop grown………………………………………………………….Variety……………………………………………………………

Ploughing date……………………………………………………..Planting time…………………………………………………

INPUTS

Seed rate kg/ha…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Fertilizer at planting………………………………………………Amount………………………………………………………..

Top dressing………………………………………………………….Amount……………………………………………………….

Other treatment………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Pests ……………………………………………………………………..Control………………………………………………………..

Diseases ………………………………………………………………..Control……………………………………………………….

Weeds ……………………………………………………………………Control………………………………………………………

Other treatment…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

OUTPUT

Harvesting date…………………………………………………………..Method used…………………………………………

Yield /hac…………………………………………………………………….

 

Remarks…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Breeding records

These are records showing the breeding activities and programmes for different animals in the farm.

Importance of breeding records

  • Help the farmer to plan his breeding programmes
  • Help in selection of animals within a herd

Example of cattle breeding record

Name/No. of cow Name of bull/sire Date of service Date of pregnancy diognosis Expected date of calving Actual date of calving Sex of calf Wt. of calf rmks
                 

N/B: students to draw sheep, pig, and sow breeding records

  1. Feeding records

This is a record showing the type and amount of feeds used in the farm.

Example of feeding records

Month:……………………………………….

Enterprise…………………………………..

Type of feed……………………………….

 

Date No. of animals Amount received (kg) Amount used (kg) Balance in stock (kg) remarks
           

 

List of all Public Universities in Kenya, Courses List and Fees

List of all Public Universities in Kenya, Courses List and Fees

Public Universities

  1. Chuka University
  2. Co-operative University of Kenya
  3. Dedan Kimathi University of Technology
  4. Egerton University
  5. Garissa University
  6. Jaramogi Oginga Odinga University Of Science And Technology
  7. Jomo Kenyatta University Of Agriculture And Technology
  8. Karatina University
  9. Koitaleel Samoei University College
  10. Kenyatta University
  11. Kibabii University
  12. Kirinyaga University
  13. Kisii University
  14. Laikipia University
  15. Maasai Mara University
  16. Machakos University
  17. Maseno University
  18. Masinde Muliro University Of Science And Technology
  19. Meru University Of Science And Technology
  20. Moi University
  21. Multimedia University Of Kenya
  22. Murang’a University of Technology
  23. Pwani University
  24. Rongo University
  25. South Eastern Kenya University
  26. Taita Taveta University
  27. Technical University Of Kenya
  28. Technical University Of Mombasa
  29. University Of Eldoret
  30. University of Embu
  31. University of Kabianga
  32. University of Nairobi

Public University Constituent Colleges

  1. Alupe University College (Moi University)
  2. Kaimosi Friends University College (Masinde Muliro University of Science and Technology)
  3. Tom Mboya University College (Maseno University)
  4. Turkana University College (Masinde Muliro University of Science and Technology)
  5. Bomet University College (Moi University)
  6. Tharaka University College (Chuka University)

Latest Business Studies Form Four Refined Notes

  • SOURCE DOCUMENTS AND BOOKS OF ORIGINAL ENTRY

 

These are documents containing the information that makes basis of making entries in the books of accounts. They act as evidence that the transaction actually took place. They includes

  • Cash sale receipt: – a document that shows that cash as been received or paid out of the business either in form of cash or cheque. It is a source document that is mainly used in making records in the cash journals cash book, cash accounts or bank accounts. If the receipt is received, it means payments has been made and therefore will be credited in the above accounts, or taken to cash disbursement/payment journals, while when issued, it means cash/cheque has been received and therefore will be debited in the above accounts or taken to cash receipt journals

 

  • Invoice: – a document issued when the transaction was done on credit to demand for their payment. If the invoice is an incoming invoice/invoice received, then it implies that the purchases were made on credit, and if it is an outgoing/invoice issued then it implies that sales were made on credit.

The incoming invoice will be used to record the information in the purchases journals/diary, while an outgoing invoice will be used to record information in sales journals/diaries

 

  • Credit note: – a document issued when goods are returned to the business by the customer or the business return goods to the supplier and to correct any overcharge that may have taken place. If it is received, then it means part of the purchases has been returned and therefore the information will be used to record information in the purchases return journals, while if issued then it means the part of sales has been returned by the customers and therefore used to record the information in the sales return journals/diaries

 

  • Debit note: – a document used to correct an undercharge that may have taken place to inform the debtor to pay more. It therefore acts as an additional invoice

 

  • Payment voucher: – a document used where it is not possible to get a receipt for the cash/cheque that has been received or issued. The person being paid must sign on it to make it authentic. It is therefore used to record information just as receipts

 

Books of original entries/Journals/Diaries/day’s books/Subsidiary books

These are books where the transactions are listed when they first occur, with their entries being made on a daily basis before they are posted to their respective ledger accounts. The information in the source documents are used to make entries in these books. The books of original entries include:

  • Sales journals
  • Sales return journals/Return inwards journals
  • Purchases journals/creditors journals/bought journals
  • Purchases return journals/return outwards journal
  • Cash receipt journals
  • Cash payment/cash disbursement journals
  • Three column cash book
  • The petty cash book
  • Analysis cash book
  • General journals/journal proper

 

  • Sales journals

This is used to record credit sales of goods before they can be recorded in their various ledgers. The information obtained in the outgoing invoice/invoice issued is used to record the information in this journal as the source document

The overall total in the sales journal is therefore posted in the sales account in the general ledger on credit side and debtors account in the sales ledger as a debit entry

Sales journal

Date Particulars/details Invoice no Ledger folio amount
         

 

Example:

The following information relates to Tirop traders for the month of June 2010

June   1: Sold goods to wafula on credit of ksh 200, invoice no 0114

2: Sold to the following debtors on credit; Wanjiru ksh 400, Musyoka ksh 300,    Wafula ksh 300

5: sold goods on credit to Wanjiru of ksh 300

10: Sold goods to the following on credit Kanini ksh 100, Wafula ksh 500, Wanjiru ksh 600

12: Sold goods on credit to musyoka of ksh 350

Required:

Prepare the relevant day book for the above transactions; hence post the various amounts to their respective individual accounts

Sales journal

Date Particulars/details Invoice no Ledger folio amount
June 2010:

1

2

2

2

5

10

10

10

12

15

 

Wafula

Wanjiru

Musyoka

Wafula

Wanjiru

Wanjiru

Wafula

Kanini

Musyoka

Totals posted to the sales account (Cr)

 

0114

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SL

SL

SL

SL

SL

SL

SL

SL

SL

 

GL

 

200

400

300

300

300

600

500

100

350

 

3050

 

(Post the rest to their individual debtors account)

 

  • Sales Return Journals/Return inwards journals

This is for recording the goods that the customers/debtors have returned to the business. It uses the information in the credit note issued as a source document to prepare it. The information is therefore recorded to the return inwards account in the general ledger, while the individual’s entries are reflected (credited) also in their respective debtors account for double entry to be completed. It takes the following format

Sales return journal

Date Particulars/details Credit note no Ledger folio amount
         

 

For example;

Record the following transaction for the 2007 in their relevant diaries, hence post them to their respective ledger accounts;

May 1: goods that had been sold to M Okondo of shs 2600 on credit was returned to the business

“   2: G. Otuya returned good worth shs 1320 that was sold to him on credit to the business

“    8: the following returned goods that had been sent to them on credit to the business H Wati shs 3500, Muya shs 4700 M Okondo shs 2900

“    12: G Otuya returned goods worth shs 5400 that were sold on credit to the business

“  30: Goods worth sh 8900 that had been sold on credit to G Otuya were returned to the business

Sales Return journal

Date Particulars/details Credit note no Ledger folio amount
May 2007:

1

2

8

8

8

12

30

 

M Okondo

G Otuya

H Wati

Muya

M Okondo

G Otuya

G Otuya

Totals posted to Return Inwards a/c (Dr)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S.L

S.L

S.L

S.L

S.L

S.L

S.L

 

GL

 

2600

1320

3500

4700

2900

5400

8900

 

29320

 

(Post the entries to the individual ledger a/c’s (Cr))

 

  • Purchases Journal

This is used to record the credit purchase of goods. The totals are then debited in the purchases account in the general ledger, while the individual’s creditors accounts are credited. It used the invoices received/incoming invoices as it source document. It takes the following format;

Purchases journal

Date Particulars/details Invoice no Ledger folio amount
         

 

For example

The following information relates to Mikwa Traders for the month of April 2011. Record them in their relevant day’s book, hence post the entries to their relevant ledger accounts.

April 2011;

“ 2.  Bought goods worth shs 25 000 on credit from Juma, Invoice no 3502

  1.   Bought goods worth shs 16 500 from kamau on credit, invoice no 2607
  2.   Bought goods worth shs 12 700 from Juma on credit, invoice no 3509
  3. Purchased goods of shs 25 200 from juma, invoice no 3605; shs 17 500 from Kamau, invoice no 3700; shs 45 000 from Wamae wholesalers, invoice no 3750
  4. Purchased goods of shs 9 200 from Wamae wholesalers on credit, invoice no 3762
  5. Bought goods of shs 17 000 from Kamau on credit, invoice no 3802
  6. Purchased goods of shs 36 000 from Juma suppliers on credit, Invoice no 3812

 

Purchases Day book

Date Particulars/details Invoice no Ledger folio amount
April 2011:

2

3

6

8

8

8

15

18

24

 

 

Juma

Kamau

Juma

Juma

Kamau

Wamae

Wamae

Kamau

Juma

Totals posted to the Purchase account (Dr)

 

3502

2607

3509

3605

3700

3750

3762

3802

3812

 

 

 

PL

PL

PL

PL

PL

PL

PL

PL

PL

 

GL

 

25 000

16 500

12 700

25 200

17 500

45 000

9 200

17 000

36 000

 

204100

 

(Post the individual entries to their relevant accounts in the ledger (crediting))

 

  • Purchases Return Journals/Return outwards Journals

This is used to record goods that have been returned to the creditors by the business, reducing the value of the goods that had been purchased. It uses the credit note received as the source documents, with the totals being in the purchases return account while the individual creditor’s accounts are debited in their respective ledger accounts. It takes the following format

Purchases return journal

Date Particulars/details Credit note no Ledger folio amount
         

 

For example;

Record the following transaction in the purchases return day book for Njiru’s traders for the month of June 2010, hence post the information into their relevant ledger accounts.

June 2010;

“ 3. Returned goods worth shs 400 that had been bought from Nairobi stores, credit note no 56

“ 8. Return goods of shs 1 200 to Matayos store, Credit no 148

“19. Had some of their purchases returned to the following; Njoka enterprises shs 700, credit note no 205, Nairobi Stores shs 600, credit note no 58, Matayos store shs 1 000 credit note no 191

“26. Returned goods worth shs 1 800 to Njoka enterprise credit note no 210

“30. Return goods worth shs 1 020 to Matayos store, credit note no 200

 

  • Cash receipt Diaries

This is used to record all the cash and cheques that have been received in the business. They may be many that posting directly in the cash book may be tedious and are therefore first recorded here. It totals are posted to the cash and bank accounts in the general ledger (Dr), while the individual accounts are credited in their respective accounts in the ledger. It uses the cash receipt issued and bank slips received as the source documents. It takes the following format;

Cash receipt journal

Date Particulars/details Receipt no Ledger folio Disc allowed cash bank
             

 

 

 

 

  • Cash payment Journals

This is used to record cash and cheques that have been issued to the creditors/out of the business. Its totals are credited (Cr) in the cash and bank account and the individual accounts are debited (Dr) in their respective accounts It uses the cash receipt received and bank slips issued as the source documents. It takes the following format;

Cash Payment journal

Date Particulars/details Receipt no Ledger folio Disc received cash bank
             

 

For example:

Record the following transactions into their relevant day books of Onyango traders, hence post the entries to their respective ledger accounts and balance them off;

May 2011:

“1. Cash sales amounting to ksh 3 000, receipt no 0112

“2. Paid the following creditors by cheque after having deducted a cash  discount of 10% in each case; H. Mwangi ksh 1 500, J. Mwaniki ksh 1 600, N. Mugo ksh 1 200

“3. Receive the following Chaques from debtors in settlement of their debts after having deducted 5% cash discount in each case; Lucy kshs 22 800 cheque no 0115, Otieno kshs 8 550 cheque no 0011, Martha ksh 1 330 cheque no 0016

“5. Paid for repairs in cash kshs 16 000, receipt no 0251

“10. Paid Juma in cash kshs 9 500, receipt no 0295

“14. Cash sales kshs 17 000, receipt no 02714

“15. Banked kshs 6 000 from the cash till

“15. Received cash from Mary of kshs 13 500, receipt no 0258

“16. Cash sales of kshs 26 400 was directly banked, bank slip no 40152

“20. Cash purchases of kshs 8 920, receipt no 117

“22. Cash purchases of kshs 15 200 was paid for by a cheque, cheque no 512

 

Cash receipt journal

Date Particulars/details Document no Ledger folio Disc allowed cash bank
May 2011

1

3

3

3

14

15

15

16

 

 

Sales

Lucy

Otieno

Martha

Sales

Cash

Mary

Sales

 

Totals to be posted to the cash and bank a/c (Dr)

 

0112

0115

0011

0016

02714

 

0258

40152

 

GL

SL

SL

SL

GL

“c”

SL

GL

 

 

1200

450

700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2 350

 

3 000

 

 

 

17 000

 

13 500

 

 

 

 

33 500

 

 

22 800

8 550

1 330

 

6 000

 

26 400

 

 

 

65 080

 

(Post the totals and the entries to their respective accounts)

Cash Payment journal

Date Particulars/details Document no Ledger folio Disc Received cash bank
May 2011

2

2

2

5

10

15

20

22

 

 

H. Mwangi

J. Mwaniki

N. Mugo

Repairs

Juma

Bank

Purchases

Purchases

 

Totals to be posted to the cash and bank a/c (Cr)

 

 

 

 

0251

0295

 

117

512

 

PL

PL

PL

GL

PL

“c”

GL

GL

 

166.70

177.70

133.30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

477.30

 

 

 

 

16 000

9 500

6 000

8 920

 

 

 

 

40 420

 

1 500

1 600

1 200

 

 

 

 

15 200

 

 

 

19 500

 

(Post the totals and the entries to their respective accounts)

 

  • The petty Cash book

This is used to record money that has been set aside to make payments that does not require large amounts, such as cleaning, staff tea, posting letters, etc. it is always kept by the petty cashier, under the supervision of the main cashier. The amount received by the petty cashier is always debited, while the payments made from the same is credited. The credit side also contains the analytical columns for various items of expenditure. The amount credited is also extended to the analysis column for the specific item. At the end of the stated period, the petty cash book is balanced, and the totals are posted to their individual accounts. The individual’s accounts are debited with the totals of the analytical columns, while the cash account is credited by the main cashier for the total that was spent in the petty cash book.

Petty cash book can also be operated on an imprest system, where the petty cashier receives a given amount of money at an intervals (imprest) to spend, and report back to the main cashier at the end of the period on how the money has been spent and the balance still remaining for re-stocking (reimbursed), and only the amount spent can be reimbursed so that at the beginning of the period the petty cashier will always have the full amount (cash float).

 

For example:

A petty cashier of sina chuki traders operate a petty cash book on an imprest of kshs 2 500 on a monthly basis. On 1st February 2010, she had cash in hand of shs 150 and was reimbursed the difference by the main cashier to restore her cash float. The following payments were made during the month of February 2010

Feb; 1. Travelling expenses kshs110

  1. Correcting fluid kshs 200
  2. Sugar for staff tea ksh 180
  3. Stamps kshs 255
  4. Telephone kshs 255
  5. Entertainment kshs 130
  6. Postage stamps kshs 100
  7. Bread for staff tea kshs 148
  8. Fare kshs 200
  9. Duplicating ink kshs 250
  10. Entertainment kshs 400
  11. Telephone kshs 100
  12. Atieno a creditor was paid ksh 150

Required;

Prepare a petty cash book from the above information and post the totals to the relevant ledger accounts.

Sina Chuki Traders

Petty Cash Book

For month of Feb. 2010

Receipt sh L.F Date Details Vouch no Total sh Travel exp Office exp Staff tea postage Telephone Ent. Ledger a/c
 

150

2 350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2500

22

 

 

C.B

2010

Feb 1

1

1

2

3

4

10

15

18

20

25

26

27

28

28

 

Bal b/d

Reimbursement

Travelling exp

Correcting fluid

Sugar

Stamps

Telephone

Entertainment

Stamps

Bread

Fare

Duplicating ink

Entertainment

Telephone

Atieno

Totals

Bal c/d

 

Bal b/d

   

 

 

110

200

180

255

255

130

100

148

200

250

400

100

150

2478

22

2500

 

 

 

110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

 

310

 

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

450

 

 

 

 

 

180

 

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

 

 

328

 

 

 

 

 

 

255

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

 

 

355

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

255

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

355

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

 

400

 

 

530

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

150

150

 

The totals in the analytical columns are Debited in the individual accounts, with the petty cash book totals being credited in the cash account.

 

  • The general Journal/Journal proper

This one is used to record purchases or sales of fixed assets of the business on credit. These assets do not form part of the stock since the business does not deal in them, however the business may decide to buy or sell them for one reason or the other.

In this journal, the account to be debited begins at the margin, while the account to be credited is indented from the margin, with a narration below them put in brackets. The narration simply explains the nature of the transaction that has taken place. The individual entries are then posted to their respective accounts by either debiting or crediting depending on the transactions. It takes the following format;

 

General journal

Date Particulars/details Ledger folio Dr shs Cr shs
         

 

For example;

Journalise then following transactions which took place in the business of J Opuche during the month of March 2005

March 5; Purchased office furniture on credit for shs 25 000 from miugiza Furniture Limited

10; Sold old duplicating machine for shs 15 000 to samba academy on credit

15; Bought a new motor vehicle for shs 800 000 from explo motors Ltd, paying shs 300 000 in cash and balance was to be settled at a later date

18; Sold old vehicle to Mara Secondary school for shs 500 000 on credit

25;The owner converted personal electronic calculator valued at shs 9 000 into business asset

27; Sold old computers valued at shs 20 000 for shs 15 000 on credit to Mara secondary school

30; Sold old dining chairs worth shs 10 000 to Maendeleo for shs 15 000 on credit

 

General journal

Date Particulars/details Ledger folio Dr shs Cr shs
March 2005

5

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

Office Furniture a/c

Miugiza a/c

(Being a credit purchase of office furniture from Miugiza)

Samba Accademy a/c

Duplicating Machine a/c

(Being credit sales of duplicating machine to Samba academy)

Motor vehicle a/c

Cash a/c

Explo Motors a/c

(Being purchase of motor vehicle from explo. motors, paying part in cash and part on credit)

Mara Sec sch a/c

Motor vehicle a/c

(being the credit sale of old motor vehicle to mara sec sch)

Calculators a/c

Capital a/c

(being conversion of private calculator to business asset)

Mara Sec. Sch. a/c

Loss on disposal a/c

Computer a/c

(being credit sale of old computers to Mara school at a loss of 5 000)

Maendeleo a/c

Furniture a/c

Gain on disposal a/c

(being the credit sale of dining chairs to maendeleo at a gain of 5 000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

25 000

 

 

 

15 000

 

 

 

 

800 000

 

 

 

 

500 000

 

 

 

9 000

 

 

 

15 000

5 000

 

 

 

15 000

 

 

 

 

 

1 384 000

 

 

 

25 000

 

 

 

15 000

 

 

 

 

300 000

500 000

 

 

 

500 000

 

 

 

9 000

 

 

 

 

20 000

 

 

 

10 000

5 000

 

 

 

1 384 000

 

The entries are then transferred to their respective accounts in the ledger, with the ones debited in the journals being debited and the ones credited being credited.

The Journal proper can also be used to show the opening entries and the closing entries. That is;

  • Opening entries

The opening entries are the entries of the assets and liabilities at the beginning of the trading periods to facilitate the opening of different accounts for them. They are the balance b/d for the assets and liabilities of the business.

The assets to be debited are recorded first, followed by the liabilities and capital to be credited. Incase the capital is not given, it can be calculated using the book keeping equation, that is A = C + L. the narration then follows the entries.

The opening entries are necessary when;

  • A business that did not keep complete accounting records would like to start keeping
  • Opening up new sets of accounting books, after closing the old ones
  • Starting accounting records for a business which has been bought, though was in full operation

For example;

The following balances were extracted from Martine’s store that did not keep complete records, and would like to start keeping on 1st January 2011. Prepare for them their relevant subsidiary book to show the balances.

Shs

Motor vehicles                               230 000

Machinery                                                        40 000

Creditors                                                           10 000

Debtors                                                                5 000

Cash in hand                                                    20 000

Stock                                                                  10 000

Insurance prepaid                                             5 000

Bank                                                                   25 000

Premises                                                          335 000

Capital                                               660 000

Martine’s Store

General journal

On 1st January 2011

Date Particulars/details Ledger folio Dr shs Cr shs
2011 January 1 Premises

Motor vehicle

Machinery

Debtors

Cash

Insurance prepaid

Bank

Stock

Capital

Creditors

(being the records of assets, liability and capital at the beginning of new period)

 

 

  335 000

230 000

40 000

5 000

20 000

5 000

25 000

10 000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

670 000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

660 000

10 000

 

 

 

 

 

670 000

 

 

 

  • Closing entries

At the end of the trading period the business asses how it carried out its trade and the amount of profit it made by preparing the Trading profit and loss account and the balance sheet to show its financial position. These are prepared by the information obtained from the ledgers. That is, all the nominal accounts (sale, purchase, expenses and revenue accounts), both opening and closing stocks are transferred to the trading profit and loss account through the trial balance and general journals, while the rest are taken to the balance sheet.

 

Uses of general journal;

  • To record purchases of fixed assets on credit
  • To record sales of fixed assets on credit
  • To correct errors by checking the balances
  • To record the opening and closing entries
  • To write off bad debts
  • To record the inter ledger transfers
  • To issues shares and debentures in companies
  • To make end of the year adjustments for the final accounts

 

In the table below, indicate the books of original entry that the information obtained from the given source documents are used to prepare

 

Source Document Books of Original entry
Sales Invoice/invoice issued/Invoice retained/invoice copy Sales journals
Purchases Invoice/Invoice received/Original invoice Purchases journals
Credit note issued/Credit note retained/Credit note copy Return inwards/Sales return journals
Credit note received/credit note original Return outwards/purchases return journals
Original receipt/Receipt received Cash payment/Analysis cash book/ Cash book
Receipt copy/Retained receipt Cash receipt journal/Analysis cash book/cash book
Petty cash voucher Petty cash book

 

Uses of Journals

  • To relive ledger of many details
  • To record more details about the transaction that are not found in the ledger
  • To facilitate tracing of errors
  • To facilitate the preparation of control accounts
  • To curb frauds and promote efficiency, since they are prepared by different people from the ones handling ledgers

 

Assignment:

(Exercise 1B pages 50 and 51, Nos16 and 18 in Inventor book 4, KLB Students book)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

These are prepared at the end of a given trading period to determine the profit and losses of the business, and also to show the financial position of the business at a given time.

They includes; trading account, profit and loss account, trading profit and loss account and the balance sheet.

They are also referred to as the final statements.

The trading period is the duration through which the trading activities are carried out in the business before it decides to determines it performances in terms of profit or loss. It may be one week, month, six months or even a year depending on what the owner wants.

Most of the business use one year as their trading period. It is also referred to as the accounting period.

At the end of the accounting period, the following takes place;

  • All the accounts are balanced off
  • A trial balance is extracted
  • Profit or loss is determined
  • The balance sheet is prepared

 

Determining the profit or loss of a business

When a business sells its stock above the buying price/cost of acquiring the stock, it makes a profit, while if it sells below it makes a loss. The profit realized when the business sell it stock beyond the cost is what is referred to as the gross profit, while if it is a loss then it is referred to as a gross loss.

It is referred to as the gross profit /loss because it has not been used to cater for the expenses that may have been incurred in selling that stock, such as the salary of the salesman, rent for the premises, water bills, etc. it therefore implies that the businessman cannot take the whole gross profit for its personal use but must first deduct the total cost of all other expenses that may have been incurred.

The profit realized after the cost of all the expenses incurred has been deducted is what becomes the real profit for the owner of the business, and is referred to as Net profit. The net profit can be determined through calculation or preparation of profit and loss account.

In calculating the gross profit, the following adjustments are put in place

  • Return inwards/Sales return: – these are goods that had been sold to the customers, but they have returned them to the business for one reason or the other. It therefore reduces the value of sales, and is therefore subtracted from sales to obtain the net sales

Therefore Net sales = Sales – Return inwards

  • Return outwards/purchases return: – these are goods that had been bought from the suppliers to the business and have been returned to them for one reason or the other. It reduces the purchases and is therefore subtracted from the purchases to obtain the net purchases.
  • Drawings: – this refers to goods that the owner of the business has taken from the business for his own use. It reduces the value of purchases, and is therefore subtracted from purchases when determining the net purchases. It is different from the other drawing in that it is purely goods and not money
  • Carriage inwards/Carriage on purchases: – this is the cost incurred by the suppliers in transporting the goods from his premises to the customers business. It is treated as part of the purchases, and therefore increases the value of purchases. It is added to purchases to determine the actual value of purchases/Net purchases.

 

Therefore Net Purchases = Purchases + Carriage inwards – Return Outwards – Drawings

 

  • Carriage outwards/Carriage on sales: – this is the cost that the business has incurred in transporting goods from its premises to the customers premises. The cost reduces the business profit that would have been realized as a result of the sale, and is therefore treated as an expense and is subtracted from the gross profit, before determining the net profit.
  • Opening stock is the stock of goods at the beginning of the trading period, while the closing stock is the stock of the goods at the end of the trading period

Gross profit is therefore calculated as follows;

Gross Profit = Sales – Return inwards – (Opening stock + Purchases + carriage inwards – Return outwards – Closing stock)

        Or

        Gross profit = Net sales – Cost of Goods Sold (COGS)

 

        COGS = Opening Stock + Net Purchases – Closing stock

 

Net Profit = Gross profit – Total expenses

 

 

 

Trading Account

This is prepared by the business to determine the gross profit/loss during that trading period

It takes the following format;

Name of the business

Trading Account

Dr                                                                 For the period (date)                                                        Cr

                                       Shs                 Shs

Opening stock                                    xxxxxx

add Purchases              xxxxx

add Carriage inwards      xxx

less Return Outwards      xxx

less Drawings                   xx            xxxxx

Goods available for sale                    xxxxxx

Less Closing Stock                                 xxx

Cost Of Goods Sold (COGS)             xxxxxx

Gross profit c/d                                    xxxx

xxxxxx

 

                                   Shs                    Shs

Sales                             xxxxxx

Less Return inwards          xxx

Net sales                                          xxxxxx

 

 

 

 

 

 

xxxxxx

Gross profit b/d                           xxxx

 

The trading account is completed by the time the gross profit b/d is determined

For example

The following balances were obtained from the books of Ramera Traders for the year ending may 31st 2010

Sales                                                                 670 000

Purchases                                                        380 000

Return inwards                                              40 000

Carriage outwards                                          18 000

Return outwards                                                           20 000

Carriage inwards                                                           10 000

Additional information;

  • During the year the owner took goods worth sh 5 000 for his family use
  • The stock as at 1st June 2009 was shs 60 000, while the stock as at 31st May 2011 was shs 70 000

Required; Prepare Ramera Traders trading account for the period ending 31st May

2010

Ramera Traders

Trading Account

Dr                                                                 For the period ending 31/5/2010                                               cr

                                       Shs                 Shs

Opening stock                                     60 000

add Purchases              380 000

add Carriage inwards     10 000

less Return Outwards     20 000

less Drawings                   5 000        365 000

Goods available for sale              425 000

Less Closing Stock                          70 000

Cost Of Goods Sold (COGS)         355,000

Gross profit c/d                             275,000

630,000

 

                                   Shs                    Shs

Sales                             670 000

Less Return inwards      40 000

Net sales                                         630 000

 

 

 

 

 

 

630 000

Gross profit b/d                             275 000

NB:Carriage outwards is not an item of Trading account, but profit and loss account as an expense.

Importance of Trading account

  • It is used to determine the gross profit/loss for a given trading period for appropriate decision making by the management.
  • It is used in determining the cost of goods that was sold during that particular accounting period.
  • It is used to reveal the volume of turnover i.e net sales
  • May be used to compare the performance of the business in the current accounting period and the previous periods. It can also compare its performance with other similar businesses
  • It facilitates the preparation of profit and loss account, since the gross profit is carried forward to the profit and loss account.

Profit and Loss account

In preparation of this account, the gross profit is brought down on the credit sides, with all other revenues/income of the business being credited and the expenses together with the net profit being debited. Net profit = Total Revenues (including Gross Profit) – Total expenses

Name of the business

Profit and Loss Account

Dr                                                                 For the period (date)                                                        Cr

                                                           Shs

Expenses                                   

Insurance                                            xxx

Electricity                                          xxx

Water bills                                         xxx

Carriage Outwards                            xxx

General expenses                               xxx

Provision for Depreciation                xxxx

Discount allowed                               xxx

Commission allowed                        xxxx

Rent paid                                          xxxx

Any other expense                           xxxx

Net profit c/d                                   xxxx

xxxxxx

 

                                                        Shs

Gross profit b/d                                 xxxxxx

Discount received                                  xxx

Rent income                                          xxx

Commission received                            xxx

Any other income received                    xxx

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

xxxxxx

Net profit b/d                                     xxxx

The Profit and Loss Account is complete when net profit b/d is obtained. In the trial balance, the revenues/incomes are always credited, while the expenses are debited, and the same treatment is found in the Profit and Loss Account. (Any item that is taken to the Profit and Loss Account with a balance appearing in the Debit (Dr) side of a trial balance is treated as an expense, while those appearing in the Credit (Cr) side are revenue e.g. discount balance appearing in the Dr Side is Discount Allowed, while the one on Cr side is Discount Received)

For example

The following information relates to Akinyi’s Traders for the period ending March 28th 2010. Use it to prepare profit and loss account.

Gross profit                                                    100 000                Discount received           12 000

Salaries and wages                         20 000                  Power and lighting              10 000

Opening stock                                150 000                Rent income                   10 000

 

Commission allowed                       15 000                Commission received    16 000

Repairs                                                10 000                Discount allowed                           8 000

Provision for depreciation                          6 000                    Carriage outwards          4 000

 

Akinyi Traders

Profit and Loss Account

Dr                                                 For the period ending 28th March 2010                                        Cr

                                                           Shs

Expenses                                   

Power and lighting                      10 000

Carriage Outwards                       4 000

Salaries and wages                      20 000

Provision for Depreciation          6 000

Discount allowed                          8 000

Commission allowed                  15 000

Repairs                                        10 000

Net profit c/d                               65 000

138 000

 

                                                Shs

Gross profit b/d                         100 000

Discount received                       12 000

Rent income                                10 000

Commission received                  16 000

 

 

 

 

 

138 000

Net profit b/d                                      65 000

Incase the expenses are more than the income, then the business shall have made a net loss, and the loss will be credited.

 

Net profit/loss can also be found through calculation as follows;

 

Net profit/loss = Gross profit + Total other revenues – Total expenses

 

For the above example;

Total other revenues = 12 000 + 10 000 + 16 000

= 38 000

Total expenses = 10 000 + 4 000 + 20 000 + 6 000 + 8 000 + 15 000 + 10 000

= 73 000

Therefore; Net profit = Gross profit + Total other revenues – Total expenses

= 100 000 + 38 000 – 73 000

= 65 000

Importance of Profit and Loss account

  • It shows the revenue earned, and all the expenses incurred during the accounting period
  • It used to determine the net profit/net loss of a given trading period
  • It is a requirement by the government for the purpose of taxation
  • May be used by the employees to gauge the strength of the business, in terms of its ability to pay them well
  • It is vital for the prospective investor in the business, in terms of determining the viability of the business
  • The creditors or loaners may use it to asses the business ability to pay back their debts
  • It is used by the management to make a decision on the future of their business.

 

Trading, Profit and Loss Account

This is the combination of trading account and trading profit and loss account to form a single document. It ends when the net profit/loss brought down has been determined. That is;

Name of the business

Trading, Profit and Loss Account

Dr                                  For the period (date)                                        Cr

                                       Shs                 Shs

Opening stock                                   xxxxxx

add Purchases              xxxxx

add Carriage inwards      xxx

less Return Outwards      xxx

less Drawings                   xx            xxxxx

Goods available for sale                  xxxxxx

Less Closing Stock                                 xxx

Cost Of Goods Sold (COGS)            xxxxxx

Gross profit c/d                                      xxxx

Xxxxxx

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses

Insurance                                                xxx

Electricity                                                xxx

Water bills                                             xxx

Carriage Outwards                                 xxx

General expenses                                     xxx

Provision for Depreciation                   xxxx

Discount allowed                                     xxx

Commission allowed                            xxxx

Rent paid                                               xxxx

Any other expense                                 xxxx

Net profit c/d                                        xxxx

xxxxxx

 

                                   Shs                    Shs

Sales                             xxxxxx

Less Return inwards       xxx

Net sales                                         xxxxxx

 

 

 

 

 

 

xxxxxx

Gross profit b/d                                     xxxx

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount received                                  xxx

Rent income                                          xxx

Commission received                            xxx

Any other income received                    xxx

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

xxxxxx

Net profit b/d                                       xxxx

End Year Adjustments

The following items may require to be adjusted at the end of the trading period

  • Revenues/Income
  • Expenses
  • Fixed assets

 

 

Adjustment on revenues

The revenue may have been paid in advance in part or whole (prepaid revenue) or may be paid later after the trading period (accrued revenue).

Prepaid revenue is subtracted from the revenue/income to be received and the difference is what is treated in the profit and loss account or trading profit and loss account as an income, while the accrued revenue is added to the revenue/income to be received and the sum is what is treated in the above accounts as the actual revenue.

Only the prepaid amount and the accrued amounts are what are then taken to the balance sheet.

Adjustment on the expenses

The expenses may have been paid for in advance in part or whole (prepaid expenses) or may be paid for later after the trading period (accrued expenses).

Prepaid expenses is subtracted from the expenses to be paid for and the difference is what is treated in the profit and loss account or trading profit and loss account as an expense, while the accrued expenses is added to the expenses to be paid for and the sum is what is treated in the above accounts as the actual expenses.

NB: Only the prepaid amount and the accrued amounts are what are then taken to the balance sheet.

 

Adjustment on fixed assets

The fixed assets may decrease in value, due to tear and wear. This makes the value to go down over time, what is referred to as depreciation. The amount of depreciation is always estimated as a percentage of cost.

The amount that shall have depreciated is treated in the profit and loss account or T,P&L as an expense, while the value of the asset is recorded in the balance sheet, less depreciation.

For example;

  • 1997 The following Trial balance was prepared from the books of Paka Traders as at 31st December 1995. Trial balance December 31st 1995

Dr. (shs)                                           Cr. (shs)

 

Sales                                                                                               980,000

Purchases                                         600,000

Returns                                                            80,000                                 20 000

Carriage in                                                                                    40,000

Carriage out                                   3,000

Stock (Jan 1st 1999)                        120,000

Rent                                                  60,000                                 45 000

Discount                                          15,000                                  25 000

Motor vehicle                                 150 000

Machinery                                       250 000

Debtors                                                            120,000

Salaries                                                            18,000

Commission                                        7,000                                             12 000

Capital                                                                                            178,000

Insurance                                           15 000

Creditors                                                                                       240,000

Cash                                                   122 000

1 540 000                            1 540 000

 

Additional information

  • Stock as at 31st December was 100,000
  • the provision for depreciation was 10% on the cost of Motor vehicle, and 5% on the cost of Machinery

Required: Prepare trading profit and loss account for the period ending 31st December 1999

Adjustments: Provision for depreciation;

Machinery =  = 7 500

(New balance of machinery = 250 000 – 7 500 = 242 500. The 242 500 is taken to the balance as Machinery (fixed asset), while 7 500 is taken to the trading profit and loss account as expenses)

Motor vehicle =  = 15 000

(New balance of Motor Vehicle = 150 000 – 15 000 = 135 000. The 135 000 is taken to the balance as Motor Vehicle (fixed asset), while 15 000 is taken to the trading profit and loss account as expenses)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paka Traders

Trading, Profit and Loss Account

Dr        For the period 31/12/1995                                         Cr

                                       Shs                 Shs

Opening stock                                   120 000

add Purchases              600 000

add Carriage inwards     40 000

less Return Outwards     20 000       620 000

Goods available for sale                    740 00

Less Closing Stock                           100 000

Cost Of Goods Sold (COGS)           640 000

Gross profit c/d                                 260 000

900 000

Expenses                                   

Insurance                                             15000

Carriage Outwards                              30000

Salaries                                               18 000

Provision for Depreciation

Motor vehicle             15 000

Machinery                    7 500             22500

Discount allowed                                15 000

Commission allowed                            7 000

Rent paid                                            60 000

Net profit c/d                                   174 500

342 000

 

                                   Shs                    Shs

Sales                           980 000

Less Return inwards      80 000

Net sales                                           900 000

 

 

 

 

 

900 000

Gross profit b/d                                260 000

Discount received                               25 000

Rent income                                       45 000

Commission received                         12 000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

342 000

 

Net profit b/d                                   174 500

The net profit/loss may be taken to the balance sheet.

The items that have been adjusted will be recorded in the balance sheet less the adjustment.

The Balance Sheet

The balance sheet will show the business financial position in relation to assets, capital and liabilities. The adjustment that can be made will be on Fixed assets and capital only. That is;

Fixed assets are recorded less their depreciation value (should there be provision for depreciation) as the actual value.

Actual value of assets = Old value – depreciation.

Capital is adjusted with the following; Net capital, Drawings and additional investment. i.e.

Closing Capital/Net capital (C.C) = Opening/initial capital (O.C) + Additional Investment (I) + Net profit (N.P) or (less Net Loss) – Drawings

                                      CC = OC + I + NP – D

Where:

Opening Capital: – the capital at the beginning of the trading period

Closing capital: – the capital as at the end of the trading period

Additional Investment: – any amount or asset that the owner adds to the business during the trading period

Net profit: – the profit obtained from the trading activities during the period. Incase of a loss, it is subtracted.

 

Types of Capital

The capital in the business can be classified as follows

  • Capital Owned/Owner’s Equity/Capital invested; – this is the capital that the owner of the business has contributed to the business. It is the Net capital/Closing capital of the business (C = A – L)
  • Borrowed capital: – the resources brought into the business from the outside sources. They are the long term liabilities of the business.
  • Working capital: – these are resources in the business that can be used to meet the immediate obligation of the business. It is the difference between the total current assets and total current liabilities

Working Capital = Total Current Assets – Total Current Liabilities

  • Capital employed: – these are the resources that has been put in the business for a long term. i.e.

Capital Employed = Total Fixed assets + Working Capital

Or

Capital employed = Capital Invested + Long term liabilities

 

 

 

 

Name of the business

Balance Sheet

As at (date)

                              Shs                  shs

Fixed Assets

Land                              xxxxx

Buildings                        xxxxx

Motor Vehicle                xxxxx

Any other fixed assets   xxxxx   xxxxxx

Current Assets

Stock                               xxxx

Debtors                            xxxx

Bank                                 xxxx

Cash                                 xxxx

Prepaid Expenses            xxxx

Accrued revenues            xxxx

Any other current assets  xxxx   xxxxxx

 

 

xxxxxx

                                     Shs               shs

 

Capital                        xxxxx

Add Net profit               xxxx

Add additional investt    xxx

Less drawings               xxx

Net Capital                                 xxxxx

Long term liabilities

Long term loan            xxxx

Any other                     xxxx       xxxx

Current liabilities

Creditors                      xxxx

Short term loan            xxxx

Accrued expenses       xxxx

Prepaid revenues        xxxx

Any other                     xxxx        xxxxx

xxxxxx

Example 00A: The following information were extracted from the trial balance of Mwema traders on 31st December 2010

Sales                                   750 000                Furniture                           288 000

Purchases                          540 000                Electricity expenses       16 000

Sales return                                     24 000                  Motor vehicle                  720 000

Return outwards                              30 000                Rent expenses                  2 500

General expenses                             72 000                Capital                                842 500

Commission received      24 000                Bank Loan                         250 000

Cash                                   156 000                 Creditors                           216 000

Debtors                              244 000

Additional Information

  • Stock as at 31/12/2010 was ksh 72 000
  • Electricity prepaid was shs 4 000
  • Rent expenses accrued shs 3500
  • Depreciation was provided for as follows

-Motor Vehicle 15% p.a. on cost               -Furniture 6% p.a. on cost

Required

  • Prepare Trading, profit and loss account for the year
  • Prepare a balance sheet as at 31st December 2012
  • Determine the following:

-Owner’s equity       -Borrowed capital   -Working capital   -Capital employed

Adjustments:

Motor Vehicle =  = 108 000

Therefore Motor vehicle = 612 000

Furniture =  = 17 280

Therefore furniture = 270 720

Mwema Traders

Trading, Profit and Loss Account

Dr                                                             For the period 31/12/2010                                                    Cr

                                       Shs                 Shs

Purchases                     540 000

less Return Outwards     30 000       510 000

Goods available for sale                   510 000

Less Closing Stock                             72 000

Cost Of Goods Sold (COGS)           438 000

Gross profit c/d                                 288 000

726 000

Expenses                               

General expenses                               72 000

Electricity expenses      16 000

Less Electricity prepaid  4 000          12 000

 

Rent expenses               2 500

Accrued rent exp           3 500            6 000

 

Provision for Depreciation

Motor vehicle             108 000

Furniture                      17 280         125 280

Net profit c/d                                     96 720

312 000

 

                                   Shs                    Shs

Sales                           750 000

Less Return inwards      24 000

Net sales                                           726 000

 

 

 

726 000

Gross profit b/d                                288 000

Commission received                        24 000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

312 000

Net profit b/d                                     96 720

 

Mwema Traders

Balance Sheet

As at 31/12/2010

                                   Shs                 shs

Fixed Assets

Motor Vehicle          612 000

Furniture                  270 720     882 720

 

Current Assets

Stock                          72 000

Debtors                    244 000

Electricity prepaid       4 000

Bank                          50 000

Cash                        156 000     526 000

 

1 408 720

                                     Shs               shs

Capital                      842 500

Add Net profit             96 720

Net Capital                                939 220

 

Long term liabilities

Bank Loan                               250 000

 

Current liabilities

Creditors                216 000

Accrued rent          3 500          219 500

 

1 408 720

 

 

 

Basic Financial Ratios

A ratio is an expression of one item in relation to the other. It is used to compare the groups of related items in the business, for the purpose of assessing the performance of the business. They include:

  • Mark-up

This is the comparison of gross profit as a percentage of cost of goods sold. i.e.

 

Mark-up =

=   100

For example: in (example OOA) above, determine the mark-up of the business.

Mark-up =

Gross profit = 288 000

COGS = 438 000

 

Mark-up =   100

= 65.75%

(This implies that the Gross profit of the business is 65.75% of its cost of goods sold)

 

  • Margin

This is the expression of the gross profit as a percentage of net sales. That is:

Margin =

=   100

For example: in (example OOA) above, determine the margin of the business

Margin =

Gross profit = 288 000

Net sales = 726 000

=   100

= 39.67%

(This implies that the gross profit of the business is 39.67% of the net sales)

 

 

 

Relationship between margin and mark-up

Since margin and mark-up are all the expression of Gross profit, it is possible to change one to the other.

  • Changing mark-up to margin

Mark-up can be changed to margin as follows:

  • Convert the mark-up percentage as a fraction in its simplest form.
  • Add the value of the numerator of the fraction to the denominator to come up with the new fraction (margin fraction) that is

If the mark-up fraction =

Margin fraction =

  • Convert the margin fraction as a percentage to obtain margin

 

 

 

For example: in the above example,

Mark –up = 65.75%

=

=

Margin fraction =

=   x 100

= 39.67%

 

  • Changing margin to mark-up
  • Convert the margin percentage as a fraction in its simplest form
  • Subtract the value of the numerator of the fraction from the denominator to come up with the new fraction (mark-up fraction) that is

If the margin fraction =

Mark-up fraction =

  • Convert the mark-up fraction as a percentage to obtain mark-up

For example: in the above example,

Margin = 39.67%

=

=

Mark-up fraction =

 

=   x 100

= 65.75%

  • Current ratio/working capital ratio

This is the ratio of the current assets to current liabilities. It can also be expressed as a percentage. That is:

Current ratio =

= current assets: current liabilities

Or

Current ratio =   x 100

For examples: in (example OOA) above, determine the current ratio;

 

Current assets = 526 000

Current liabilities = 219 500

Current ratio =

 

=          = 1052: 439

Or

=    x 100

239.64%

  • Rate of stock turnover

This is the rate at which the stock is bought or sold within a given period of time. It is obtained by;

Rate of stock turnover (ROST) =

 

Average stock =

In (example OOA) above, determine the rate of stock turnover;

The cost of goods sold = 438 000

The closing stock = 72 000

The opening stock = 0

Therefore

The average stock =

=   = 36 000

Rate of stock turnover (ROST) =

=

 

= 12.17 Times

  • Return on capital

This is the expression of net profit as a percentage of the capital invested. That is;

Return on capital =    x 100

It can be given as a ratio or a percentage.

For example: in (example OOA) above, determine the return on capital of the business

Net Profit = 96 720

Capital invested/owner’s equity = 939 220

Return on capital =    x 100

=    x 100

 

= 10.33%

 

 

  • Acid test ratio/quick ratio

This shows how fast the business can convert its current assets excluding stock to settle its current liabilities. That is;

Quick ratio =

It is given in ratio form.

For example: in above (example OOA), determine the quick ratio;

Current assets = 526 000

Stock = 72 000

Current liabilities = 219 500

Quick ratio =

=

= 2.07 (or 207 : 100)

 

Importance of Financial Ratios

  • Mark up and margin helps in the following; setting the selling price, calculating profit or losses and determining the sales for a given period of time
  • Working capital and acid test ratio help in showing whether the business is in a position to meet its short term obligations and checking whether the business is utilizing its resources properly. That is high working capital ratio shows that most of the resources are idle
  • Return on capital shows the following;
  • The performance of the business in relation to other similar businesses
  • Comparison of the performance of the business over different periods
  • Whether the business finances have been invested or not
  • Help the potential investors on the decision on where to invest

 

  • Rate of stock turnover also help in determining how fast or slow the stock is moving. It also helps in computing the gross profit or loss.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MONEY AND BANKING

 

Barter trade

This is a form of trade where goods and services are exchanged for other goods and services.

 

Benefits

  • Satisfaction of wants: And individual is able to get what he or she needs.
  • Surplus disposal: an individual or country is able to dispose off its surpluses.
  • Social relations: it promotes social links since the communities trade together.
  • Specialization: some communities shall specialize in a particular commodity.
  • Improved living standards: this is enhanced by receiving what one is unable to produce.

Limitations of Barter trade

  • Lack of double coincidence of wants: – it is difficult to find two people with the need for each other’s product at the same time.
  • Lack of store of value/ perishability of some commodities: – some goods are perishable thus their value cannot be stored for a long time for future purposes e.g. one cannot store vegetables for exchange purposes in future.
  • Indivisibility of some commodities: -it is difficult to divide some products like livestock into smaller units to be exchanged with other commodities.
  • Lack of standard measure of value: – It is not easy to determine how much one commodity can be exchanged for a given quantity of another commodity.
  • Transportation problem: It is difficult to transport bulky goods especially when there is no faster means of transport.
  • Lack of a standard deferred payment: – The exchange of goods cannot be postponed since by the time the payment is made, there could be fluctuation in value, demand for a commodity may not exist and the nature and quality of a good may not be guaranteed. It may be therefore difficult what to decide what to accept for future payment.
  • Lack of specialization: – Everyone strives to produce all the goods he or she needs due to the problem of double coincidence of wants.
  • Lacks unit of account- it is difficult to assess the value of commodities and keep their record.

 

 

MONEY SYSTEM

Money is anything that is generally accepted and used as a medium of exchange for goods and services.

Features/ characteristics of Money

For anything to serve as money, it must have the following characteristics:

  • Acceptability: The item must be acceptable to everyone.
  • Durability: The material used to make money must be able to last long without getting torn, defaced or losing its shape or texture.
  • Divisibility: Money should be easily divisible into smaller units (denominations) but still maintains it value.
  • Cognizability: The material used to make money should be easily recognized. This helps reduce chances of forgery. It also helps people to differentiate between various denominations.
  • Homogeneity: Money should be made using a similar material so as to appear identical. This eliminates any risk of confusion and forgeries.
  • Portability: – Money should be easy to carry regardless of its value.
  • Stability in value: The value of money should remain fairly stable over a given time period.
  • Liquidity: – it should be easily convertible to other forms of wealth (assets).
  • Scarcity: – It should be limited in supply. If it is abundantly available its value will reduce.
  • Malleability- the material used to make money should be easy to cast into various shapes.
  • Not easy to forge- money should not be easy to imitate.

Functions of Money

  • Medium of exchange: It is generally acceptable by everyone in exchange of goods and services. It thus eliminates the need for double coincidence of wants.
  • Store of value: It is used to keep value of assets e.g. surplus goods can be sold and then money kept for future transactions.
  • Measure of value: Value of goods and services are expressed in money form. Performance of businesses is measured in terms of money.
  • Unit of account: It is a unit by which the value of goods and services are calculated and records kept.
  • Standard of deferred payment: it is used to settle credit transactions.
  • Transfer of immovable items (assets): Money is used to transfer assets such as land from one person to another.

 

DEMAND FOR MONEY

This is the tendency or desire by an individual or general public to hold onto money instead of spending it. It also refers to as liquidity preference.

Money is held by people in various forms:

  • Notes and coins
  • Securities and bonds
  • Demand deposits such bank current account balances.
  • Time deposits such as fixed account balances

 

REASONS (MOTIVES) FOR HOLDING MONEY

 

  1. Transaction Motive: Money is held with a motive of meeting daily expenses for both the firms and individuals. The demand for money for transaction purpose by individuals depends on the following factors:
  • Size/level of individual’s income: The higher the income of and individual, the more the number of transactions thus high demand for transactions.
  • Interval between pay days/ receipt of money: if the interval is long, then high amount of money will be held for transaction reasons.
  • Price of commodities: if the prices are high, the value of transactions will also increase thus more money balances required.
  • Individuals spending habits-people who spend a lot of money on luxuries will hold more money than those who only spend money on basics.
  • Availability of credit-people who have easy access to credit facilities hold little amount of money for daily transactions than those who do not have easy access to credit.

The transaction motive can further be divided to;

  • Income motive i.e. holding money to spend on personal/ family needs.
  • Business motive i.e. holding money to meet business recurring needs such as paying wages, postage, raw materials. Etc
  1. Precautionary Motive: Money is held in order to be used during emergencies such as sicknesses.

The amount of money held for this motive will depend on the factors such as:

  • Level of income- the higher the income the higher the amount of money held for precautionary motive.
  • Family status- high class families tend to hold more money for precautionary motive than low class families.
  • Age of the individual- the aged tend to hold more money for precautionary motive than the young since they have more uncertainties than the young.
  • Number of dependant- the more the dependants one has, the more the money they are likely to hold for precautionary motive.
  • Individual’s temperament- pessimists tend to hold more money for precautionary motives than the optimists because they normally think things will go wrong.
  • Duration between incomes- those who earn money after a short time are likely to keep less money than those who earn money after a long time.

 

  1. Speculative Motive: Money is held to be used in acquiring those assets whose values are prone to fluctuations such as shares/ money is held anticipating fall in prices of goods and services. This depends on the following:
  • The wealth of an individual
  • The rate of interest on government debt instruments
  • Interest on money balances held in the bank.
  • How optimistic or pessimistic a person is.

SUPPLY OF MONEY

This is the amount of money/ monetary items that are in circulation in the economy at a particular period of time. They include the following;

  • Total currency i.e. the coins and notes issued by the central bank.
  • Total demand deposits: money held in current accounts in banks and are therefore withdrawable on demand.

Factors influencing supply of money

  • Government policies: If there is more money in the economy, the government will put in place measures to reduce the supply such as increasing interest rates.
  • Policies of commercial banks: The more the loans offered by commercial banks, the more the amount of money in circulation.
  • Increase in national income: increase in national income means that more people will be liquid due to increase in economic activities.]
  • Increase in foreign exchange: The foreign exchange reserves will increase thus supply increases.

 

BANKING

This is the process by which banks accept deposit from the public for safe keeping and lending out the deposits in form of loans.

A bank is a financial institution that accepts money deposits from the public for safe keeping and lending out in terms of loans.

 

COMMERCIAL BANKS

These are financial institutions that offer banking services with a profit motive. Their activities are regulated by the Central bank.

Functions of commercial banks

  • Accepting deposits: They accept deposit from members of the public inform of current accounts, savings account and fixed deposit accounts. Such accounts help individuals to keep money safely.
  • Provision of safe means of payments: They provide safe and reliable means of payment such as cheques, bank drafts, credit transfers, electronic funds transfers etc.
  • Provision of loan facilities: They provide loans to members in form of short term and long term. These loans are repayable with interests thus income to the banks.
  • Facilitates foreign exchange payments: They provide foreign exchange that is used in international trade. They also make payments on behalf of their customers.
  • Provision of safe keeping of valuables: They provide security for valuables to their customers at a fee
  • Discounting bills of exchange: This is process by which a bank accepts bills of exchange and promissory notes from its customers in exchange of cash less than the face value of the bill or note.
  • Provision of financial information: – They advice their clients on financial matters affecting their businesses such as investment option and wise use of loans.
  • Money transfer:- They provide varied, safe and reliable means of money transfer. Such means include cheques, standing orders, credit transfers, bank drafts, letters of credit, credit cards, travelers cheques etc.
  • Act as guarantors and referees: – They act as guarantors to their customers who want to acquire credit facilities from other financial institutions.
  • Act as intermediaries: – They act as a link between the savers and borrowers.
  • Credit creation: – This is the process of creating money from the customer deposits through lending.
  • Provision of trusteeship: – They can manage a business on behalf of the client especially if the client does not have managerial skills. They can also manage the assets of the deceased client if there was no will.

 

TYPES OF ACCOUNTS OFFERED BY COMMERCIAL BANKS

  • Current account

This is an account where money deposited can be withdrawn on demand by the customer by means of a cheque. This means that money can be withdrawn at any time during the official working hours so long as the account has sufficient funds.

This account is also referred to as demand deposits.

Features characteristics of current accounts

  • Deposits of any amount can be made at any time.
  • Balances in this account do not earn any interest.
  • The account holder is not required to maintain a minimum cash balance in this account
  • Withdrawals can be at any time without giving and advance notice as long as the customer has sufficient funds.
  • Cheque books are issued to the account holder to be used as a means of payment/ cheques are usually used to withdraw money from the account.
  • Monthly bank statements are issued to the account holder.
  • Overdraft facilities are offered to the account holders’ i.e the bank can allow customers to withdraw more money than they have in their accounts.

 

Advantages of current account

  • No minimum balance is maintained hence the account holder can access all his/her money.
  • Withdrawals can be made at any time.
  • Transactions are made easier by use of cheques for example; one does not have to go to the bank in order to make payment.
  • Overdraft facilities are available..
  • It is possible to deposit any amount at any time during the office hours.
  • Use of cheques as means of payment serves as evidence of payments made.
  • Payments can be done even if there are insufficient funds in the account using post dated cheques.
  • The account holder can withdraw any amount at any time without notice as long as there are sufficient funds in the account.

Disadvantages of current account

  • Lengthy procedures of opening the account.
  • The account holder does not earn any income since the balances in the current account does not earn interest.
  • Initial deposit when opening the account is usually high hence discourages prospective customers.
  • Customers are not encouraged to save since they can access their money at any time.
  • Ledger fees are charged on the account making the operations of the account expensive.
  • Savings account (deposit account)

This is an account operated by individuals and firms that have money to save.

Features of Savings account

  • There is minimum initial deposit that varies from bank to bank.
  • A minimum balance is maintained at all times.
  • The withdrawals are up to a certain maximum within a given period. Withdrawal above this maximum will require notice.
  • Account holders are issued with a pass book or a debit card (ATM card) for deposits and withdrawals.
  • Overdraft facilities are not allowed.
  • Ordinarily, withdrawals across the counter can only be done by the account holder.
  • The balance on the account above a certain minimum earns some interest.

Advantages of Savings account

  • Customers are encouraged to save because of the restricted withdrawals.
  • There are relatively low banking charges.
  • Initial deposit is usually low as compared to other accounts.
  • The balances earn interest to account holder hence an incentive to save.
  • ATM facilities have made account operations very convenient to customers.

 

Disadvantages Savings account

  • A minimum balance must be maintained at all times and the customer is denied access to that money.
  • For across the counter withdrawals, it is only the account holder who can withdraw cash.
  • Withdrawals are restricted and sufficient notice is required before large amounts are withdrawn.
  • The account holders do not enjoy services such as cheque books and overdraft facilities like the current account holders.
  • Easy access to the money through ATM cards encourages overdrawals.
  • Anybody who knows the pin of the card (ATM card) can withdraw money from the account.

 

Requirements for opening an account

The following are some of the requirements for opening either a current account or a savings account:

  • Photocopies of identification documents such as National Identity Card or Passport.
  • Passport size photographs (number varies from bank to bank). Some banks are nowadays taking the photographs instead of the customers providing them.
  • For current account holders, an introductory letter from an existing customer from the prospective customer’s employer.
  • Filling in the application form provided by the bank.
  • Signing of the specimen signature cards. Usually two.

 

NB: Once these requirements are fulfilled, the bank allocates the customer an account number, upon payment of an initial deposit.

 

  • Fixed deposit account

This account is also known as time Deposit account. It is maintained by those who have money not meant for immediate use.

Once money is deposited, there are no withdrawals until the time expires.

 

Advantages of Fixed deposit account

  • Interest earned is relatively high as compared to savings account.
  • There are no bank charges to the account holder.
  • Money held in fixed deposit account can be used as security to acquire bank loans.
  • Restricted withdrawals encourage savings.
  • The account holder has time to plan for the deposited money.

 

 

Disadvantages of Fixed deposit account

  • Access to money is not allowed until the end of the agreed period.
  • Interest is forfeited if there is pre-mature withdrawal.
  • The minimum amount of money for this account is high.
  • The customer is not allowed to deposit more money in this account.
  • A notice is required if the customer wants to terminate the contract before expiry date.
  • The customer is denied the use of the deposited funds before the expiry of the period.

 

REQUIREMENTS TO OPEN AND OPERATE A BANK ACCOUNT

  • Identification documents such as National Identification Card, Passport and Driving License.
  • Reference letter from employer or and existing customer.
  • Filling an application form giving the information about the customer.
  • Submission of a specimen signature to be held by the bank.
  • An initial deposit is paid and the account becomes operational.

 

NON- BANK FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

These are financial institutions that offer finances for development purposes to individuals and organizations.

These institutions address themselves to the needs of specific sectors in the economy.

They offer the finances inform of either short term or long term loans.

The following are some of the non-bank financial institutions in Kenya

  • Development banks
  • Building societies
  • Finance houses
  • Savings and Credit Co-operative Societies
  • Micro finance organizations
  • Insurance companies
  • Pension Funds’ Organizations
  • Hire Purchase Firms

 

  • Housing Finance Companies

They are mainly formed to finance housing activities that is they either put up houses and sell to the individuals or offer mortgage finance to those who wish to put up their own houses. They includes Housing Finance Corporation of Kenya (HFCK), National Housing Corporation (NHC)

 

  • Development Finance Institutions

These are development banks which are formed mainly to provide medium term and long term finances, especially to the manufacturing sector. They perform the following functions

  • Financing people who wishes to start either commercial of industrial enterprises, as well as the existing enterprises in the above sectors for expansion
  • Offering training services through seminars and workshops to equip the entrepreneurs’ with the relevant skill in industrial and commercial sectors
  • Offer advisory services to those people wanting to start or expand their businesses
  • Acting as guarantors to people wishing to take loan from other lending institutions to help them expand their business

They includes the following Kenya Industrial Estates (KIE), Development Finance Company of Kenya (DFCK), Industrial Development Bank (IDB), Industrial and Commercial Development Corporation (ICDC)

 

  • Savings and Credit Co-operative societies

These are co-operative societies that are formed to enable members save and obtain loans at most conveniently and favorable conditions. They are formed by those engaged in similar activities. They includes: Mwalimu Savings and Credit Co-operative Societies; Afya Savings and Credit societies; Harambee Savings and Credit Societies

  • Insurance companies

These are companies that assist in creating confidence and sense of security to their clients as well as offering financial assistance to their clients. Their functions include;

  • Enable the policy holders to save through their schemes
  • Provide finances to their policy holders in form of loans
  • Offer guarantee services to the policy holders wishing to obtain loans from other non-bank financial institutions
  • Provide advisory services to the policy holders on security matters
  • Provide finances to meet the expenses incases of loans

They includes the following: Stallion Insurance Company; Madison insurance company; Blue shield insurance company

  • Micro Finance Companies

These are financial companies formed to provide small scale and medium size enterprises with finance. They also carry out the following functions

  • Offer advisory services to their clients in matters such as business opportunities available and how to operate them.
  • Encourage the clients to carry out business activities by offering loans to them
  • They encourage the savings by advancing loans to the individual member of a certain group
  • They supervise, monitor and advise those whom they have given loans

They includes the following: Kenya Women finance Trust (KWFT), Faulu Kenya

 

  • Agricultural Finance Houses

These are institutions formed to promote the agricultural sector. They carry out the following

  • Giving loans to farmers
  • Offering supervisory and training services to the loaned farmer
  • Offering technical and professional advice to loaned farmer
  • Carry research and come up with better ways and means of agricultural sector
  • Coming up with projects that would open up new areas for agriculture

 

 

Differences between commercial banks and non-bank financial institutions

Commercial Banks Non-Bank Financial Institutions
·        Offer all types of accounts

 

·        Provide both short term and medium term finances to their customers

·        Their finance is not restricted to any sector

·        May offer foreign exchange services

·        Their finance is mainly for working capital

·        Participate in clearing house as they offer cheque

·        Offer facilities for safe keeping of valuable items such as title deeds

·        Always in direct control of the central bank

·        May offer overdraft facilities to their customers

·        Offer only two types of accounts savings and fixed deposit

·        Mainly provide medium term and long term finances

·        Their finance is restricted to a particular sector

·        Do not provide foreign exchange services

·        They provide capital for development

·        Do not participate in clearing house since they don’t offer

·        Do not offer facilities for safe keeping of valuable items

·        Not usually in direct control of the central bank

·        Do not offer overdraft facilities to their customers

 

 

THE CENTRAL BANK

This is a bank established by the government through the act of the parliament to manage and control the monetary matters in the country. It was formed to perform the following functions;

  • Issue currency in the country, which includes both new notes and coins to replace the worn-out ones
  • Banker to the commercial banks, by ensuring that all the commercial banks in the country operate an account with them
  • Being the government ‘s bank, by offering banking services to the government which enables the government to operate an account with them
  • Advisor to the government on financial issues in the economy
  • Controller of the commercial banks on how they carry out their functions in the economy to ensure that their customers are served well
  • Provide links with other central banks in other countries, facilitating financial relationships. It also provide a link between the country and other financial institutions such as IMF
  • Maintain stability in the exchange rates between the local currencies and the foreign ones.
  • Act as the lender of the last resort to the commercial banks to enable them meet their financial obligations when need arise
  • Facilitates the clearing of cheques between different commercial banks through its clearing house (a department in the central bank)
  • Administering of the public debt by facilitating the receipt and providing a means through which the government pays back the borrowed money
  • Control of the monetary system in the country in order to regulate the economy. In doing this they put in place various monetary policies that can either expand the economic activities in the country or depress them.

Monetary policy refers to the deliberate move by the government through the central bank to manipulate the supply and cost of money in the economy in order to achieve a desirable economic outcome. They do this through the use of various tools of monetary policies which includes the following: Bank rates; Open market Operation (OMO); Cash Liquidity ratio requirement; Compulsory deposit requirement; Selective credit control; Directives; Request.

 

  • Bank rates

They may increase or decrease the interest rate at which they lend to the commercial banks to enable them increase or decrease the rate at which they lend money to their customers in the economy to enable the government achieve the desirable economic development in the country

When they increase their lending interest rate, the commercial banks also raise their lending rates to the consumers to reduce the number of people obtaining loans, leading to a reduction of money supplied in the economy.

When they decrease their lending interest rate, the commercial banks also decreases their lending rates to the consumers, increase the amount of money supplied in the economy

 

  • Open Market Operations (OMO)

This is where they regulate the supply of money in the economy by either selling or buying the government securities (treasury bills or bonds) in the open market. That is when they want to increase the supply in the economy, they buying the securities from the members of the public who had bought them to increase more supply of money in the economy.

When they want to reduce the amount of money in circulation they will sell the government security to the public in the open market, to mop up/reduce the excess supply in the economy

The payment of the securities takes money from the individuals accounts in the commercial banks, reducing the amount that the individual can use in the economy, while when buying the central bank pays the security holders in their respective accounts in the commercial banks, increasing the amount that they can use in the economy

 

  • Cash/liquidity ratio requirement

Here the central bank expect the commercial bank to keep a certain proportion of their total deposits in form of cash to enable them meet their daily needs, while the rest are held in liquid assets. This proportion can be reduced by the central bank to reduces the amount of money held by the commercial banks in order to reduce the amount of money spent by the commercial banks in cash, reducing the amount of money in supply, or they may increase the proportion to be held by the commercial banks to enable them increase the amount of money they spent in cash, increasing the amount of money in supply

Cash ratio =

 

  • Compulsory deposit requirements

The commercial banks are required to maintain a certain amount of deposits with the central bank which will be held in a special account where the money stays frozen. This reduces the amount of money that the commercial banks hold and are able to spend in their operation, influencing the supply of money in the economy.

The deposit may be increase to reduce the amount of money in the commercial banks, or reduced to increase the amount of money in the commercial banks

 

  • Selective credit control

The central bank may issue a special instruction to the commercial bank and other financial institution only to lend more in a particular sector to control the amount of money reaching the economy. The instruction may be removed, if the bank feels that the supply in the economy has reduced and needs to be increased

 

  • Directives

The central bank may issue a directive to the commercial banks on the interest rate they should charge on their lending and to increase or reduce the margin requirement for borrowing to make it harder or easier for the customers to obtain loan.

Margin requirement is the proportion of money expected to be raised by the client to finance the project he/she wants to obtain the loan for, before being given a loan to complete the project with.

 

  • Request (Moral suasion)

The central bank may appeal to other financial institutions to exercise restrain in their lending activities to the public to help in controlling the money supply

 

Trends in Banking

These are the positive changes that have taken place in the banking sector to improve their service deliveries to their customers. They include;

  • The use of Automatic Teller Machines (ATMs), which has made it possible for the customers to access their money any time of the day. The ATM cards that are used for withdrawals from the ATM machines can also be used as a debit card to make purchases.
  • Networking all their branches, which has enable the customers to carry out their transactions in any of the branch.
  • E-Banking, which is the banking through the internet. This has made it possible for the customers to transact their financial businesses on-line.
  • Relaxation of some of the conditions on opening and operating some of the accounts to make them be more attractive to their customers.
  • Offering varieties of products which includes easier credit facilities to their customers to attract more customers.
  • Liberalization of foreign exchange dealings by licensing forex bureaus to offer services to the customers, improving the accessibility to the service.
  • Improving the customers care services, with some bank setting up a departments known as the customer care department to offer detailed assistance to their customers.
  • Allowing non bank financial institutions to offer banking services to the members of the public, for example; KWFT, SACCOs, FOSA, Faulu Kenya, etc
  • Mobile Banking services (M-Banking), which allows the customers to carry out their financial transactions over their mobile phones. It has brought about several benefits/ advantages to their customers which includes;

 

Advantages of m-banking

  • Easy transfer of funds from one account to the other in the same bank (inter account transfer)
  • Easy transfer of money from ones account to his mobile phone for other transactions
  • Ability to check ones account balance in the bank with ease
  • Easy to monitor your financial transactions by checking your transaction details over the phone
  • Easy payment of the bills such as electricity bill, Dstv bills, etc and other wages
  • Ability to transfer money from one mobile number to other in collaboration with the service providers
  • Easy request for new cheque books and bank statements from the banks
  • Able to top up air time to your mobile phones in collaboration with the service providers
  • Reduced risk of carrying large sums of money in cash or cheques that may be stolen

However this development has also come with its challenges, which includes;

 

Disadvantages of m-banking

  • Registration to enjoy all these services must physically be done in the banking hall, which subject the customers to stress queues of the bank
  • Only the registered mobile number can carryout these transactions which limits the customer to only using one number
  • Users requires a mobile phone with a screen that can display the transaction which a times some may not a ford
  • Mobile phones can easily be lost or stolen from the owner, inconveniencing him from carrying out the transactions
  • Bank transaction information may load slowly, which may makes it expensive for the user
  • Possibility of transferring the funds to a wrong account, due to error in typing of the account number

 

  • Introduction of agency banking, which has made them to make their services to be more accessible to even areas where they may have not put up a banking hall.

Agency banking is whereby a retail stores, supermarket, or any other commercial businesses are authorized by the financial institutions to carry out financial transactions on their behalf. They may offer the following services

  • Receiving customer deposits
  • Offering withdrawal services
  • Transfer of funds for customers
  • Pay bills for the customers
  • Balance inquiry services
  • Opening new accounts for the customers
  • Fill loan application forms for them

Advantages of agency banking

  • Reduction of set up and delivery cost to the banks, which in turn passes to the customers in form of reduced cost of accessing services
  • Time saving as the agents are located close to the customer and the customer may carry out other transactions as he withdraw the money
  • More convenient for the customer to bank with their local retailers other than the traditional banking halls
  • Enable the bank to reach far places within the country

 

 

REVISION EXERCISES

PAPER 1

 

  • Give four advantages of barter trade.
  • Highlight four services offered by the central bank of Kenya to the commercial banks.
  • State four methods through which commercial banks can transfer money.
  • State any four current developments that have taken place in the banking sector.
  • Outline four tools of monetary policy used by the central bank to control money supply.
  • Outline four factors that may have led to the downfall of barter trade.
  • Highlight two factors that may influence:
  • Transaction motive.
  • Speculative motive.
  • Mention four functions of commercial banks in an economy.
  • Outline three factors that influence the supply of money.
  • Give four characteristics of money.
  • The following are some of the accounts available to customers in Kenya banking industry: Current account, Savings account and Fixed deposit account. Give the account that corresponds to each of the description given below.
  Description Type of account
(a) Account holders required to deposit a specific initial amount as well as maintaining a minimum balance.  
(b) Account holders may deposit and withdraw money whenever they want without maintaining a minimum balance.  
(c) Banks pay interest on deposit at comparatively higher rates.  
(d) Money may be deposited at any time and interest is earned if a specific balance is maintained.  

 

  • Outline four benefits that accrue to a customer who uses automated teller machine (ATM) banking services.

PAPER             2

 

  • Explain five functions of the central bank of Kenya.
  • Describe four measures that the government may put in place to reduce the amount of money in circulation.
  • Explain five services offered by commercial banks to their customers.
  • Explain five ways in which commercial banks facilitate payment on behalf of their customers.
  • Explain four services that the central bank of Kenya may offer as a banker to commercial banks.
  • Explain five in which banks contribute to the development of Kenya
  • Outline five reasons why banks currently account is popular with traders
  • Explain service offered to commercial banks by the central bank of Kenya
  • In what ways of the functions of commercial bank differ with those of non- bank

Financial institutions

  • Explain five ways in which central bank of Kenya may control the supply of money in

The country

  • Describe methods which may be used by commercial banks to advance money to customers.
  • A businessman wishes to obtain a loan from a commercial bank. Highlight the

Conditions that he should satisfy before the bank can grant him the loan

  • Explain five services that the central bank of Kenya offers to commercial banks
  • Explain four disadvantages of using a bank  overdraft as a  source of finances
  • Describe four ways in which a non- bank financial institutions differ from the  commercial banks
  • Discuss five reasons why business people prefer to operate bank current accounts
  • Outline the benefits that bank customer gets from  operating a current  account
  • Explain the 5 services offered by a  commercial banks to their customers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PUBLIC FINANCE

Public finance refers to the activities carried out by the government associated with raising of finances and the spending of the finances raised (it is the study of how government collects revenue and how it spends it)

The components of public finance are;

  • Public revenue
  • Public expenditure
  • Public debt
  • Public revenue-refers to the revenues (income) and resources received by the government from different sources.
  • Public expenditure-refers to the resources spent by the government.
  • Public debt-refers to the money and resources borrowed by the government.

Purpose of public finance

  • Provision of essential goods and services. The government has a responsibility of providing its citizens with essential goods and services such as security,health,schools,drought control, law e.t.c such facilities and services may not be adequately covered by the private sector because of the high costs involved and risks.
  • Encouraging consumption of certain commodities-The government may encourage consumption of certain commodities e.g. maize by subsidizing on their productions or lowering their taxes.
  • Controlling consumption of certain commodities-The government may also encourage consumption of some commodities e.g. cigarettes and alcohol by imposing heavy taxes on them.
  • Promotion of Balanced regional development-This may be done by initiating economic projects in areas that are under developed/lagging behind.
  • Wealth Redistribution-This is done by heavily taxing the rich and using the money raised to provide goods and services that benefit the poor
  • To promote economic stability-Economic instability may be caused by factors such as unemployment. Such problems can be solved through public expenditure in projects that generate employment such as ‘kazi kwa vijana’
  • Creation of a conducive Business Environment-Through public expenditure, the government may develop infrastructure such as roads, electricity, security e.t.c thereby creating a conducive environment for businesses to thrive in.
  • To raise government revenue-Through public finance, the government raises revenue which it uses in provision of essential goods and services to the public.
  • Improving balance of payment-This may be done by improving heavy taxes such as customs duty to discourage importation.

Sources of public finance

There are two major sources of public finance i.e.

  • Public revenue
  • Public debt (government borrowing)
  • Public revenue-This is the income that the government gets from its citizens. The main sources of public revenue are;
  • Tax; This is a compulsory payment levied by the government on individuals and firms without any direct benefit to the payer.
  • Fines and penalties-These are the charges imposed on individuals, firms and corporations who break the laws of the country.(offenders)
  • Fees; These are the payments charged by the government for the direct services it renders to its people e.g. road licence fee, marriage certificate fee and import licence fee.
  • Rent and rates; Charged on use of government properties e.g. game parks, forests e.t.c
  • Eschiats; Income obtained from properties of persons who die without legal heirs or proper wills. Such people’s properties are taken over by the state.
  • Dividends and profits; These are the income received from the government direct investments e.g. income/surplus from public corporations.
  • Interest from loans-This is the interest on loans advanced by the government to firms and individuals through its agencies such as ICDc, AFC e.t.c
  • Proceeds from scale of government property.
  • Public debt (Government borrowing)-This is the money that the government borrows when public revenue is insufficient to meet all its financial obligations.

Government borrowing is also referred to as national debt. It includes all outstanding borrowing by the central government, local authorities and government corporations.

These are two majorly two sources of public debts;

  • Internal borrowing
  • External borrowing

Internal borrowing

This refers to borrowing by government from firms and individuals within the country. This may be done through;

Open market operation; the government sells its securities such as treasury bonds and treasury bills. This however has a disadvantage of causing ‘crowding out effect’ where the government leaves the private investors with little to borrow from.

External borrowing

This refers to government borrowing from external sources. It may either be on a bilateral or multilateral basis.

Bilateral borrowing is where the government borrows directly from another country.

Multilateral borrowing is where the government borrows from international financial institutions such as international monetary fund (IMF), World Bank, African Development bank e.t.c.such bodies get finances from various sources which they lend to their member countries who are in need of such funds.

Generally, external borrowing has strings attached. The borrowing country is expected to meet some set conditions, sometimes adversely affecting some sectors of the economy.  The total internal borrowing (internal debt) added to the total external borrowing (external debt) constitutes the national debt.

Classes of public (National debt)

These are two classes of national debt;

  • Reproductive debt
  • Dead-weight debt.

(i) Reproductive debt

This is borrowed money used to finance project(s) that can generate revenue. Such projects, once started may become self sustaining and may contribute towards servicing/repaying the debt. E.g. money used to finance irrigation schemes, electricity production e.t.c.

  1. dead-weight debt

    This is borrowed money that is used to finance activities that do not generate any revenue. Examples are money used to finance recurrent expenditure e.g. payment of salaries or for famine relief e.t.c

Dead-weight debt is a burden to members of the public since they are the ones who are expected to contribute towards its repayment.

Factors to consider before the government decides whether to borrow internally or externally

This refers to how the government spends the finances it has raised on behalf of its citizens.

Categories of government expenditure

  • Recurrent expenditure
  • Development expenditure
  • Transfer payments.

Recurrent expenditure

This refers to government spending that takes place regularly e.g. payments of salaries to civil servants, fuelling of government vehicles e.g.

Every financial year, the government must allocate funds to meet such expenditure.

Recurrent expenditure is also known as consumption expenditure.

Development expenditure

This is also referred to as capital expenditure .It is government spending on projects that facilitate economic development. Such projects includes construction of railway lines, roads, airports, rural electrification e.t.c

Once completed expenditure on such projects ceases and may only require maintenance.

Transfer payments

This is expenditure on things/people who do not directly contribute to a country’s national income. Such expenditure include money spent on famine relief, pension, bursaries e.t.c

PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC/GOVERNMENT EXPENDITURE

These are the considerations that are necessary before any expenditure can be incurred by the government.

They include;

  • Sanctions; Every public expenditure must be approved by the relevant authority like parliament.
  • Maximum social benefit; Any public expenditure must be incurred in such a way that majority of the citizens are able to reap maximum benefit from it e.g. improved living standards and quality of life.
  • Flexibility /elasticity-The policy on public expenditure should be flexible enough to meet prevailing economic situations i.e. it should be possible to increase or decrease the expenditure on projects depending on the prevailing circumstances e.g. during drought, it should be possible to spend on famine relief.
  • Economy-public expenditure should be planned carefully and prudently to avoid any possible waste.
  • Proper financial management (Accountability)-public funds should be well managed. This should be facilitated by maintenance of proper records which should be audited as required.
  • Productivity-The biggest proportion of public expenditure should be spent on development projects and less on non-development projects.
  • Equity-Government expenditure should be distributed equitably to all sectors of the economy in order to reduce income and wealth inequalities.
  • Surplus-Surplus revenue collected should be saved for emergencies or for when collection of revenue is below projections.

TAXATION

Tax; is a compulsory payment by either individuals or organizations to the government without any direct benefit to the payer.

Taxation- refers to the process through which the government raises revenue by collecting taxes.

Purposes/reasons for taxation

  • Raising revenue for government expenditure. This is the main reason for taxation.
  • Discouraging /controlling consumption of certain commodities e.g. alcohol and cigarattes which are considered to be harmful.
  • Discouraging importation of certain commodities in order to protect local industries. This is done by imposing heavy taxes on such commodities.
  • Controlling inflation. Taxation reduces money supply by reducing peoples ‘disposable’ income thereby controlling inflation.
  • Reducing inequality in income distribution; this is done by taxing the rich heavily and using the finances raised in provision of goods and services that benefit the poor.
  • Influencing locations of businesses. This is done by taxing businesses located in urban areas heavily and those in rural areas lightly hence businesses moving to rural areas.
  • Correcting unfavorable balance of payments. High taxes are imposed on imported commodities thereby discouraging their importation leading to an improvement in the balance of payments.
  • To protect the key selectors of the economy such as the agricultural sector, by stimulating their growth.

 

Factors that determine the amount of money raised through taxation

  • Distribution of incomes
  • Social and political factors
  • Honesty and efficiency of tax authorities
  • Citizens level of real income
  • Economic structure of the country i.e. relative size of the country’s commercial and subsistence sectors.

 

Principles of taxation

These are the characteristics that a good tax system should have. They are also referred to as the cannons of taxation.

A good tax system should be;

  • Equitable/principle of equityEvery subject of the state should pay tax in proportion to their income. A tax system should therefore have horizontal and vertical equity.

Horizontal equity means that those at the same level of income and circumstances should pay the same amount of tax.

Vertical equity means that those earning higher incomes should pay proportionately higher amounts of tax than those earning less.

  • Certain/principle of certaintyThe tax that an individual should pay should be clear in terms of the amount, time and manner in which it should be paid. The government should also be fairly certain of the amount of tax expected so that planning can be easier.
  • Convenient/principle of convenienceTax levied ought to be convenient to both the contributor and collector, it should be levied at a time when the payer has money and mode of payment should be convenient to both the payer and the payee.
  • Economical/principle of economyThe cost of collecting and administering the tax should be lower than the tax so collected.
  • Flexible/principle of flexibilityIt should be readily adaptable to changing economic times i.e. when the economic conditions of the people improve it should give raised revenue e.g. VAT
  • Ability to pay/non-oppressive-A tax system should be designed in a way that the amount charged is not too high to the extent that the contributors are unable to pay or is discouraged from working hard.
  • Diversified/principle of diversityThere should be different types of taxes so that the tax burden is on different groups in the society. This also ensures that the government has money at all times.
  • SimplicityA good tax system should be simple enough to be understood by each tax payer. This will motivate them to pay tax.
  • Elastic/principle of elasticityThe tax system should be able to generate more revenue for the government by targeting items of mass consumption.

IMPACT AND INCIDENCE OF TAX

Impact of tax; The burden of tax on the initial person

Incidence of tax; The final resting place of the tax burden.

The person on whom tax is initially imposed may either bear the whole burden or pass part or the whole burden to someone else. E.g. for manufactured goods, the impact of the tax is on the manufacturer and the manufacturer may pass the incidence of the tax to the consumer.

If the manufacturer only passes part of the burden to the consumer, then the incidence of the tax wil be partly on the manufacturer and partly on the consumer.

CLASSIFICATION OF TAXES

Taxes are classified according to;

  • Structure of the tax
  • Impact of the tax on the tax payer.

                      According to the structure

In this case, taxes are classified according to the relationship between the amount paid on tax and the income of the tax payer. These are:

Progressive tax

Regressive tax

Proportional tax

  • Progressive tax

This is a type of tax where the rate/amount paid increases proportionately with increase in income.e.g tax may be as follows

Income                               Rate

0-5000                                    20%

5001-10000                            25%

10001-15000                          30%    e.t.c

-In progressive tax, those with higher income rates remit a higher proportion of their income as tax compared to those in lower income brackets.

This type of tax is based on the belief that one only needs a certain amount in order to have a decent standard of living.

Advantages of progressive tax

  • It reduces income inequality as the rich are taxed more
  • It encourages people to work harder/more in order to maintain their standard of living
  • The revenue collected is higher
  • The unit cost of collecting tax reduces as the tax increases.
  • Disadvantages of progressive tax
  • It is oppressive-some people are taxed more than the others and punishes people for their hard work.
  • It may discourage people from working more as any additional income goes tax
  • Investors may be discouraged from venturing into risky but more profitable businesses as these would attract more tax
  • It assumes that people earning the same amount of money/income have similar needs and ability to pay tax-which in reality may not be true.
  • It can lead to tax evasion by taxpayers falsifying their level of income.

Regressive tax

This is a type of tax that takes a higher proportion of low income earners as compared to high income earners. The fax burden falls more heavily on the poor (opposite of progressive)

Example: sales tax where people pay the same amount irrespective of the level of income.

The assumption is based on the understanding that the one who deems it necessary to buy a certain products considers the utility derived from it to be equal to its price, which includes tax.

  • Proportional Tax

This is a type of tax where the rate of tax remains the same irrespective of the level of income or value of property to be taxed e.g. if the rate is 20% then a person who earns ksh.5000 will pay 20/100 x5000=ksh.1000

Ksh.10, 000 will pay 20/100×10,000=ksh.2000 e.t.c

Example: corporation tax where companies are expected to pay a fixed proportion of their profits as tax.

  • Digressive tax

This is a type of tax where the tax rate increases up to a given maximum after which a uniform tax rate is levied for any further income.

Classification according to impact on the tax-payee

Based on the impact, the tax has on the tax payer; tax may be classified as either;

  • Direct tax
  • Indirect tax
  • Direct tax

These are taxes where the impact and the incidence of the tax are on the same person. It is not possible to shift/pass any part of the tax burden to anybody else.

This type of tax is based on incomes, profits and property of individuals as well as companies.

They include:

  • Personal income tax

This is a tax that is imposed on incomes of individuals and is usually progressive in nature.

Example pay-As You-Earn (PAYE) for salaries.

In most cases it is paid through check-off system where the employer deducts it from the employee’s salary and remits it to the tax authorities.

 

  • Corporation tax

This is tax levied on profits of companies. It is usually proportional in nature.

  • Stamps duty

This is tax paid in areas such as conveyance of land or securities from one person to another.

  • Estate (death) duty

This type of tax is imposed on property transferred after the owners’ death. The tax helps in raising government revenue and also in redistributing income since the inheritor has not worked for it.

  • Wealth tax

This is tax levied on personal wealth beyond a certain limit.

  • Capital gains tax

This is tax levied on gains realized when a fixed asset is sold at a price higher than the book value.

  • Capital transfer (gifts) Tax

This is tax imposed on the value of property transferred from one person to another as a gift. The tax is designed to seal loopholes whereby a wealthy person may try to avoid tax by transferring his/her property to a friend or a relative as a gift.

This type of tax is progressive in nature. It however does not affect transfers between spouses or to charitable organizations.

Merits/advantages of direct taxes

  • Economical in collection; most of direct taxes are collect at source and the cost of collecting them is fairly low.
  • Tax revenue is certain; the tax payer knows what and when to pay and the government knows how much tax revenue to expect at what time (can be collected from the annual tax returns in advance)
  • Equitable /equity; they facilitate fair distribution in tax contribution as people pay according to the size of their income.
  • Simplicity /simple to understand; they are easy and simple to understand by both the tax payer and the collector.
  • Does not affect the price of goods and services; direct tax does not cause inflation as it only affects consumer’s disposable incomes and not the prices of goods and services.
  • Brings redistribution of wealth; direct taxes are progressive in nature hence the wealthier members of the society are taxed more than the poorer members of the society.
  • Civic consciousness; tax payers feed the pinch of paying tax and thus take a keen interest in government expenditure.
  • No leakages; loss of collected revenue is minimized as the tax is paid directly to the tax authorities and not through middle men.
  • Desirable; the tax is desirable because it only affects people who fall within the jurisdiction of income tax and corporation tax.
  • Elastic/flexible; the tax is flexible in that it can be expanded to cover as many areas as desirable. It can also be raised or reduced according to the needs of the economy.

 

 

DEMERITS OF DIRECT TAX

  • Encourage avoidance and evasion; whenever possible people come up with ways of reducing the amount of tax payable by falsifying information or just ignoring payment.
  • Discriminatory /not imposed on all citizens; direct taxes are not paid by all citizens as low income earners who do not fall within the tax brackets are exempted
  • Discourage investment/deterrent to investment; Heavy taxation on profits discourage people from investing in risky but profitable businesses
  • Discourage work/deterrent to work; High rate of direct tax may deter people from working harder as people may opt for leasure instead of working extra time.
  • Encourage capital flight; high taxes such as corporate tax make foreigners to withdraw their investments and transfer them to countries with lower taxes.
  • Unpopularity; the burden of the tax (incidence and impact) of tax is borne by the tax payer directly and at once. This makes direct taxes very unpopular.
  • May inconvenience the tax payer; the tax payer has to comply with complicated formalities relating to sources of income as well as the expenses incurred while generating it. This may force the tax-payer to engage the services of tax experts who have to be paid.
  • Lack of civic awareness; on tax payers are not interested in scrutinizing government expenditure as they do not feel the pinch of paying tax.
  • Indirect tax

These are taxes in which the impact is on one person and the incidence is partially or wholly on another person. The tax payer may shift either the whole or part of the tax burden to another person.

Such taxes are usually based on the expenditure on goods and services and include the following:

  • Sales tax: this is based on the sales made and may be assessed either as a percentage of the sales or a fixed amount e.g. sh.2 per every kilograms sold. The tax may be collected at one point or various points of sale. In Kenya, sales tax has been replaced by V.A.T
  • VALUE ADDED TAX (V.A.T): this is the tax that is levied on the value that a business adds borne by the consumer in the final price.
  • Export duty: this is a type of tax that is levied on exports. The objective may either to raise revenue or discourage the exploitation of some commodities.
  • Import duty: This is tax levied on imported products, For the following reasons.
  • Raising government revenue
  • Reducing incidences of dumping
  • Discouraging consumption of imported goods with a view of boosting local production
  • Protecting local industries

Excise duty: This is a type of tax that is imposed on goods that are manufactured and sold within a country.

Its purpose includes;

Raising revenue for the government

Discouraging the consumption of some commodities such as beer and cigarettes.

MERITS OF INDIRECT TAX

  • Can be used selectively; It can be used selectively to achieve a given objective e.g. consumption of some commodities.
  • Tax payment is voluntary; indirect tax is only paid by those who consume the tax commodities therefore those who do not want to pay the tax would only need to avoid taxed commodities.
  • Difficult to evade; the tax cannot be evaded because it is part of the price of the commodity. All those who buy the commodity taxed must therefore pay the tax.
  • Wide coverage/broad based; the tax is levied on a wide range of essential commodities thus a high amount of revenue is collected.
  • Stimulate effort; indirect taxes if increased increases the prices of goods and services. People who want to maintain the same living standards will therefore have to work harder to be able to buy/affect the same goods and services.
  • Convenient; the tax is paid in bits as one buys the goods and services. The tax is also hidden in the price of the commodity and the payer may not be aware of it.
  • Flexible; flexible; the government can raise or reduce the tax rate to suit the prevailing economic situation in a country.

DEMERITS OF INDIRECT TAXES

  • May fuel inflation; continued increase in indirect taxes may fuel inflation as it directly increases the prices of goods and services.
  • Less equitable/regressive; the same amount is charged on both the high and the low income earners making the tax burden to fall heavily on the low income earners. The low income earners end up paying a larger proportion of their income as tax.
  • Can be avoided; indirect taxes can be avoided by people who do not consume the taxed commodity.
  • Encourages falsification of records; traders may falsify their rewards in order to pay less tax.
  • Lack of civic/contributors awareness; the tax is hidden in the price of the commodities therefore the tax payers are not aware that they are contributing anything to the state.
  • Expensive to administer/expensive in collection; the government must employ many tax inspectors making indirect taxes expensive in collection and administration.
  • Uncertainty in revenue collection; the government may not predict the amount of revenue yield as it is not easy to forecast sales and people can also not be forced to buy the taxed commodities.
  • Might interfere with resource allocation; indirect taxes increases the prices of commodities and can therefore force consumers and producers to shift to the consumption and production of commodities that are not taxed.
  • Discourages savings; increased expenditure due to increased prices will lead to low saving and hence low investments.

 

 

 

INFLATION

Introduction
Inflation refers to an economic situation where the demand for goods and services in the economy is continuously increasing without corresponding increase in supply which pushes the general prices up.

The opposite of inflation is called deflation.

Inflation is measured by considering the Consumer Price Index (C.P.I) which involves comparison of prices of certain goods and services for two different periods.

In constructing the C.P.I;

  • A basket of commodities is selected which includes selecting the generally consumed commodities by average consumers.
  • Choosing the base period which should be a period when the prices were fairly stable.
  • The price of commodities both in the current period (P1) and base period (P2)

Consumer Price Index (C.P.I)= × 100
Types and causes of inflation

Inflation is classified in relation to its causes.
Demand pull inflation

This is a type of inflation caused by excessive demand for goods and services without a corresponding increase in production resulting into rise in prices.

Causes of demand pull inflation

  • Increase in population.;Increased number of people in a family calls for increased demand of goods and services thus fueling demand-pull inflation.
  • Increase in government expenditure;The government expenditure has the effect of making money available to people thus increasing the aggregate demand for goods and services.
  • A fall in the level of savings; This increases the consumer expenditure on goods and services which brings pressure on the available goods and services thereby pulling up prices.
  • Effects of credit creation by the commercial banks; When banks lend more money to the public, their purchasing power increases hence increasing demand which in turn leads to increase in the prices.
  • Consumers’ expectation of future price increases; When consumers expect the prices of goods and services to increase in the future, they will buy more in the present thus increasing the demand thus fueling demand-pull inflation.
  • General shortages of goods and services; Any shortage in goods caused by factors such as; adverse climatic conditions, hoarding, smuggling, withdrawal of firms from the industry and decline in level of technology calls for scramble for the available goods thus increasing their demand and prices.

 

\ Cost push inflation
This is a type of inflation caused by increase in cost of factors of production which translates to increased prices of goods and services.

Causes of cost push inflation.

  • Increase in wages and salaries; An increase in the wages and salaries may increase the cost of labour. The increased cost of labour may be reflected in the increased prices of commodities which in turn would cause wage push inflation.
  • Increase in cost of raw materials and other inputs; This increases the cost of production thus increased prices.
  • Increase in indirect taxes; This increases the cost of production and this causes firms to raise the prices of their product.
  • Increase in profit margin; If the business decides to raise its profit, it leads to an increase in the price of the commodities resulting to profit push inflation.
  • Reduction in subsidies; removal of a subsidy implies that the producer would produce at a higher cost that was being met by the subsidy. This increase cost is finally reflected in increased prices.

 

Imported inflation
This is a type of inflation which is caused by importation of high priced inputs of production such as; technology/machines, skilled human resources
and crude oil.

This in turn increases the prices of locally produced goods which may lead to inflation.

Causes of imported inflation

  • Importation of expensive technology especially highly skilled labour.
  • Importation of expensive machines and equipment.
  • Importation of high priced oil.
  • The currency depreciating thus increasing the price of the country’s imports.

LEVELS OF INFLATION

  • Mild / Creeping/Moderate Inflation

This a slow rise in price level of not more than 5 % per annum. It is associated with some beneficial effects on an economy especially to firms and debtors.

  • Galloping /Rapid Inflation

This is a very rapid accelerating inflation characterized by a situation whereby the general prices levels increase rapidly.

  • Stagflation;

This is an economic condition in which unemployment is high, the economy is stagnant, but prices are rising.

  • Hyper /Runway Inflation;

This is when prices are rising at double or triple digit rates of 20%, 100%, 200%.

The price levels are extremely high and under this situation people may lose confidence in the money as a medium of exchange and as a store of value.

 

EFFECTS OF INFLATION IN AN ECONOMY
positive effects of inflation

  • Mild inflation motivates people to work hard as they try to cope with the effects of the inflation in order to maintain their standards of living.
  • Mild inflation encourages proper utilization of resources with an attempt of avoiding wastage as much as possible.
  • Mild inflation increases investment especially in trading activities since sellers buy goods when prices are low and sell later when prices are higher.
  • It promotes creativity in an economy in terms of production in order to survive the effects of inflation.
  • It benefits debtors since they obtain goods on credit and pay for them in future at the old low prices.

 

Negative effects

  • It leads to reduction in profits as sales volumes reduce since inflation reduces the purchasing power of consumers resulting to low sales.
  • It wastes time as a lot of time is wasted in shopping around for reasonable prices and also firms may waste a lot of time adjusting their price lists to reflect new prices.
  • It leads to conflicts between employers and employees as firms are pressurized by employees and trade unions to raise wages and salaries to cope with inflation.
  • It leads to loss by creditors as they lend money when the value of money is high but at the time of payment is low since the value of money will have been eroded by inflation.
  • It leads to decline in standards of living as consumers’ purchasing power decrease and therefore one can not lead the lifestyle he/she used to live before.
  • Leads to unemployment.
  • Discourages savings and investment since during inflation people tend to spend most of their earnings leaving little or nothing to save.
  • Leads to retardation of economic growth.
  • Worsens balance of payments position.

CONTROL OF INFLATION

The govt. may adopt the following policies depending on their situation to reduce inflation to manageable levels. They include;

  • Monetary policy

This is a deliberate move by the govt. through the central bank to regulate and control the money supply in the economy which may lead to demand pull inflation. The policies include;

  • Increase rate of interest of lending to the commercial banks. This forces them to increase the rate at which they are lending to their customers, to reduce the number of customers borrowing money, reducing the amount of money being added to the economy
  • Selling of govt. securities in an open market operation (O.M.O). the selling of securities such as Bonds and Treasury bills mops money from the economy, reducing the amount of money being held by individuals
  • Increasing the commercial banks cash/liquidity ratio. This reduces their ability to lend and release more money into the economy, reducing their customer’s purchasing power
  • Increasing the compulsory deposits by the commercial banks with the central banks. This reduces their lending power to their customers, which makes their customers to receive only little amount from them, reducing the amount of money in the economy
  • Putting in place the selective credit control measures. The central bank may instruct the commercial bank to only lend money to a given sector of the economy which needs it most, to reduce the amount of money reaching the economy
  • Directives from the central banks to the commercial banks to increase their interest on the money being borrowed, to reduce their lending rates
  • Request by the central bank to the commercial banks (the moral persuasion) to exercise control on their lending rates to help them curb inflation.

 

FISCAL POLICY

These are the measures taken by the govt. to influence the level of demand in the economy especially through taxation process controlling government expenditure. They include;

  • Reducing govt. spending. This reduces the amount of money reaching the consumers, which is likely to increase their purchasing powers, leading to inflation
  • Increasing income taxes. This reduces the level of the consumers disposable income and lowering their spending levels, reducing the inflation
  • Reducing taxes on production. This reduces the cost of production, lowering the prices of goods reaching the market
  • Subsidizing the production. This reduces the cost of production in the economy, which in turn passes over the benefits to the consumers inform of reduced prices.
  • Producing commodities that are in short supply. This increases their availability to meet their existing demand in the market, controlling demand pull inflation

 

  • Statutory measures

These are laws made by the govt. to help in controlling the inflation. They include;

  • Controlling wages and salaries. This reduces the pressure put on the employers to meet high cost of labour for their production which in turn is just likely to lead to cost push inflation. It also minimizes the amount reaching the consumers as their income, to control their purchasing power and the level of demand, controlling the demand pull inflation
  • Price controls. This reduces the manufactures ability to fix their prices beyond a given level which may cause inflation due to their desire to receive high profits.
  • Restricting imports. This reduces the chances of high prices of imported goods impacting on the prices of the goods in the country (imported inflation) and making the manufactures to look for alternative source of raw materials for their production
  • Restricting the terms of hire purchase and credit terms of sales. This reduces the level of demand for those particular commodities in the economy which if not controlled may lead to demand pull inflation
  • Controlling exports. This ensures that the goods available in the local market are adequate for their normal demand. Shortage of supply of goods in the market is likely to bring about the demand pull inflation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revision Question

Outline measures that the government may employ to control the following types of inflation;

  • Demand pull inflation
  • Cost push inflation
  • Cost push inflation
  • By controlling the wages and salaries in the economy
  • Restricting import on raw materials
  • Reducing taxes on production
  • Subsidizing the production
  • Employing the price control techniques
  • Demand pull inflation
  • Increasing the rate of interest of lending to the commercial banks
  • Selling govt. securities on O.M.O
  • Increasing the commercial banks cash/liquidity ratio
  • Increasing the compulsory deposits from the commercial banks to the central bank
  • Putting in place the selective credit control measure
  • Directives to the commercial banks
  • Request to the commercial banks
  • Reducing govt. expenditure
  • Increasing income taxes
  • Producing commodities that are short in supply
  • Restricting terms of hire purchase and credit terms of sale
  • Controlling export

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTERNATIONAL TRADE

A trade involving the exchange of goods and services between two or more countries. If the exchange is between two countries only, then it is referred to as bilateral trade, but if it is between more than two countries then it is referred to as multilateral trade.

Advantages of International Trade

  • It enable the country to get access to wider range/variety of goods and services from other countries
  • It enable the country to get what it does not produce
  • It helps in promoting peace among the trading countries
  • It enable the country to specialize in it’s production activities where they feel they have an advantage
  • It earns the country revenue through taxes and licenses fees paid by the importers and exporters in the country
  • It enable the country to dispose of its surplus goods and services thereby avoiding wastage
  • It creates employment opportunities to the citizens of that country either directly or indirectly
  • It may lead to the development of the country through importation of capital goods in to the country
  • It encourages easy movement of factors of production across the boarders of the countries involved
  • It enable countries to earn foreign exchange which it can use to pay for its imports
  • A country may be able to obtain goods and services cheaply than if they have been produced locally
  • During hard times or calamities such as wars, the country is able to get assistance from the trading partners
  • It brings about competition between the imported and locally produced goods, leading to improvement in their quality
  • It gives the country an opportunity to exploit fully its natural resources, due to increased market

 

Disadvantages of International trade

  • It may lead to collapse of the local industries, as people will tend to go for the imported goods. The collapse may also lead to loss of employment
  • It may also lead to importation of harmful foods and services such as drugs and pornographic materials
  • May lead to over depending on imported commodities especially the essential ones, making the country to be a slave of the other countries, interfering with their sovereignty
  • It may make the country to suffered during emergencies if they mainly rely on the imported goods
  • May make the country to suffer from import inflation
  • May lead to acquisition of bad culture from other countries as a result of their interactions
  • May lead to unfavorable balance of payment, if the import is higher than exports

 

Terms of Trade

This refers to the rate at which the country’s export exchanges with those from other country. That is:

Terms of trade =

 

 

 

 

It determine the value of export in relations to import so that a country can know whether it’s trade with the other country is favourable or unfavourable

Favourable terms of trade will make the country spent little on import and gain a lot of foreign exchange from other countries

For example;

Then table below shows trade between Kenya and China in the year 2004 and 2005, with the Kenyan government exporting and importing to and from china, and China also importing and Exporting from and to Kenya.

Year Average prices of export
Kenya China
2004 1000 4000
2005 1200 6500

 

Calculate the Terms of trade for;

  • Kenya
  • China
  • Solution;

 

 

Kenya

  • Export price index (E.P.I) =              x  100

 

=       x100

= 120%

  • Import price index (I.P.I) =                                                                                        x 100

=           x 100

=  162.5%

  • Terms of trade (T.O.T) =       x  100

=        x 100

= 73.8%

This implies that Kenya is importing from China more than it is exporting, leading to unfavourable terms of trade i.e. when the percentage is less than 100%, it implies unfavourable terms of trade.

 

China                                        (work out)

The average prices is the various prices of the individual export or import items divide by their number

 

Factors that may lead to either favourable or unfavourable terms of trade

The country is experiencing a favourable terms of trade if:

  • The prices of imports decline and those of export remains the constant
  • The prices of imports declines while those of exports increase
  • The price of imports remains constant while those of exports increase
  • The prices of import and export increases but the rate of increase in export is higher
  • Both prices decrease but the decrease in import prices is higher

 

 

The country will experience unfavourable terms of trade if;

  • Prices of import increases while those of exports decline
  • Prices of import remains constant while those of export declines
  • Prices of import increase as the export remains constant
  • Both prices increase, but for imports increases at a higher rate than export
  • Both prices decrease, but for export decreases at a higher rate than import

 

Reasons for differences in terms of trade between countries

The terms of trade may differ due to:

  • The nature of the commodity being exported. If a country exports raw materials, or unprocessed agricultural products, its terms of trade will be unfavourable, as compared to a country that exports manufactured goods
  • Nature of the commodity being imported. A country that imports manufactured goods is likely to have unfavourable terms of trade as compared to that which imports raw materials or agricultural produce
  • Change in demand for a country’s export. An increase in demand for the country’s export at the world market will make it have favourable terms of trade as compared to those with low demand at the world market
  • Existing of world economic order favouring the products from more developed countries. This may make the developing countries to have deteriorating terms of trade
  • Total quantity supplied. A country exporting what most countries are exporting will have their products trading at a lower price, experiencing unfavourable terms of trade as compared to a country that export what only few countries export
  • Trade restrictions by trading partners. A country with no trading restrictions is likely to import more products, leading to unfavourable terms of trade, as compared to if it impose trade restrictions

Balance of trade

This is the difference between value of country’s visible exports and visible imports over a period of time. If the value of visible/tangible export is higher than the value of visible/tangible imports, then the country experiences favourable terms. If less than the invisible value, then the country is experiencing unfavourable. The country is at equilibrium if the value of visible export and import is the same

 

 

Balance of payments

This is the difference in the sum of visible and invisible export and the visible and invisible imports.  If positive then it means the country is having favourable terms, while if negative, then it means unfavourable It goes beyond the balance of trade in that it considers the following

  • The countries visible/tangible export and import of goods (visible trade)
  • The countries invisible/services exported and imported in the country (invisible trade)
  • The inflow and outflow of investment (capital goods)

 

Balance of Payment account

This is the summary showing all the transactions that have taken place between a particular country and the rest of the world over a period of time. The transaction may arise from

  • The export of visible goods
  • The import of visible goods
  • The export of invisible goods/services
  • The import of invisible goods/services
  • Flow of capital in and out of the country

 

 

 

 

Components of balance of payments account

The balance of payment account is made up of the following

  • Balance of payment on current account
  • Balance of payment on capital account
  • Official settlement account/Cash account/foreign exchange transaction account

 

Balance of payment on current account

This is the account that is used to determine the difference between the value of the country’s visible and invisible imports and exports. That is

Balance of payment on current account = (visible export + invisible export) – (visible import + invisible import)

In the account, the payments for the visible and invisible imports are debited while the receipts from visible and invisible exports are credited that is

 

Dr                                                         current account                                                      Cr

Payments for imports

(Visible and Invisible)

Receipts from exports

(Visible and Invisible)

The balance of payment on current account may be;

  • In equilibrium i.e. if Dr = Cr
  • Unfavourable i.e. if Dr > Cr (-ve)
  • Favourable i.e. if Dr < Cr (+ve)

For example;

A given country had the following values of visible and invisible export and import during the year 2004 and 2005

Trade 2004 (shs) 2005 (shs)
Visible export 18926 29954
Visible imports 22780 32641
Invisible exports 6568 19297
Invisible imports 5239 16129

Required

Prepare the country’s balance of payments on current account for the years 2004 and 2005 and comment on each of them.

 

Dr                                                         current account year 2004                                               Cr

                                                                              shs

Visible imports               22780

Invisible imports                                              5239

Total                                                                   28019

                                                                              Shs

Visible export                                           18926

Invisible export                                          6568

Total                                                            25494

Deficit                                              2525

The country experienced unfavourable balance of payment on current account in the year 2004, since they imported more than they exported

Dr                                                         current account year 2005                                               Cr

                                                                              shs

Visible imports                                                 32641

Invisible imports                                              16129

Total                                                                   28019

Excess   481

                                                                              Shs

Visible export                                           29954

Invisible export                                        19297

Total                                                            49251

 

The country experienced favourable balance of payment on current account in the year 2005, since they exported more than they imported

Balance of payments on capital account

This account shows the summary of the difference between the receipt and payments on the investment (capital). Receipts are income from investments in foreign countries while payments are income on local investments by foreigners paid out of the country.

The capital inflow includes investments, loans and grants from foreign donors, while capital outflow includes dividends paid to the foreign investors, loan repayments, donations and grants to other countries.

In the account the payments are debited, while the receipts are credited. That is;

Dr                                                         capital account                                                       Cr

Payments

 

Receipts

 

The account may be;

  • In equilibrium i.e. if Dr = Cr
  • Unfavourable i.e. if Dr > Cr (-ve)
  • Favourable i.e. if Dr < Cr (+ve)

The combined difference on the receipts and payments on both the current and capital accounts is known as the overall balance of payments.

The official settlement account

This account records the financial dealings with other countries through the IMF. It is also called the foreign exchange transaction account, and is always expected to balance which a times may not be the case. That is;

  • Incase of surplus in the balance of payment, the central bank of that country creates a reserve with the IMF and transfer the surplus to the reserves account.
  • Incase of a deficit in the balance of payment, the central banks collect the reserves from the IMF to correct the deficit, and incase it did not have the reserves, the IMF advances it/give loan

 

Balance of payment disequilibrium

This occurs when there is either deficit or surplus in the balance of payments accounts. If there is surplus, then the country would like to maintain it because it is favourable, while if deficit, the country would like to correct it.

 

Causes of balance of payment disequilibrium

It may be caused by the following;

  • Fall in volume of exports, as this will reduce the earnings from exports leading to a deficit.
  • Deteriorating in the countries terms of trade. That is when the countries exports decreases in relation to the volume of imports, then her payments will higher than what it receives.
  • Increasing in the volume of import, especially if the export is not increasing at the same rate, then it will import more than it exports, leading to a disequilibrium
  • Restriction by trading partners. That is if the trading partners decides to restrict what they can import from the country to a volume lower than what the country import from them, it will lead to disequilibrium
  • Less capital inflow as compared to the out flow, as this may lead to a deficit in the capital account, which may in turn leads to disequilibrium.
  • Over valuation of the domestic currency. This will make the country’s export to very expensive as compared to their import, making it to lose market at the world market
  • Devaluation of the currency by the trading partner. This makes the value of their imports to be lower, enticing the country to import more from them than they can export to them.

 

 

 

 

Correcting the balance of payment disequilibrium

The measures that may be taken to correct this may include;

  • Devaluation of the country’s currency to encourage more exports than imports, discouraging the importers from importing more into the country.
  • Encouraging foreign investment in the country, so that it may increase the level of economic activities in the country, producing what can be consumed and even exported to control imports
  • Restricting the capital outflow from the country by decreasing the percentage of the profits that the foreigner can repatriate back to their country to reduce the outflow
  • Decreasing the volume of imports. This will save the country from making more payments than it receives. It can be done in the following ways;
  • Imposing or increasing the import duty on the imported goods to make them more expensive as compared to locally produced goods and lose demand locally
  • Imposing quotas/total ban on imports to reduce the amount of goods that can be imported in the country
  • Foreign exchange control. This allows the government to restrict the amount of foreign currencies allocated for the imports, to reduce the import rate
  • Administrative bottlenecks. The government can put a very long and cumbersome procedures of importing goods into the country to discourage some people from importing goods and control the amount of imports

 

  • Increasing the volume of exports. This enable the country to receive more than it gives to the trading partners, making it to have a favourable balance of payment disequilibrium. This can be done through;
  • Export compensation scheme, which allows the exporter to claim a certain percentage of the value of goods exported from the government. This will make them to charge their export at a lower price, increasing their demand internationally
  • Diversifying foreign markets, to enable not to concentrate only on one market that may not favour them and also increase the size of the market for their exports
  • Offering customs drawbacks. This where the government decides to refund in full or in part, the value of the custom duties that has been charged on raw materials imported into the country to manufacture goods for export
  • Lobbying for the removal of the trade restriction, by negotiating with their trading partners to either reduce or remove the barrier put on their exports

 

Terms of sales in international trade

Here the cost trading which includes the cost of the product, cost of transporting, loading, shipping, insurance, warehousing and unloading may be expensive. This makes some of the cost to be borne by the exporter, as some being borne by the importer. The price of the goods quoted therefore at the exporters premises should clearly explain the part of the cost that he/she is going to bear and the ones that the importer will bear before receiving his/her goods. This is what is referred to as the terms of sale

Terms of sales therefore refers to the price quotation that state the expenses that are paid for by the exporter and those paid for by the importer.

Some of the common terms include;

  • Loco price/ex-warehouse/ex-works. This states that the price of the goods quoted are as they are at the manufacturers premises. The rest of the expenses of moving the good up to the importers premises will be met by the importer
  • O.R (Free on Rail). This states that the price quoted includes the expenses of transporting the goods from the seller’s premises to the nearest railway station. Other railways charges are met by the importer
  • D (Delivered Docks)/Free Docks. This states that the price quoted covers the expenses for moving the goods from the exporter’s premises to the dock. The importer meets all the expenses including the dock charges
  • A.S (Free Along Ship). States that the price quoted includes the expenses from the exporter’s premises to the dock, including the loading expenses. Any other expenses are met by the importer
  • O.B (Free on Board). States that the price quoted includes the cost of moving the goods up to the ship, including loading expenses. The buyer meets the rest of the expenses
  • C&F (cost & freight). The price quoted includes the F.O.B as well as the shipping expenses. The importer meets the insurance charges
  • I.F (Cost Insurance & freight). The price includes the C&F, including the insurance expenses
  • The price includes all the expenses up to the port of destination as well as unloading charges
  • In Bond. The price quoted includes the expenses incurred until the goods reaches the bonded warehouse
  • Franco (Free of Expenses). The price quoted includes all the expenses up to the importer’s premises. The importer does not incur any other expenses other than the quoted price
  • N.O (Or Nearest Offer). This implies that the exporter is willing to accept the quoted price or any other nearest to the quoted one

 

Documents used in International trade

  • Enquiry/Inquiry. A letter sent by an importer to the exporter asking about the supply of the goods and the terms of sale.
  • Order of Indent. This asks the supplier to supply goods. It may specify the goods to be supplied and suggest the preferred mode of transport for them. An indent may be open or closed
  • Open Indent. Here the importer does not specify the supplier and the goods to be bought and therefore the exporter or export agent is free to choose the supplier
  • Closed Indent. Here the importer specifies the supplier and the goods to be bought
  • Letter of Credit. A document issued by the importers bank to the exporter’s bank to assure the exporter of the payment for the goods ordered. The exporter can then be paid by his bank on the basis of this letter.
  • Import Licence. A document issued by the country to allow the importer to buy goods from abroad.
  • Bill of Lading. A document of title to goods being exported issued by the shipping company to the importer who should use it to have goods released at the port of entry.
  • Freight Note. A document prepared by the shipping company to show the transportation charges for goods.
  • Certificate of insurance. A document issued by the insurance company or agent, undertaking to cover the risk against the loss or damage to goods being exported.
  • Certificate of Origin. A document that shows the country from which the goods are being imported have originated from.
  • Commercial Invoice. A document issued by the exporter to demand for the payment for the sold on credit to the importer.

It shows the following;

  • The name and address of the exporter
  • The name and the address of the importer
  • The price charged
  • The terms of sale
  • The description of the consignment
  • The name of the ship transporting the consignment
  • Consular Invoice. A document that shows that the prices of the goods that have been charged is fair as certified by the consul with the embassy of the exporting country.
  • Pro-forma Invoice. A document sent by the exporter to the importer if he/she is not willing to sell goods on credit. It may be used to serve the following purposes;
  • Serve as a formal quotation
  • Serve as a polite request for payment before the goods are released for the customer
  • To enable the importer to initiated the clearing of the custom duty early enough to avoid delays
  • Used to by the importer to obtain permission from the Central Bank to import goods
  • Airway Bill. Issued by the airline company to show the charges for the goods being transported
  • Letter of Hypothecation. A letter written by the exporter to his/her bank authorizing it to resell the goods being exported. This occurs if the bank fails to get payment on the bill of exchange drawn on the importer that it has discounted for the exporter. Should there be a deficit after the resale, the exporter pays the deficit
  • Weight note. A documents that shows the weight and other measurements of the goods being delivered at the dock
  • Shipping advice note. A document issued by the exporter to his/her shipping agent containing instruction for shipping goods.

 

 

INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

Some of the institutions that play a role in international monetary system include;

  • International Monetary Fund (I.M.F)
  • African Development Bank (A.D.B)
  • African Development Fund (A.D.F)
  • International Bank For Reconstruction and Development (World Bank)

 

  • International Monetary Fund (I.M.F)

This bank operates like the central bank of the central banks of the member countries. Its objective includes the following;

  • Ensuring that the member country maintains a stable foreign exchange rates for their currencies. This it does by advising the country to raise or increase the supply of their currency to devalue them or increase their value internationally
  • Provide financial support to the member country to alleviate poverty and boost their income.
  • Relieving heavily indebted countries of debt repayment so that it can use that fund to raise the living standards of its people.
  • Providing funds to the member countries to finance the deficits in their balance of payment.
  • Provide forum through which the member country can consult and cooperate on matters concerning trade among them
  • Maintaining currency reserves of the different countries, enabling member countries to buy foreign exchange to be used to import goods and services.

 

  • African Development Bank (A.D.B)

This bank was formed to promote the economic and social progress of its regional member countries in Africa. It main source of finance is the members’ contributions and the interest charged on the money they lend members.

Its functions include;

  • Providing loans for economic and social development to member countries
  • Provide technical advice in planning and implementation of the development plans
  • Assist member country to appropriately exploit it resources
  • To encourage co-operation among African countries in order to bring economic growth
  • To co-operate with various economic institutions in order to bring about development especially in Africa countries

 

  • African Development Fund (A.D.F)

This was formed to provide long term financial assistance to the low income countries that cannot obtain loan from other financial institutions at the prevailing terms and condition. Their loans may recover a longer repayment periods with no interest except the commitment fees and service charge which is minimal. They fund activities, which includes;

  • Education and research activities
  • Offer technical advice to the member countries
  • International Bank For Reconstruction and Development (World Bank)

The World Bank was formed to carry out the following functions;

  • Giving loans to countries at very low interest rates to finance economic development activities.
  • Provision of grants to finance the provision of social amenities and basic infrastructural development in developing countries.
  • Fighting against corruption and poor governance which may lead to misuse of public funds in different countries.
  • Advancing money to countries to finance balance of payment deficit.
  • Giving advice on economic challenges that country may face.
  • Availing technical assistance and personnel to help countries run their economic programmes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ECONOMIC INTEGRATION

This occurs where two or more countries enter into a mutual agreement to cooperate with each other for their own economic benefit. They may do this by allowing free trade or relaxing their existing trade barriers for the member countries.

Economic integration may occur in the following forms;

  • Free Trade Area

This is a case where the member countries agree to abolish or minimize tariffs and other trade restrictions but the individual countries are free to impose restrictions on non-member countries. They includes; Preferential Trade Area (P.T.A), European Free Trade Area (E.F.T.A), Latin America Free Trade Area (L.A.F.T.A), etc.

  • Custom union

This is where the members of the free trade area may agree not only to abolish or minimize their tariffs, but also establish a common tariff for the exchange of goods and services with the non member countries. They include; Economic Community of West Africa States (E.C.O.W.A.S), East Africa Custom Union (E.A.C.U), Central Africa Custom and Economic Union (C.A.C.E.U)

  • Common Market

This is where the member countries allow for free movement of factors of production across the boarders. People are free to move and establish their business in any member country. They include; East Africa Common Market (E.A.C.M), European Economic Community (E.E.C), Central American Common Market (C.A.C.M), Common Market for Eastern and Southern Africa (COMESA)

  • Economic Union

This is where the members of the common market agree for put in place a common currency and a common central bank for the member countries. They even develop common infrastructures which includes railways, communication networks, common tariffs, etc

 

Importance of economic integration

Economic integration will ensure the following benefits for the member countries;

  • Availability of wider market for the goods and services produced by the member countries. This enables them to produce to their full capacity
  • It enables the country to specialize in the goods they produce best, making them to effectively utilize their resources
  • It leads to promotion of peace and understanding among the member countries through interaction
  • It leads to high quality of goods and services being produced in the country due to the competition they face
  • It allow members to get access to wider variety of goods and services which satisfy different consumer needs
  • It leads to creation of employment for individuals living within the region, as they can work in any of the member country
  • It increase the economic bargaining power in trading activities by the countries forming a trading bloc
  • Improvement of the infrastructure in the region due to increased economic activities.
  • It brings a bout co-ordination when developing industries, as the members will assign the industries to each other to create balance development and avoid unnecessary duplication

 

Free Trade Area

This is a situation where there is unrestricted exchange of goods and services between the countries. It has benefits/advantages similar to those of economic integration.

 

Disadvantages of free trade area

Some of the problems it is likely to bring include;

  • It may lead to importation of inferior goods and services to the country, as the member country may not be able to produce high quality as compare to other non-member countries
  • It may discourage the growth of the infant industries due to competition from well developed industries in other countries
  • It may lead to reduced government revenue because no tariff may be charged on the goods and services
  • A country may be tempted to adopt technology not suitable for its level of development.
  • If not controlled, it may lead to unfavourable balance of payment, where a country imports more than it export
  • It may lead to importation of harmful goods and services, that may affect the members health such as illegal drugs
  • It may lead to lack of employment opportunities especially where more qualified people have moved from their country to secure job opportunities in the country
  • It may expose the country to negative cultural practices in other countries, interfering with their morals. For example the exposure to the pornographic materials.
  • Compromising political ideologies especially where member countries with different ideologies wants to fit in to the bloc
  • It may lead to over exploitation of non-renewable economic resources such as minerals

 

Trade Restrictions

These are deliberate measures by the government to limit the imports and exports of a country. They are also known as protectionism and includes the following;

  • Tariffs which include taxes levied on both import and export. It can be used to increase or decrease the level of both import and export
  • Quotas which is the restriction on the quantity of goods to be either imported or exported. It can be increased or decreased to increase or decrease the level of import or export respectively.
  • Total ban (zero quota) where the government issues a direction illegalizing either the import or export of the products
  • Complicated import procedure in order to discourage some importers from importing
  • Subsidies on locally produced goods to discourage imports
  • Legislation against importation of certain goods
  • Setting the standards of products to be imported

 

Reasons for trade restrictions

  • To prevent the inflow of harmful goods into the country, that may be harmful to the lives of the citizens
  • To protect the local infant industries that may not be able to compete favourably with well established industry
  • To give a country a chance to exploit its natural resources in producing their goods
  • To protect strategic industry, since their collapse may make the country to suffer
  • To minimize dependency of the country to other countries for their stability
  • To create employment opportunity to its people by establishing the industries to produce the goods and services
  • To prevent dumping of goods in the country by the developed partners which may create unfair competition
  • To correct balance of payment deficit by limiting import
  • To protect good cultural and social values which may be influenced by unaccepted values they are likely to acquire from other country through interaction
  • To expand market for locally produced goods by restricting the number of foreign goods in the market.
  • To enable the country earn foreign exchange through imposing taxes and other tariffs

 

Advantages of trade restrictions

  • It promotes self reliance as industries have an opportunity to engage in the production of goods and services that were previously imported
  • It protects the local industries from stiff competition that they may have faced from the well developed countries
  • It may help to correct the balance of payment deficit
  • It restrict the entry of harmful goods into the country as it controls the inflow of imports in to the country
  • It enables the country to conserve their valuable social and cultural values from the external influence
  • It help in creating more job opportunities through diversification in the production
  • It promotes the growth of local/infant industries in the country.

 

Disadvantages of trade restriction

  • There will be availability of limited variety of goods in the country that will limit the consumer’s choices
  • May lead to production of low quality goods as there will be no competition for the producing firms
  • Other countries may also retaliate, leading to reduction in export from their country
  • There is likely to be high prices charged on the locally produced goods, since the small firms which produce them may not be enjoying the economies of scale
  • The country is likely to be exposed to small market, should all countries restrict which may lead to reduction in trade.
  • As a result of the continued protection, some industries may develop a tendency of remaining young to still enjoy the protection, which limits the level of development
  • It may lead to emergence of monopoly as the protected industry may end up remaining alone in the market, bringing about the problems of monopolies

 

Trends in International Trade

  • Liberalization that has led to removal of many trade restriction among the countries, increasing the levels of trade
  • Development of E-Banking which has enable the international trader to get access to their bank accounts from wherever they are in
  • Development of export processing zones (EPZ) by the government to allow the industries involved just concentrate in the exported goods only. It enable the country enjoy the following benefits (advantages of EPZ)
  • It creates job opportunities to the citizens
  • It creates market for locally produced raw materials that they use in their production
  • It encourage the foreign investors to invest in the countries, i.e. in the processing zones, increasing the level of investment in the country
  • Encourages export in the country as the incentives given to them by the government makes them to produce more and more for export
  • It stimulates industrialization in the country in all sector including the ones producing for local consumptions

However EPZ’s have the following problems/disadvantages

  • Most of them employs foreigners in their management team, denying the locals a chance to get employed
  • They do not generate revenue to the government, especially during tax free periods
  • They are concentrated in few towns, bringing about imbalance regional development
  • Some of them encourages social evils such as prostitution in areas where they are developed
  • Development of e-commerce/website trading which has promoted the selling and buying of items through the internet, with payments made online.

E-commerce has the following benefits/advantages:

  • One is able to access the market world wide, as the countries are connected to the internet
  • There is no discrimination, as both the small and large industries are able to transact through the internet
  • It is fast to transact the business through internet, as it saves on travelling time and therefore suitable for urgent transaction
  • It is cheap especially on the cost of sending, receiving and storing information
  • It is easy for firms to share valuable information about production

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AND PLANNING

 

Economic Growth

This is the increase in the productivity of a country which can be seen in the continued increase in the national income over a period of years.

It can be measured by taking the average percentage of increase in national income over a period of time (number of years) and be assumed to be the average rate of economic growth in the country

 

Economic Development

This is the quantitative change or increase in a country’s national income over the years, accompanied by favorable changes in the structures within the country that leads to general improvement of the individual well being, as well as the entire nation

A country may experience economic growth without experiencing economic development. This is because the increase in the national income may be as a result of people working for long hours without any time for rest, recreation and other development to occur in their body. This will make them not to have better living, despite the fact that the national income shall have increased.

The expected structural changes to be realized in a case of economic development include;

  • Shifting from depending on agricultural sector to manufacturing sector in the economy
  • Reducing illiteracy levels
  • Increase in skilled manpower in the economy
  • Improvement in health facilities within the country
  • Increase in technology and improvement of entrepreneurial ability
  • Increase and improvement of institution that handles new methods of productive economic activities

Outline the differences that exist between economic growth and economic development

Economic Growth Economic Development
·        An increase in size of the country’s National income ·        An increase in the size and quality of the country’s National income
·        Number of people living in absolute poverty can increase despite the increase in national income ii) Number of people living in absolute poverty does not increase
iii)Increase in national income could be due to increase in income of only few people ·        Increase in national income is attributed to general increase of incomes of majority of the people in the country
·        No tendency to bridge the gap between the rich and the poor iv)Tends to bridge the gap between the rich and the poor

 

Underdevelopment

This refers to a situation whereby the economic growth is in the negative direction (decreasing) accompanied by uneven distribution of wealth and decrease in quality and quantity of the factors of production available

 

Characteristics of Underdevelopment

  • High level of poverty. This is characterized by most of the people in the country depending on mainly subsistence, or lives below the poverty levels. Their per capita income is lower as compared to the developed countries
  • High disparity in income distribution. The income in this countries are not evenly distributed with the few rich people earning so much while the poor majority earns so little
  • Low levels of savings and investments. They have very little if at all exist to save and invest for their further development, making them to continue being poor. This is well illustrated in the vicious circle of poverty
  • High population growth rates. This is due to some of them not being able to afford, ignorant about or simply refusing to use the modern birth control methods since they find consolation on their high number of children
  • Dominance of subsistence sector. This is due to their inability to raise capital for indirect production
  • Problem of unemployment. The high population growth rate leads to high supply of labour that the country’s economy cannot afford to absorb all, leading to unemployment
  • Under utilization of natural resources. This may be due to lack of capital in this countries or in appropriate technology they use
  • Dependence on the developed countries. This is due to their in ability to sustain themselves financially, which makes them keep on calling upon the developed partners for financial assistance
  • Poor infrastructure. Their roads and communication networks are not properly maintained due to the in availability of adequate resources to improve them

 

Goals of Economic Development

The following are the changes that economic development seeks to put in place, which in Kenya they have been joined together in what is referred to as the millennium development goals. They includes

  • Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger
  • Achieve universal primary education
  • Promote gender equality and empower women
  • Reduce child mortality
  • Improve maternal health
  • Combat HIV/AIDS, malaria and other diseases
  • Ensure environmental sustainability
  • Develop a global partnership for development

Some includes

  • Reducing income disparity in distributions
  • Reducing unemployment
  • Provision of important basic needs such as food, shelter, etc

 

Factor which may hinder development in a country

The rate of a country’s economic development may be influenced negatively by the following factors

  • Low natural resource endowment. Absence or inadequacy of natural resources such as raw materials, fertile land for agriculture, etc may slow the pace of the country’s economic development
  • Inadequate capital. This reduces the rate at which they exploit their natural resources, or produce in the economy
  • Poor technology used. The traditional methods of production that they use cannot sustain their requirement any more
  • Poor human resource endowment. Their inability to train adequate skilled manpower together with their inappropriate system of education leads to their slow development
  • Unfavorable domestic environment. Their political, social and economic institutions within their countries are not structured to favour economic development. For example
  • Their political system is characterized by corruption, authoritarian kind of leadership with lengthy procedures and bureaucratic controls that scares the investors
  • Their social environment is still full of outdated or retrogressive cultural values and negative attitude towards work and investment, leading to slow development
  • Their Economic institutions has allowed their markets to be influenced so much that that leads to interference in their smooth operations

 

Development Planning

This is the process through which the country establishes their objectives to be achieved, identify the resources that will be required and put in place the strategies or methods of acquiring the resources and achieving their pre-determined objectives.

In most cases their objectives or goals are the goals of economic development

The plan will prioritize the objectives to be achieved and even brake it down in to targets that if achieved with the planned strategy and resources, the objective shall have been achieved.

 

Need for economic planning

It enhances the following

  • Appropriate resource allocation, where resources are allocated according to the need of the objective and in a most productive way
  • Stimulation of effort of people in the desired direction. The plan outlines including the possible outcomes which persuade people to move to that direction
  • Support foreign aid bargain. Since it shows including the objective that the country seeks to achieve, it is capable of convincing the donor to finance it in the country
  • Project evaluation, by assisting on checking whether the predetermined targets or objectives are being achieved
  • Long term decision making, as it will show what each and every sector of the economy will require in the future to make it stable.
  • Avoiding duplication of industries in different parts of the country, for it will show the ones that have been set in those parts and even enhance balancing
  • Promote balancing in regional development by ensuring that they are not concentrated in only one region, ignoring other regions

 

Problems encountered in development planning

 

Problems at the planning stage

  • Lack of accurate or detailed data for planning. This may lead to in appropriate plan being developed, as it entirely depends on the quality and availability of the data
  • Existence of large subsistence sector, which make the planning unrealistic
  • Lack of qualified personnel to assist in planning. This may make the country to rely on foreign experts who do not fully understand the country
  • Problem of the private sector which will always require incentives for them to follow the plan
  • Transfer of inappropriate development plan. As some planners may simply borrow a plan that they feel may have worked for a given country, yet the condition in those countries may not be the same

 

Problems at the implementation stage

  • Over reliance on donor funding, which if they don’t receive, the plan may not be implemented
  • Lack of domestic resources such as skilled personnel, finance and capital may make the implementation a problem
  • Failure to involve the local people in planning. This will make them not to be willing to implement it, for they will not be understanding it or rebelling for the fact that they were not included
  • Natural calamities such as diseases, floods, drought, etc may make the funds that had been set a side for implementation be diverted to curb them
  • Over-ambitious plans which are a times just made to impress the donors to release their funds but may not be easy to implement
  • Lack of co-operation among the executing parties which may make the work not to kick off. For example a conflict between the ministry of finance and that of planning of the amount to be released
  • Inflation which may make the estimated value of implementation not to be adequate, bringing a problem of finances
  • Lack of political will and commitment in implementing the plan. This may frustrate the implementation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grade 1 Free CBC Rationalized Term 2 Schemes of Work

Download the latest Grade 1 Free CBC Rationalized Term 2 Schemes of Work at no extra cost, below:

GRADE_1_TERM_2_ENGLISH_SCHEMES.docx
grade-1-ire-schemes-of-work-term-2.docx
GRADE_1_TERM_2_CRE_SCHEMES_oxford.doc
GRADE_1_TERM_2_KISWAHILI2_SCHEMES.docx
GRADE_1_TERM_2_CREATIVE_ARTS_SCHEMES 
GRADE_1_TERM_2_ENVIRONMENTAL_SCHEMES.docx
GRADE_1_TERM_2_MATHEMATICS_SCHEMES_klb.doc
GRADE_1_TERM_2_KISWAHILI_SCHEMES.docx

PHYSICS ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION REVISION

ELECTROMAGNETIC INDUCTION

  1. The diagram in figure 1 shows an arrangement that may be used to investigate how electromagnetic force varies with current. Explain how the arrangement may be used for this investigation.

 

  1. a) The free ends of a coil are connected to a galvanometer. When the north pole of a magnet is moved towards the coil, the pointer deflects towards the coil; the pointer deflects towards the right as shown. State with reason the behaviour of the pointer in the following cases.

 

 

  1. i) The north pole of the magnet is held stationary near p.
  2. ii) The south pole of the magnet is made to approach the coil from Q.
  3. c) Two coils T and S are wound on a soft iron core as shown. T has 1000 turns while S has 600 turns and resistance of 100W

 

Calculate the maximum current measured by the ammeter.

  1. Calculate the peak value of an alternating current which has a root mean square value of 3.0A.
  2. A large sub station transformer is used to step down voltage from 11,000V to 450V.
  3. i) Determine the ratio of the turns in the primary to secondary coils.
  4. ii) How is the efficiency of this transformer ensured?

iii)       State one function of the core in a transformer.

  1. A generator produces a peak voltage of 220v. What is the root mean square value of this voltage?
  2. Name any two ways by which a transformer loses energy.
  3. The Fig; Represents a transformer connected to an ac source and a resistor R. Compare the magnitudes of the:
  4. i) Voltages Vp and Vs
  5. ii) Currents Ip and Is
  1. (a)
  2. A researcher studying the behaviour of step up transformer made the following observation. ‘More joules per coulomb and fewer coulombs per second at the output than at the input terminals’. Explain why the observation does not imply a violation of the principle of conservation of energy.
  3. A transformer of 480 turns in the primary coil used to connect a 9-volt a.c. electric device to a 240V a.c. mains power supply. Calculate the number of turns in the secondary coil
  4. What causes electromagnetic damping in a moving coil galvanometer?
  5. State how Eddy Currents are reduced in a transformer.
  6. A transformer in a welding machine supplies 6 volts from a 240V mains supply. If the current used in the welding is 30A. Determine the current in the mains.
  7. A hair drier is rated 2500W, 240v. Determine its resistance.
  8. A heater of resistance R1 is rated 2p watts, v volts, Determine R1/R2
  9. a) State Len’s law of electromagnetic induction.                                  (1mk)
  10. b) Figure 13 shows a simple microphone in which sound waves from the person talking cause the cardboard diaphragm to vibrate.

 

  1. i) Explain how a varying current is induced in the cell when the diaphragm vibrates.
  2. ii) State two ways in which the induced current (i) above can be increased.
  3. c) A transformer with 1200 turns in the primary circuit and 120 turns in the secondary circuit; it produces heat at the rate of 600w. Assuming 100% efficiency, determine the:
  4. i) Voltage in the secondary circuit.                               (2mks)
  5. ii) Current in the primary circuit.                                   (2mks)

iii)       The current in the secondary circuit.                         (1mark)

  1. An ac flows in a resistor of 100Ω. If the peak value of the voltage across the resistor is 60V. Calculate.
  2. a) The rms. Voltage
  3. b) The rms. Current
  4. A student designed a transformer to supply a current of 10A at a potential difference of 60V to a motor from an A.C mains supply of 240V. If the efficiency of the transformer is 80%, determine the;
  5. a) Power supplied to the transformer
  6. b) Current in the primary coil.
  7. An immersion heater rated 300W is used continuously for 45 minutes per day. Calculate the cost per week at 60cts per unit.
  8. A radio transmitter directs pulses of waves towards a satellite from which reflections are received 10 millisecond after transmission. Determine the distance of the satellite from the radio transmitter. (Speed of radio waves= 3 x 108ms-1)
  9. An electric bulb with a filament resistance 300W is connected to a 2v main supply, determine the energy dissipated in 2 minutes.
  10. A 50w bulb is used continuously for 36 hours. Determine the cost of energy consumed at a cost of Kshs. 2 per unit.
  11. a) State Lenz’s law of electromagnetic induction.
  12. b) Two identical copper coils P and Q are placed close to each other as shown in figure.

Coil P is connected to a D.C. Power supply and coil Q is connected to a galvanometer, G.

 

State and explain what would be observed on the galvanometer immediately the switch s is closed.

  1. c) Figure 11 shows a diagram of a simple electric generator.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Name the parts labelled A and B.

A……………………………                                                 1mk

B……………………………                                                 1mk

  1. ii) On the axis provided in the diagram below sketch the output as seen on the screen of the cathode ray Oscilloscope (CRO) when the amature is rotated starting at the position shown in figure 11.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

iii)State two factors that would affect the value of the voltage output 2mks

  1. d) A transformer has 400turns in the primary coil and 20 turns in the secondary coil. If the primary voltage and the primary are 120v and O.SA respectively determine the value of the secondary current. State any assumptions made.
  2. a) The figure 11 (a) and 11 (b) represents a sections of simple current generators

x and y. When in action, each coil is rotated in a magnet field.

 

Fig 11 (a)                                                                    Fig 11 (b)

 

  • State the name of generator x and y
  • Sketch graph of the induced emf against number of revolution of each coil in y.
  • State one way in which induced emf of a simple generator can be increased.
  1. b) Explain why it is cheaper to transmit mains electricity at high voltages.
  2. c) Four 40 w bulbs and seven 100 w are switched on for 3 hours a day for domestic monthly bill given the cost of electricity is sh. 3.50 per unit (Take 1 month = 30 days)
  1. a) The figure below shows a rigid circuit ABCD suspended by a silk thread from a support. The coil AB is made of copper.

 

  1. When a magnet near A is suddenly pulled to the left, the circuit swings to the left.

Explain this observation.

  1. ii) Give a statement of the law applied in (i) above.
  2. b) Distinguish between an electric motor and an A.C generator in reference to the energy changes involved in each case.
  3. c) i) State two features of the soft iron core that helps to improve the efficiency of the transformer.
  4. Explain how any one of the features named in c (i) above helps to improve efficiency.
  5. d) The figure below shows a coil ABCD being rotated in a clockwise direction in a magnetic field. The set-up produces alternating current. Initially the coil lies in the plane of the field as shown.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Name the features labeled.

X         …………………………

Y         ………………………..

  1. ii) The terminals P and Q are connected to a cathode ray oscilloscope. Sketch a graph of the output e.m.f against time as will be seen on the C.R.O screen.

On the same axes for d(ii), sketch the graph of e.m.f against time  for an e.m.f from an accumulator.

  1. a) The figure below shows the features of a cathode ray tube
  2. i) Name the parts labeled A and B.

A         ……………………

B         ……………………

  1. ii) Explain how electrons are produced in the tube.

iii)       State two functions of the anodes.

  1. iv) State the part where the time base would be connected.
  2. v) State any two adjustments that would be made on the C.R.T to create an x-ray tub
  3. b) The time base calibration of the C.R.O was set at 20milliseconds per centimeters and they gain at 5 volts per centimeter. If an a.c signal input produced a wave whose peak voltage was 20V, how many centimeters did it rise.
  4. c) Give a reason why a T.V screen is wider and the tube is shorter than a C.R.O.
  5. a) The figure below shows a simple door alarm.

 

Explain how the door alarm works.                                                   (3 marks)

  1. b) An electric light bulb is rated 60W 240V. What is its operating resistance.
  2. c) During the manufacture of filament lamps, the bulb is filled with a mixture of nitrogen and argon. State the reason why.
  3. d) The inside of a fluorescent tube is lined with a white powder. Give a reason for this.
  4. e) State the material used in the manufacture of heating elements.
  5. a) State Lenz’s law of electromagnetic induction.
  6. b) The diagram below is a simplified illustration of an e.m.f generator.

 

 

  1. i) Name the part labelled A.
  2. ii) Show the direction of induced e.m.f when the coil is in the position shown in the diagram.

iii) State two ways of increasing the amount of induced e.m.f in this sate up.

  1. c) Give a reason why the output from this generator can not be used to charge a battery.
  2. d) State and explain any two ways by which energy losses are minimized in a transformer.
  3. e) A person has a 6v bell. He hopes to operate the bell from a 240v a.c mains supply, with the help of the transformer shown in the figure.

 

Calculate the output voltage of the transformer when connected to the 240v mains.

  1. a) State Lenz’s law of electromagnetic induction.
  2. b) The figure shows two coils of insulated copper wires wound on a single soft iron core.

One coil is connected to a battery through a switch and the other is connected to a Resister through a galvanometer.

It is observed that as the switch is closed, the pointer of the galvanometer deflects momentarily.

The same as when the switch is opened.

  1. i) Explain why the pointer deflects momentarily.
  2. ii) State one way in which the current through R can be increased.
  3. c) i)         State one way in which power is lost in a transformer.
  4. ii) A transformer uses 240V ac supply to deliver 9A at 80V to a heating coil.

If 10% of the energy taken from the supply is lost in the transformer itself, What is the current in the primary winding.

  1. A transformer has 8000 turns in its primary coil and 200 in its secondary coil. The voltage in the primary coil is 240V.

(a) Calculate the voltage in the secondary coil.

(b) If the current in the primary coil is 3A while that in the secondary is 100A, determine the efficiency of the    transformer.

(c) State any two reasons why the efficiency of the transformer is less than 100%.

  1. (a) State Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction.

(b) The figure below shows a simple transformer.  Study it and answer the questions that follow.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i) Explain why the core is a continuous loop.

(ii) Give a reason as to why the core is laminated.

(iii) State and explain which coils are thicker.

  • State one difference and one similarity between a step up transformer and an induction coil.
  • State two advantages of the use of alternating voltage for the transmission of electrical energy.
  • In the circuit below, the e.m.f of the battery is 2.1V and has an internal resistance of 0.5W.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)  Determine the effective resistance in the circuit.

(ii)Determine the ammeter reading when the switch is closed.

  1. (a) A transformer with 2000 turns in the primary circuit and 150 turns in the secondary circuit has its primary circuit connected to a 800V a.c. source.  It is found that when a heater is connected to the secondary circuit, it produced heat at the rate of 1000W.  Assuming 100% efficiency, determine the:
    1. Voltage in the secondary circuit.
    2. Current in the primary circuit.
  • Current in the secondary circuit.
  1. State the type of transformer represented above.
  • (i)  State the reason why long distance power transmission is done at a very high voltage and using thick cables.

(ii)  Calculate the cost of using the following appliances in one month (30 days) if the company rate is Ksh. 9.50 per unit.

  1. A 2000W water heater for 2 hours per day.
  2. A 75W bulb for 10 hours per day.
  • A 1500W electric iron for 1 hour per day.

Find the total monthly bill for the above household if in addition to the energy consumed, the power company charges each consumer a standing charge of Ksh. 200 and fuel cost at 70 cents per unit.

  1. (a) State Lenz’s Law of electromagnetic induction

(b)             Figure 6 shows a simple microphone in which sound waves from the person talking cause the cardboard diaphragm to vibrate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • Explain how a varying current is induced in the coil when the diaphragm vibrates

(ii)   State one way in which the induced current in (i) above can be increased

(c)      A transformer with 1200 turns in the primary circuit and 120 turns in the    secondary circuit has its primary circuit connected to a 400V a.c source. It is found that when a heater is connected to the secondary circuit, it produces heat at the rate of 600w. Assuming 100% efficiency, determine the:

(i) Voltage in the secondary circuit

(ii) Current in the primary circuit

(iii) The current in the secondary circuit

  1. a) State two ways of increasing the force on a coil.
  2. b) Figure 9 shows a current carrying coil in a magnetic field. The direction of the current and the resulting force are shown. Study the figure and answer the questions below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Label the poles of the magnets.
  2. ii) Explain the purpose of the split ring commutator in the principle of the D.C motor shown in the diagram.
  3. (a) The two free ends of a coil are connected to a center – zero galvanometer. When the north pole of magnet is moved towards the coil, the pointer deflects in the direction shown in figure 2.

 

 

 

 

 

Figure 2

State with a reason the behavior of the pointer in the following cases:

  1. The north pole of the magnet is held stationary near P.
  2. The north pole of the magnet is made to approach the coil from end Q
  3. b) State Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction.
  4. c) A transformer supplies 12V when it is connected to 240V supply of electricity. The output of the transformer is connected to 12V 36W bulb. The current drawn from the supply by the transformer is 0.5A. Calculate:
  5. i) The input power of the transformer.       ii)        The current drawn from the transformer.                                                                                    iii)       The output power of the transformer                                                                                        iv)       The efficiency of the transformer
  6. a) State Lenz’s law of electromagnetic induction.
  7. b) The figure below shows a simple electric generator.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i) Name the parts labeled P and Q.

(ii)             The e.m.f. generated as the coil rotates is represented in the graph below.

 

iii) Give reasons for the changes in the emf as the coil rotates from 0 to 90 and 90to 180

(c)  Explain how energy losses in a transformer are reduced by having:

(i)        a soft-iron core;

(ii)       a laminated core

  1. d) A transformer with 1200 turns in the primary circuit and 120 turns in the secondary circuit has its primary circuit connected to a 400 V a.c. source. It is found that when a heater is connected the secondary circuit, it produces heat at the rate of 600 W, assuming its 100% efficient, determine the:
  2. i) Voltage in the secondary circuit;
  3. ii) Current in the primary circuit;

iii)       The current in the secondary circuit;

  1. (a) In the figure below the bar magnet is moved into the coil.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and explain what is observed in the galvanometer

(b)       State two ways in which energy is lost from a transformer and explain each

  1. (a) Appliances which draw current from a ring’s main circuit have a third cable connected to the earth.  Give a reason why?
    • In a lighting circuit the wires used are relatively thinner than those of a cooker circuit. Give an explanation for this.
    • A transformer with 6000 turns in the primary circuit and 300 turns in the secondary circuit has its primary circuit connected to a 400V a.c. source. A heater connected to the secondary circuit produces heat at the rate of 600W.  Assuming that the transformer is 100% efficient determine:-
      1. The voltage in the secondary circuit.
      2. The current in the primary circuit.
      3. The current in the secondary circuit.

 

  1. a) State the Faraday’s Law of Electromagnetic Induction. (1 mk)
  2. b) Coil carrying a large alternating current is placed close to a iron ring suspended freely on a silk thread as shown in the diagram below.
iron ring

 

(i) Explain why the ring is repelled continuously.

(ii)             State and explain what would be observed when a direct current is used instead of an alternating current.

  1. c) The diagram below is a simplified illustration of an E.M.F. generator.
Direction of motion

(i) Show the direction of induced current through R when the coil is in the position shown in the diagram.

(ii)             State and explain three ways of increasing the amount of induced current in this set up.

(iii) On the axes below, sketch a graph to show how potential difference across R varies with time. The coil is initially horizontal.

 

Time (s)
  1. d) State and explain any two ways by which energy losses are reduced in transformation.
  2. e) The figure below shows a step – down transformer connected to a 240V mains socket. The primary coil P has 4000 turns while the secondary coil has 200 turns. The efficiency of the transformer is 60% and a current of 50A flows through P. Calculate the current through S.

 

 

(e) The figure below shows a simple generator and the arrows indicate the direction of induced current.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i) What type of generator is shown above ?

(ii)          State two ways of increasing the brightness of the bulb.

(iii) If the bulb was replaced by a CRO sketch on the axes provided a graph to show the variation of output emf with position of the coil starting from vertical position.

 

 

  1. a) State Lent’s law of electromagnetic induction.
  2. b) The secondary coils of a step down transformer has 500 turns and primary has 15000turns
  3. If the voltage in primary is 3600vfind the voltage in secondary.
  4. If the current in primary is 3.0A find the current in secondary.
  5. A generator at Kindaruma can supply 375MW of electric power. If the generator is 85% efficient. Find
  6. The rate which falling water must supply energy to the turbine.
  7. If the water falls a height of 22m what is the mass of the water that passes through the turbine each second.
  8. Explain how energy loss in a transformer is minimised.
  9. The figure below shows a section of a flexible wire carrying current perpendicularly out of the paper.

 

 

 

 

 

The wire moves in the direction shown as current passes through it.

(a)  (i) Label the polarities of the magnets A and B.

(ii) Explain the behaviour of the flexible wire.

(b)            The figure below shows an induction coil used to step up voltage.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i) State the difference between the induction coil and a step-up transformer.

  1. ii) Explain how voltage is stepped up by the induction coil.

(iii) The voltage is stepped up from 12V to 15kV. Determine the ratio of the secondary to primary coils in the induction coil.

(iv)The function of the capacitor is to eliminate sparking at the contacts. State why sparking occurs at the contacts.

(v) State how the capacitor eliminates sparking.

  1. (a) State three possible ways in which power is lost in a transformer.

(b)             State Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction.

X

(c)  The figure below shows a conductor XY moving in a region of uniform magnetic field.

Motion
Y  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)   Indicate the direction of the induced current in the conductor and state the rule used in arriving at the answer.

(ii) Suggest two ways of increasing the magnitude of the induced current in the conductor.

(d ) State two differences between a direct current  and an alternating current  generator

  1. Figure 12 shows a coil A B C D being rotated in a clockwise direction in a magnetic field. The set up produces alternating current. Initially the coil lies in the plane of the field as shown.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i) Name the parts X & Y

(ii)             The terminals P and Q are connected to a Cathode Ray Oscilloscope (CRO).

(c) Sketch a graph of e.m.f against time.

(d)             State the TWO factors that influence magnitude of induced e.m.f.

(e) The same set-up can be used to produce a varied direct current (d.c).

Describe how to modify the set-up in order to obtain direct current.

(f) Sketch a graph of e.m.f against time for the varying direct current e.m.f.

  1. a) State Lenz’s law of electromagnetic induction.
  2. b) The diagram below is a simplified illustration of an e.m.f generator.

 

 

  1. i) Name the part labelled A.
  2. ii) Show the direction of induced e.m.f when the coil is in the position shown in the diagram.

iii) State two ways of increasing the amount of induced e.m.f in this sate up.

  1. c) Give a reason why the output from this generator can not be used to charge a battery.
  2. d) State and explain any two ways by which energy losses are minimized in a transformer.
  3. e) A person has a 6v bell. He hopes to operate the bell from a 240v a.c mains supply, with the help of the transformer shown in the figure.

 

Calculate the output voltage of the transformer when connected to the 240v mains.

  1. a)         State Lenz’s law of electromagnetic induction.
  2. b) The figure shows two coils of insulated copper wires wound on a single soft iron core.

One coil is connected to a battery through a switch and the other is connected to a Resister through a galvanometer.

It is observed that as the switch is closed, the pointer of the galvanometer deflects momentarily.

The same as when the switch is opened.

  1. i) Explain why the pointer deflects momentarily.
  2. ii) State one way in which the current through R can be increased.
  3. c) i)         State one way in which power is lost in a transformer.
  4. ii) A transformer uses 240V ac supply to deliver 9A at 80V to a heating coil.

If 10% of the energy taken from the supply is lost in the transformer itself, what is the current in the primary winding?

  1. The figure below shows a conductor moving in a region of uniform magnetic field.

 

(i)        Mark on the diagram the direction of induced current.

(ii)       Apart from increasing the field strength, state two other ways in which the magnitude of the induced current can be increased.

  1. b) Two coils are placed near each other as shown in the figure below:
  • State and explain what will be observed if the switch is opened.

(c)       The figure below shows a transformer with 400 turns in the primary coil and 1000 turns in the secondary coil.

(i)        Calculate the potential difference across BC

(ii)       State one assumption made in calculating the potential difference across BC.

  1. (a)Figure 12 shows two circuits close to each other

When the switch is closed, the galvanometer shows a reading and then returns to zero. When the switch is then opened, the galvanometer shows a reading in the opposite direction and then returns to zero. Explain these observations.

(b)Explain how energy losses in a transformer are reduced by having:

(i) A soft- iron core

(ii) A laminated core

  1. An ideal transformer has 500 turns in the primary circuit and 2000 turns in the secondary circuit. When the primary circuit is connected to a 200V a.c source, the power delivered to a resistor in the secondary circuit is found to be 1000W.
    1. Giving a reason, compare the thickness of the wires used in primary and secondary circuit.
    2. Determine the current in the secondary circuit.
  • Determine the current in the primary circuit.
  1. A transformer of 600 turns in the primary circuit and 9000 in the secondary is connected to a 240V mains supply. The current in the secondary circuit is 0.15A. What is the current in the primary circuit? Assume 100% efficiency.
  2. (a)The figure below shows two circuits close to each other.

When the switch is closed, the galvanometer shows a reading and then returns to zero. When the switch is opened, the galvanometer shows a reading in the opposite direction and then returns to zero. Explain these observations.

(b)An ideal transformer has 500 turns in the primary circuit and 2000 turns in the secondary circuit. When the primary circuit is connected to a 200V a.c. source, the power delivered to a resistor in the secondary circuit is formed to be 1000W.

(i) Giving a reason compare the thickness of the wires used in the primary and secondary        circuit.

(ii) Determine the current in the secondary circuit

(iii) Determine the current in the primary circuit.

  1. a) Sate Lenz’s law of electromagnetic induction
  2. b) The figure below shows two circuits close to each other.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ώ

 

 

 

 

 

 

When the switch is closed, the galvanometer shows a reading then returns to zero. When the switch is open, the galvanometer shows a reading in the opposite the direction and then returns to zero. Explain theses observations.

  1. c) A transformer is connected to a 12.0V, 30.0W lamp from the 240V main. If the transformer is 75% efficient, determine the mains current.
  2. d) The figure below an a.c generator

 

 

A

 

Coil   
B  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) Label the parts A and B
  2. ii) Explain how this type of generator works.
  3. (a) State one difference between a transformer and an induction coil.

(b) State two energy losses in a transformer.

(c) A transformer has 10,000 turns on its secondary coil and 100 turns on its primary coil. An alternating current 5.0A flows in the primary circuit when it is connected to a 12V a.c supply.

(i) State the type of transformer

(ii) Calculate the power input to the transformer.

(iii) Calculate the E.M.F across the secondary coil.

(iv) Determine the maximum current that could flow in a circuit connected to the secondary coil if the transformer is 90% efficient. (Same E.M.F in secondary as you have calculated above)
(v) In transmitting power why is it necessary to step it up before transmission. Explain.

  1. (a) State one cause of energy losses in a transformer and explain how it can be minimized.

(b) A transformer is designed to supply a current of 7.5A at a potential difference of 100V to a motor from an a.c supply of 240V. If the efficiency of the transformer is 85%;

Calculate

(i) The power supplied to the transformer.

(ii) The current in the primary coil

(c) The figure below shows a cross —section of a bicycle dynamo. The wheel is connected by an axle to a permanent cylindrical magnet and is rotated by the bicycle tyre.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i) Explain why the bulb lights.

 

(ii) How can the bulb be made brighter?

FORM 1 BIOLOGY END TERM 2 EXAMS PLUS MARKING SCHEMES

Answer all the questions in the spaces provided(100mks)

  1. Name one product of the light stage during photosynthesis(1mk)

 

b.Name the process by which water molecules  are split by light during photosynthesis (1mk)

 

  1. What name is given to the process whereby :
  2. Red blood cells wrinkle after losing their water to a hypertonic solution?(1mk)

 

  1. Plant cells become flaccid after losing their water to a hypertonic solution?(1mk)

 

 

 

  1. Four equal strips A,B,C and D were cut from a potato whose cells had a sugar concentration of 28.5%.The strips were placed in sugar solutions of different concentrations as follows:

A:10%   B 15%  C 25%  D  35%

  1. What changes would you expect in strips A and D?2mks

 

 

 

  1. Account for the change in strip D(3mks)

 

 

 

  1. The figure below shows a small piece of visking tubing which is filled with potassium permanganate solution. Its free ends were tied tightly to prevent leakage .It was then dipped in a beaker full of distilled water. The set up was left for 2 hours .Its was observed that the distilled water was coloured purple.
  2. What physiological process was being investigated.(1mk)

 

 

  1. Account for the observation made in (a) above.(3mks)

 

 

 

  1. State three factors that affect enzyme activities.(3mks)

 

 

b.Name the structures on an enzyme where substrate molecules fix themselves during an enzyme reaction.(1mk)

 

 

 

c.State what would happen to an enzyme molecule if the temperature is:-

  1. Raised above 40˚c(1mk)

 

 

 

ii.Lowered below 10˚c.(1mk)

 

 

  1. The diagram below represents a set up that was used to investigate a certain process in a plant.
  2. State the aim of the experiment.(1mk)

 

 

  1. State a factor that would affect the process.(1mk)

 

  1. State the importance of nucleic acids to an organisms.(1mk)

 

  1. State the significance of the following to a leaf:-
  2. Thinness(1mk)

 

  1. Presence of air spaces(1mk)

 

 

  1. Stomata(1mk)

 

 

  1. What is the role of roof hairs in plants.(1mk)

 

  1. What is meant by the term organ systems in organisms?(1mk)

 

 

  1. State three factors that affect the rate of diffusion (3mks)

 

 

 

 

  1. What is compensation point.(1mk)

 

 

  1. State two properties of monosaccharide .(2mks)

 

 

b.What is the main function of monosaccharide in organisms?(1mk)

 

 

  1. State the formula for calculating magnification when using the following
  2. Hand lens/naked eyes (1mk)

 

  1. A light microscopic (1mk)

 

 

  1. Explain why a mule, a product of mating between a horse and a donkey is sterile .(1mk)

 

  1. State two factors considered while grouping the organisms in the same species. (2mks)

 

 

  1. Describe how you would carry out food tests to test the presence of starch and reducing sugars on a food sample.
  2. Test for starch.(3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Test for reducing sugar (4mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Explain how surface area to volume ratio idea may be applied to explain rate of diffusion in organisms.(2mks)

 

 

 

 

  1. Which organelles in a cell perform the following functions
  2. Manufacture of ribosomes(1mk)

 

  1. Package cell secretions(1mk)

 

  1. Energy production(1mk)

 

  1. Synthesis of carbohydrates.(1mk)

 

 

  1. Name the taxonomic unit with:
  2. The greatest number of organism.(1mk)

 

  1. The least number of organisms(1mk)

 

 

  1. Define the term cell(1mk)

 

b.When onion epidermal cells were placed and focused along the diameter of the field of view ,10 cells were viewed and counted. Calculate the length of each epidermal cell in micrometers (1mm = 1000micrometers).Assume the diameter of field of view= 3mm(2mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Name the kingdom in which the organisms named below belong.
  2. Bacteria(1mk)

 

  1. Paramecium(1mk)

 

 

  1. Yeast(1mk)

 

  1. State the deficiency disease caused by deficiency of the following vitamins

a.Vitamins A(1mk)

 

 

b.Vitamin D  (1mk)

 

 

c.Vitamin B1   (1mk)

 

 

  1. State and explain how the ileum is adapted to perform its function.(4mks)

 

 

 

b.State two functions of the colon during digestion.(2mks)

 

 

  1. Name two diseases that affect human teeth.(2mks)

 

 

b.(i) Write the dental formula of an adult human.(1mk)

 

 

 

ii)Work out the total number of teeth from the formula above.(1mk)

 

 

  1. In an experiment to investigate a factor affecting photosynthesis, a leaf of a potted plant which had been kept in the dark overnight was covered with aluminium foil as shown in the diagrams below.

The set up was kept in sunlight for three hours after which a food test was carried out on the leaf.

  1. Which factor was being investigated in the experiment?(1mk)

 

  1. Which food test was carried out?(1mk)

 

 

  1. I)Sate the results of the food test.(2mks)

 

 

  1. ii) Account for the results in (c) (i) above.2mks

 

 

 

  1. Why was is necessary to keep the plant in darkness before the experiment? 1mk

 

 

 

  1. Distinguish between the term s homodont and heterodont (2mks)

 

 

 

b.Name the gap between incisors and premolars in some herbivores and state its function.(2mks)

 

 

 

 

  1. State and explain how palisade cells are adapted to perform their function.(3mks)

 

 

 

 

  1. Define the term active transport .(2mks)

 

 

b.State four factors that affect active transpiration.(4mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. State the function of the following parts of a light microscope.
  2. Coarse adjustment knob.(1mk)

 

 

 

b.Diaphragm(1mk)

 

 

 

c.Condenser(1mk)

 

 

 

  1. Name the first four taxa in taxonomy starting from the highest level



  1. Hydrogen atoms/ions/oxygen/hydroxide/ions/energy;(1mk)

b.Photolysis(1mk)

  1. )Crenation(1mk)

b.Plasmolysis(1mk)

  1. i) A – strip becomes longer and stiff (OWTTE)

D- strips becomes shorter and flexible.      (1mk)

  1. ii) Solution D is hypertonic to the cell; causing the cells to lose their water to the sugar solution by osmosis; making the cells to become flaccid(3mks)
  2. Diffusion(1mk)

b.Potassium permanganate ions /particles are at a higher concentration in the visking tubing ;

hence they diffuse through the semi permeable  visking tubing ; to distilled water

making the water to turn purple.3mks)

  1. High /low temperature;

-pH

– Chemical inhibitors

-substrate concentration

-enzyme concentration (any 3=3mks)

b.Active sites;(1mk)

c.i) it would be denatured (1mk)

  1. ii) it would be in activated(1mk)
  2. To show that oxygen is produced during photosynthesis /to investigate the effect of light on photosynthesis /to investigate the gas produced during photosynthesis(1mk)

b.Concentartion of carbon(iv) oxide /temperature /light intensity(1mk)

  1. they carry(genetic) information on growth and development of an organism(1mk)
  2. to allow quick /faster penetration of light(1mk)

b.To store gases /to allow gaseous exchange(1mk)

c.for gaseous exchange(1mk)

  1. to absorb water and mineral salts(1mk)
  2. a group of organs working together for a particular function(1mk)
  3. difference in concentration of particles between two regions,Acc.Conc gradient /diffusion gradient

-temperature

-Pressure                                                          – agitation /shaking

-size of the particles.(3mks)                         – thickness of membrane

  1. the time when the rate of photosynthesis and respiration balance /when rate of consumption of carbon(iv) oxide and its production balance.(1mk)
  2. Are soluble in water;

-they form sweet solutions

– can crystallize (any 2 2mks

b.are a source of energy (1mk)

  1. Magnification =length of drawing 1mk

length of actual object

acc.width for length

b.Magnification = eye piece lens magnification x objective lens magnification   (1mk)

  1. they do not belong to the same species;
  2. –sharing of many features;

-ability to freely interbreed and produce fertile offspring;

  1. Starch – add about 2cm3of iodine solution to the test substance ;a blue – black colour ; confirm starch present.(3mks)

Reducing sugar = add about 2cm3 of Benedicts solution to the test substances ;heat to boil; colour changes from due – green- yellow –orange ; confirming presence of reducing sugar;(4mks)

  1. The greater the surface area to volume ratio; the faster the rate of diffusion(2mks)
  2. Nucleolus(1mk)

b.Golgi bodies(1mk)

  1. Kingdom(1mk)

b.Species(1mk)

  1. It is the basic unit of life in an organism; (1mk)

b.3mm = 3000 micrometers

= 3000   = 300 micrometers 2mks

10

  1. Monera(1mk)

b.protoctista/protista(1mk)

c.Fungi(1mk)

  1. Night blindness (1mk)

b.Rickets ;(1mk)

c.Beriberi(1mk

  1. it is long to increase the surface area of absorption of food.

-it is richly supplied with blood to transport digested food.

-it is coiled to reduce the speed of flow of food and allow it to be fully digested /to occupy a smaller space/give more time for absorption

-has villi to increase surface area of absorption of food.

-it has a thin epithelium to allow faster diffusion of food molecule   1×4=4mks

b.absorption of water and mineral salts

-synthesis of vitamin K(2mks)

  1. Dental carriers

-periodontal disease/gingivitis

-pyorrhea (2mks)

b.i. I 2    C  1   Pm   2  M 3 (1mk)

2          1            2          3

  • 2+1+2+3=8×2=16

2+1+2+3 = 8×2= 16

32

  1. Necessity of light in photosynthesis(1mk)

b.Test for starch /starch test/starch/starch.(1mk)

c.i)the covered part of the leaf remains brown/yellow /retains the colour of iodine(1mk)

and the uncovered part turns to blue black.(1mk)

ii.Starch was formed in the uncovered part (due to exposure to light)1mk

but no starch was formed in the covered part /due to  lack of light(1mk)

iii.To destarch the leaf /prevent it from making starch /ensure o starch is in the leaf(1mk)

  1. Homodant teeth –are of the same shape and size;heterodont teeth are of different shapes and sizse(2mks)
  2. Diastema(1mk)

helps in turning of food /helps to manipulate the food.

Helps to temporary store food(1mk)

  1. are closely arranged to increase the surface area for photosynthesis.

-chloroplasts are located on the upper part of the cells facing light

-they have thin walls for faster penetration of light (3mks)

  1. Movement of particles /ions /molecules from a region of low concentration that of high concentration; and uses energy; acc movement against a conc gradient.

b.presence of oxygen

-presence of glucose

-presence of enzyme

-presence of inhibitors

-temperature

  1. Raises /lower the body tube(1mk)

regulates the amount of light passing through the condenser(1mk)

  1. c) concentrates light towards the specimen(1mk)
  2. Kingdom

Division

Class

Order(4mks)

 

NB: Stop marking when the order is wrong.

 

GRADE 9 ENGLISH LESSON NOTES

GRADE 9 ENGLISH LESSON NOTES

 

LISTENING AND SPEAKING; POLITE LANGUAGE

When it comes to listening and speaking politely, I’ve got a few pointers that might come in handy:

Polite Listening:

  1. Show Genuine Interest: Maintain eye contact, nod occasionally, and give verbal cues like “I see” or “Mm-hmm.”
  2. Avoid Interrupting: Let the speaker finish their thought before you jump in.
  3. Reflect Back: Paraphrase what you’ve heard to show you’re paying attention.
  4. Ask Clarifying Questions: If you don’t understand something, politely ask for more information.
  5. Stay Present: Put away distractions like your phone and focus on the speaker.

Polite Speaking:

  1. Use Courteous Language: Words like “please,” “thank you,” and “excuse me” go a long way.
  2. Be Clear and Concise: State your points clearly and without unnecessary rambling.
  3. Respect Others’ Opinions: Acknowledge different viewpoints even if you disagree.
  4. Maintain a Positive Tone: Keep your tone friendly and respectful.
  5. Mind Your Body Language: Use open and approachable body language.

Polite communication is all about mutual respect and showing others that you value their thoughts and feelings. Whether it’s a casual chat with friends or a professional conversation, a touch of politeness can make all the difference. 😊

Is there a specific situation where you’d like to apply these tips?

POLITE LANGUAGE: EUPHEMISM

Euphemisms are a wonderful tool in polite language. They help soften the delivery of potentially uncomfortable or harsh statements. Here are a few examples of euphemisms and their direct counterparts:

  1. Passed away instead of died
  2. Economical with the truth instead of lying
  3. Senior citizen instead of old person
  4. Between jobs instead of unemployed
  5. Let go instead of fired
  6. Correctional facility instead of prison
  7. Vertically challenged instead of short
  8. Under the weather instead of sick
  9. Comfort break instead of bathroom break
  10. Differently abled instead of disabled

ORAL PRESENTATIONS:SHORT FORMS

Got it! When giving an oral presentation, it’s often useful to use short forms to keep your message clear and concise. Here are a few tips and examples for incorporating short forms into your presentation:

Tips for Using Short Forms:

  1. Acronyms: Use acronyms for common phrases or terms. For example, “NASA” instead of “National Aeronautics and Space Administration.”
  2. Abbreviations: Use standard abbreviations where appropriate. For example, “Dr.” instead of “Doctor.”
  3. Bullet Points: Organize your key points into bullet points to make them easier to follow.
  4. Summarize: Summarize complex information into short, digestible sentences.
  5. Visual Aids: Use slides, charts, or visuals to convey information quickly and effectively.

Examples of Short Forms:

  • ASAP: As Soon As Possible
  • FYI: For Your Information
  • RSVP: RépondezS’ilVousPlaît (Please Respond)
  • ETA: Estimated Time of Arrival
  • BTW: By The Way

Example of an Oral Presentation Using Short Forms:

Good afternoon everyone! Thank you for joining today’s meeting. I’ll provide a brief overview of our project status and next steps.

Key Points:

  • Project Milestones: We’ve achieved the first two milestones, including finalizing the design and starting the initial build phase.
  • Upcoming Deadlines: The next milestone is due ASAP, so please ensure your tasks are completed on time.
  • Team Collaboration: Remember to update your progress in the shared document FYI.
  • Client Meeting: We’ll have an important client meeting next week, so please RSVP by Friday.

LISTENING COMPREHENSIONS: MAIN IDEAS

Grasping the main ideas during listening comprehension exercises is key to understanding the overall message. Here are a few strategies to help you identify the main ideas effectively:

Tips for Identifying Main Ideas:

  1. Focus on the Introduction and Conclusion: Often, the main idea is introduced at the beginning and summarized at the end.
  2. Listen for Repetition: Key points are usually repeated or emphasized multiple times.
  3. Note Transitional Phrases: Words like “firstly,” “in conclusion,” or “most importantly” often signal main points.
  4. Summarize Key Points: After listening, summarize what you heard in your own words. This helps reinforce the main ideas.
  5. Ask Questions: Mentally ask yourself questions like, “What is this about?” and “What is the speaker’s main message?”

Example Listening Comprehension Exercise:

Let’s say you’re listening to a lecture about climate change. Here are some strategies to identify the main ideas:

  1. Listen to the Introduction: The speaker might start with, “Today, I will discuss the causes and effects of climate change.”
  2. Identify Key Points: Listen for sections where the speaker says, “The main cause of climate change is…”, “One significant effect of climate change is…”, and so on.
  3. Notice Repetition: If the speaker keeps mentioning “greenhouse gases” and “global warming,” these are likely central themes.
  4. Summarize: After the lecture, you might summarize by saying, “The speaker discussed how greenhouse gases are a primary cause of global warming, which leads to various environmental impacts.”

Practice Exercise:

Imagine you’re listening to a podcast about the benefits of regular exercise. What might be the main ideas? Here’s a possible summary:

  • Introduction: The podcast introduces the topic by stating, “Regular exercise has numerous health benefits.”
  • Main Points:
    • Physical Health: Exercise improves cardiovascular health, strengthens muscles, and helps maintain a healthy weight.
    • Mental Health: Regular physical activity can reduce stress, anxiety, and depression.
    • Overall Well-Being: Engaging in regular exercise promotes better sleep and boosts energy levels.
  • Conclusion: The podcast might conclude with, “Incorporating regular exercise into your daily routine can lead to a healthier, happier life.”

 

 

 

 

SELECTIVE LISTENING

Selective listening is a skill where you focus on specific parts of a conversation while filtering out the rest. It’s especially useful in noisy environments or when you need to concentrate on certain information. Here are some tips and examples to help you practice selective listening:

Tips for Selective Listening:

  1. Identify Key Information: Decide what information is most important before you start listening.
  2. Tune Out Distractions: Try to ignore background noise or irrelevant parts of the conversation.
  3. Use Keywords: Focus on keywords or phrases that relate to your main point of interest.
  4. Take Notes: Jot down important points to help you remember the key information.
  5. Stay Mentally Engaged: Ask yourself questions about the content to keep your mind focused.

Example Scenario:

Imagine you’re attending a lecture on ancient history, but you’re specifically interested in learning about the Roman Empire. Here’s how you might apply selective listening:

  • Identify Key Information: You decide to focus on details about the Roman Empire’s rise, key figures, and major events.
  • Tune Out Distractions: Ignore side stories about other civilizations unless they directly relate to Rome.
  • Use Keywords: Listen for terms like “Rome,” “Caesar,” “conquest,” and “empire.”
  • Take Notes: Write down important dates, names, and events mentioned during the lecture.
  • Stay Mentally Engaged: Think about how the information you hear connects to what you already know about the Roman Empire.

Practical Exercise:

Try a practical exercise to improve your selective listening skills:

  1. Listen to a Podcast or Lecture: Choose one on a topic you’re interested in.
  2. Set a Focus: Decide what specific information you want to gather.
  3. Take Notes: Jot down relevant points as you listen.
  4. Summarize: After listening, summarize the key information you gathered.

Selective listening can help you become more efficient at processing and retaining important information. With practice, you’ll find it easier to filter out distractions and focus on what truly matters. 😊

PRONUNCIATION

Improving English pronunciation can significantly enhance your communication skills. Here are some tips and resources to help you work on your pronunciation:

Tips for Better Pronunciation:

  1. Listen and Imitate: Listen to native speakers through podcasts, movies, or songs, and try to mimic their pronunciation.
  2. Practice Regularly: Consistent practice is key. Spend a few minutes each day focusing on difficult sounds.
  3. Use Phonetic Symbols: Learn the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) to understand how words are pronounced.
  4. Record Yourself: Record your voice and compare it with native speakers. This can help you identify areas for improvement.
  5. Break Down Words: Break words into syllables and practice each part separately.
  6. Focus on Stress and Intonation: Pay attention to which syllables are stressed and the rise and fall of your voice in sentences.

Common Pronunciation Challenges:

  • Th Sounds: Practice the difference between the voiced “th” (as in “this”) and unvoiced “th” (as in “think”).
  • L and R Sounds: Pay attention to the difference between “l” (as in “light”) and “r” (as in “right”).
  • Vowel Sounds: English has many vowel sounds. Practice minimal pairs (like “ship” and “sheep”) to get them right.

Useful Resources:

  • Forvo: A free online pronunciation guide where you can hear words pronounced by native speakers.
  • YouGlish: A tool that lets you hear how words are pronounced in various YouTube videos.
  • Pronunciation Apps: Apps like “Elsa Speak” and “Speechling” provide exercises to improve your pronunciation.

Practice Exercise:

Here’s a quick exercise to get started:

  1. Listen to a native speaker: Find a short video clip with clear English pronunciation.
  2. Repeat: Mimic the speaker’s pronunciation as closely as possible.
  3. Record: Record yourself saying the same sentences.
  4. Compare: Listen to your recording and compare it to the original.

 

 

CONVERSATION SKILLS:NEGOTIATION SKILLS

Negotiation skills are essential in many areas of life, from business deals to personal relationships. Here are some tips and techniques to improve your negotiation skills:

Key Tips for Effective Negotiation:

  1. Preparation: Research and understand the context of the negotiation, including the needs and goals of both parties.
  2. Active Listening: Pay close attention to what the other party is saying. This helps you understand their perspective and build rapport.
  3. Clear Communication: Be clear and concise about your needs, goals, and expectations. Avoid ambiguous language.
  4. Empathy: Show empathy and understanding towards the other party’s position. This can help build trust and find common ground.
  5. Flexibility: Be open to alternative solutions and compromises. Flexibility can lead to more creative and mutually beneficial outcomes.
  6. Assertiveness: Stand firm on your key points and interests, but do so respectfully and without aggression.
  7. Patience: Take your time and avoid rushing the negotiation process. Patience can lead to better outcomes.

Techniques for Successful Negotiation:

  1. BATNA (Best Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement): Know your best alternative if the negotiation doesn’t reach an agreement. This helps you stay confident and avoid accepting unfavorable terms.
  2. Win-Win Approach: Aim for a solution that benefits both parties. This fosters long-term relationships and positive outcomes.
  3. Framing: Present your proposals in a way that highlights their benefits to the other party.
  4. Questioning: Ask open-ended questions to gather information and understand the other party’s needs.
  5. Summarizing: Periodically summarize the points discussed to ensure both parties are on the same page.
  6. Concessions: Be willing to make concessions, but do so strategically. Know what you’re willing to give up and what is non-negotiable.
  7. Closing the Deal: Once an agreement is reached, clearly outline the terms and ensure mutual understanding.

Practice Scenario:

Imagine you’re negotiating a salary increase with your employer. Here’s how you might apply these tips:

  1. Preparation: Research industry standards for your position and gather evidence of your contributions and achievements.
  2. Active Listening: Pay attention to your employer’s concerns and reasons for their initial offer.
  3. Clear Communication: Clearly state your desired salary increase and the reasons behind it.
  4. Empathy: Show understanding of your employer’s budget constraints or other challenges.
  5. Flexibility: Be open to discussing alternative forms of compensation, such as additional benefits or flexible working hours.
  6. Assertiveness: Stand firm on your main points without being aggressive.
  7. Patience: Allow the conversation to unfold naturally, without rushing to a conclusion.

Negotiation is a blend of art and science, requiring practice and continuous learning. By honing these skills, you’ll become more adept at reaching favorable agreements in various aspects of life. If you have a specific negotiation scenario you’d like advice on, feel free to share! 😊

LISTENING FOR DETAILS

Listening for details is a crucial skill, especially when you need to grasp specific information in conversations, lectures, or audio recordings. Here are some tips and techniques to help you improve your ability to listen for details:

Tips for Listening for Details:

  1. Stay Focused: Concentrate on the speaker and avoid distractions. Keeping your mind from wandering helps you catch important details.
  2. Take Notes: Jotting down key points as you listen can help you remember specific details later.
  3. Identify Keywords: Pay attention to keywords or phrases that signal important information.
  4. Ask Questions: If possible, ask clarifying questions to ensure you understand the details correctly.
  5. Repeat Information: Mentally repeat or summarize what you hear to reinforce the details in your memory.

Techniques for Listening for Details:

  1. Listen for Numbers and Dates: These often contain critical details, such as statistics, deadlines, and historical events.
  2. Focus on Names and Titles: Remembering names of people, places, and specific terms can be crucial.
  3. Pay Attention to Descriptions: Listen carefully to descriptions of processes, objects, or scenarios.
  4. Look for Context Clues: Context can provide hints about the details you need to focus on.
  5. Practice with Audio Exercises: Use practice materials, such as audiobooks, podcasts, or language learning apps, to improve your detailed listening skills.

Example Exercise:

Let’s practice with a brief audio scenario. Imagine you’re listening to a weather report. Here’s a sample report:

“Good afternoon, everyone. Today is January 11th, 2025. We’re expecting mostly sunny skies with a high of 28 degrees Celsius. There’s a slight chance of rain in the evening, around 20:00 hours. Winds will be coming from the northeast at 15 kilometers per hour. Tomorrow’s forecast includes a 60% chance of thunderstorms, with temperatures ranging from 22 to 25 degrees Celsius.”

Key Details to Note:

  1. Date: January 11th, 2025
  2. Weather: Mostly sunny skies
  3. Temperature: High of 28 degrees Celsius
  4. Rain Chance: Slight chance in the evening around 20:00 hours
  5. Wind: Coming from the northeast at 15 kilometers per hour
  6. Next Day Forecast: 60% chance of thunderstorms, temperatures ranging from 22 to 25 degrees Celsius

ORAL POETRY

Oral poetry is a rich and vibrant tradition, deeply rooted in many cultures around the world. It is performed and transmitted through speech rather than writing, often involving rhythmic language, repetition, and expressive delivery. Here are a few key points about oral poetry and tips for creating and performing your own:

Key Features of Oral Poetry:

  1. Rhythm and Meter: Oral poetry often has a distinct rhythm or meter, which makes it easier to remember and recite.
  2. Repetition: Repeating lines or phrases can create emphasis and aid in memorization.
  3. Imagery and Metaphor: Vivid imagery and metaphor help paint pictures in the listener’s mind.
  4. Performance: The delivery of oral poetry is crucial; it involves tone, pace, and gestures to engage the audience.
  5. Cultural Significance: Oral poetry often reflects the values, history, and identity of a community.

Famous Examples:

  • Griots in West Africa: Griots are storytellers, musicians, and oral historians who keep the history and traditions of their communities alive through oral poetry.
  • Epic Poems: Works like “The Iliad” and “The Odyssey” by Homer were originally performed orally.
  • Modern Spoken Word: Contemporary spoken word poetry, often performed at poetry slams, continues the tradition of oral poetry with a focus on personal and social issues.

Tips for Creating and Performing Oral Poetry:

  1. Start with a Theme: Choose a central theme or message for your poem.
  2. Use Repetition: Incorporate repeating lines or phrases for emphasis and rhythm.
  3. Play with Sound: Experiment with rhyme, alliteration, and assonance to create a musical quality.
  4. Paint Pictures with Words: Use vivid imagery and metaphor to make your poem come alive.
  5. Practice Your Delivery: Rehearse your poem aloud, paying attention to tone, pace, and gestures.

Example of Oral Poetry:

Here’s a short example to get you started:

plaintext

Beneath the stars, we gather here,

With tales of old and voices clear.

Our history flows from tongue to ear,

In rhythmic lines, our hearts revere.

 

From ancient lands to modern day,

The words we speak, they pave the way.

Through storm and sun, through night and day,

Our stories live, come what may.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DIPHTHONGS AND SENTENCE STRESS

Diphthongs

Diphthongs are complex vowel sounds that begin with one vowel sound and glide into another within the same syllable. They are often referred to as “gliding vowels.” In English, common diphthongs include:

  1. /aɪ/ as in “my”.
  2. /aʊ/ as in “now”.
  3. /ɔɪ/ as in “boy”.
  4. /eɪ/ as in “day”.
  5. /oʊ/ as in “go”.

Sentence Stress

Sentence stress refers to the emphasis placed on certain words within a sentence. In English, content words (nouns, main verbs, adjectives, and adverbs) are typically stressed, while function words (pronouns, prepositions, articles, and conjunctions) are usually unstressed. Sentence stress can change the meaning or focus of a sentence. For example:

  • I never said she stole my money. (The emphasis is on “never,” implying denial.)
  • I never said she stole my money. (The emphasis is on “said,” implying the speaker didn’t verbally express it.)
  • I never said she stole my money. (The emphasis is on “she,” implying someone else might have stolen it.)

IMPROMPTU SPEECHES

Impromptu speeches are those delivered without any prior preparation. They can be quite challenging because you have to think on your feet and organize your thoughts quickly. Here are some tips and a general structure to help you deliver a successful impromptu speech:

Tips for Impromptu Speeches:

  1. Stay Calm: Take a deep breath and try to stay calm. Confidence is key.
  2. Listen Carefully: If given a prompt or question, listen carefully to understand it fully.
  3. Think Before You Speak: Take a moment to gather your thoughts before you start speaking.
  4. Structure Your Speech: Use a simple structure (e.g., introduction, body, conclusion) to organize your thoughts.
  5. Be Concise: Keep your speech brief and to the point.
  6. Engage the Audience: Make eye contact and use gestures to engage your audience.
  7. Stay on Topic: Focus on the main idea and avoid going off on tangents.

General Structure for Impromptu Speeches:

  1. Introduction:
    • Start with a hook to grab attention (e.g., a quote, a question, a surprising fact).
    • Clearly state your main idea or topic.
  2. Body:
    • Point 1: Present your first main point and provide an example or explanation.
    • Point 2: Present your second main point and provide an example or explanation.
    • Point 3: Present your third main point and provide an example or explanation.
  3. Conclusion:
    • Summarize your main points.
    • End with a strong closing statement (e.g., a call to action, a memorable quote).

Example Impromptu Speech Prompt:

Prompt: “The Importance of Lifelong Learning” Speech:

  • Introduction: “Imagine a world where no one ever stops learning. Today, I want to talk about the importance of lifelong learning and how it can shape our lives.”
  • Point 1: “First, lifelong learning helps us stay relevant in an ever-changing job market. With new technologies emerging, continuous learning ensures we keep our skills up-to-date.”
  • Point 2: “Second, lifelong learning fosters personal growth and fulfillment. It allows us to explore new interests and hobbies, leading to a more enriching life.”
  • Point 3: “Lastly, it contributes to a better society. Educated individuals are more likely to contribute positively to their communities and inspire others to learn.”
  • Conclusion: “In conclusion, lifelong learning is essential for personal and professional development. Let’s embrace every opportunity to learn and grow.”

CONVERSATION SKILLS: JOB INTERVIEW

Acing a job interview requires strong conversation skills. Here are some tips to help you shine during your next interview:

Before the Interview:

  1. Research: Learn about the company, its culture, and the role you are applying for.
  2. Prepare Answers: Practice answers to common interview questions (e.g., “Tell me about yourself,” “Why do you want to work here?”).
  3. Prepare Questions: Have some questions ready to ask the interviewer about the company and the role.

During the Interview:

  1. First Impressions: Start with a firm handshake, a friendly smile, and good posture.
  2. Listen Actively: Pay close attention to the interviewer’s questions and comments. Show that you are listening by nodding and responding appropriately.
  3. Be Clear and Concise: Provide clear, concise answers and avoid rambling. Use the STAR method (Situation, Task, Action, Result) to structure your responses.
  4. Be Positive: Focus on your strengths and experiences. Avoid speaking negatively about previous employers or colleagues.
  5. Show Enthusiasm: Demonstrate genuine interest in the role and the company. Let your enthusiasm shine through your words and body language.
  6. Ask Questions: When given the opportunity, ask thoughtful questions about the role, the team, or the company.

After the Interview:

  1. Follow-Up: Send a thank-you email within 24 hours to express your appreciation for the opportunity and reiterate your interest in the position.

Example Interview Questions and Responses:

  1. Tell me about yourself.
    • Answer: “I am a dedicated marketing professional with over five years of experience in digital marketing. I have a proven track record of increasing brand awareness and driving traffic through strategic campaigns. I am passionate about creative problem-solving and staying updated with the latest marketing trends.”
  2. Why do you want to work here?
    • Answer: “I have always admired your company’s commitment to innovation and sustainability. I believe my skills and values align well with your mission, and I am excited about the opportunity to contribute to your team and help drive your goals forward.”
  3. Can you describe a challenging situation and how you handled it?
    • Answer: “In my previous role, I faced a major project deadline that was at risk due to unexpected technical issues. I organized a meeting with the team to brainstorm solutions and reallocate resources. We worked collaboratively and were able to deliver the project on time, exceeding client expectations.”

Common Mistakes to Avoid:

  1. Being Unprepared: Lack of knowledge about the company or the role can reflect poorly on you.
  2. Overly Rehearsed Answers: While preparation is important, sounding too scripted can seem insincere.
  3. Speaking Negatively: Avoid criticizing previous employers or colleagues.

LISTENING TO RESPOND: EXPRESSING FEELINGS

When listening to respond and expressing feelings, it’s important to be both an empathetic listener and an articulate speaker. Here are some strategies to help with both aspects:

Listening to Respond:

  1. Active Listening: Pay full attention to the speaker. Show that you are listening through verbal and non-verbal cues, such as nodding and saying “I see” or “I understand.”
  2. Reflecting: Paraphrase what the speaker has said to show that you understand. For example, “It sounds like you’re feeling frustrated because…”
  3. Asking Clarifying Questions: If something is unclear, ask gentle questions to get more details. For example, “Can you tell me more about what happened?”
  4. Avoiding Interruptions: Let the speaker finish their thoughts without interrupting.
  5. Being Present: Focus on the conversation without getting distracted by other things.

Expressing Feelings:

  1. Use “I” Statements: Express your feelings using “I” statements to take ownership of your emotions. For example, “I feel upset when…”
  2. Be Specific: Clearly articulate what you are feeling and why. For example, “I feel anxious because of the upcoming deadline.”
  3. Stay Calm: Try to remain calm and composed, even when discussing difficult emotions.
  4. Be Honest: Share your true feelings honestly but tactfully.
  5. Use Positive Language: Frame your feelings in a way that focuses on positive outcomes or solutions.

Example of Combining Both:

Scenario: A colleague missed an important meeting, and you want to address it.

Listening to Respond:

  1. Listen Actively: Allow your colleague to explain why they missed the meeting.
  2. Reflect: “I understand that you had an emergency and couldn’t attend.”

Expressing Feelings:

  1. Use “I” Statements: “I felt concerned when you missed the meeting because your input is valuable.”
  2. Be Specific: “I was particularly looking forward to your feedback on the project timeline.”
  3. Stay Calm: Keep your tone calm and composed.
  4. Be Honest: “I would appreciate if we could find a way to ensure this doesn’t happen in the future.”
  5. Use Positive Language: “Let’s work together to find a solution that works for both of us.”

EXTENSIVE LISTENING: SPEECHES

Extensive listening, especially to speeches, can greatly improve your listening skills and comprehension. Here are some strategies and resources to help you practice extensive listening through speeches:

Strategies for Extensive Listening to Speeches:

  1. Choose Varied Speeches: Listen to speeches on different topics, delivered by various speakers, to expose yourself to diverse vocabulary and speaking styles.
  2. Focus on Understanding: Aim to understand the main ideas, key points, and supporting details of the speech rather than every single word.
  3. Take Notes: Jot down important points, unfamiliar words, and phrases to review later.
  4. Use Repetition: Listen to the same speech multiple times to reinforce understanding and catch details you might have missed initially.
  5. Summarize: After listening, try to summarize the speech in your own words to check your comprehension.
  6. Practice Active Listening: Engage with the content by asking yourself questions and making connections to what you already know.
  7. Use Transcripts: Read along with the transcript if available. This can help you match spoken words with their written form and improve pronunciation and intonation.

Resources for Listening to Speeches:

  1. TED Talks: A treasure trove of inspiring and educational speeches on a wide range of topics. You can watch them on the TED website or on YouTube.
  2. YouTube: Many famous speeches and lectures are available on YouTube. Search for speeches by influential figures like Martin Luther King Jr., Barack Obama, or Malala Yousafzai.
  3. Podcasts: Podcasts often feature speeches, interviews, and discussions on various topics. Popular platforms include Spotify, Apple Podcasts, and Google Podcasts.
  4. Audiobooks: Many audiobooks include famous speeches or are read by the authors themselves. Services like Audible offer a wide selection.
  5. News Websites: Websites like NPR, BBC, and The Guardian often feature speeches and interviews with transcripts available.

Example Speeches to Listen to:

  1. “I Have a Dream” by Martin Luther King Jr.
  2. “The Man in the Arena” by Theodore Roosevelt.
  3. “The Danger of a Single Story” by Chimamanda Ngozi Adichie.
  4. “Yes We Can” by Barack Obama.
  5. “How to Spot a Liar” by Pamela Meyer (TED Talk).

 

 

 

 

INTONATION IN SENTENSES: QUESTION TAGS

Intonation in Sentences

Intonation refers to the rise and fall in the pitch of the voice during speech. It plays a crucial role in conveying meaning, emotions, and attitudes. Here are some key points about intonation in sentences:

  1. Statements: Typically, statements have a falling intonation at the end. For example:
    • “She lives in Nairobi.” (Falling intonation)
  2. Yes/No Questions: These questions usually have a rising intonation at the end. For example:
    • “Are you coming to the party?” (Rising intonation)
  3. Wh- Questions: Questions that begin with ‘who,’ ‘what,’ ‘where,’ ‘when,’ ‘why,’ or ‘how’ usually have a falling intonation at the end. For example:
    • “Where did you go?” (Falling intonation)
  4. Lists: When listing items, each item except the last one typically has a rising intonation, and the last item has a falling intonation. For example:
    • “I need to buy apples, bananas, oranges, and grapes.” (Rising, rising, rising, falling)

Question Tags

Question tags are short questions added to the end of a statement. They are used to confirm information or to prompt a response from the listener. The intonation used with question tags can change the meaning:

  1. Rising Intonation: When a question tag has rising intonation, it indicates that the speaker is less certain and genuinely seeking confirmation or an answer.
    • “You’re coming to the meeting, aren’t you?” (Rising intonation)
  2. Falling Intonation: When a question tag has falling intonation, it suggests that the speaker is more certain and expects agreement.
    • “It’s a beautiful day, isn’t it?” (Falling intonation)

Examples:

  1. Rising Intonation:
    • “You haven’t seen my keys, have you?” (The speaker is unsure and is asking for confirmation.)
  2. Falling Intonation:
    • “We had a great time at the concert, didn’t we?” (The speaker expects agreement and is confident about the statement.)

 

 

 

QUESTION TAGS

Question tags are short questions added at the end of a statement. They are used to confirm information, seek agreement, or prompt a response. Understanding how to use question tags effectively can enhance your communication skills. Here’s a breakdown:

Structure of Question Tags:

  1. Positive Statement, Negative Tag:
    • “You’re coming to the party, aren’t you?”
    • “She loves reading, doesn’t she?”
  2. Negative Statement, Positive Tag:
    • “You don’t like coffee, do you?”
    • “They aren’t here yet, are they?”

Rules for Forming Question Tags:

  1. Auxiliary Verbs: Use the auxiliary (helping) verb from the main statement in the question tag.
    • “You can swim, can’t you?”
    • “She has finished her homework, hasn’t she?”
  2. No Auxiliary Verbs: If there is no auxiliary verb in the main statement, use “do,” “does,” or “did.”
    • “You like chocolate, don’t you?”
    • “He went to the store, didn’t he?”
  3. Pronouns: Use the same subject pronoun as in the main statement.
    • “The movie was great, wasn’t it?”
    • “John is your brother, isn’t he?”

Intonation in Question Tags:

  • Rising Intonation: Indicates uncertainty or a genuine question.
    • “You’re coming to the meeting, aren’t you?” (Rising intonation)
  • Falling Intonation: Indicates that the speaker is confident and expects agreement.
    • “It’s a beautiful day, isn’t it?” (Falling intonation)

Examples:

  1. Positive Statement, Negative Tag:
    • “You’ve finished your work, haven’t you?”
    • “They will join us later, won’t they?”
  2. Negative Statement, Positive Tag:
    • “You haven’t met her, have you?”
    • “He didn’t call you, did he?”

 

 

ORAL REPORTS:NEWS/ROLE PLAY

Sure, let’s break down how to prepare and deliver an engaging oral report on news through role play. This approach can help improve both your presentation skills and your understanding of the topic.

Step 1: Selecting a News Topic

  1. Choose Recent News: Pick a topic that is current and relevant. It could be local, national, or international news.
  2. Research: Gather reliable information from multiple sources to get a comprehensive understanding of the topic.

Step 2: Preparing the Oral Report

  1. Introduction:
    • Start with a hook (e.g., a surprising fact, quote, or question).
    • Briefly introduce the topic and its significance.
  2. Body:
    • Present the main points logically and clearly.
    • Use supporting data, statistics, and quotes from credible sources.
    • Provide context and background information.
    • Discuss different perspectives on the issue.
  3. Conclusion:
    • Summarize the key points.
    • Offer your own insights or opinions if appropriate.
    • End with a memorable statement or a call to action.

Step 3: Role Play

  1. Assign Roles: If you’re working with others, assign roles such as a news anchor, reporter, interviewee, or expert.
  2. Practice:
    • News Anchor: Introduce the topic and hand over to the reporter.
    • Reporter: Provide detailed information about the news topic.
    • Interviewee/Expert: Share insights or opinions on the topic.
  3. Engage the Audience: Use eye contact, gestures, and variation in your tone to keep the audience engaged.
  4. Q&A Session: Be prepared to answer questions from the audience about the topic.

Example Scenario:

News Topic: Climate Change and Its Impact

Roles:

  • News Anchor: “Good evening, I’m [Name], and today we will discuss the impact of climate change on our planet. Over to our field reporter, [Name].”
  • Field Reporter: “Thank you, [Anchor’s Name]. Climate change is causing significant environmental changes around the world. For instance, sea levels are rising, and we are experiencing more extreme weather events. According to a recent report by the UN, these changes could have severe consequences for coastal communities.”
  • Expert/Interviewee: “Indeed, the data shows that if we don’t take immediate action, we could face irreversible damage. It’s crucial for governments, businesses, and individuals to work together to reduce carbon emissions and promote sustainable practices.”

Tips for Role Play:

  • Stay in Character: Maintain your role throughout the presentation.
  • Use Visual Aids: If possible, incorporate visuals like charts, images, or videos to support your points.
  • Rehearse: Practice your parts multiple times to ensure smooth delivery.

Role-playing a news report is a dynamic way to develop your speaking skills and deepen your understanding of current events.

INDEPENDENT READING:GRADE APPROPRIATE TEXT

Tips for Independent Reading:

  1. Choose Interests: Select books that align with the reader’s interests to keep them engaged.
  2. Set Goals: Establish reading goals, such as a certain number of pages or books per month.
  3. Create a Reading Schedule: Dedicate a specific time each day for reading.
  4. Discuss What You Read: Talk about the books with friends, family, or a book club to enhance understanding and enjoyment.

Remember, the key is to enjoy the reading journey and explore various genres and authors. Happy reading!

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

READING SIMPLE POEMS

Reading simple poems is a wonderful way to enjoy the beauty of language and expression. Here are a few simple poems that you can read and enjoy:

The Rainbow

The sky is lit with colors bright,

After the rain, a lovely sight.

Red, orange, yellow, green, blue,

Indigo, violet come into view.

Morning Song

The sun peeks over the hill,

Birds chirp with a happy trill.

The world wakes up with a cheer,

A new day begins, bright and clear.

Gentle Breeze

A gentle breeze whispers by,

Rustling leaves as it sighs.

Cooling the air,

soft and sweet,

Nature’s touch,

a calming treat.

Little Star

Twinkle, twinkle, little star,

How I wonder what you are.

Up above the world so high,

Like a diamond in the sky.

The Butterfly

A butterfly flutters near,

Dancing in the air so clear.

Colors bright on wings so light,

A magical, beautiful sight.

READING FOR INFORMATION AND MEANING

Reading for information and meaning involves more than just skimming the text; it’s about deeply engaging with the material to fully understand and interpret the content. Here are some strategies to help you read effectively for information and meaning:

Steps for Effective Reading:

  1. Pre-Reading:
    • Preview the Text: Look at headings, subheadings, images, and any highlighted text to get an overview.
    • Set a Purpose: Determine why you are reading the text. Are you looking for specific information, trying to understand an argument, or gaining overall knowledge?
  2. Active Reading:
    • Annotate: Take notes, highlight important points, and write down questions or comments in the margins.
    • Summarize: Periodically summarize what you’ve read in your own words. This helps reinforce understanding.
    • Ask Questions: Continuously ask questions about the text’s content, purpose, and implications.
    • Look Up Unfamiliar Terms: Ensure you understand all the vocabulary used in the text.
  3. Post-Reading:
    • Review and Reflect: Go over your notes and summaries to reinforce your understanding.
    • Discuss: Talk about the text with others to gain different perspectives.
    • Apply What You’ve Learned: Think about how you can use the information in practical or relevant contexts.

Strategies for Different Types of Texts:

  1. Informational Texts (e.g., articles, reports):
    • Identify Key Points: Focus on the main ideas and supporting details.
    • Look for Structure: Pay attention to how the information is organized (e.g., chronological, cause and effect).
    • Evaluate Sources: Consider the credibility and reliability of the sources used.
  2. Literary Texts (e.g., novels, poems):
    • Analyze Characters and Plot: Understand character motivations, plot developments, and themes.
    • Interpret Symbolism and Themes: Look for deeper meanings and symbolic representations.
    • Appreciate Style and Language: Notice the author’s use of language, literary devices, and stylistic choices.
  3. Persuasive Texts (e.g., editorials, opinion pieces):
    • Identify Arguments: Determine the main argument and supporting evidence.
    • Analyze Persuasive Techniques: Look at how the author uses rhetoric, emotional appeal, and logic.
    • Evaluate Effectiveness: Assess whether the argument is convincing and well-supported.

Example Application:

Text: An article on climate change

Pre-Reading:

  • Preview headings: “Causes of Climate Change,” “Effects on the Environment,” “Possible Solutions.”
  • Purpose: To understand the main causes and solutions to climate change.

Active Reading:

  • Annotate: Highlight key points about the causes of climate change (e.g., greenhouse gases, deforestation).
  • Summarize: “The main cause of climate change is the increase in greenhouse gases due to human activities.”
  • Ask Questions: “What are the most effective solutions to reduce greenhouse gases?”
  • Look Up: Understand terms like “carbon footprint” and “renewable energy.”

Post-Reading:

  • Review: Go over notes and key points.
  • Discuss: Talk about the article with a friend or in a study group.
  • Apply: Think about ways to reduce your own carbon footprint.

 

 

INTENSIVE READING KEY EVENTS

Intensive reading involves closely analyzing texts to understand their content, structure, and meaning. This approach is useful for academic study, literary analysis, and detailed comprehension. Here’s a guide to focusing on key events during intensive reading:

Steps for Intensive Reading:

  1. Preview the Text:
    • Skim through the text to get an overall sense of its content.
    • Identify headings, subheadings, and any highlighted or bolded terms.
  2. Read Thoroughly:
    • Read the text slowly and carefully.
    • Take notes or highlight important points and events.
  3. Identify Key Events:
    • Look for major events that drive the plot or main argument.
    • Pay attention to changes in characters, settings, or themes.
  4. Analyze Each Key Event:
    • Context: Understand the background and circumstances of the event.
    • Significance: Determine why the event is important to the overall text.
    • Impact: Consider how the event affects the characters, plot, or message.
    • Connections: Look for links between this event and other parts of the text.
  5. Summarize and Reflect:
    • Summarize the key events in your own words.
    • Reflect on how these events contribute to the overall understanding of the text.

Example Analysis of Key Events:

Text: “Charlotte’s Web” by E.B. White

  1. Wilbur’s Birth:
    • Context: Wilbur, a runt pig, is born on a farm.
    • Significance: Sets the stage for the story; introduces main characters.
    • Impact: Fern saves Wilbur from being slaughtered.
    • Connections: Establishes Fern’s bond with Wilbur.
  2. Meeting Charlotte:
    • Context: Wilbur meets Charlotte, a wise spider.
    • Significance: Introduces the central friendship.
    • Impact: Charlotte becomes Wilbur’s protector and mentor.
    • Connections: Foreshadows Charlotte’s role in saving Wilbur.
  3. The First Web Message:
    • Context: Charlotte weaves “Some Pig” in her web.
    • Significance: Marks the beginning of Charlotte’s plan to save Wilbur.
    • Impact: Attracts human attention and admiration.
    • Connections: Builds suspense and hope for Wilbur’s survival.
  4. Wilbur Wins at the Fair:
    • Context: Wilbur wins a special prize at the county fair.
    • Significance: Secures Wilbur’s future.
    • Impact: Ensures Wilbur won’t be slaughtered.
    • Connections: Culminates Charlotte’s efforts; highlights themes of friendship and sacrifice.
  5. Charlotte’s Death:
    • Context: Charlotte dies after the fair.
    • Significance: Brings a bittersweet end to the story.
    • Impact: Shows the cycle of life and the power of selfless acts.
    • Connections: Emphasizes the lasting impact of Charlotte’s friendship.

By focusing on key events and analyzing their significance and impact, you can gain a deeper understanding of the text. This method helps you appreciate the nuances and intricacies of the story or argument.

APPROPRIATE READING REFERENCE MATERIALS

Selecting appropriate reading reference materials is essential for comprehensive and reliable information. Here are some types of reference materials you can use, depending on your needs:

  1. Encyclopedias
  • General Encyclopedias: Provide broad overviews on a wide range of topics.
    • Example: Encyclopedia Britannica, World Book Encyclopedia.
  • Specialized Encyclopedias: Focus on specific fields like science, history, or art.
    • Example: Encyclopedia of Science, Encyclopedia of American History.
  1. Dictionaries
  • General Dictionaries: Provide definitions and usage of words.
    • Example: Merriam-Webster’s Dictionary, Oxford English Dictionary.
  • Specialized Dictionaries: Focus on specific subjects like medical terms or legal jargon.
    • Example: Stedman’s Medical Dictionary, Black’s Law Dictionary.
  1. Thesauruses
  • Provide synonyms and antonyms to improve vocabulary and writing.
    • Example: Roget’s Thesaurus.
  1. Atlases and Maps
  • General Atlases: Offer geographical maps and information.
    • Example: National Geographic Atlas of the World.
  • Specialized Atlases: Focus on specific themes like history or the environment.
    • Example: Historical Atlas of the World, Environmental Atlas.
  1. Almanacs
  • Provide annual statistics, facts, and information on various topics.
    • Example: The World Almanac and Book of Facts.
  1. Academic Journals
  • Contain peer-reviewed articles on specific academic disciplines.
    • Example: Journal of Biology, The American Historical Review.
  1. Books
  • Textbooks: Cover fundamental principles and theories in various fields.
    • Example: Principles of Economics, Introduction to Psychology.
  • Non-Fiction Books: Provide detailed information and insights on specific topics.
    • Example: Sapiens: A Brief History of Humankind, The Immortal Life of Henrietta Lacks.
  1. Online Databases and Libraries
  • Academic Databases: Access to scholarly articles, journals, and papers.
    • Example: JSTOR, PubMed.
  • Digital Libraries: Access to books, reference materials, and multimedia resources.
    • Example: Project Gutenberg, Google Scholar.
  1. Government and Organizational Reports
  • Provide official data, research findings, and policy papers.
    • Example: Reports from the United Nations, World Health Organization, or national governments.
  1. News Websites and Articles
  • Offer up-to-date information on current events and trends.
    • Example: BBC News, The New York Times, Reuters.

Using a combination of these materials will help you gather comprehensive and accurate information.

READING FLUENCY

Reading fluency is the ability to read text accurately, quickly, and with proper expression. It is essential for comprehension and overall reading success. Here are some strategies to improve reading fluency:

Strategies for Improving Reading Fluency:

  1. Repeated Reading:
    • Practice reading the same text multiple times to build speed and accuracy.
    • Focus on smoother reading with each repetition.
  2. Choral Reading:
    • Read aloud in unison with a group or a partner.
    • Helps build confidence and fluency through shared reading.
  3. Echo Reading:
    • The teacher or a fluent reader reads a passage, and then the student repeats it.
    • Reinforces proper pacing and expression.
  4. Phrase Reading:
    • Practice reading phrases instead of individual words to improve flow.
    • Break down sentences into meaningful chunks.
  5. Use of Audiobooks:
    • Listen to audiobooks while following along with the text.
    • Helps with understanding proper pronunciation and intonation.
  6. Timed Reading:
    • Practice reading a passage within a set time limit.
    • Track progress over time to see improvements in speed and accuracy.
  7. Reader’s Theater:
    • Participate in dramatic readings or performances of scripts.
    • Enhances fluency through expressive and engaging reading.
  8. Reading Aloud:
    • Regularly read aloud to improve pronunciation and expression.
    • Helps identify and correct errors in real-time.
  9. Fluency Drills:
    • Use flashcards or word lists to practice rapid recognition of common words.
    • Focus on high-frequency words and sight words.
  10. Paired Reading:
  • Read aloud with a partner, taking turns reading sentences or paragraphs.
  • Provides immediate feedback and support.

Example Fluency Practice Text:

Passage: “The sun was setting over the horizon, casting a warm golden glow across the landscape. Birds chirped merrily as they returned to their nests, and the gentle rustling of leaves added to the serene atmosphere. It was a perfect evening, filled with the soft sounds and colors of nature.”

  1. Repeated Reading: Read the passage multiple times until it can be read smoothly and accurately.
  2. Choral Reading: Read the passage aloud together with a partner or group.
  3. Echo Reading: Listen to someone else read the passage, then read it aloud yourself.
  4. Phrase Reading: Break the passage into phrases and practice reading each one fluidly.

READING FOR INTERPRETATION AND EVALUATION

Reading for interpretation and evaluation involves critically analyzing a text to understand its deeper meaning, purpose, and implications. Here are some strategies to help you read effectively for interpretation and evaluation:

Steps for Interpretation:

  1. Understand the Context:
    • Identify the author, publication date, and purpose of the text.
    • Consider the historical, cultural, and social context in which the text was written.
  2. Analyze the Content:
    • Identify the main themes, arguments, and ideas presented in the text.
    • Look for literary devices, such as metaphors, similes, and symbolism, that contribute to the text’s meaning.
  3. Examine the Structure:
    • Analyze how the text is organized and how the structure supports its meaning.
    • Pay attention to the introduction, body, and conclusion, and how they interrelate.
  4. Evaluate the Author’s Perspective:
    • Consider the author’s biases, assumptions, and point of view.
    • Evaluate the credibility and reliability of the author and their arguments.

Steps for Evaluation:

  1. Assess the Arguments:
    • Evaluate the strength and validity of the arguments presented.
    • Look for logical consistency, evidence, and reasoning.
  2. Consider the Evidence:
    • Examine the evidence provided to support the arguments.
    • Determine if the evidence is relevant, sufficient, and reliable.
  3. Formulate Your Own Opinion:
    • Reflect on the text and form your own interpretation and evaluation.
    • Support your opinion with evidence from the text and other sources.
  4. Compare and Contrast:
    • Compare the text with other works on the same topic.
    • Consider different perspectives and how they align or differ from the text.

Example Analysis:

Text: “To Kill a Mockingbird” by Harper Lee

Context:

  • Published in 1960, during the Civil Rights Movement in the United States.
  • Explores themes of racial injustice, moral growth, and empathy.

Content:

  • Themes: Racism, innocence, moral courage.
  • Literary Devices: Symbolism (the mockingbird as a symbol of innocence), foreshadowing, and irony.

Structure:

  • Organized into two main parts: childhood experiences of Scout Finch and the trial of Tom Robinson.
  • The narrative structure highlights the contrast between innocence and the harsh realities of racism.

Author’s Perspective:

  • Harper Lee’s perspective is shaped by her own experiences growing up in the segregated South.
  • The novel reflects her critique of racial prejudice and her advocacy for empathy and understanding.

Evaluation:

  • Arguments: The novel effectively argues against racial injustice through its portrayal of the trial and its impact on the characters.
  • Evidence: The detailed depiction of the trial, character interactions, and the community’s response serve as compelling evidence.
  • Opinion: The novel remains relevant today as it highlights the importance of addressing racial inequalities and fostering empathy.
  • Comparison: Compare with other works addressing similar themes

EXTENSIVE READING FICTION

Extensive reading, particularly in fiction, is a fantastic way to immerse yourself in different worlds, understand diverse perspectives, and improve your language skills. Here are some tips and a variety of book recommendations to get you started on your extensive fiction reading journey:

Tips for Extensive Reading in Fiction:

  1. Choose Books You Enjoy: Pick genres and authors you like to keep your reading enjoyable.
  2. Read Regularly: Set aside dedicated time each day for reading.
  3. Explore Different Genres: Don’t be afraid to try out different genres to broaden your horizons.
  4. Create a Reading List: Make a list of books you want to read and track your progress.
  5. Discuss with Others: Join a book club or discuss books with friends to deepen your understanding and enjoy different perspectives.

Fiction Book Recommendations:

Classic Novels:

  1. “Pride and Prejudice” by Jane Austen
    • A romantic novel exploring themes of love, social class, and family.
  2. “To Kill a Mockingbird” by Harper Lee
    • A powerful story about racial injustice and moral growth in the American South.
  3. “1984” by George Orwell
    • A dystopian novel that delves into themes of totalitarianism and surveillance.

Contemporary Fiction:

  1. “The Kite Runner” by Khaled Hosseini
    • A moving story of friendship, betrayal, and redemption set in Afghanistan.
  2. “Life of Pi” by Yann Martel
    • A captivating tale of survival and spiritual discovery.
  3. “The Night Circus” by Erin Morgenstern
    • A magical story of a mysterious circus and a competition between two young illusionists.

Young Adult Fiction:

  1. “Harry Potter” series by J.K. Rowling
    • The magical adventures of a young wizard and his friends.
  2. “The Hunger Games” series by Suzanne Collins
    • A dystopian series about a young girl’s struggle for survival and justice.
  3. “The Fault in Our Stars” by John Green
    • A heartwarming and heartbreaking story about two teenagers with cancer.

Science Fiction & Fantasy:

  1. “Dune” by Frank Herbert
    • A science fiction epic set on a desert planet and exploring themes of politics, religion, and ecology.
  2. “The Hobbit” by J.R.R. Tolkien
    • The adventurous journey of a hobbit named Bilbo Baggins.
  3. “Neuromancer” by William Gibson
    • A cyberpunk novel that explores the future of technology and artificial intelligence.

Mystery & Thriller:

  1. “The Girl with the Dragon Tattoo” by Stieg Larsson
    • A gripping mystery involving a journalist and a hacker.
  2. “Gone Girl” by Gillian Flynn
    • A psychological thriller with unexpected twists and turns.
  3. “Big Little Lies” by Liane Moriarty
    • A suspenseful story about the secrets and lies within a group of women.

Benefits of Extensive Reading in Fiction:

  • Improved Vocabulary and Language Skills: Exposure to diverse language and styles enhances your vocabulary and language proficiency.
  • Enhanced Imagination and Creativity: Fiction encourages you to think creatively and expand your imagination.
  • Better Empathy and Understanding: Reading about different characters and situations helps you understand and empathize with others.
  • Stress Reduction: Immersing yourself in a good book can be a great way to relax and reduce stress.

COMPREHENSION STRATEGIES

Developing strong comprehension strategies can significantly enhance your ability to understand and retain information from texts. Here are some effective strategies to improve reading comprehension:

Before Reading:

  1. Preview the Text:
    • Skim headings, subheadings, and any highlighted or bolded text to get an overview.
    • Look at any images, charts, or graphs to gather additional context.
  2. Set a Purpose:
    • Determine why you are reading the text. Are you looking for specific information, trying to understand an argument, or simply reading for pleasure?
  3. Activate Prior Knowledge:
    • Think about what you already know about the topic. This can help you connect new information to existing knowledge.

During Reading:

  1. Annotate:
    • Take notes, highlight key points, and write comments or questions in the margins.
  2. Ask Questions:
    • Continuously ask questions about the text. What is the main idea? What are the supporting details? What is the author trying to convey?
  3. Visualize:
    • Create mental images of the scenes, characters, or concepts described in the text. This can help you better understand and remember the information.
  4. Make Connections:
    • Relate the text to your own experiences, other texts you have read, or real-world events. This helps deepen your understanding.
  5. Summarize:
    • Periodically summarize what you’ve read in your own words. This reinforces understanding and retention.
  6. Clarify and Monitor Understanding:
    • If you come across something confusing, re-read the passage or look up unfamiliar words. Continuously check your understanding as you read.

After Reading:

  1. Review and Reflect:
    • Go over your notes and highlights. Reflect on the main ideas and how they relate to the overall text.
  2. Discuss:
    • Talk about the text with others to gain different perspectives and deepen your understanding.
  3. Apply What You’ve Learned:
    • Think about how you can use the information in practical or relevant contexts.

Example Application:

Text: An article on climate change

Before Reading:

  • Preview: Skim headings like “Causes of Climate Change” and “Effects on the Environment.”
  • Set a Purpose: To understand the main causes and solutions to climate change.
  • Activate Prior Knowledge: Recall what you already know about climate change from previous readings or experiences.

During Reading:

  • Annotate: Highlight key points about greenhouse gases and deforestation.
  • Ask Questions: “What are the main sources of greenhouse gases? What can be done to reduce them?”
  • Visualize: Picture the impact of rising sea levels on coastal cities.
  • Make Connections: Relate the information to recent news about climate action.
  • Summarize: “The main cause of climate change is the increase in greenhouse gases due to human activities.”
  • Clarify: Look up terms like “carbon footprint” to ensure understanding.

After Reading:

  • Review: Go over notes and key points.
  • Discuss: Talk about the article with a friend or study group.
  • Apply: Think about ways to reduce your own carbon footprint.

VISUALISING AND SUMMARIZING

Visualizing and summarizing are two essential comprehension strategies that help you understand and retain information from texts more effectively. Here’s how you can practice and improve these skills:

Visualizing

Visualizing involves creating mental images of the text as you read. This technique helps you understand and remember the content by engaging your imagination.

Steps to Visualize:

  1. Read Carefully: Pay attention to descriptive details in the text.
  2. Create Mental Images: Imagine the scenes, characters, and events in your mind. Think about how they look, sound, feel, and move.
  3. Use All Senses: Try to incorporate all five senses (sight, sound, smell, taste, touch) to make your mental images more vivid.
  4. Draw or Sketch: If you’re a visual learner, draw or sketch the scenes and characters to reinforce your mental images.

Example: Text: “The sun set behind the mountains, casting a golden glow over the valley. Birds chirped as they flew back to their nests, and a gentle breeze rustled the leaves of the trees.”

Visualization:

  • Sight: Picture the golden light spreading over the valley and the silhouettes of the mountains.
  • Sound: Hear the chirping of the birds and the rustling of the leaves.
  • Touch: Feel the gentle breeze on your skin.

Summarizing

Summarizing involves condensing the main ideas and key points of a text into a brief, coherent statement. This technique helps you grasp the overall meaning and structure of the text.

Steps to Summarize:

  1. Identify Main Ideas: Focus on the central themes and important details.
  2. Exclude Minor Details: Leave out unimportant or repetitive information.
  3. Use Your Own Words: Rewrite the main ideas in your own words to ensure understanding.
  4. Keep It Brief: Aim for a concise summary that captures the essence of the text.

Example: Text: “Climate change is caused by the increase in greenhouse gases due to human activities like burning fossil fuels and deforestation. This leads to global warming, rising sea levels, and extreme weather events. Reducing carbon emissions, using renewable energy sources, and conserving forests are crucial steps to combat climate change.”

Summary: “Climate change results from human activities that increase greenhouse gases, causing global warming and environmental impacts. Solutions include reducing emissions, using renewable energy, and conserving forests.

SUMMARISING ARGUMENTATIVE TEXTS

Summarizing argumentative texts involves condensing the main arguments and key points into a brief, coherent statement. Here’s a step-by-step guide to help you summarize argumentative texts effectively:

Steps to Summarize Argumentative Texts:

  1. Identify the Thesis Statement:
    • Determine the main argument or claim the author is making. This is usually found in the introduction or conclusion.
  2. Recognize Key Points:
    • Identify the main points and reasons that support the thesis. Look for topic sentences in each paragraph.
  3. Note Supporting Evidence:
    • Take note of the evidence, examples, and data the author uses to back up their key points.
  4. Exclude Minor Details:
    • Leave out any minor details, examples, or anecdotes that do not contribute significantly to the main argument.
  5. Use Your Own Words:
    • Rewrite the main arguments and key points in your own words to ensure understanding.
  6. Keep It Concise:
    • Aim for a concise summary that captures the essence of the argumentative text without losing its meaning.

Example:

Original Text (Excerpt): “Social media has a profound impact on society. While it allows for global connectivity and instant communication, it also contributes to issues such as misinformation, cyberbullying, and privacy concerns. Studies have shown that excessive use of social media can lead to mental health problems like anxiety and depression. On the other hand, social media can be a powerful tool for social movements and raising awareness on important issues. Therefore, it is crucial to use social media responsibly and be aware of its potential negative effects.”

Summary: “Social media significantly affects society by enabling global connectivity and communication while also presenting challenges like misinformation, cyberbullying, and privacy issues. Excessive use can lead to mental health problems, although it is also a valuable tool for social movements and raising awareness. Responsible use is essential to mitigate its negative effects.”

READING FLUENCY

Reading fluency is the ability to read text smoothly, accurately, and with proper expression. Improving reading fluency is essential for better comprehension and overall reading enjoyment. Here are some strategies and activities to enhance reading fluency:

Strategies for Improving Reading Fluency:

  1. Repeated Reading:
    • Practice reading the same text multiple times to build speed and accuracy.
    • Focus on smoother and more expressive reading with each repetition.
  2. Choral Reading:
    • Read aloud in unison with a group or a partner.
    • Helps build confidence and fluency through shared reading.
  3. Echo Reading:
    • The teacher or a fluent reader reads a passage first, and then the student repeats it.
    • Reinforces proper pacing, pronunciation, and expression.
  4. Phrase Reading:
    • Practice reading phrases instead of individual words to improve flow.
    • Break down sentences into meaningful chunks for smoother reading.
  5. Use of Audiobooks:
    • Listen to audiobooks while following along with the text.
    • Helps with understanding proper pronunciation, intonation, and expression.
  6. Timed Reading:
    • Practice reading a passage within a set time limit.
    • Track progress over time to see improvements in speed and accuracy.
  7. Reader’s Theater:
    • Participate in dramatic readings or performances of scripts.
    • Enhances fluency through expressive and engaging reading.
  8. Reading Aloud:
    • Regularly read aloud to improve pronunciation, expression, and overall fluency.
    • Helps identify and correct errors in real-time.
  9. Fluency Drills:
    • Use flashcards or word lists to practice rapid recognition of common words.
    • Focus on high-frequency words and sight words.
  10. Paired Reading:
  • Read aloud with a partner, taking turns reading sentences or paragraphs.
  • Provides immediate feedback and support.

Example Fluency Practice Text:

Passage: “The sun was setting over the horizon, casting a warm golden glow across the landscape. Birds chirped merrily as they returned to their nests, and the gentle rustling of leaves added to the serene atmosphere. It was a perfect evening, filled with the soft sounds and colors of nature.”

  1. Repeated Reading: Read the passage multiple times until it can be read smoothly and accurately.
  2. Choral Reading: Read the passage aloud together with a partner or group.
  3. Echo Reading: Listen to someone else read the passage, then read it aloud yourself.
  4. Phrase Reading: Break the passage into phrases and practice reading each one fluidly.

CLASS RREADERS TRUCTURE AND SETTING

Certainly! Understanding the structure and setting of class readers (novels or stories that are commonly read and studied in a classroom setting) is essential for a deeper comprehension of the text. Here are some key points to consider:

Structure:

  1. Plot:
    • Exposition: Introduction of characters, setting, and basic situation.
    • Rising Action: Series of events that lead to the climax, building tension and conflict.
    • Climax: The turning point or the most intense moment of the story.
    • Falling Action: Events that follow the climax and lead to the resolution.
    • Resolution: The conclusion where conflicts are resolved, and the story comes to a close.
  2. Characters:
    • Protagonist: The main character around whom the story revolves.
    • Antagonist: The character or force that opposes the protagonist.
    • Supporting Characters: Other characters who play important roles in the story.
  3. Themes:
    • The central ideas or messages that the author wants to convey through the story. Common themes include love, friendship, courage, and justice.
  4. Point of View:
    • The perspective from which the story is told. It can be first person, second person, or third person (limited or omniscient).
  5. Literary Devices:
    • Techniques used by the author to enhance the narrative, such as symbolism, foreshadowing, metaphor, and simile.

Setting:

  1. Time:
    • The period in which the story takes place. This could be a specific historical era, time of year, or time of day.
  2. Place:
    • The geographical location where the story unfolds. This can include a specific country, city, building, or even a room.
  3. Social Environment:
    • The cultural, social, and political environment that influences the characters and the plot. This can include societal norms, class structure, and historical context

GENDER AND NEUTRAL LANGUAGE

Using gender-neutral language is important for creating inclusive and respectful communication. It helps avoid assumptions about gender and ensures that everyone feels acknowledged and valued. Here are some guidelines and examples for using gender-neutral language:

Guidelines for Gender-Neutral Language:

  1. Avoid Gender-Specific Terms:
    • Use gender-neutral terms instead of gender-specific ones.
    • Example: Use “firefighter” instead of “fireman,” and “police officer” instead of “policeman.”
  2. Use Gender-Neutral Pronouns:
    • Use “they/them” as singular pronouns when the gender of the person is unknown or irrelevant.
    • Example: “Someone left their phone behind.”
  3. Avoid Assumptions About Gender:
    • Do not assume someone’s gender based on their name, appearance, or role.
    • Example: Use “Dear [First Name] [Last Name]” instead of “Dear Mr./Ms. [Last Name]” in emails.
  4. Use Inclusive Language:
    • Use terms that include all genders.
    • Example: Use “everyone” instead of “ladies and gentlemen,” and “humankind” instead of “mankind.”
  5. Address Groups Neutrally:
    • Use collective terms that are inclusive.
    • Example: Use “team” or “folks” instead of “guys.”
  6. Titles and Honorifics:
    • Use neutral titles when possible.
    • Example: Use “Mx.” as a gender-neutral honorific instead of “Mr.” or “Ms.”

Examples of Gender-Neutral Language:

  1. Occupations and Titles:
    • “Chairperson” or “Chair” instead of “Chairman.”
    • “Flight attendant” instead of “stewardess” or “steward.”
  2. Pronouns:
    • “Each student should bring their own lunch.”
    • “The doctor will see you now. They are ready for your appointment.”
  3. Formal Correspondence:
    • “To Whom It May Concern,” instead of “Dear Sir/Madam.”
    • “Dear Colleague,” instead of “Dear Mr./Ms. [Last Name].”
  4. Everyday Conversation:
    • “Hello, everyone!” instead of “Hello, guys!”
    • “They are a talented artist.” instead of “He is a talented artist.”

By using gender-neutral language, you contribute to a more inclusive and respectful environment. It’s a small but significant step towards recognizing and valuing the diversity of all individuals.

NOUNS AND QUANTIFIERS

Nouns

Nouns are words that name people, places, things, or ideas. They can be classified into several categories:

  1. Common Nouns: General names for a person, place, thing, or idea.
    • Example: dog, city, book, happiness.
  2. Proper Nouns: Specific names for a person, place, thing, or idea. They are always capitalized.
    • Example: Rover, Nairobi, Harry Potter, World Health Organization.
  3. Concrete Nouns: Names for things that can be seen, touched, smelled, heard, or tasted.
    • Example: apple, cat, music, perfume.
  4. Abstract Nouns: Names for ideas, qualities, or feelings that cannot be seen or touched.
    • Example: love, freedom, beauty, intelligence.
  5. Countable Nouns: Nouns that can be counted and have both singular and plural forms.
    • Example: book/books, apple/apples, child/children.
  6. Uncountable Nouns: Nouns that cannot be counted and usually do not have a plural form.
    • Example: water, sugar, information, rice.

Quantifiers

Quantifiers are words or phrases used before nouns to indicate quantity or amount. They help specify how much or how many of something there is. Here are some common quantifiers and their usage:

  1. For Countable Nouns:
    • a few: A small number.
      • Example: “I have a few books.”
    • several: More than a few, but not many.
      • Example: “There are several options.”
    • many: A large number.
      • Example: “He has many friends.”
    • a number of: An unspecified, but countable quantity.
      • Example: “A number of people attended the event.”
  2. For Uncountable Nouns:
    • a little: A small amount.
      • Example: “Add a little sugar.”
    • some: An unspecified amount, usually more than a little.
      • Example: “Could I have some water?”
    • much: A large amount.
      • Example: “There isn’t much time left.”
    • a bit of: A small amount.
      • Example: “I need a bit of help.”
  3. For Both Countable and Uncountable Nouns:
    • some: An unspecified quantity.
      • Example: “I need some apples.” / “I need some advice.”
    • any: Used in negative sentences and questions.
      • Example: “Do you have any questions?” / “There isn’t any milk.”
    • a lot of/lots of: A large quantity.
      • Example: “She has a lot of shoes.” / “We need a lot of patience.”
    • plenty of: More than enough.
      • Example: “We have plenty of time.”

MODAL AUXILLARIES

Modal auxiliaries, also known as modal verbs, are auxiliary verbs that express necessity, possibility, permission, ability, and other modalities. Here are the most common modal auxiliaries in English, along with their uses and examples:

Common Modal Auxiliaries and Their Uses:

  1. Can/Could:
    • Ability:
      • “Can”: “She can speak three languages.”
      • “Could”: “When I was younger, I could run very fast.”
    • Possibility:
      • “Can”: “It can get very hot in the summer.”
      • “Could”: “That could be true.”
    • Permission:
      • “Can”: “Can I leave early today?”
      • “Could”: “Could I borrow your pen?”
    • Request:
      • “Can”: “Can you help me with this?”
      • “Could”: “Could you pass the salt?”
  2. May/Might:
    • Possibility:
      • “May”: “It may rain tomorrow.”
      • “Might”: “She might come to the party.”
    • Permission:
      • “May”: “May I use your phone?”
      • “Might”: “Might I suggest an alternative?”
  3. Will/Would:
    • Future:
      • “Will”: “I will call you tomorrow.”
      • “Would”: “She would often visit her grandmother on weekends.”
    • Request/Politeness:
      • “Will”: “Will you join us for dinner?”
      • “Would”: “Would you like some tea?”
    • Conditional:
      • “Would”: “If I had more time, I would travel more.”
  4. Shall/Should:
    • Future/Intent:
      • “Shall”: “Shall we dance?”
    • Advice/Obligation:
      • “Should”: “You should see a doctor.”
    • Offer/Suggestion:
      • “Shall”: “Shall I open the window?”
  5. Must:
    • Necessity/Obligation:
      • “You must wear a seatbelt.”
    • Strong Conclusion:
      • “He must be the new manager.”

Examples in Sentences:

  1. Can/Could:
    • Ability: “She can solve complex math problems.”
    • Possibility: “It could snow tonight.”
    • Permission: “Can we go to the park?”
    • Request: “Could you please pass the butter?”
  2. May/Might:
    • Possibility: “We may visit Paris next year.”
    • Permission: “May I leave the room?”
  3. Will/Would:
    • Future: “I will finish my homework tonight.”
    • Politeness: “Would you help me with this project?”
  4. Shall/Should:
    • Future: “We shall overcome these challenges.”
    • Advice: “You should take an umbrella; it looks like rain.”
  5. Must:
    • Necessity: “You must submit the report by Friday.”
    • Conclusion: “He must be very tired after the long flight.”

PRESENT AND PAST PERFECT ASPECTS

Present Perfect Tense

The present perfect tense is used to describe actions or events that have occurred at an unspecified time in the past and are still relevant or have an effect on the present. It is formed using the present tense of the auxiliary verb “have” (has/have) followed by the past participle of the main verb.

Structure:

  • Affirmative: Subject + has/have + past participle
    • Examples:
      • “I have finished my homework.”
      • “She has visited Paris.”
  • Negative: Subject + has/have + not + past participle
    • Examples:
      • “I have not (haven’t) finished my homework.”
      • “She has not (hasn’t) visited Paris.”
  • Interrogative: Has/Have + subject + past participle?
    • Examples:
      • Have you finished your homework?”
      • Has she visited Paris?”

Uses:

  1. Unspecified Time in the Past: Actions that happened at an unspecified time.
    • Example: “They have traveled to many countries.”
  2. Life Experiences: Actions or events that are part of someone’s life experience.
    • Example: “I have seen that movie.”
  3. Recent Actions with Present Relevance: Actions that have just occurred and have relevance to the present moment.
    • Example: “She has just left the office.”
  4. Duration from Past to Present: Actions or states that started in the past and continue to the present.
    • Example: “We have lived here for ten years.”

Past Perfect Tense

The past perfect tense is used to describe actions or events that were completed before another action or event in the past. It is formed using the past tense of the auxiliary verb “have” (had) followed by the past participle of the main verb.

Structure:

  • Affirmative: Subject + had + past participle
    • Examples:
      • “I had finished my homework before dinner.”
      • “She had visited Paris before moving to London.”
  • Negative: Subject + had + not + past participle
    • Examples:
      • “I had not (hadn’t) finished my homework before dinner.”
      • “She had not (hadn’t) visited Paris before moving to London.”
  • Interrogative: Had + subject + past participle?
    • Examples:
      • Had you finished your homework before dinner?”
      • Had she visited Paris before moving to London?”

Uses:

  1. Completed Actions Before Another Past Action: Describes an action that was completed before another action in the past.
    • Example: “They had left by the time we arrived.”
  2. Reported Speech: Used in reported speech to indicate an action that was completed before the time of reporting.
    • Example: “She said that she had already eaten.”
  3. Showing Cause and Effect in the Past: To show a cause-and-effect relationship in the past.
    • Example: “He was tired because he had worked all day.”

Examples in Context:

Present Perfect:

  • “She has written three books.” (Action relevant to the present; she is an author)
  • “I have lost my keys.” (Action with present relevance; the keys are still lost)

Past Perfect:

  • “He had finished the report before the deadline.” (Completed action before another past action)
  • “They had already left when we arrived.” (Completed action before another past action)

ORDER OF ADJECTIVES

When using multiple adjectives to describe a noun, it is important to follow a specific order to ensure that your description is clear and grammatically correct. Here’s the typical order of adjectives in English:

  1. Determiner: Articles (a, an, the), possessives (my, your), demonstratives (this, that), quantifiers (few, several), etc.
  2. Opinion: Descriptive adjectives that express an opinion or judgment (beautiful, boring, interesting).
  3. Size: Adjectives that describe the size of the noun (small, large, tiny, huge).
  4. Age: Adjectives that describe the age of the noun (new, old, young, ancient).
  5. Shape: Adjectives that describe the shape of the noun (round, square, rectangular).
  6. Color: Adjectives that describe the color of the noun (red, blue, green).
  7. Origin: Adjectives that describe the origin or nationality of the noun (American, Chinese, French).
  8. Material: Adjectives that describe what the noun is made of (wooden, metal, plastic).
  9. Purpose: Adjectives that describe the purpose or function of the noun (writing [as in writing desk], cooking [as in cooking pot]).

Example Sentences:

  1. “She wore a beautiful (opinion) long (size) blue (color) silk (material) dress.”
  2. “He bought a small (size) old (age) wooden (material) table.”
  3. “They have a new (age) Italian (origin) sports (purpose) car.”

By following this order, you can create clear and precise descriptions. Here’s a more detailed breakdown with an example:

Sentence: “I saw a beautiful, small, old, rectangular, brown, French, wooden, antique, writing desk.”

  1. Determiner: (None in this example, but could be “a,” “an,” “the,” etc.)
  2. Opinion: “beautiful”
  3. Size: “small”
  4. Age: “old”
  5. Shape: “rectangular”
  6. Color: “brown”
  7. Origin: “French”
  8. Material: “wooden”
  9. Purpose: “antique,” “writing” (double purpose adjectives)

COMPARISON OF ADVERBS

Comparing adverbs involves examining how different adverbs modify verbs, adjectives, or other adverbs to convey varying degrees or manners of actions. Here are the main ways adverbs can be compared: by their degree (positive, comparative, and superlative) and by their type (manner, place, time, frequency, degree).

Degrees of Adverbs

  1. Positive Degree:
    • This is the basic form of the adverb.
    • Example: “quickly,” “happily,” “well”
  2. Comparative Degree:
    • This form of the adverb shows a higher degree of the quality than the positive form.
    • Typically formed by adding “-er” to the end of short adverbs or using “more” for longer adverbs.
    • Example: “quicker,” “more happily,” “better”
  3. Superlative Degree:
    • This form shows the highest degree of the quality.
    • Typically formed by adding “-est” to the end of short adverbs or using “most” for longer adverbs.
    • Example: “quickest,” “most happily,” “best”

Examples of Comparison:

  1. Adverb of Manner (describes how something is done):
    • Positive: “She sings beautifully.”
    • Comparative: “She sings more beautifully than her sister.”
    • Superlative: “She sings the most beautifully of all the contestants.”
  2. Adverb of Time (describes when something is done):
    • Positive: “He arrived early.”
    • Comparative: “He arrived earlier than usual.”
    • Superlative: “He arrived the earliest of all.”
  3. Adverb of Frequency (describes how often something is done):
    • Positive: “She visits frequently.”
    • Comparative: “She visits more frequently than before.”
    • Superlative: “She visits the most frequently of all her friends.”

Irregular Adverbs:

Some adverbs have irregular forms for comparative and superlative degrees:

  • Well:
    • Positive: “She dances well.”
    • Comparative: “She dances better than her peers.”
    • Superlative: “She dances the best in the class.”
  • Badly:
    • Positive: “He performed badly.”
    • Comparative: “He performed worse than expected.”
    • Superlative: “He performed the worst of all.”

PRONOUNS

Pronouns are words that replace nouns to avoid repetition and make sentences easier to understand. They come in various types, each serving different functions:

Types of Pronouns

  1. Personal Pronouns:
    • Refer to specific people or things.
    • Subject Pronouns: I, you, he, she, it, we, they
    • Object Pronouns: me, you, him, her, it, us, them
    • Examples:
      • “She is reading a book.” (subject)
      • “I gave him the book.” (object)
  2. Possessive Pronouns:
    • Show ownership or possession.
    • Examples: mine, yours, his, hers, its, ours, theirs
    • “This book is mine.”
    • “Is that car yours?”
  3. Reflexive Pronouns:
    • Refer back to the subject of the sentence and indicate that the action affects the subject.
    • Examples: myself, yourself, himself, herself, itself, ourselves, yourselves, themselves
    • “She taught herself to play the piano.”
    • “We prepared ourselves for the trip.”
  4. Demonstrative Pronouns:
    • Point to specific things.
    • Examples: this, that, these, those
    • “This is my favorite song.”
    • “Those are delicious cookies.”
  5. Relative Pronouns:
    • Introduce relative clauses and relate to nouns mentioned previously.
    • Examples: who, whom, whose, which, that
    • “The student who won the prize is my friend.”
    • “Here is the book that I was talking about.”
  6. Interrogative Pronouns:
    • Used to ask questions.
    • Examples: who, whom, whose, which, what
    • “Who is coming to the party?”
    • “Which is your car?”
  7. Indefinite Pronouns:
    • Refer to nonspecific people or things.
    • Examples: anyone, everyone, someone, nobody, everything, something, anything
    • “Everyone enjoyed the concert.”
    • “Is there anything I can help with?”

Examples in Sentences:

  1. Personal Pronouns:
    • “He is my brother.” (subject)
    • “I saw her at the store.” (object)
  2. Possessive Pronouns:
    • “This pen is mine.”
    • “The choice is yours.”
  3. Reflexive Pronouns:
    • “She cooked dinner herself.”
    • “We enjoyed ourselves at the festival.”
  4. Demonstrative Pronouns:
    • “This is the best day ever.”
    • “Those were the good old days.”
  5. Relative Pronouns:
    • “The teacher who taught me English is retiring.”
    • “The car that I bought is red.”
  6. Interrogative Pronouns:
    • “What do you want to eat?”
    • “Whose keys are these?”
  7. Indefinite Pronouns:
    • “Somebody left their bag on the bus.”
    • “Everything will be fine.”

COMPLEX PREPOSITIONS

Complex prepositions are phrases consisting of two or more words that function together as a single preposition. They often consist of a simple preposition combined with another word (usually an adverb, noun, or another preposition) to express more specific relationships between elements in a sentence. Here are some examples of complex prepositions and their usage:

Examples of Complex Prepositions:

  1. According to:
    • “According to the weather forecast, it will rain tomorrow.”
  2. In front of:
    • “There is a beautiful garden in front of the house.”
  3. In spite of:
    • “She went for a walk in spite of the rain.”
  4. On account of:
    • “The game was postponed on account of the bad weather.”
  5. In addition to:
    • “In addition to his teaching job, he also writes books.”
  6. By means of:
    • “He traveled by means of a bicycle.”
  7. In case of:
    • “In case of an emergency, call 911.”
  8. With regard to:
    • “With regard to your request, we will get back to you soon.”
  9. In terms of:
    • “The project was a success in terms of customer satisfaction.”
  10. For the sake of:
    • “He made the sacrifice for the sake of his family.”

Usage of Complex Prepositions in Sentences:

  1. According to:
    • “According to her, the meeting was very productive.”
  2. In front of:
    • “The statue stands in front of the museum entrance.”
  3. In spite of:
    • “They continued their journey in spite of the difficulties.”
  4. On account of:
    • “He was late on account of the heavy traffic.”
  5. In addition to:
    • “She received a bonus in addition to her regular salary.”
  6. By means of:
    • “The problem was solved by means of a new software tool.”
  7. In case of:
    • “In case of fire, use the stairs instead of the elevator.”
  8. With regard to:
    • “The company issued a statement with regard to the recent changes.”
  9. In terms of:
    • “The product performed well in terms of durability.”
  10. For the sake of:
    • “He studied hard for the sake of passing the exam.”

CONJUNCTIONS

Conjunctions are words that connect clauses, sentences, phrases, or words. They are essential for constructing complex and coherent sentences. Here are the main types of conjunctions and their uses:

Types of Conjunctions:

  1. Coordinating Conjunctions:
    • Join words, phrases, or independent clauses that are of equal importance.
    • Examples: and, but, or, nor, for, so, yet
    • Mnemonic: FANBOYS (For, And, Nor, But, Or, Yet, So)
    • Examples in Sentences:
      • “I want to go to the park, but it is raining.”
      • “She likes reading and writing.”
  2. Subordinating Conjunctions:
    • Connect a dependent clause to an independent clause, showing the relationship between them.
    • Examples: because, although, since, unless, while, after, before, if, as, though
    • Examples in Sentences:
      • “I stayed home because I was sick.”
      • Although it was late, they continued working.”
      • “We can go out after you finish your homework.”
  3. Correlative Conjunctions:
    • Pairs of conjunctions that work together to join words or phrases.
    • Examples: either…or, neither…nor, both…and, not only…but also, whether…or
    • Examples in Sentences:
      • Both the teacher and the students were excited about the trip.”
      • Either we go to the beach, or we stay home.”
      • Not only is she smart, but also very kind.”

Examples in Context:

  1. Coordinating Conjunctions:
    • “I wanted to go hiking, but it started to rain.”
    • “She loves to paint and draw.”
  2. Subordinating Conjunctions:
    • “He didn’t go to the party because he had a lot of work.”
    • While I was waiting, I read a book.”
    • If you finish your homework, you can watch TV.”
  3. Correlative Conjunctions:
    • Neither the cat nor the dog likes baths.”
    • Whether we go by car or by train, it will take a long time.”
    • Not only did she win the race, but also set a new record.”

DETERMINERS

Determiners are words placed in front of nouns to clarify what the noun refers to. They provide context such as definiteness, quantity, possession, and specificity. Here are the main types of determiners and their uses:

Types of Determiners:

  1. Articles:
    • Definite Article: “the”
      • Refers to a specific noun.
      • Example: “The dog is barking.”
    • Indefinite Articles: “a,” “an”
      • Refer to a non-specific noun.
      • Example: “A dog is barking.” / “An apple a day keeps the doctor away.”
  2. Demonstratives:
    • Examples: this, that, these, those
    • Used to indicate specific items in relation to the speaker’s location.
    • Example: “This book is interesting.” / “Those shoes are expensive.”
  3. Possessives:
    • Examples: my, your, his, her, its, our, their
    • Show ownership or possession.
    • Example: “My car is in the garage.” / “Their house is beautiful.”
  4. Quantifiers:
    • Examples: some, any, few, many, much, several, enough, a lot of, no
    • Indicate quantity.
    • Example: “There are many people in the park.” / “We need some milk.”
  5. Numbers:
    • Examples: one, two, three, etc.
    • Specify exact quantity.
    • Example: “I have three siblings.” / “She bought two books.”
  6. Distributives:
    • Examples: each, every, either, neither
    • Refer to individuals within a group.
    • Example: “Each student must submit their homework.” / “Every member of the team played well.”
  7. Interrogatives:
    • Examples: which, what, whose
    • Used in questions.
    • Example: “Which book do you want?” / “Whose bag is this?”

Examples in Sentences:

  1. Articles:
    • “She found a coin on the ground.” (Indefinite)
    • The movie was fantastic.” (Definite)
  2. Demonstratives:
    • This cake is delicious.” (Near singular)
    • Those flowers are blooming beautifully.” (Far plural)
  3. Possessives:
    • Her idea was brilliant.”
    • Our team won the match.”
  4. Quantifiers:
    • “There are several options to choose from.”
    • “We don’t have any sugar left.”
  5. Numbers:
    • “I need one more piece of paper.”
    • “She has two cats.”
  6. Distributives:
    • Each student received a certificate.”
    • Neither option is suitable.”
  7. Interrogatives:
    • What time is it?”
    • Whose jacket is this?”

NOUNS

Nouns are words that name people, places, things, or ideas. They are essential building blocks in sentences. Nouns can be categorized into several types based on their characteristics and usage. Here’s a breakdown of the different types of nouns:

Types of Nouns:

  1. Common Nouns:
    • General names for a person, place, thing, or idea.
    • Example: dog, city, book, happiness.
  2. Proper Nouns:
    • Specific names for a person, place, thing, or idea. They are always capitalized.
    • Example: Rover, Nairobi, Harry Potter, World Health Organization.
  3. Concrete Nouns:
    • Names for things that can be seen, touched, smelled, heard, or tasted.
    • Example: apple, cat, music, perfume.
  4. Abstract Nouns:
    • Names for ideas, qualities, or feelings that cannot be seen or touched.
    • Example: love, freedom, beauty, intelligence.
  5. Countable Nouns:
    • Nouns that can be counted and have both singular and plural forms.
    • Example: book/books, apple/apples, child/children.
  6. Uncountable Nouns:
    • Nouns that cannot be counted and usually do not have a plural form.
    • Example: water, sugar, information, rice.
  7. Collective Nouns:
    • Names for a group of people, animals, or things.
    • Example: team, flock, bunch, family.
  8. Compound Nouns:
    • Nouns made up of two or more words that function as a single noun.
    • Example: toothpaste, mother-in-law, ice cream.

Examples in Sentences:

  1. Common Noun:
    • “The dog is playing in the park.”
  2. Proper Noun:
    • Alice visited Paris last summer.”
  3. Concrete Noun:
    • “I can hear the music from the concert.”
  4. Abstract Noun:
    • “She has a lot of patience.”
  5. Countable Noun:
    • “I have three books on my shelf.”
  6. Uncountable Noun:
    • “Please add some sugar to my coffee.”
  7. Collective Noun:
    • “The team is celebrating their victory.”
  8. Compound Noun:
    • “I need to buy some toothpaste.”

PHRASAL VERBS

Phrasal verbs are verb phrases that combine a main verb with one or more particles (prepositions or adverbs). The meaning of the phrasal verb often differs from the meaning of the individual words. Here are some common phrasal verbs and their meanings:

Common Phrasal Verbs:

  1. Break Down:
    • Meaning: To stop functioning (for machines) or to become emotionally upset.
    • Example: “My car broke down on the way to work.” / “She broke down in tears.”
  2. Bring Up:
    • Meaning: To mention a topic or to raise a child.
    • Example: “She brought up an interesting point during the meeting.” / “They brought up their children with care.”
  3. Call Off:
    • Meaning: To cancel something.
    • Example: “The event was called off due to bad weather.”
  4. Carry Out:
    • Meaning: To perform or execute a task or plan.
    • Example: “They carried out a survey to gather information.”
  5. Come Across:
    • Meaning: To find something by chance or to appear a certain way.
    • Example: “I came across an old photo album while cleaning.” / “He comes across as very confident.”
  6. Get Over:
    • Meaning: To recover from an illness or a difficult situation.
    • Example: “It took her a long time to get over the flu.” / “He finally got over the breakup.”
  7. Give Up:
    • Meaning: To stop trying or to surrender.
    • Example: “Don’t give up on your dreams.” / “They gave up after many attempts.”
  8. Look After:
    • Meaning: To take care of someone or something.
    • Example: “She looks after her younger brother.”
  9. Put Off:
    • Meaning: To postpone or delay something.
    • Example: “The meeting has been put off until next week.”
  10. Turn Down:
    • Meaning: To reject or refuse something or someone.
    • Example: “She turned down the job offer.”

Examples in Context:

  1. Break Down:
    • “My laptop broke down just when I needed it the most.”
  2. Bring Up:
    • “He brought up the issue during the discussion.”
  3. Call Off:
    • “The concert was called off because of the rain.”
  4. Carry Out:
    • “They need to carry out a thorough investigation.”
  5. Come Across:
    • “I came across an old letter from my grandmother.”
  6. Get Over:
    • “She is still trying to get over her cold.”
  7. Give Up:
    • “He didn’t give up despite the challenges.”
  8. Look After:
    • “Who will look after the kids while we’re away?”
  9. Put Off:
    • “They decided to put off the trip until next month.”
  10. Turn Down:
    • “He turned down the invitation to the party.”

COMPLEX SENTENCES

Complex sentences are sentences that contain one independent clause and at least one dependent (subordinate) clause. They help to add depth and detail to writing by showing the relationship between different ideas. Here’s how to identify, construct, and use complex sentences effectively:

Components of Complex Sentences:

  1. Independent Clause:
    • A clause that can stand alone as a complete sentence.
    • Example: “She studied hard.”
  2. Dependent Clause:
    • A clause that cannot stand alone and depends on the independent clause to make sense. It often starts with a subordinating conjunction (e.g., because, although, since, while).
    • Example: “because she wanted to pass the exam.”

Structure of Complex Sentences:

  1. Subordinating Conjunction + Dependent Clause + Independent Clause:
    • Example: “Because she wanted to pass the exam, she studied hard.”
  2. Independent Clause + Subordinating Conjunction + Dependent Clause:
    • Example: “She studied hard because she wanted to pass the exam.”

Common Subordinating Conjunctions:

  • Cause/Reason: because, since, as
    • Example: “She left early because she was tired.”
  • Time: when, while, as, before, after, until, since
    • Example: “They were playing video games when their parents arrived.”
  • Contrast: although, though, even though
    • Example: “Although it was raining, we went for a walk.”
  • Condition: if, unless, provided that
    • Example: “If you study hard, you will succeed.”
  • Purpose: so that, in order that
    • Example: “He left early so that he could catch the train.”

Examples of Complex Sentences:

  1. Cause/Reason:
    • “Since it was raining, we decided to stay indoors.”
    • “I stayed home because I was feeling unwell.”
  2. Time:
    • “When the bell rang, the students rushed out of the classroom.”
    • “After she finished her homework, she went to bed.”
  3. Contrast:
    • “Though he was tired, he continued working.”
    • “Even though the test was difficult, she passed with flying colors.”
  4. Condition:
    • “If you finish your chores, you can watch TV.”
    • “Unless you hurry, we will miss the bus.”
  5. Purpose:
    • “She took an umbrella so that she wouldn’t get wet.”
    • “He studied hard in order that he might get a scholarship.”

DIRECT AND INDIRECT SPEECHES

Direct and indirect speech (also known as reported speech) are two ways to convey what someone has said. Here’s a breakdown of the differences, rules, and examples for each:

Direct Speech

Direct speech involves quoting the exact words spoken by someone. It is usually enclosed in quotation marks.

Example:

  • John said, “I am going to the store.”

Indirect Speech

Indirect speech involves reporting what someone has said without quoting their exact words. It often requires changes in pronouns, verb tenses, and time expressions.

Example:

  • John said that he was going to the store.

Rules for Changing Direct Speech to Indirect Speech:

  1. Remove Quotation Marks:
    • Direct: He said, “I am tired.”
    • Indirect: He said that he was tired.
  2. Change Pronouns:
    • Pronouns in direct speech must be changed to match the perspective of the person reporting the speech.
    • Direct: She said, “I will help you.”
    • Indirect: She said that she would help me.
  3. Change Tenses:
    • The verb tense in direct speech usually needs to be shifted back in time when reporting it.
    • Present Simple to Past Simple:
      • Direct: “I play tennis.”
      • Indirect: He said that he played tennis.
    • Present Continuous to Past Continuous:
      • Direct: “I am playing tennis.”
      • Indirect: He said that he was playing tennis.
    • Present Perfect to Past Perfect:
      • Direct: “I have played tennis.”
      • Indirect: He said that he had played tennis.
    • Past Simple to Past Perfect:
      • Direct: “I played tennis.”
      • Indirect: He said that he had played tennis.
  4. Change Time Expressions:
    • Certain time expressions need to be adjusted to fit the context of indirect speech.
    • Today to that day:
      • Direct: “I will go today.”
      • Indirect: He said that he would go that day.
    • Tomorrow to the next day:
      • Direct: “I will go tomorrow.”
      • Indirect: He said that he would go the next day.
    • Yesterday to the previous day:
      • Direct: “I went yesterday.”
      • Indirect: He said that he had gone the previous day.

Examples in Context:

  1. Direct to Indirect Speech:
    • Direct: She said, “I am studying.”
    • Indirect: She said that she was studying.
  2. Direct to Indirect Speech:
    • Direct: He said, “I will call you tomorrow.”
    • Indirect: He said that he would call me the next day.
  3. Direct to Indirect Speech:
    • Direct: They said, “We have finished the project.”
    • Indirect: They said that they had finished the project.

IMPERATIVES,COMMANDS,REQUESTS,EXCLAMATORY

Imperatives, Commands, Requests, and Exclamatory Sentences

Understanding the different types of sentences can enhance both your writing and speaking skills. Here’s a breakdown of these types:

Imperatives

Imperative sentences give commands, instructions, or requests. They often begin with a verb and do not have a stated subject, as it is implied to be “you.”

Examples:

  • “Close the door.”
  • “Please sit down.”
  • “Turn off the lights.”

Commands

Commands are a type of imperative sentence that give direct orders or instructions. They are often more authoritative.

Examples:

  • “Stop talking.”
  • “Stand up straight.”
  • “Report to the office immediately.”

Requests

Requests are also imperative sentences but are usually phrased more politely and often use words like “please” or “could.”

Examples:

  • “Please pass the salt.”
  • “Could you help me with this?”
  • “Would you mind opening the window?”

Exclamatory Sentences

Exclamatory sentences express strong emotions, such as surprise, excitement, or anger. They often end with an exclamation mark.

Examples:

  • “What a beautiful sunset!”
  • “I can’t believe we won!”
  • “Watch out!”

Examples in Context:

  1. Imperative:
    • “Take out the trash.”
    • “Follow the instructions carefully.”
  2. Command:
    • “Do your homework now.”
    • “Leave the room.”
  3. Request:
    • “Can you lend me your pen, please?”
    • “Would you mind explaining this to me?”
  4. Exclamatory:
    • “Wow, that’s amazing!”
    • “How wonderful it is to see you!”

LEGIBILITY AND NEATNESS IN WRITING

Legibility and neatness in writing are essential for clear communication. When your writing is easy to read and well-organized, it makes a positive impression on the reader and ensures that your message is understood. Here are some tips to improve legibility and neatness in writing:

Tips for Improving Legibility and Neatness:

  1. Use Clear and Consistent Handwriting:
    • Choose a handwriting style that is easy to read and stick with it.
    • Practice writing slowly and steadily to maintain consistent letter size and spacing.
  2. Maintain Proper Spacing:
    • Ensure there is adequate space between words and lines.
    • Use lined paper or a guide to help maintain even spacing.
  3. Use Appropriate Tools:
    • Select a pen or pencil that writes smoothly and doesn’t smudge.
    • Ensure that your writing surface is clean and flat.
  4. Write in Straight Lines:
    • Use lined paper or draw light pencil lines on blank paper to keep your writing straight.
  5. Pay Attention to Letter Formation:
    • Ensure that each letter is formed correctly and clearly.
    • Avoid overly elaborate or cursive styles that may be difficult to read.
  6. Focus on Size and Proportion:
    • Keep letters uniform in size and proportion.
    • Ensure that uppercase and lowercase letters are distinct and easily recognizable.
  7. Organize Your Work:
    • Use headings, bullet points, and paragraphs to structure your writing.
    • Leave margins and avoid cramming too much text onto the page.
  8. Review and Revise:
    • After writing, take a moment to review your work for any errors or unclear sections.
    • Make corrections neatly and ensure that any changes are legible.

Examples of Neat and Legible Writing:

  1. Before Improvement:

thE quick brown fox jumps Over the lazy dog.  this sentence demonstrates all the letTers of the alphABet.

  1. After Improvement:

The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. This sentence demonstrates all the letters of the alphabet.

Practice Techniques:

  1. Handwriting Drills:
    • Practice writing the alphabet in both uppercase and lowercase.
    • Write out common words and sentences to build muscle memory for consistent handwriting.
  2. Copy Text:
    • Copy text from a book or article to practice writing neatly and consistently.
    • Focus on maintaining clear letter formation and spacing.
  3. Use Writing Worksheets:
    • Utilize handwriting worksheets that provide guided practice for letter formation and spacing.
    • These are especially useful for younger writers or those looking to improve their handwriting.

PUNCTUATION MARKS

Punctuation marks are symbols used in writing to clarify meaning and indicate pauses or stops. Here’s a guide to the most common punctuation marks and their uses:

Common Punctuation Marks:

  1. Period (.):
    • Use: To end a declarative sentence or statement.
    • Example: “She loves to read.”
  2. Comma (,):
    • Use: To separate items in a list, after introductory elements, and to set off non-essential information.
    • Example: “I bought apples, oranges, and bananas.”
    • Example: “After the rain stopped, we went outside.”
    • Example: “My brother, who lives in New York, is visiting.”
  3. Question Mark (?):
    • Use: To end a direct question.
    • Example: “What time is it?”
  4. Exclamation Mark (!):
    • Use: To express strong emotion or emphasis.
    • Example: “Watch out!”
  5. Colon (:):
    • Use: To introduce a list, explanation, or a quotation.
    • Example: “She brought several items: a notebook, a pen, and a calculator.”
    • Example: “He had one goal: to win the race.”
  6. Semicolon (;):
    • Use: To connect closely related independent clauses or separate items in a complex list.
    • Example: “I wanted to go for a walk; however, it started to rain.”
    • Example: “We visited New York, New York; Paris, France; and Tokyo, Japan.”
  7. Apostrophe (‘):
    • Use: To show possession or form contractions.
    • Example: “Sarah’s book” (possession).
    • Example: “It’s a beautiful day” (contraction of “it is”).
  8. Quotation Marks (“”):
    • Use: To enclose direct speech, quotations, or titles of short works.
    • Example: “She said, ‘I am going to the store.'”
    • Example: “Have you read the article ‘The Future of Technology’?”
  9. Parentheses (()):
    • Use: To enclose additional information or an aside.
    • Example: “He finally answered (after a long pause).”
  10. Dash (—):
    • Use: To indicate a pause or break in thought or to set off additional information.
    • Example: “She was excited—almost too excited—for the event.”
  11. Hyphen (-):
    • Use: To join words in compound terms or to separate syllables of a word at the end of a line.
    • Example: “Mother-in-law,” “well-known,” “self-esteem.”

Examples in Context:

  1. Period:
    • “The meeting starts at 10 a.m.”
  2. Comma:
    • “We visited Paris, London, and Rome.”
  3. Question Mark:
    • “Are you coming to the party?”
  4. Exclamation Mark:
    • “Congratulations on your new job!”
  5. Colon:
    • “Please bring the following items: a pen, a notebook, and a ruler.”
  6. Semicolon:
    • “She loves to read; however, she rarely finds the time.”
  7. Apostrophe:
    • “It’s time to leave.”
  8. Quotation Marks:
    • “She asked, ‘What are you doing?'”
  9. Parentheses:
    • “He was late (as usual).”
  10. Dash:
    • “The project—although challenging—was completed on time.”
  11. Hyphen:
    • “She is a well-known artist.”

STRUCTURE OF A POEM

The structure of a poem refers to the way it is organized and presented on the page. Different types of poems have different structures, but here are some common elements you might encounter:

Common Elements of Poetic Structure:

  1. Title: The name of the poem, often giving insight into its theme or subject.
  2. Lines: The basic building blocks of a poem. Lines are the individual phrases or sentences in a poem.
    • Example:

I wandered lonely as a cloud

That floats on high o’er vales and hills.

  1. Stanzas: Groups of lines separated by a space, often functioning like paragraphs in a poem. Stanzas can have different lengths and patterns.
    • Couplet: A two-line stanza.
    • Tercet: A three-line stanza.
    • Quatrain: A four-line stanza.
    • Example of a Quatrain:

The sun sets in the west,

Painting the sky with hues.

Birds return to their nest,

As night begins to muse.

  1. Rhyme Scheme: The pattern of rhyming words at the end of lines. Common rhyme schemes include ABAB, AABB, and ABCB.
    • Example (AABB):

The cat sat on the mat (A)

And wore a funny hat. (A)

It looked up at the sky (B)

And saw a butterfly. (B)

  1. Meter: The rhythmic pattern of stressed and unstressed syllables in a line. Common meters include iambic pentameter (five pairs of unstressed and stressed syllables) and trochaic tetrameter (four pairs of stressed and unstressed syllables).
    • Example of iambic pentameter:

Shall I compare thee to a summer’s day?

  1. Enjambment: When a line of poetry continues onto the next line without a pause or punctuation.
    • Example:

The waves danced on the shore

With a rhythm only nature knows.

  1. Caesura: A pause within a line of poetry, often marked by punctuation such as a comma, dash, or period.
    • Example:

To be, or not to be—that is the question.

  1. Form: The overall structure or type of the poem, such as sonnet, haiku, limerick, free verse, or blank verse.
    • Sonnet: A 14-line poem with a specific rhyme scheme (e.g., ABABCDCDEFEFGG for Shakespearean sonnets) and meter (usually iambic pentameter).
    • Haiku: A three-line poem with a 5-7-5 syllable pattern.
    • Limerick: A humorous five-line poem with an AABBA rhyme scheme.

Example Poem (Sonnet):

Sonnet 18 by William Shakespeare (Excerpt)

Shall I compare thee to a summer’s day?

Thou art more lovely and more temperate:

Rough winds do shake the darling buds of May,

And summer’s lease hath all too short a date:

By understanding and analyzing these elements, you can gain a deeper appreciation of the structure and artistry of poetry.

WHAT IS A DESCRIPTIVE PARAGRAPH

A descriptive paragraph vividly illustrates a person, place, thing, or event, creating a clear picture in the reader’s mind. Its primary aim is to convey sensory experiences through detailed observations and descriptions, making the reader feel as if they are experiencing the subject firsthand. To achieve this, a descriptive paragraph typically employs a variety of sensory details—sight, sound, smell, taste, and touch—along with vivid imagery, figurative language, and precise vocabulary.

Example Structure of a Descriptive Paragraph:

  1. Topic Sentence: Introduces the subject of the paragraph.
    • Example: “The tranquil beach was a paradise of golden sands and azure waters.”
  2. Supporting Details: Provide in-depth descriptions of the subject, using sensory details and vivid imagery.
    • Example: “The golden sand stretched out endlessly, meeting the horizon where the crystal-clear waters of the ocean shimmered under the midday sun.”
  3. Concluding Sentence: Wraps up the paragraph and reinforces the overall impression.
    • Example: “The sun’s warm rays caressed the skin, making the experience both relaxing and invigorating.”

Key Elements of a Descriptive Paragraph:

  • Sensory Details: Descriptions that appeal to the five senses.
    • Sight: Colors, shapes, sizes, and appearances.
      • Example: “The leaves were a vibrant green, sparkling with morning dew.”
    • Sound: Noises, music, or silence.
      • Example: “The gentle rustling of leaves added to the serene atmosphere.”
    • Smell: Scents and odors.
      • Example: “The air was filled with the fragrant aroma of blooming flowers.”
    • Taste: Flavors and tastes.
      • Example: “The sweet taste of freshly picked strawberries lingered on my tongue.”
    • Touch: Textures and sensations.
      • Example: “The soft, velvety petals of the rose brushed against my fingertips.”
  • Figurative Language: Similes, metaphors, and personification to enhance descriptions.
    • Simile: “The sky was as blue as the ocean.”
    • Metaphor: “The library was a treasure trove of knowledge.”
    • Personification: “The wind whispered through the trees.”

A SAMPLE LETTER OF APPLICATION

 [Your Name]

[Your Address]

[City, ZIP Code]

[Email Address]

[Phone Number]

[Date]

[Employer’s Name]

[Company Name]

[Company Address]

[City, State, ZIP Code]

Dear [Employer’s Name],

 

(REFERENCE)

I am writing to express my interest in the [Job Title] position at [Company Name], as advertised on [where you found the job posting]. With my background in [your field or relevant experience], I am confident in my ability to contribute effectively to your team.

I hold a [Your Degree] in [Your Major] from [Your University], and I have [number] years of experience in [your field or relevant work experience]. During my time at [previous job or relevant experience], I developed strong skills in [specific skills or tasks], which I believe will be highly beneficial in this role.

At [previous job or relevant experience], I successfully [describe a relevant accomplishment or responsibility]. This experience has equipped me with [skills or qualities that are relevant to the job], which I am eager to bring to [Company Name].

I am particularly drawn to [Company Name] because of [reason you are interested in the company, such as its reputation, culture, projects, or values]. I am excited about the opportunity to work with a team that is dedicated to [something relevant to the company’s mission or values].

Enclosed is my resume, which provides additional details about my background and qualifications. I would welcome the opportunity to discuss how my skills and experiences align with the needs of your team. Please feel free to contact me at [your phone number] or via email at [your email address] to schedule an interview.

Thank you for considering my application. I look forward to the possibility of contributing to [Company Name] and am enthusiastic about the chance to collaborate with your team.

Sincerely,

(Your Name)

SPELLINGS IN WRITING

Correct spelling is essential for clear and effective writing. It ensures that your message is understood and conveys professionalism. Here are some tips and strategies for improving and maintaining accurate spelling in your writing:

Tips for Correct Spelling:

  1. Practice Regularly:
    • Consistent practice helps reinforce correct spelling.
    • Try spelling exercises, word games, and writing practice.
  2. Read Widely:
    • Reading a variety of materials exposes you to correct spelling and expands your vocabulary.
    • Pay attention to how words are spelled in different contexts.
  3. Use a Dictionary:
    • Keep a dictionary handy to check the spelling of unfamiliar words.
    • Online dictionaries and spell-check tools can also be helpful.
  4. Learn Commonly Misspelled Words:
    • Make a list of words you frequently misspell and practice them.
    • Examples include: necessary, accommodate, separate, definitely, receive.
  5. Understand Spelling Rules:
    • Familiarize yourself with basic spelling rules and patterns.
    • Example: “I before E, except after C” (receive, believe).
  6. Break Down Words:
    • Break down longer words into smaller parts (syllables) to make them easier to spell.
    • Example: un-nec-es-sar-y.
  7. Use Mnemonics:
    • Mnemonics are memory aids that help you remember correct spellings.
    • Example: “A piece of pie” for “piece.”
  8. Proofread Your Work:
    • Always proofread your writing to catch and correct spelling errors.
    • Reading your work aloud can help you spot mistakes.
  9. Ask for Feedback:
    • Have someone else review your writing to identify any spelling errors you may have missed.
    • Feedback can help you improve and learn from your mistakes.
  10. Use Spell-Check Tools:
    • Most word processing software includes spell-check features.
    • While helpful, don’t rely solely on spell-check tools; always double-check for accuracy.

Examples of Commonly Misspelled Words and Tips:

  1. Accommodate:
    • Tip: It has two “c’s” and two “m’s.”
  2. Definitely:
    • Tip: Remember it has “finite” in the middle.
  3. Separate:
    • Tip: There’s “a rat” in separate.
  4. Embarrass:
    • Tip: It has two “r’s” and two “s’s.”
  5. Occasionally:
    • Tip: It has two “c’s” and two “l’s.”

STEPS IN WRITING

Writing is a process that involves several steps to produce clear, coherent, and effective communication. Here are the key steps in the writing process:

  1. Prewriting:
  • Brainstorming: Generate ideas and topics for your writing.
  • Researching: Gather information and evidence to support your ideas.
  • Outlining: Organize your thoughts and structure your writing with a clear outline.
  • Choosing a Purpose and Audience: Determine the purpose of your writing (inform, persuade, entertain) and identify your target audience.
  1. Drafting:
  • Writing the First Draft: Begin writing your ideas down in a structured format. Don’t worry about perfection; focus on getting your thoughts on paper.
  • Following the Outline: Use your outline as a guide to ensure your writing stays organized and on track.
  1. Revising:
  • Reviewing Content: Check for clarity, coherence, and logical flow of ideas. Ensure that your writing effectively communicates your message.
  • Improving Structure: Reorganize paragraphs and sections if necessary to enhance the overall structure.
  • Enhancing Language: Refine your word choice, sentence variety, and tone to improve readability and engagement.
  1. Editing:
  • Checking Grammar and Punctuation: Correct any grammatical errors, spelling mistakes, and punctuation issues.
  • Ensuring Consistency: Verify that your writing maintains a consistent style, tone, and formatting throughout.
  • Polishing the Writing: Make final adjustments to ensure your writing is polished and professional.
  1. Proofreading:
  • Final Review: Carefully read through your writing to catch any remaining errors or typos. This step ensures that your work is error-free before submission or publication.
  1. Publishing:
  • Sharing Your Work: Depending on your purpose, share your writing with your intended audience. This could involve submitting an assignment, publishing a blog post, or sending an email.

Example in Context:

  1. Prewriting:
    • Brainstorming topic ideas for a blog post on “The Benefits of Reading.”
    • Researching statistics and studies on reading habits and benefits.
    • Creating an outline with sections on cognitive benefits, emotional benefits, and social benefits.
    • Identifying the target audience as book enthusiasts and lifelong learners.
  2. Drafting:
    • Writing the first draft, following the outline, and including relevant information and examples.
  3. Revising:
    • Reviewing the content to ensure it is engaging and informative.
    • Reorganizing sections for better flow and coherence.
    • Enhancing language with vivid descriptions and varied sentence structures.
  4. Editing:
    • Checking for grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors.
    • Ensuring consistent tone and style throughout the blog post.
  5. Proofreading:
    • Conducting a final review to catch any remaining errors or typos.
  6. Publishing:
    • Posting the blog on a personal website or sharing it on social media platforms.

ASSESSING WRITING

Assessing writing involves evaluating various aspects of a written piece to determine its quality, effectiveness, and areas for improvement. Here are some key criteria and methods for assessing writing:

Key Criteria for Assessing Writing:

  1. Content and Ideas:
    • Clarity and originality of the main idea or thesis.
    • Relevance and depth of supporting details and examples.
    • Engagement and interest level for the reader.
  2. Organization:
    • Clear and logical structure with a well-defined introduction, body, and conclusion.
    • Effective use of paragraphs to separate different points or ideas.
    • Smooth transitions between sentences and paragraphs.
  3. Voice and Tone:
    • Appropriate and consistent voice and tone for the intended audience and purpose.
    • Use of a distinct and engaging writing style.
  4. Language and Style:
    • Use of varied and precise vocabulary.
    • Sentence variety and complexity to enhance readability.
    • Use of figurative language, imagery, and rhetorical devices.
  5. Grammar and Mechanics:
    • Correct use of grammar, punctuation, and spelling.
    • Proper sentence structure and syntax.
    • Consistent and appropriate use of tense and point of view.
  6. Coherence and Cohesion:
    • Logical flow of ideas and coherence within and between paragraphs.
    • Effective use of cohesive devices such as conjunctions, pronouns, and linking words.

Methods for Assessing Writing:

  1. Rubrics:
    • Use rubrics with specific criteria and scoring guidelines to evaluate different aspects of writing.
    • Rubrics provide a standardized and objective method for assessment.
  2. Peer Review:
    • Have peers review and provide feedback on each other’s writing.
    • Peer review offers different perspectives and helps identify areas for improvement.
  3. Self-Assessment:
    • Encourage writers to review and evaluate their own work.
    • Self-assessment promotes self-awareness and helps writers identify their strengths and weaknesses.
  4. Conferencing:
    • Conduct one-on-one or small group conferences to discuss writing and provide personalized feedback.
    • Conferencing allows for in-depth discussion and targeted guidance.
  5. Checklists:
    • Use checklists to ensure that key elements and criteria are met.
    • Checklists help writers systematically review and improve their work.

Example of a Writing Rubric:

Criteria EE ME AE BE BE
Content and Ideas Original and clear Clear and relevant Relevant Some irrelevant details Lacks clarity and relevance
Organization Well-structured Clear structure Some organization Disorganized No clear structure
Voice and Tone Engaging and appropriate Appropriate Generally appropriate Inconsistent tone Inappropriate tone
Language and Style Varied and precise Clear and varied Some variety Repetitive and unclear Limited vocabulary
Grammar and Mechanics Error-free Few errors Some errors Frequent errors Numerous errors
Coherence and Cohesion Logical flow Clear flow Some coherence Disjointed Lacks coherence

NARRATIVE COMPOSITIONS

A narrative composition is a type of writing that tells a story or recounts an event or series of events. It focuses on creating a compelling and engaging story through well-structured plot development, vivid descriptions, and character development. Here’s a breakdown of the key elements and structure of a narrative composition:

Key Elements of a Narrative Composition:

  1. Plot:
    • The sequence of events that make up the story. It typically includes:
      • Exposition: Introduction of characters, setting, and background information.
      • Rising Action: Series of events that build tension and lead to the climax.
      • Climax: The turning point or most intense moment of the story.
      • Falling Action: Events that follow the climax and lead to the resolution.
      • Resolution: The conclusion where conflicts are resolved and the story comes to an end.
  2. Characters:
    • The individuals who take part in the story. They can be protagonists (main characters), antagonists (characters who oppose the protagonists), and supporting characters.
  3. Setting:
    • The time and place where the story occurs. This helps create the atmosphere and context for the narrative.
  4. Conflict:
    • The central struggle or problem that drives the plot. It can be internal (within a character) or external (between characters or forces).
  5. Theme:
    • The underlying message or central idea of the story.
  6. Point of View:
    • The perspective from which the story is told. It can be first person (narrator is a character in the story), second person (narrator addresses the reader as “you”), or third person (narrator is outside the story).
  7. Dialogue:
    • Conversations between characters that help reveal their personalities, relationships, and conflicts.

Structure of a Narrative Composition:

  1. Introduction:
    • Introduce the main characters and setting.
    • Provide background information and set the stage for the story.
    • Include a hook to grab the reader’s attention.
  2. Body:
    • Develop the plot through rising action, climax, and falling action.
    • Include detailed descriptions, sensory details, and dialogue to make the story engaging.
    • Build tension and keep the reader interested.
  3. Conclusion:
    • Resolve the conflict and bring the story to a satisfying end.
    • Reflect on the theme or message of the story.
    • Provide a sense of closure for the reader.

Example of a Narrative Composition:

Title: “The Unexpected Adventure”

Introduction: The sun had just dipped below the horizon when Sarah received the mysterious letter. She had never seen her grandmother’s handwriting so shaky before. “Come to the old oak tree by the river at dawn,” it read. With curiosity and a sense of unease, Sarah decided to follow the instructions.

Body: As dawn broke, Sarah arrived at the oak tree, its ancient branches casting long shadows. She was surprised to see her childhood friend, Jack, waiting there. “Did you get a letter too?” he asked. They exchanged puzzled looks and decided to search around the tree. Suddenly, the ground beneath them gave way, and they tumbled into a hidden cavern. The cavern was filled with sparkling crystals and old artifacts. Among them was a map with cryptic symbols. Intrigued, they followed the map deeper into the cavern, encountering various puzzles and traps.

The climax of their adventure came when they found a hidden treasure chest. However, it was guarded by a fearsome, ghostly figure. With quick thinking and teamwork, Sarah and Jack managed to decipher the clues and appease the spirit, gaining access to the chest.

Conclusion: The treasure turned out to be not gold, but a collection of old family heirlooms and letters. Through these letters, Sarah learned about her grandmother’s adventurous past and the legacy she wanted to pass on. Sarah and Jack emerged from the cavern with a renewed appreciation for their family’s history and the bond they shared. As they walked back to the village, the morning sun rose, casting a warm glow on their unexpected adventure.

FILLING APPLICATION FORMS

Filling out application forms can sometimes feel overwhelming, but with some preparation and attention to detail, it can be a straightforward process. Here are some steps and tips to help you fill out application forms effectively:

Steps to Fill Out Application Forms:

  1. Read the Instructions Carefully:
    • Before you start filling out the form, read all the instructions thoroughly to understand what is required.
    • Make note of any specific guidelines or sections that require special attention.
  2. Gather Necessary Information:
    • Collect all the necessary documents and information you will need to complete the form, such as identification, contact details, educational history, work experience, references, and any other relevant information.
  3. Use Clear and Legible Handwriting:
    • If filling out a paper form, write neatly and legibly using black or blue ink.
    • If filling out an online form, ensure that you enter information accurately and in the correct format.
  4. Provide Accurate and Honest Information:
    • Ensure that all the information you provide is accurate and truthful.
    • Double-check dates, names, and other details to avoid any errors.
  5. Follow the Format:
    • Pay attention to the format of dates, phone numbers, and other data as specified in the form.
    • Use the correct format to avoid any confusion or delays in processing your application.
  6. Answer All Required Questions:
    • Complete all required fields and sections. If a question does not apply to you, indicate this by writing “N/A” (not applicable) rather than leaving it blank.
  7. Attach Supporting Documents:
    • If the application form requires additional documents (e.g., resumes, cover letters, transcripts, certificates), make sure to attach them as instructed.
    • Ensure that all attachments are clear, well-organized, and properly labeled.
  8. Review and Proofread:
    • Before submitting the form, review and proofread all entries to check for errors or omissions.
    • Ensure that all information is complete and accurate.
  9. Submit the Form:
    • Follow the submission instructions provided on the form.
    • If submitting online, make sure you receive confirmation that your application has been submitted successfully.
  10. Keep a Copy:
    • Make a copy of the completed form and any attachments for your records.
    • This can be useful if you need to refer back to the information or follow up on the application.

Example of Common Information Required in Application Forms:

  • Personal Information:
    • Full Name
    • Date of Birth
    • Address
    • Phone Number
    • Email Address
  • Educational History:
    • Schools Attended
    • Degrees or Certifications Earned
    • Graduation Dates
  • Work Experience:
    • Previous Employers
    • Job Titles
    • Employment Dates
    • Responsibilities and Achievements
  • References:
    • Names and Contact Information of References
    • Relationship to Applicant

MECHANICS OF WRITING

The mechanics of writing refer to the rules and conventions that govern written language. These rules ensure clarity, readability, and correctness in writing. Here are some key aspects of writing mechanics:

  1. Spelling
  • Correct Spelling: Ensure that words are spelled correctly to avoid confusion and maintain professionalism.
  • Tips: Use a dictionary, practice commonly misspelled words, and proofread your writing.
  1. Punctuation
  • Periods (.): End declarative sentences.
  • Commas (,): Separate items in a list, clauses, or introductory elements.
  • Question Marks (?): End interrogative sentences.
  • Exclamation Marks (!): Indicate strong emotion or emphasis.
  • Colons (:): Introduce lists, explanations, or quotations.
  • Semicolons (;): Connect closely related independent clauses or separate items in a complex list.
  • Apostrophes (‘): Show possession or form contractions.
  • Quotation Marks (“): Enclose direct speech, quotations, or titles of short works.
  • Parentheses (()): Enclose additional information or asides.
  • Dashes (—): Indicate a pause or break in thought or set off additional information.
  • Hyphens (-): Join words in compound terms or separate syllables of a word at the end of a line.
  1. Capitalization
  • First Words: Capitalize the first word of a sentence.
  • Proper Nouns: Capitalize names of specific people, places, organizations, and titles.
  • Titles: Capitalize the main words in titles of books, articles, and works of art.
  1. Grammar
  • Subject-Verb Agreement: Ensure subjects and verbs agree in number and tense.
    • Example: “She writes” (singular) vs. “They write” (plural).
  • Proper Verb Tenses: Use correct verb tenses to indicate time and sequence of actions.
    • Example: “I walked” (past) vs. “I am walking” (present continuous).
  • Pronoun Usage: Use pronouns correctly to avoid ambiguity and maintain agreement.
    • Example: “The student finished their homework.”
  1. Sentence Structure
  • Simple Sentences: Consist of one independent clause.
    • Example: “The cat slept.”
  • Compound Sentences: Consist of two or more independent clauses joined by a conjunction or semicolon.
    • Example: “The cat slept, and the dog played.”
  • Complex Sentences: Consist of one independent clause and one or more dependent clauses.
    • Example: “While the cat slept, the dog played.”
  1. Formatting
  • Paragraphs: Organize writing into paragraphs with clear topic sentences, supporting details, and concluding sentences.
  • Indentation: Indent the first line of each paragraph.
  • Line Spacing: Use appropriate line spacing (e.g., single, 1.5, or double) based on the writing style or guidelines.
  1. Consistency
  • Tense Consistency: Maintain consistent verb tense throughout a piece of writing.
    • Example: “She walked to the park and played with her friends.”
  • Point of View Consistency: Maintain a consistent point of view (first person, second person, or third person) throughout the writing.
    • Example: “I went to the store” (first person) vs. “He went to the store” (third person).

Examples in Context:

  1. Correct Spelling and Punctuation:
    • Incorrect: “The quick brown fox jumps over the lazi dog”
    • Correct: “The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.”
  2. Capitalization:
    • Incorrect: “i went to new york last summer.”
    • Correct: “I went to New York last summer.”
  3. Grammar and Sentence Structure:
    • Incorrect: “She go to the store.”
    • Correct: “She goes to the store.”

WRITING PROCESS

The writing process is a series of steps that writers follow to produce a polished piece of writing. It helps in organizing thoughts, developing ideas, and refining the text. Here’s a detailed look at the stages of the writing process:

  1. Prewriting:
  • Brainstorming: Generate ideas and topics for your writing. Think about what you want to say and how to say it.
  • Researching: Gather information and evidence to support your ideas. This is crucial for writing that requires factual accuracy.
  • Outlining: Organize your thoughts and structure your writing with a clear outline. This serves as a roadmap for your writing.
  • Choosing a Purpose and Audience: Determine the purpose of your writing (inform, persuade, entertain) and identify your target audience.
  1. Drafting:
  • Writing the First Draft: Begin writing your ideas down in a structured format. Don’t worry about perfection; focus on getting your thoughts on paper.
  • Following the Outline: Use your outline as a guide to ensure your writing stays organized and on track.
  1. Revising:
  • Reviewing Content: Check for clarity, coherence, and logical flow of ideas. Ensure that your writing effectively communicates your message.
  • Improving Structure: Reorganize paragraphs and sections if necessary to enhance the overall structure.
  • Enhancing Language: Refine your word choice, sentence variety, and tone to improve readability and engagement.
  1. Editing:
  • Checking Grammar and Punctuation: Correct any grammatical errors, spelling mistakes, and punctuation issues.
  • Ensuring Consistency: Verify that your writing maintains a consistent style, tone, and formatting throughout.
  • Polishing the Writing: Make final adjustments to ensure your writing is polished and professional.
  1. Proofreading:
  • Final Review: Carefully read through your writing to catch any remaining errors or typos. This step ensures that your work is error-free before submission or publication.
  1. Publishing:
  • Sharing Your Work: Depending on your purpose, share your writing with your intended audience. This could involve submitting an assignment, publishing a blog post, or sending an email.

Example in Context:

  1. Prewriting:
    • Brainstorming topic ideas for a blog post on “The Benefits of Reading.”
    • Researching statistics and studies on reading habits and benefits.
    • Creating an outline with sections on cognitive benefits, emotional benefits, and social benefits.
    • Identifying the target audience as book enthusiasts and lifelong learners.
  2. Drafting:
    • Writing the first draft, following the outline, and including relevant information and examples.
  3. Revising:
    • Reviewing the content to ensure it is engaging and informative.
    • Reorganizing sections for better flow and coherence.
    • Enhancing language with vivid descriptions and varied sentence structures.
  4. Editing:
    • Checking for grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors.
    • Ensuring consistent tone and style throughout the blog post.
  5. Proofreading:
    • Conducting a final review to catch any remaining errors or typos.
  6. Publishing:
    • Posting the blog on a personal website or sharing it on social media platforms.

CREATIVE WRITING

Creative writing is a form of writing that goes beyond the bounds of professional, journalistic, academic, or technical literature. It is characterized by an emphasis on narrative craft, character development, and the use of literary tropes. The goal of creative writing is to entertain, provoke thought, and evoke emotions. Here are some key elements and types of creative writing, along with tips to get started:

Key Elements of Creative Writing:

  1. Imagination: Let your creativity run wild. Creative writing often involves inventing new worlds, characters, and scenarios.
  2. Narrative: Storytelling is at the heart of creative writing. Focus on creating a compelling plot with a clear beginning, middle, and end.
  3. Character Development: Develop well-rounded characters with distinct personalities, motivations, and backgrounds.
  4. Setting: Create vivid and immersive settings that enhance the story and provide context for the characters’ actions.
  5. Dialogue: Use dialogue to reveal character traits and advance the plot. Aim for natural and realistic conversations.
  6. Emotion: Evoke emotions in your readers by tapping into universal themes and experiences.
  7. Literary Devices: Incorporate literary devices such as metaphors, similes, symbolism, and imagery to add depth and richness to your writing.

Types of Creative Writing:

  1. Short Stories: Brief narratives that focus on a single event or a series of connected events.
  2. Novels: Longer works of fiction with complex plots, subplots, and character development.
  3. Poetry: Expressive and often rhythmic writing that focuses on emotions, ideas, and imagery.
  4. Plays: Scripts written for performance on stage, including dialogue and stage directions.
  5. Memoirs: Personal accounts that explore significant experiences or periods in the writer’s life.
  6. Flash Fiction: Very short stories, typically under 1,000 words, that capture a moment or a brief narrative.
  7. Creative Nonfiction: Factual writing that uses literary techniques to tell true stories.

Tips for Getting Started with Creative Writing:

  1. Find Inspiration: Draw inspiration from your surroundings, personal experiences, dreams, or other works of art.
  2. Write Regularly: Set aside time each day or week to write. Consistent practice helps develop your writing skills.
  3. Read Widely: Read a variety of genres and styles to expand your understanding of different narrative techniques and literary devices.
  4. Start with Prompts: Use writing prompts to spark ideas and get your creative juices flowing.
  5. Experiment: Don’t be afraid to try new styles, genres, or perspectives. Experimentation can lead to unique and original writing.
  6. Revise and Edit: Writing is a process. Revise and edit your work to refine your ideas, improve clarity, and enhance the overall quality.
  7. Seek Feedback: Share your writing with others and seek constructive feedback. Consider joining a writing group or taking a creative writing class.

Example of Creative Writing:

Title: “The Enchanted Forest”

Deep within the heart of the Enchanted Forest, where the trees whispered secrets and the air shimmered with magic, lived a young girl named Elara. She was no ordinary girl, for she possessed the rare gift of speaking with animals. From the tiniest mouse to the grandest stag, all creatures found a friend in Elara.

One moonlit night, as she wandered through the forest, Elara stumbled upon a hidden glade bathed in silver light. At its center stood an ancient oak, its branches adorned with glowing, ethereal flowers. Entranced, Elara approached the tree and heard a gentle voice emanating from its trunk.

“Child of the forest,” the voice whispered, “you have been chosen to awaken the heart of magic. Only you can restore the balance and bring peace to our realm.”

With determination in her heart, Elara set forth on a quest filled with challenges and wonders. Along the way, she encountered mythical creatures, overcame treacherous obstacles, and discovered the true strength within herself. Through courage, kindness, and unwavering resolve, Elara fulfilled her destiny, becoming the guardian of the Enchanted Forest and its timeless magic.

DESCRIPTIVE WRITING

Descriptive writing is a literary technique used to create vivid and detailed images in the reader’s mind. It involves using sensory details and figurative language to paint a picture of a person, place, thing, or event. The goal is to make the reader feel as if they are experiencing the subject firsthand. Here are some key elements and tips for crafting effective descriptive writing:

Key Elements of Descriptive Writing:

  1. Sensory Details:
    • Sight: Describe colors, shapes, sizes, and appearances.
      • Example: “The sunset painted the sky in hues of orange, pink, and purple.”
    • Sound: Describe noises, sounds, and silence.
      • Example: “The gentle rustling of leaves created a soothing melody.”
    • Smell: Describe scents and odors.
      • Example: “The aroma of freshly baked bread wafted through the air.”
    • Taste: Describe flavors and tastes.
      • Example: “The tangy, sweet flavor of the lemon tart lingered on my tongue.”
    • Touch: Describe textures and physical sensations.
      • Example: “The soft, velvety petals of the rose brushed against my fingertips.”
  2. Figurative Language:
    • Similes: Compare two things using “like” or “as.”
      • Example: “The water was as clear as crystal.”
    • Metaphors: Compare two things without using “like” or “as.”
      • Example: “The sky was a canvas of stars.”
    • Personification: Give human qualities to non-human things.
      • Example: “The wind whispered through the trees.”
  3. Vivid Imagery:
    • Use descriptive language to create strong visual images.
    • Example: “The old, cobblestone street wound its way through the quaint village, lined with charming cottages adorned with vibrant flower boxes.”
  4. Specific Details:
    • Include precise and specific details to make the description more realistic and engaging.
    • Example: “The ancient oak tree stood tall and proud, its gnarled branches reaching out like welcoming arms.”

Tips for Descriptive Writing:

  1. Show, Don’t Tell:
    • Instead of simply stating facts, show the reader through detailed descriptions.
    • Example: Instead of “The room was messy,” use “Clothes were strewn across the floor, and half-empty coffee cups cluttered the desk.”
  2. Use Strong Verbs and Adjectives:
    • Choose powerful verbs and adjectives that convey specific actions and qualities.
    • Example: “The vibrant flowers bloomed in the garden,” instead of “The flowers were in the garden.”
  3. Engage the Reader’s Senses:
    • Incorporate sensory details to create a multi-dimensional experience for the reader.
    • Example: “The cool breeze carried the scent of pine and the sound of distant laughter.”
  4. Create a Mood or Atmosphere:
    • Use descriptive language to establish a specific mood or atmosphere.
    • Example: “The eerie silence of the abandoned house sent shivers down my spine.”
  5. Use Varied Sentence Structure:
    • Mix short and long sentences to create rhythm and keep the reader engaged.
    • Example: “The waves crashed against the shore. The salty air filled my lungs, and I felt a sense of peace.”

Example of Descriptive Writing:

The Enchanted Garden

The garden was a hidden oasis, a world unto itself. Sunlight filtered through the canopy of ancient trees, casting dappled shadows on the emerald green grass. The air was alive with the sound of birdsong and the gentle hum of bees buzzing from flower to flower. In the center of the garden, a sparkling fountain danced, its waters glistening like diamonds in the sunlight. Vibrant blooms of every color imaginable dotted the landscape, their petals unfurling to reveal intricate patterns. The sweet scent of jasmine and lavender mingled in the air, creating an intoxicating fragrance. Stone pathways meandered through the garden, inviting visitors to explore its many hidden nooks and crannies. It was a place of tranquility and beauty, where time seemed to stand still.

EMAILS

Emails are a widely used form of written communication in both professional and personal contexts. A well-crafted email is clear, concise, and polite. Here’s a guide on how to write effective emails, including the key components and some tips for success:

Key Components of an Email:

  1. Subject Line:
    • A brief and clear description of the email’s purpose.
    • Example: “Meeting Agenda for March 15th” or “Request for Information”
  2. Greeting/Salutation:
    • A polite opening to address the recipient.
    • Example: “Dear Mr. Smith,” or “Hi Jane,”
  3. Opening Sentence:
    • A polite introduction or context for the email.
    • Example: “I hope this email finds you well.” or “I’m writing to follow up on our previous conversation.”
  4. Body:
    • The main content of the email. It should be well-organized, clear, and to the point.
    • Example:
  • I’m writing to inform you about the upcoming project deadlines. Please find the details below:
  • – Task A: Due by March 20th
  • – Task B: Due by March 25th
  • – Task C: Due by March 30th
  • If you have any questions or need further information, feel free to reach out.
  1. Closing:
    • A polite ending to signal the conclusion of the email.
    • Example: “Thank you for your attention to this matter.” or “Looking forward to your response.”
  2. Signature:
    • Your name and any additional contact information.
    • Example:
  • Best regards,
  • John Doe
  • doe@example.com
  • (555) 123-4567

Tips for Writing Effective Emails:

  1. Be Clear and Concise:
    • Keep your emails brief and to the point. Avoid unnecessary details and focus on the main purpose.
  2. Use a Professional Tone:
    • Maintain a polite and respectful tone, especially in professional settings. Avoid slang or overly casual language.
  3. Proofread:
    • Always proofread your emails for spelling, grammar, and punctuation errors. This ensures professionalism and clarity.
  4. Use Proper Formatting:
    • Use paragraphs, bullet points, and headings to organize your email and make it easy to read.
  5. Include a Call to Action:
    • If you need a response or action from the recipient, clearly state what you need and by when.
  6. Be Mindful of Your Audience:
    • Tailor your email to the recipient’s preferences and level of formality. Use appropriate greetings and closings based on your relationship with the recipient.

Example of a Professional Email:

Subject Line: Request for Meeting to Discuss Q1 Sales Results

Greeting/Salutation: Dear Ms. Thompson,

Opening Sentence: I hope this email finds you well. I am writing to request a meeting to discuss our sales results for the first quarter of this year.

Body: We have seen significant progress in our sales targets, and I believe it would be beneficial to review our achievements and identify areas for improvement. Please let me know your availability next week for a meeting. I have also attached the Q1 sales report for your reference.

Closing: Thank you for your time and consideration. I look forward to your response.

Signature: Best regards, Emily Johnson Sales Manager emily.johnson@example.com

 

KCPE 2023 CRE/ IRE Commonly Tested Questions

KCPE 2023 CRE/ IRE Commonly Tested Questions

COMMONLY KCPE TESTED QUESTIONS

CRE & IRE

200 PREDICTION QUESTIONS

                                              Time: 2 Hours 30 Mins

PART I:

CHRISTIAN RELIGIOUS EDUCATION (C.R.E.)

  1. God created the universe in 6 days. On which day did He create the sea, creatures and birds
    1. 2nd
    2. 4th
    3. 5th
    4. 6th
  2. “Never against shall I destroy my people with water” God made a covenant with Noah. The sign of the covenant was
    1. Dove
    2. Rainbow
    3. Raven
    4. Fire
  3. Abraham separated with Lot due to
    1. jealousy
    2. hatred
    3. enemity
    4. quarrels over grazing lands
  4. Which gift of the holy spirit did Joseph have which made him famous in Egypt?
    1. Interpreting dreams
    2. Working miracles
    3. Artistic talent
    4. Was a good speaker
  5. Why did Moses decide to leave Egypt to go and live in Midian?
    1. To look for the burning bush
    2. To escape from Pharaoh
    3. To look for Jethro’s herd
    4. To receive the ten commandments
  6. Which one of the following achievements of David made Jerusalem a centre of worship?

He _______________________

  1. built the temple
  2. brought back the ark of the covenant
  3. killed Goliath
  4. fought 5000 men
  1. “My clan is the weakest in the tribe of Manasseh and I am the least important member of my family.” Who spoke these words
    1. Gideon
    2. David
    3. Isaiah
    4. Joseph
  2. Which one of the following is the reason why king Solomon is remembered as a great king of Israel. He ____________________
    1. bought the ark of the covenant to Jerusalem
    2. had many wives
    3. had great wisdom
    4. built the lord’s temple in Jerusalem
  3. Which one of the following is not a prophecy of prophet Isaiah about the work of the

Messiah. He would

  1. preach good and to the poor
  2. give sight to the blind
  3. lead Israelites free from the Roman rule
  4. set the oppressed fire
  1. Why was Mary greatly troubled by the angel’s message during the annunciation of the birth of Jesus?
    1. She was engaged to Joseph
    2. she was a virgin
    3. she feared the angel
    4. she was barren
  2. Who ordered for a census to be done when Jesus was born?
    1. Pontius Pilate
    2. King Herod
    3. Augustus Caesar
    4. Governor Quirintius
  3. Complete the following beatitude: Happy are these who are humble
    1. for they will see God
    2. God will be merciful to them
    3. the kingdom of heaven
    4. they will receive what God has promised
  4. Which of the following parables of Jesus teaches about forgiveness
    1. the good Samaritan
    2. the prodigal son
    3. the mustard sad
    4. the net
  5. Which of the following teachings of Jesus about prayer is true?
    1. God answers prayers immediately
    2. It should be said in humility
    3. Prayer should be long
    4. It should be said in groups
  6. Cleophas and his friend were talking to Jesus without realising till he
    1. prayed with them
    2. broke the bread
    3. explained the scriptures
    4. drank the wine
  7. Jesus asked His disciples to pray on Mount Olive inorder to
    1. stay awake
    2. defend themselves
    3. avoid falling into temptations
    4. fight Judas and the soldier
  8. Which one of the following activities shows a fruit of the holy spirit?
    1. Telling about the future
    2. Speaking in tongues
    3. Caring for the sick
    4. Conducting bible study
  9. Before the disciples received the Holy spirit they were in a room in Jerusalem
    1. sleeping
    2. praying
    3. hiding
    4. eating
  10. The story of Saul on his way to Damascus teaches Christians to
    1. support the spread of the gospel
    2. help there in need
    3. be kind to the poor
    4. read the scriptures
  11. When there was a famine the believers sent Paul and Barnabbas to Judea to
    1. preach to non jews
    2. heal the sick
    3. take money to fellow believers
    4. place hands on the non converts
  12. Which one of the following is a role of ancestors in the traditional African society? Ancestors act as intermediaries between the living and God.
    1. Ancestors show the living how to use their talents wisely
    2. Ancestors remind the living to love their enemies
    3. Ancestors teach the living on how to pray
  13. Three of the following are reasons why circumcision is practised in traditional African societies, which one is not?
    1. The initiates become full members of their community
    2. The initiates pass from childhood to adulthood
    3. The initiates are allowed to marry
    4. The initiates become chiefs
  14. Which one of the following traditional African practice concerning new life is illegal in Kenya?
    1. Naming
    2. Taking
    3. Circumcision
    4. Female genital mutilation
  15. Which of the following statements is true of both christianity and traditional African religion?
    1. They both teach about the second coming of Jesus
    2. They both have holy books
    3. They both have missionaries
    4. They both teach about life after death
  16. Christians best prepare themselves for Easter by
    1. repenting their sins
    2. buying new clothes
    3. visiting their friends
    4. preparing special food
  17. After assisting her mother in kitchen. work, Daisy realizes that she had some extra time.

As a christian the best way to spread it is by

  1. reading story books
  2. watching films
  3. visiting her friend
  4. visiting an orphan
  1. Which one of the following is not a reason why the taking of alcohol as a way of spending leisure is condemned.
    1. It leads to conflicts within the family
    2. It leads to irresponsible sexual behaviours
    3. It promotes mental health
    4. It could lead to a loss of income
  2. Dennis, a standard eight pupil has been receiving gifts from an elderly rich woman who wants to have a relationship with him. As a christian the right action for him to take is to
    1. transfer to another school
    2. inform other pupils about the roman
    3. report the matter to the headteacher
    4. accept the gifts
  3. You have discovered that Bosire your best friend is being used by a rich man to sell drugs to other pupils in school. As a christian you should tell him to
    1. Transfer to another school
    2. ask the rich man to pay him well
    3. sell the drugs and not use them
    4. stop selling the drugs and concentrate in class 30.Which one of the following is a wrong use of money?
    5. Helping the needy to become rich
    6. Paying school fees for a relative
    7. Paying salaries to workers
    8. Giving gifts to voters
  4. God gave human beings the responsibility to do all the following except
    1. cultivate the land
    2. use creation for their benefits
    3. to rule some animals
    4. name all birds and animals
  5. “Leave your land and go to a country that! will show you” These words were said to
    1. Jacob
    2. Abraham
    3. Moses
    4. Noah
  6. The following are reasons why Moses was not willing to go back to Egypt except ________________________. A.he had killed an Egyptian
    1. he was not a good speaker
    2. he lacked knowledge of Yahweh
    3. God had appeared to him in a burning bush
  7. ______________________ was an annual event celebrated every year to remember deliverance from slavery in Egypt.
    1. Passover
    2. Last supper
    3. Pentecost
    4. Transfiguration
  8. Which one of the following is not an importance of the Passover to the Israelites?
    1. They were saved from the angel of death
    2. It saved them from slavery in Egypt
    3. It led to killing of all Egyptians in Egypt
    4. It is celebrated as a thanks -giving
  9. Why is the commandment of love known as the greatest?
    1. It is a gift of the Holy spirit
    2. It is above the law of God
    3. It summarizes all the laws of God
    4. It was given by Moses
  10. Who among the following kings committed adultery?
    1. Ahab
    2. David
    3. Saul
    4. Hosea
  11. The king who took the role of a prophet and made a sacrifice was ________________________.
    1. Ahab
    2. Hosea
    3. David
    4. Saul
  12. When King David sinned prophet ________________________ was sent to rebuke him?
    1. Nathan
    2. Zadock
    3. Samuel
    4. Ahijah
  13. The following happened during the time of prophet Elijah except
    1. He challenged the prophets of Baal
    2. Prophesied 3 years drought in Israel
    3. Healed the bad water and made it good
    4. He was fed by ravens
  14. Why did Jesus Christ agree to be baptised even though he had no sin?
    1. To get a new name
    2. it was a tradition to be baptized
    3. To obey John the baptist
    4. To fulfill the will of God
  15. Who found baby Jesus lying in a manger wrapped in strips of clothe immediately after His birth?
    1. Annah
    2. Shepherds
    3. Wisemen
    4. Simeon
  16. During presentation of Jesus, Simeon stated the following except
    1. Jesus would bring salvation to all people B.Jesus would bring glory to the people of Israe!
    2. Jesus would set Jerusalem free
    3. Jesus would be a light to reveal God’s will
  17. “This is my own dear son with who” I am pleased. During which occasions were these words said?
    1. Birth of Jesus Christ
    2. Transfiguration
    3. Death of Jesus Christ
    4. Baptism of Jesus Christ
  18. _________________________ led Christ to the wilderness after his baptism.
    1. Holy spirit
    2. Satan
    3. Disciples
    4. John the baptist
  19. The miracles of Jesus Christ demonstrated the following except,

_________________________ A.God’s glory and powers.

  1. His power over life.
  2. His power over human begins.
  3. How leaders should serve people.
  1. Which one of the following is the teaching of Jesus on fasting?

 

Be cheerful and do it privately.

Look miserable in order to win sympathy of people.

Tell people we are fasting and no food to be brought. Avoid peoples company as they will ask us to eat.

  1. Jesus used ___________________________ to reveal the secrets of the kingdom of God to his disciples and people.
    1. prayers
    2. beatitudes
    3. miracles
    4. parables
  2. “This cup is God’s new covenant sealed with my blood, which is poured out for you.” When were these words said?
    1. Praying at the garden of Gethsemane
    2. Last supper
    3. Pentecost
    4. Passover
  3. During the day of Pentecost people from all over the world had gathered in Jerusalem to _______________________.
    1. celebrate Passover
    2. listen to the disciples
    3. wait for the holy spirit
    4. repent their sins
  4. Who composed the apostles creed for all Christians?
    1. Disciples
    2. Jesus
    3. God
    4. Apostles
  5. Who baptized the Ethiopian Eunuch?
    1. John the baptist
    2. Phillip
    3. Jesus
    4. Peter
  6. Which gift was given to Solomon by God?
    1. Healing
    2. Faith
    3. Wisdom
    4. Working miracles
  7. Which is the best way of reconciling with God in African traditional religion?
    1. Offerings
    2. Prayers
    3. Ritual and rites
    4. Sacrifices
  8. Which one of the following practices is not compatible with African Traditional Society?

Female circumcision

Going to school

Polygamy

Cham and amulets

  1. Which one of the following is a difference between African Traditional Society understanding on continuity of life and Christian understanding? A.Believe in judgement.
    1. Life is cyclic.
    2. Those who die become spirits.
    3. Life continues in spiritual world.
  2. In order to accept ourselves and others we should do the following except
    1. avoid being critical about ourselves
    2. avoid being critical about others
    3. accept ourselves the way we were created
    4. try to change others
  3. The following are reasons why children are engaged in child labour. Which one is not?
    1. To become famous
    2. Due to poverty
    3. High cost of living
    4. After being orphans
  4. David’s son, Amnon, committed one of the following sexual misuse, which one is it?
    1. Adultery
    2. Prostitution
    3. Incest
    4. Fornication
  5. Kamau’s wife is sick, his church does not believe in hospital treatment. What advice can you, as Christian give to Kamau?
    1. Take him to the prophet who can pray for his wife
    2. Have Kamau arrested by the police
    3. Tell him to take her to hospital
    4. Encourage him to continue praying persistently
  6. God showed that the seventh day was a special one during creation when He finished all creation.
    1. blessed it and rested.
    2. created human beings in His image.
    3. blessed all the creation.
  7. Which one of the following commands did God give Noah after the flood?
    1. Have many children so that your descendants will live all over the earth.
    2. Leave your father’s home and go to a country that I will show you.
    3. Remove your shoes for you are standing on a holy ground.
    4. offer your only so as a sacrifice.
  8. Iam who Iam, this is my name forever” (Exodus 3:14-15). God spoke these words to Abraham.

Jacob.

Moses. Isaac.

  1. Which one of the following events took place during the Exodus? A.The Israelites attacked Jericno.
    1. The covenan’ box was made.
    2. Saul was appointed king.
    3. Deborah served as a judge.
  2. When Hannah prayed at Shiloh, she asked God to give her A.long life.
    1. a son.
  3. Which one of the following reasons explains why king Saul wanted to kill David? A.David had been appointed king.
    1. Saul had an evil spirit.
    2. David had become famous.
    3. David had refused to marry his daughter.
  4. In which one of the following ways did king Solomon turn away from God? He A.married many wives.
    1. refused to build a temple.
    2. allowed the worship of false gods.
    3. acquired a lot of wealth.
  5. Prophet Jeremiah was mistreated by being thrown into a dry well.
    1. put in a lions’ den.
    2. put in prison.
    3. beaten by the king.
  6. When there was famine in Israel, prophet Elijah went to live with a widow in Shunem.
  7. The son that Zechariah and Elizabeth was given a name by A.Mary.
    1. angel Gabriel.
  8. Who among the following people ordered for a census to be done in Israel? Augustus.

 

  1. Which one of the following was a teaching of Jesus during the sermon on the mount?
    1. ‘Give to Ceasar what belongs to him.’
    2. ‘Happy are the pure in heart, they will see God’
    3. ‘He who is the least will be the greatest.”
    4. ‘I am the way, the truth and life.”
  2. The woman whom Jesus asked for water at a well was a A.Levite.
  3. Which one of the following miracles of Jesus shows that He came as a universal saviour? A.Healing a paralysed man.
    1. Healing the Roman officer’s servant.
    2. Raising Lazarus.
    3. Calming a storm.
  4. The parable of the sower teaches Christians
    1. how the word of God grows in them.
    2. to plant good seeds in their farms.
    3. to take good care of their farms.
    4. to help people in need.
  5. Who among the following people said that Jesus was a good man after He died on the cross?
    1. The repentant thief.
    2. An army officer.
    3. Pontious Pilate.
    4. Joseph of Arimathea
  6. Unless I see the scars and put my fingers on those scars and my hand in His side, I will not believe’ (John 20:25). These words were said by A.Peter.
  7. The Jews were surprised on the day of Pentecost when the disciples A.performed miracles.
    1. sang and praised God.
    2. preached to the crowd.
    3. spoke in foreign languages.
  8. The story of Ananias and Sapphira teaches Christians to be
    1. humble
    2. patient
    3. honest
    4. obedient
  9. When Paul and Silas were in jail in Philippi, they were A.mourning.
  10. When Peter went to the town of Joppa, he baptized an Ethiopian Eunuch.
    1. preached to Comelius.
    2. raised Tabitha.
    3. healed a lame beggar.
  11. Which one of the following beliefs about God in traditional African communities is true? God
    1. provides for His creation.
    2. is served by angels.
    3. finished creation in six days…
    4. lives in heaven.
  12. In traditional African communities, shrines are places where A.ancestors are buried.
    1. initiation ceremonies are done.
    2. the youth are taught.
    3. sacrifices are offered.
  13. When there is good harvest in traditional African communities, people thank God by A.offering food sacrifices in shrines.
    1. giving food to travellers.
    2. selling surplus food.
    3. using foodstuffs to pay dowry.
  14. Christians show obedience to lawful authority by A.praising their leaders.
    1. paying taxes.
    2. praying for their leaders.
    3. going to church.
  15. The church promotes good health among
    1. offering free medical care. people in Kenya by
    2. establishing hospitals.
    3. visiting sick people.
    4. preaching to the sick.
  16. Meshack, a standard eight pupil, helped an old woman carry a heavy basket. This shows that Meshack
    1. knew the woman.
    2. was a strong person.
    3. was a kind person.
    4. was related to the woman.
  17. Maria, who is your deskmate, keeps on getting ill. The best action for you to take is to
    1. pray and advise her to go to hospital.
    2. change your sitting position.
    3. tell her to transfer to another school.
    4. tell her to stay at home.
  18. The best way for parents to teach their children good behaviour is by setting good examples.
    1. preparing family laws.
    2. punishing children who misbehave.
    3. taking their children for counselling.
  19. Christians can benefit the community during their free time by A.singing in church.
    1. reading the Bible.
    2. watching Christian programs.
    3. visiting the elderly.
  20. Which one of the following book speaks about creation?
    1. Exodus
    2. Numbers
    3. Genesis
    4. Leviticus
  21. According to the Genesis stories of creation
    1. sea, land and plants were created on the third day
    2. man was created on the fifth day
    3. heavenly bodies were created on the fifth day D.birds and sea creatures were created after man 93.Who among the following people was asked to build an ark?
    4. Jeremiah
    5. Noah
    6. Joseph
    7. Gideon
  22. Moses was given the ten commandments on mount
    1. Ararat
    2. Nebo
    3. Sinai
    4. Carmel
  23. The prophet who foretold about Jesus being a refugee in Egypt was
    1. Micah
    2. Jeremiah
    3. Hosea
    4. Isaiah
  24. The first people to visit baby Jesus were
    1. the angels
    2. shepherds
    3. the relatives
    4. wise men from the East
  25. The healing of Naaman was done by
    1. Elijah
    2. Gehazi
    3. Moses
    4. Elisha
  26. King Solomon sinned against God when he
    1. married many wives
    2. asked God for wisdom
    3. allowed idolatry
    4. built the temple in Jerusalem
  27. Which one of the following events took place during the night before the Exodus started?
    1. All the first born son of the Israelites were killed by the angel
    2. The Israelites drank wine
    3. Roasted meat was eaten by both Israelites and Egyptians
    4. Blood was smeared on the door posts to identify the houses of the Israelites
  28. Lazarus and his two sisters lived in
    1. Jerusalem
    2. Capernaum
    3. Bethany
    4. Galilee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART II:

ISLAMIC RELIGIOUS EDUCATION (I.R.E)

  1. Which one of the following chapters of the Quran is known as the mother of Quran? A.Fatiha
    1. Nas
    2. Ikhlas
    3. Maun
  2. Which one of the following surah talks about the unity of Allah (s.w)?
    1. Fiil
    2. Kauthar
    3. Ikhlas
    4. Falaq
  3. Which one of the following is the correct teaching of surah Al-Fatiha? A.Knowledge is a duty.
    1. Allah (s.w) is the king of kings.
    2. Muslims should not associate Allah (s.w) with other things.
    3. The prophet is a great friend of Allah (s.w)
  4. Which of the following pairs of surahs is recited to seek for Allah’s protection?
    1. Nas and Maun
    2. Falaq and Ikhlas
    3. Ikhlas and Nas
    4. Nas and Falaq
  5. The only surah in the Quran that has “Bismillahi” as part of its verses is:- A.Falaq
    1. ikhlas
    2. Fatiha
    3. Maun
  6. The prophet (a.w) said that Muslims are like a single building each brick holds the other. What was the prophet (s.a.w) referring to:- A.unity of Muslims
    1. love among Muslims
    2. co-operation between Muslims
    3. Muslim brotherhood
  7. Which one of the following is not among Islamic manners of toileting? A.Enter with the left foot.
    1. Carrying the Quran in the pocket
    2. Coming out with the right foot
    3. Saying ghufranakka when coming out
  8. Which one of the following sunnah salat is performed to seek for rain from Allah(s.w)? A.Istikharah
    1. Tarawen
    2. Dhuha
    3. Istisqal
  9. Which one of the following is a sunnah act of udhu?
    1. Washing the face
    2. Washing the feet
    3. Washing the hair
    4. Rinsing the mouth
  10. Which one of the following things does not nullify Saum?
    1. Eating intentionally
    2. Vomiting intentionally
    3. Swallowing saliva
    4. Swallowing
  11. Which is the miqaat for pilgrims of East Africa?
    1. Yalamlam
    2. Dhul- Hulaifa
    3. Dhatil – Irq
    4. Juhfa
  12. Which one of the following items is not liable for zakat?
    1. Cattle
    2. Beans
    3. Utensils
    4. Money
  13. Who among the following angels of Allah (w) is correctly matched with his duty?
    1. Jibril – incharge of death
    2. Mikail – incharge of rain
    3. Ridhwam incharge of hell
    4. Izrail-incharge of wahy
  14. The scrolls were given to prophet
    1. Musa
    2. Daud
    3. Mohammad
    4. Ibrahim
  15. The first prophet of Allah (w) to be sent to the world was
    1. Mohammad
    2. Nuh
    3. Adam
    4. Issa
  16. How many rakaat has swalatul subh?

 

Two

  1. Three
  2. Four
  3. One
  1. What should one say when he/she hears a Muslim sneezing?
    1. Subhanallah
    2. Maashallah
    3. Allahu Akbar
    4. Yarhamkallah
  2. Amina a girl in standard seven has developed bad habits of disobeying her parents. What advice would you give her as a friend? A.Tell her to continue with the habit.
    1. Threaten to report her to the polite.
    2. Tell her why its wrong to disobey parents
    3. Stop your friendship immediately
  3. How many goats are slaughtered during the Aqiqa of a baby boy?
    1. One
    2. Three
    3. Two
    4. Four
  4. What was the name of the horse that prophet Mohammad (a.w) used during the journey of Isra-wai-miraaj?
    1. Buraq
    2. Mahmud
    3. Suraqah
    4. Zaruf
  5. The main reason why hoarding is prohibited in isiam is A.it makes some people rich.
    1. it can cause death.
    2. it is a form of injustice.
    3. it removes blessings from the goods
  6. Which one of the following is not a quality of a Muslim leader?
    1. Intelligent
    2. Arrogant
    3. Knowledgeable
    4. Generous
  7. Which cave did prophet Mohammed (a.w) hide during hijrah?
    1. Hirah B.Tuwa
    2. Hunain
    3. Thaur
  8. Who among the following is the only child who survived the prophet (a.w)?
    1. Fatma

Zainab

  1. Ibrahim
  2. Ruqaya
  1. The last rightly guided caliph of Islam was
    1. Uthman
    2. Abubakr
    3. Umar
    4. Ali
  2. The first woman to embrace Islam was
    1. Aisha
    2. Khadijah
    3. Sumaya
    4. Mariam
  3. Which town was Amina bint Wahab from
    1. Makkah
    2. Taif
    3. Madina
    4. Madyam
  4. Who wrote the treaty of Hudaibiyah on behalf of the Quraish?
    1. Suhail bin Amru
    2. Uthman bin Affan
    3. Abubakar Assidiq
    4. Ali bin Abi Talib
  5. The prophet of Allah (w) who had the powers of commanding wind was,______________________.
    1. Ibrahim
    2. Musa
    3. Mohammad
    4. Suleiman
  6. The place of worship for the hindus is, _________________________.
    1. Church
    2. Temple
    3. Synagogue
    4. Mosque
  7. A person who fasts has two pleasures. One during _________________________ food. A.twaam.
  8. Which of the following vices is condemned in surah Al-Falaq? A. Witchcraft.
  9. Backbiting.

Stealing.

  1. Adultery.
  2. All the following are recomanended preparations for reading the holy Qur’an except
    1. taking wudhu.
    2. a siwak.
    3. facing qibia.
    4. not putting it on the bare ground.
  3. Which form of knowledge sticks best in mind according to surah Alaq?

Knowledge  A.of pictures.

  1. of the pen.
  2. from far away.
  3. of cramuning.
  1. Allah (SW) was not happy and even cursed Abu Lahab because he A.joined Abraham to destroy the holy kaaba.
    1. refused to join Islamic faith.
    2. dispersed the prophet’s congregation. D
    3. killed baby girls and burried others alive.
  2. What is the meaning of Taqwa in Islamic faith? A.Reliance on Allah.
    1. Obedience to Allah.
    2. The fear of God.
    3. Belief in Allah.
  3. A Muslim who believes in Qadar should always say ____________________________ when making future plans.
    1. fii amaanillah B.mashallah
    2. astaghfirullah
    3. inshallah
  4. After Takbiratul Ihraam, there follows A.seven Takbiras.
    1. surah Al-Fatiha
    2. bending for Rukuu.
    3. the first khutba.
  5. In which of the following villages did the hypocrites of Uhud in the Muslim army turn back and disappeared? A A.Abwa.
    1. C
  6. Which of the following ibaadaats cleanses off sins as free as a new born beby? Ablution.

 

  1. Hajj
  2. Jum’a to Jum’a
  3. Fast of sittat shawwal.
  1. “Al-Eal dil Ameen” is a description that was used to praise a city called Makkat mukarrama.
    1. Madinat munawwara.
  2. Muslims who reach at miqat to start hajj activities respond to Allah’s call by uttering A.tahniq.
    1. taibia
  3. Which prophet of Allah was killed by being cut into pieces? A.Zakariya.
  4. In which festival should Muslims first attend prayers before eating anything?
    1. Idd-ui-Fit
    2. Milad-un-Nabii.
    3. Idd-ul-hajj.
    4. Isra-wai-miraj.
  5. Prophet Musa (A.S) fled to Madyan after running away from _______________________ home.
    1. Firaun’s
    2. Shuaib’s
    3. Egypian’s
    4. an Israelite’s
  6. The present city of security where all Muslims today go for Hajj was the first settlement of
    1. Ibrahim’s family.
    2. Adam’s family.
    3. Muhammad’s family
    4. Nuh’s family.
  7. The names “Allah” and “Prophet” are introduced into the ear of a newbom baby for the first time through A.adhaan.
  8. The angel of Allah (SW) charged with the responsibility to welcome those rewarded at the gates of paradise is A.Malik.
  9. Muslims may locate and face Qibla for prayers by the help of all the following ways except
    1. use of a compass direction tool.
    2. use of the sunrise and sunset.
    3. use of a physically available mosque.
    4. automatic obvious imagination.
  10. Which of the following things is the same in both Jum’a and Idd prayers? A.The time of performing.
    1. When to say khutba.
    2. The number of rakaats prayed.
    3. Classification as sunna or fardh.
  11. Nadhir ibaadaats are
    1. the self promise to Allah.
    2. performed by few Muslims.
    3. performed as punishment.
    4. those performed at night.
  12. Which one of the following was not an advice given to prophet Mohammad by Jibril (AS)?
    1. To stay knowing that one day He will die.
    2. To love whom He loves but know that one day they’ll separate.
    3. He will be judged in all His deeds.
    4. Not to walk on earth with pride.
  13. The prophet assured Muslims that whoever shahada will be his or her last words before death will
    1. enter paradise.
    2. be resurrected.
    3. be heavier than the earth and all in it.
    4. be rewarded beyond imagination.
  14. The level of buried treasures and precious minerals the one should have in order to qualify to give out zakat is called A.tarka.
  15. The two swalats which have two adhasns in Islam are A.Idd-ul-fitr and Idd-ul-hajj.
    1. kusuf and khusuf.
    2. taraweh and tahajjud.
    3. fajr and Jum’a.
  16. Who was the secretary at the Hudaibiyaa treaty agreements and writings? A.Zaid bin Thaabit.
    1. Abubakr swiddiiq.
    2. Abu Sufian.
    3. Ali bin Abi Talib.          Edat is observed
    4. in the event of a husband’s death and twalaq.
    5. when a lady becomes seriously sick.
    6. if the couple never had Nikah ceremony.
    7. by all virgin ladies before marriage.
  17. Which of the following attributes of Allah is wrongly matched with its meaning?, Al-maswawwir – the dominant.
    1. Al-Baar – the originator.
    2. Al-Khaaliq – the creator.
    3. A-Razzaaq – the provider.
  18. What do Muslims celebrate on the first day on shawwaal? A.Eid-ul-fitr.
    1. Milad-un-nabii. C
  19. Muslims are allowed to reduce the number of rakaats in salaat A.dhuhr.
  20. Which verses among the following is found in suratul An-Nas?
    1. “So glorify the praises of your Lord”
    2. “Let them worship the Lord of this house
    3. “Say I seek refuge in the Lord of mankind”
    4. “Pray to your Lord and sacrifice to him alone”
  21. Which one of the following is a teaching of suratul Aadiyat?
    1. The night of power is better than a thousand months
    2. Human beings are at a loss except those who believe
    3. Human beings will be like moths
    4. All things will be exposed on the Day of Qiyama
  22. The main lesson derived from surah Fiyl is
    1. Allah is the Most Powerful
    2. Birds can damage anything
    3. Backbiters and rumour mongers will perish
    4. Worldly things should not destruct us
  23. The prophet (SAW) said, “Say the truth even if it is bitter.” This hadith teaches us on the virtue of
    1. tolerance
    2. honesty
    3. patience
    4. responsibility

 

 

  1. The first faradh part of wudhu is
    1. feet
    2. face
    3. head
    4. arms
  2. Which surah teaches Muslims the importance of tolerance?
    1. Masad
    2. Ikhlas
    3. Kaafirun
    4. Maun
  3. Which one of the following was a title given to Abubakar because he believed everything that the prophet(SAW) said?
    1. Assidiq
    2. Al-Amin
    3. Asadullah
    4. Abtar
  4. How many extra takbiras does the Imam say in the first rakaat of swalatul Idd?
    1. Two
    2. Three
    3. Five
    4. Seven
  5. The act of putting a sweet thing in the mouth of a newly born baby is known as
    1. Tahniiq
    2. AqiqA
    3. Nikah
    4. Mahar
  6. In which city did the prophet (SAW) die?
    1. Makkah
    2. Madinah
    3. Taif
    4. Jerusalem
  7. Mwafulani sells clothes but when it is almost Ramadhan he hides some and sells them a few days to Idd at a very high price. This act is haram and it is called 64.
    1. Israaf
    2. Ghush
    3. Hoarding
    4. Usury
  8. “Say, He is Allah the One.” This verse teaches us that
    1. we should avoid the shirk
    2. we should visit the sick
    3. Allah created everything
    4. guidance comes from Allah (SWT)
  9. In emphasizing unity among Muslims, the prophet(SAW) compared them to
    1. a flowing river
    2. a mountain
    3. an army
    4. a building
  10. How many animals are slaughtered during aqiqa for a baby girl?
    1. Two
    2. One
    3. Three
    4. Five
  11. A station where pilgrims make niyyah and change to Ihram during Hajj is called
    1. Muzdalifa
    2. Minaa
    3. Miiqat
    4. Sawfa
  12. The surah that was revealed to assure the prophet(SAW) of more revelation was
    1. Dhuha
    2. Inshirah
    3. Kauthar
    4. Falaq
  13. Which of the following is considered halal even if it is found dead?
    1. Cow
    2. Fish
    3. Chicken
    4. Crocodile
  14. Which act of worship is done before the prayer for Idul-Fitr?
    1. Fasting
    2. Giving zakatul Fitr
    3. Feasting
    4. Slaughtering
  15. For how long was the treaty of Hudaibiyya supposed to last?
    1. Ten years
    2. Three days
    3. Five weeks
    4. Three years
  16. Which pillar among the pillars of Islam is considered a shield?
    1. Shahada
    2. Zakah
    3. Saum
    4. Hajj
  17. Theprophet (SAW) said, “Whoever performs Hajj and commits no evil returns home________”
    1. as strong as a new born baby
    2. with thawaabs like a martyr
    3. very energetic ready for ibaada
    4. free from sins like a newly born baby
  18. What is the correct recitation done after the third Takbira in swalatul-Janaza?
    1. Prayer for the deceased
    2. Prayer for the prophet
    3. Prayer for all Muslims
    4. Recitation of surah Fatiha
  19. Who among the following wives of the prophet(SAW) was the daughter of Abubakar?
    1. Aisha (RA)
    2. Khadija (RA)
    3. Hafsa (RA)
    4. Zainab (RA)
  20. What marks the end of prayer?
    1. Suju
    2. Takbiir
    3. Taslim
    4. Julus
  21. Which attribute ofAllah(SWT) shows that He is the Most Forgiving?
    1. As-Swamad
    2. Al-Ghaffar
    3. Al-Khaliq
    4. AR-Rahiim
  22. In which month did Musa (AS) save the Israelites from Firaun?
    1. Ramadhan
    2. Rajab
    3. Muharram
    4. Dhul-Hijja
  23. Which one of the following nullifies both saum and swalah?
    1. Sleeping
    2. Backbiting
    3. Breast feeding
    4. Menstruation
  24. Which action among the following shows respect to the dead?
    1. Standing up on secing a coffîn (Janaza)
    2. Talking about the dead in low voices
    3. Planting trees around the grave
    4. Building around their graves
  25. What should a Muslim say on hearing news of death?
    1. Alhamdulillahi Alaa kulli haal
    2. Inna lillahi wa inna ilaihi rajiun
    3. Masha-Allah Tabaarakallah
    4. Astaghfirullah
  26. Which one among the following is a similarity between Jumua and Idd prayers?
    1. Both are performed after midday
    2. Both have one takbiratul-ihram
    3. Both have two sermons
    4. Both are performed before sunrise
  27. Which is the miqaat for pilgrims of East Africa?
    1. Yalamlam
    2. Dhul- Hulaifa
    3. Dhatil – Irq
    4. Juhfa
  28. Which one of the following items is not liable for zakat?
    1. Cattle
    2. Beans
    3. Utensils
    4. Money
  29. Who among the following angels of Allah (w) is correctly matched with his duty?
    1. Jibril – incharge of death
    2. Mikail – incharge of rain
    3. Ridhwam incharge of hell
    4. Izrail-incharge of wahy
  30. The scrolls were given to prophet
    1. Musa
    2. Daud
    3. Mohammad
    4. Ibrahim
  31. The first prophet of Allah (w) to be sent to the world was
    1. Mohammad
    2. Nuh
    3. Adam
    4. Issa
  32. How many rakaat has swalatul subh?
    1. Two
    2. Three
    3. Four
    4. One
  33. What should one say when he/she hears a Muslim sneezing?
    1. Subhanallah
    2. Maashallah
    3. Allahu Akbar
    4. Yarhamkallah
  34. Amina a girl in standard seven has developed bad habits of disobeying her parents. What advice would you give her as a friend? A.Tell her to continue with the habit.
    1. Threaten to report her to the polite.
    2. Tell her why its wrong to disobey parents
    3. Stop your friendship immediately
  35. How many goats are slaughtered during the Aqiqa of a baby boy?
    1. One
    2. Three
    3. Two
    4. Four
  36. What was the name of the horse that prophet Mohammad (a.w) used during the journey of Isra-wai-miraaj?
    1. Buraq
    2. Mahmud
    3. Suraqah
    4. Zaruf

 

 

 

 

Free CBC Grade 7 (Grade 7) Notes, Schemes of Work and Exams

Free CBC Grade 7 Notes, Schemes of Work and Exams

Free Grade 7 Schemes of Work.

grade-7-health-education-schemes-of-work-term-1.docx
grade-7-pre-technical-studies-schemes-of-work-term-1.docx
grade-7-pre-technical-studies-schemes-of-work-term-1 (2).docx
grade-7-klb-social-studies-schemes-of-work-term-1.docx
grade-7-klb-english-schemes-of-work-term-1.docx
grade-7-kiswahili kurunzi schemes-of-work-term-1.docx
grade-7-kiswahili 2 klb schemes-of-work-term-1.docx
grade-7-home-science-schemes-of-work-term-1.docx
grade-7-computer-science-schemes-of-work-term-1.docx
grade-7-cbc-business-studies-schemes-of-work-term-1.docx
grade_7_klb_physical_education_and_sports_schemes_of_work_term_1.docx
GRADE 7 TERM 1 SOCIAL STUDIES SCHEMES 1.pdf
GRADE 7 TERM 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION SCHEMES 1.pdf
GRADE 7 TERM 1 MATHEMATICS SCHEMES 1.pdf
GRADE 7 TERM 1 INTEGRATED SCIENCE SCHEMES 1.pdf
GRADE 7 TERM 1 HOME SCIENCE SCHEMES 1.pdf
GRADE 7 TERM 1 HEALTH EDUCATION SCHEMES 1.pdf
GRADE 7 TERM 1 ENGLISH SCHEMES 1.pdf
GRADE 7 TERM 1 CRE SCHEMES 1.pdf
GRADE 7 TERM 1 COMPUTER SCIENCE SCHEMES 1.pdf
GRADE 7 TERM 1 BUSINESS STUDIES SCHEMES 1.pdf
GRADE 7 TERM 1 AGRICULTURE SCHEMES 1.pdf
GRADE 7 SOCIAL STUDIES NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 PRE TECHNICAL NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 PHYSICAL EDUCATION NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 MATHEMATICS NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 LIFE SKILLS NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 KISWAHILI SCHEMES 1.pdf
GRADE 7 KISWAHILI NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 INTEGRADTED SCI NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 HOME SCI NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 HEALTH EDU NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 ENGLISH NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 CRE NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 COMPUTER NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 BUSINESS NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 AGRIC NOTES.pdf

Grade 7 Exams

Pretechnical EXAMS.pdf
Social Studies EXAMS.pdf
Religious Education EXAMS.pdf
Integrated Science EXAMS.pdf
Integrated Science E.pdf
Health Education E.pdf
GRADE 7 VISUAL ARTS MID TERM 1.pdf
GRADE 7 SST MIDTERM 1 EXAM.pdf
GRADE 7 RELIGION LIFE SKILLS MIDTERM 1 EXAM.pdf
GRADE 7 PERFMING ARTS MID TERM 1 EXAM.pdf
GRADE 7 PE MIDTERM 1 EXAM.pdf
GRADE 7 KIS MIDTERM 1 EXAM.pdf
GRADE 7 INT SCI MIDTERM 1 EXAM.pdf
GRADE 7 HEATHE EDU MIDTERM 1 EXAM.pdf
GRADE 7 ENG MIDTERM 1 EXAM.pdf
GRADE 7 COMP SCI MIDTERM 1 EXAM.pdf
GRADE 7 AGRIC MIDTERM 1 EXAM.pdf
English EXAMS.pdf

Grade 7 Notes

GRADE 7 PHYSICAL EDUCATION NOTES.pdf
grade-7-social-studies-notes-term-1.pdf
GRADE 7 SOCIAL STUDIES NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 PRE TECHNICAL NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 MATHEMATICS NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 LIFE SKILLS NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 INTEGRADTED SCI NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 HOME SCI NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 HEALTH EDU NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 ENGLISH NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 CRE NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 COMPUTER NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 BUSINESS NOTES.pdf
GRADE 7 AGRIC NOTES.pdf

Grade 7 Schemes 

JUNIOUR 7 TERM 1 SST 2023 (2).docx
JUNIOUR 7 TERM 1 SST 2023.docx
JUNIOUR 7 TERM 1 SCIENCE 2023.docx
JUNIOUR 7 TERM 1 SCIENCE 2023 (2).docx
JUNIOUR 7 TERM 1 PE 2023.docx
JUNIOUR 7 TERM 1 PE 2023 (2).docx
JUNIOUR 7 TERM 1 KISWAHILI 2023.docx
JUNIOUR 7 TERM 1 KISWAHILI 2023 (2).docx
JUNIOUR 7 TERM 1 HOMESCIENCE 2023.docx
JUNIOUR 7 TERM 1 HOMESCIENCE 2023 (2).docx
JUNIOUR 7 TERM 1 ENGLISH 2023.docx
JUNIOUR 7 TERM 1 ENGLISH 2023 (2).docx
JUNIOUR 7 TERM 1 CRE 2023.docx
JUNIOUR 7 TERM 1 CRE 2023 (2).docx
JUNIOUR 7 TERM 1 COMPUTER 2023.docx
JUNIOUR 7 TERM 1 COMPUTER 2023 (2).docx
JUNIOUR 7 TERM 1 BUSINESS EDUCATION 2023.docx
JUNIOUR 7 TERM 1 BUSINESS EDUCATION 2023 (2).docx
JUNIOUR 7 TERM 1 AGRICULTURE 2023.docx
JUNIOUR 7 TERM 1 AGRICULTURE 2023 (2).docx

Guide book Blossoms of the Savannah

PREFACE

This study guide provides a detailed analysis of the novel Blossoms of the Savannah. The analysis is aimed at preparing KCSE candidates for both the excerpt and the compulsory essay question in paper two and three respectively. This guide is written in a manner that both the candidates and teachers will immensely benefit from it. This has been achieved through the presentation of a succinct synopsis, detailed chapter summaries, as well as deeply analyzed characters, themes and stylistic devices. At the end of each of these sections, there are sample essay questions to guide students in revising and preparing for both the internal and national exams. There are also general essay questions, sample and practice excerpts, all meant to prepare students for KCSE English paper two and three.

This guide might not have exhaustively analyzed the novel, Blossoms of the Savannah. Therefore, students are advised to consult other authorities such as their teachers in order to enrich what is contained in this guide.

 

THE BIOGRAPHY OF HENRY OLE KULET

Henry ole Kulet was born in 1946. He is a veteran and award winning Kenyan writer known for his novels which capture aspects of environment, culture and experiences of Maasai people. He is an established author for he has written eight novels. Daughter of Maa is a story of quiet village that is stirred by a frenzy of activities by the arrival of a young and pretty community teacher, Anna Walangh. He authored It is possible in 1971, How To became a Man in 1972 and Bandits of Kibi in 1999. In Bandits of Kibi, he created scenes which came out during the Post-Election Violence in 2007 after the disputed elections. 

CHAPTER ONE

SYNOPSIS AND SUMMARIES OF CHAPTERS

 

SYNOPSIS OF BLOSSOMS OF THE SAVANNAH

The novel begins as Kaelo, his wife, Taiyo and Resian leave Nakuru for Nasila, a rural area in Maasai land.  This is as a result of retrenchment of Kaelo who has been working as the manager of Agribix Limited. On reaching Nasila, Ole Kaelo’s are welcomed by uncle Simiren’s family which consists of four wives and sixteen children.  In a move towards settling in Nasila the new home, Ole Kaelo visits his old friend Ole Sumpeyo.  It is thirty years since Ole Kaelo left Nasila for Nakuru.

The Kaelo’s hold a homecoming party in which they invite members from the five clans aimed at re-linking the Kaelo family to the other villagers. Taiyo and Resian observe that some young men are suspicious of them for they are not circumcised. In an attempt of acquainting the two girls with Nasila culture, Kaelo informs Joseph Parmuat to teach Taiyo and Resian traditional songs and dances. As the young ones spend more time together, a love relationship begins to develop between Taiyo and Joseph but unfortunately due to cultural demands the relationship is restrained.

Unfortunately, there is an attempted rape on Resian and Taiyo. Consequently, an ad hoc group of men is formed to hunt down the culprits. After it is known that Lante and Ntara are responsible for the heinous act, punishment is meted on them. The novel reveals of how females have contributed significantly to the beginning and continuation of FGM through the Olarinkoi legendary story.

 

Kaelo opens an agricultural shop and enters into business contracts through Oloisudori who is conversant with shady businesses. Oloisudori’s aim is to exploite Kaelo. After realizing that Kaelo has beautiful daughters, he chooses to marry one and organize for the other one to be married by his friend instead of extorting him. Oloisudori comes in a procession and gives gifts and money as dowry for the young Resian. Since Resian disagrees with Oloisudori and her father’s plan, Oloisudori plans to use anesthesia to render Resian unconscious so that he may snatch her for marriage by force. However, the girls craft a scheme of shaming Oloisudori in which they return the gifts Oloisudori had given them earlier.

The couple goes to consult Simiren and Sumpeyo on how to deal with Oloisudori’s demands as the girls go to the shop.  On their way back, the girls are almost raped by two callous young men. Later on, after Resian refuses to cooperate, Oloisudori gets enraged and slaps her mercilessly. It is Olarinkoi who supposedly saves her by whisking her away before she commits suicide.

Olarinkoi organizes with a pick-up driver so that he whisks Resian away claiming to ensure her safety from Oloisudori and her father. The three have a trek of terror which leaves Resian raped by Olarinkoi in a dark hut in the forest. On regaining consciousness, she finds herself under the care of Nabaru, a nurse who reveals everything that transpired.

Finally, with the help of Nabaru Resian comes face to face with Minik ene Nkoitoi, the activist against FGM in the sheep’s ranch. She welcomes Nabaru and Resian warmly. Resian learns that Oloisudori has advertised in the newspaper for her search.  Minik’s pivotal role is evident in that in the ranch there are other five hundred girls who have gone through a similar experience just like Resian. On the other hand, Taiyo faces the painful blade of the Olmurunya. While managing the ranch, Minik meets a new challenge in which the powerful in the government are threatening to close the ranch. However, Minik, the foresighted planner ensures the survival of the ranch. Resian learns of the unfortunate death of Joseph Parmuat. He is killed in his mission of saving Taiyo from a group that circumcises her by force. At long last, Resian meets Taiyo at the ranch

 

Oloisudori makes his last heinous kicks by visiting the ranch to demand Resian as his wife.  He is told off by Minik. With his company, he flees for his life after his cars are burnt down. The ultimate goal is attained when Minik takes Taiyo and Resian to Egerton University where Resian has a chance of studying her dream course.

CHAPTER SUMMARIES

CHAPTER 1: THE JOUNERY

As the novel begins, Ole Kaelo is reprimanding loaders for being slow. The couple is relocating from Nakuru to Nasila after Ole Kaelo is retrenched from Agribix Limited where he has been working as the commercial manager. Not long ago Kaelo had denied Taiyo a chance to go to Mombasa to develop her talent. That is why Taiyo sympathizes with the loaders who are receiving strict instructions from her father. The two girls visualize what life in the new environment will be like. The girls are experiencing apprehension. Nakuru town has always bustled with life and they fear the shop that their father aims at starting may not pick.

Taiyo encourages Resian that they should hope for the best. Resian requests Taiyo to plead with their father so that they can join Egerton University. Resian knows her father listens to Taiyo. Through a flash back, the reader learns that Ole Kaelo and his wife Mama Milanoi have lived for twenty two years since they married. Women from Nasila had earlier visited Mama Milanoi at Nakuru and hinted at the hostility expected especially because the daughters are not married.  Kaelo has been a hardworking man, a trait that led to his promotion at Agribix Limited. The retrenchment has triggered ambition to work so as to be rich. A few kilometers to Nasila one lorry breaks down but soon it is fixed and the family reach uncle Simiren’s homestead where they are welcomed warmly. It is now thirty years since Ole Kaelo left Nasila for Nakuru. In all this time he has been away, uncle Simiren has been representing his elder brother. Elders are not happy with Kaelo’s monogamous marriage. Simiren on his part has four wives and sixteen children

CHAPTER 2: NASILA

Life at the rural Nasila is contrasted with that of Nakuru town. Uncle Simiren is a polygamous man. He has four wives and sixteen children. Each of these wives has a house .The girls are introduced to the sixteen cousins by the senior most aunt, and the eldest wife. The children are aged between three and sixteen years and out of the four wives, two aunts are pregnant. Resian and Taiyo are allowed to go walking. The girls make the observation that the four aunts are not happy as well and the kids are not contented. Resian outrightly says she is not ready to be a parent and that she will first learn. They are accosted by a tall heavyset young man with thick dark beard and a moustache. Resian orders the man to leave Taiyo alone. According to the man, the girls are not decent for they are uncircumcised. The girls keep the ordeal as a secret. Ole Kaelo visits ole Sumpeyo, a famous cattle trader and a longtime friend who supports FGM. Ironically, even though a close friend, Sumpeyo is malicious and envious of Kaelo especially when he learns of his great business plan. He however warns him to be wary of Oloisudori, a business partner, and advises him to keep his daughters away from him.

CHAPTER 3: STRANGE VISITORS

Ole Kaelo ushers his family into the newly constructed house. The Kaelo’s are elated by the new house. In a flashback Mama Milanoi remembers how she was married by Kaelo while she was eighteen and Kaelo twenty four years old. The couple has enjoyed peace generally since then but since she does not have a son, Mama Milanoi feels she has failed Kaelo. In a dialogue, we learn that Taiyo and Resian are afraid of undergoing the act and wish to go back to Nakuru and join university. In a dramatic irony we realize that Kaelo has been hard and cruel to Resian for he expected a son to be born in her place. Although Taiyo does not understand the cause of the hatred, she always defends her sister devotedly even when her mother does not offer any protection. Probably Mama Milano is afraid of ole Kaelo.

CHAPTER 4: HOME COMING CEREMONY

In order to re-link himself to the community ole Kaelo holds a big celebration party which is also made for blessing his home. Members from the five Maa clans: Ilmolelian, Ilmakesen, Ilukumae, Ilaiser and illtarosero are invited. The Kaelo’s belong to the Ilmolelian clan. Ole Kaelo’s are very actively involved in the preparation of the homecoming ceremony. During the dances, Taiyo is attracted to the manager of music, a young local primary school music teacher Joseph Parmuat but unfortunately they belong to the same clan and forging any intimate relationship is an abomination. A carnival mood is witnessed during the party for the generous Kaelo, has offered plenty of foodstuffs.

In the dance Taiyo’s talent is brought forth for she is really attracted to the song and dance. We learn that she has always done well in music festivals too. Unfortunately, her father denied her a chance to go for a music extravaganza in Mombasa which would have developed her talent. Lastly, Musanka leads in the blessing section. He calls upon the community to welcome the Kaelo’s back home. Kaelo is advised to involve himself in the community affairs and Nasila. He is also advised to take care of his family and children.

 

CHAPTER 5: DEPRESSED ONE

Taiyo and Resian are distressed. Resian feels Taiyo is taking too long before broaching the issue of their university studies with their father. The issue of FGM makes the two girls have a sleepless night. Taiyo is also disturbed by the cultural law that does not allow her relationship with Joseph Parmuat, the primary school teacher and a music enthusiast. The two girls cry a lot that night. The day before, Joseph had promised to visit her and also coach her in traditional music. The thought of enkamuratani (circumciser) and Olmurunya (circumcising blade) makes Taiyo shudder with dread. In Resian’s mind it is clear that enkamuratani and her Olmurunya cannot have their way with her, maybe over her dead body.

Contrastingly Kaelo and his wife enjoy a great night after the day of the great party and blessings.  They feel fulfilled for the great achievement, getting welcomed as well as being blessed.  In her morning thoughts, Mama Milanoi is at a dilemma, whether to force the girls to undergo the ritual and lose their faith, love and confidence or refuse to yield to the traditions and become a pariah in the Ilmolelian clan. Kaelo authoritatively states his demands; mama Milanoi is to counsel her daughters in preparations for circumcision while he is to ask Parmuat to teach the girls home truths and later enkamuratani to be called to do her part. Mama Milanoi interrogatively reflects on her stand and that of her family.  She feels her husband is turning into a deep Nasilian very fast. Afterwards, the Kaelo’s visit their agricultural shop. On arriving home, the three females welcome Joseph Parmuat delightfully. As the chapter ends, a second male visitor visits the Kaelo’s.

CHAPTER 6: OLARINKOI

Kaelo makes a pompous speech introducing Joseph Parmuat.  Despite the warning, Taiyo is still infatuated with Joseph and decides to make him a confidante.  Resian is critical and dismissive of her father’s pompous speech and generally how females are viewed by men.  In a defiant mood, Resian expresses her mind on the subject of unfair men towards women.  Surprisingly and daringly, she portrays the defiance to her aunt, mother and Resian.

The listeners are deeply embarrassed.  Aunt Botorr says Resian has a bad spirit that can only be treated through circumcision.  Taiyo’s questions who Olarinkoi is and is answered by Joseph by telling a legendary story.  Ilarinkon is a legend who was a great fighter who saved the Maa community from being wiped out by an adversary while their morans had gone for a raid.  Ilarinkon warriors abused women until one day women discovered how to deal with the problem.  Their collective resolution ironically gave birth to enkamuratani who was handed over an Olmurunya. Hence the birth of FGM and therefore according to Joseph, only women can stop the barbaric FGM.

CHAPTER 7: SHADOWY OLOISUDORI

Resian is in an optimistic mood that all will be well especially about their university education.  After Taiyo leaves for the shop, Mama Milanoi broaches the subject of FGM.  Even though Mama Milanoi supports FGM, Resian is categorical that it has been used by men as a tool of oppression to women. One Edward Oloisudori visits Kaelo’s home.  Resian is uncomfortable with him for he is immoral.  Mother scorns her for talking ill about him.  Father returns and due to Resian’s nervousness, he calls her names.  Kaelo clearly states that all members of Kaelo family must respect Oloisudori and that he should not be denied anything.  Resian learns that her father did not give in to the request about joining university.

Joseph reveals that Oloisudori is a shadowy figure; a Jack -of-all-trades. He is also, a poacher, smuggler, robber, extortionist and a hired assassin.  He had survived numerous jail terms and was now incorrigible.  Due to the revelation, the girls fear for their father.  When Oloisudori leaves, the countenance of Kaelo and Mama Milanoi changes; they are absent-minded and aloof even though Kaelo insists that everything is in control. Mama Milanoi even burns rice without realizing it.

CHAPTER 8: TROUBLED COUPLE

Oloisudori’s cruel demand, to marry Resian and organize the marriage of Taiyo renders Kaelo and Mama Milanoi a sleepless night.  Although Kaelo knew Oloisudori’s past criminal record, he still falls for his trap due to greed for wealth. Oloisudori’s initial plan was to extort money from Kaelo but on noticing his two beautiful daughters he changed his mind. Mama Milanoi suffers great pain and cries for the olden days when demands such as those of Oloisudori would be dealt with accordingly. Mama Milanoi recalls through flashback how women had invoked mass action on men in the past by depriving men food, milk and beating them up while naked.  She contrasts those times with the current times when Nasila River is polluted with chemicals.  She fears that Oloisudori may kill her daughter. Despite the hard times the Kaelo’s are experiencing, the following morning, the members manage to afford smiles as they take tea. Even the entrance of Olarinkoi does not dampen the high spirits embraced by the Kaelo’s.

CHAPTER 9: LOVE

Joseph Parmuat begins a routine practice of coaching Taiyo and Resian on traditional songs and dances and the trio enjoy it immensely. Joseph Parmuat guards against any untoward behavior so as to conserve his integrity.  The chapter then says a lot about the Maa Culture on different subjects.  He explains different types of loves to the two girls; elangatare and patureishi.  Resian boldly asks Joseph to be her patureishi but he explains how it is impossible for that to happen due to Nasila cultural norms. Taiyo and Resian question the rigidity of Nasila culture and traditions. They question some negative practices like F.G.M Joseph clarifies that culture had dropped some negative practices like throwing the dead and the dying to the hyenas, abandoning very old and ill in deserted homesteads.  In a flashback, Taiyo accounts for her love to Joseph.  It began on the day their father organized a homecoming celebration and since then she has even visited Joseph in his house.  Joseph also feels strong love to her but traditions shields him from her.  They think of falling in love and leaving for a far destination.  Taiyo is ready but Joseph is prefers to abide by Nasila culture.

CHAPTER 10: OLARINKOI VERSUS THE RAPISTS

A cloud of apprehension hangs around the couple. Oloisudori does not turn up as he had promised earlier. After procrastinating for some time they find it unbearable. Mother and father leave their home so as to consult their friends; the wife to Simiren and Ole Kaelo to Supeyo, on the issue touching on Oloisudori’s callous demand to marry one of their daughters.  The two girls go to the shop to have their lunch prepared by the manager, Maiso.  On their return journey, they are attacked by two rude young men. On observing the two men, they realise one of the accosters was responsible for the earlier ambush. The two young men are frightening for they are in possession of knobkerries. They attempt to rape them but luckily the girls are rescued by Olarinkoi. The girls cannot thank Olarinkoi enough. The two girls detest the two young men’s behaviour. The girls feel terribly shaken. Resian feels she should leave Nasila for university. The incident strengthens Taiyo’s resolve as a combatant in a war zone.

 

 

CHAPTER 11: CHANGE OF ENVIRONMENT

Taiyo and Resian wait for their parent’s return to tell them of the near rape ordeal as they were coming from their shop at Nasila.  Ole Kaelo is very agitated on hearing that his daughters were assaulted with the aim of being raped.  Their father storms out of the house while their mother asks them to go to Simiren’s house to have a change of environment.

The girls are heartily welcomed at their uncle’s home and that enables them to settle very fast.  They get used to the communal and polygamous running of affairs at their uncle’s home.  They learn very many aspects of Nasila culture, both negative and positive.  They are told more about Minik ene Nkoitoi, the Emakererei and their role model by one of Simiren’s wives. They are told that she went to Makerere University where she studied veterinary medicine.  They admire her opposition of negative Nasila culture and say they would like to be like her. Through flashback, it is revealed that Resian’s interest in vet medicine began when she and Taiyo accompanied their father to agricultural show in Nakuru and since then, she has admired the profession.  Taiyo plans to compose a song with the help of Joseph Parmuat praising Minik and ridiculing three women who still clung on retrogressive Nasilian culture. Later, they are asked to return home by their parents.  A party, which their parents also attend, is held for them after which they return home.

CHAPTER 12: RETALIATION

Ole Kaelo hits the road angry and bitter and complaining to all he meets about the beastly attack on his daughter.  He goes to the school where Joseph teaches and explains the events heading to his anger.  Joseph parades all pupils, and sends boys from the Ilmolelian clan to go and call their elder brothers and fathers to an urgent meeting at Oerata plain.

The search party narrows down on Lante son of Kanyira of Ilukumae clan and Ntara son of Muyo, also of Ilukumae clan as the culprits.  They decide to embark on a revenge mission to prevent further provocation from the Illukumae clan. The retaliation is done by the young and old men from Iimolelian clan and the sympathizers from Limakesen clan. The search party comes across the two culprits who ran and fall under the feet of two old men begging for mercy.  According to Nasila culture, a man is spared of any crime if he hides his head between the legs of an old man.  Nevertheless, they are clobbered, slapped and kicked by Kaelo and his men.  It is realized after interrogation that one of the offenders was related to Taiyo and Resian for he was son of Mama Milanoi’s sisters. A cleansing ceremony is planned and Ole Kaelo is compensated for the trauma he underwent.  Ntara Muyo gives Taiyo and Resian each a heifer to remove the shame he caused them.  Lante pays two heifers.

Ole Kaelo continue to have mixed feelings about Oloisudori’s plan to marry his daughter.  He consoles himself that Oloisudori is not an ordinary man. And that his business success depended on him.  Thus reasoning, he decides to go along with Oloisudori’s plan.  He also dismisses negative rumours about Oloisudori assuring himself that his daughter was lucky to get such a man. Meanwhile, the girls’ visit to the uncle’s home has greatly changed their outlook on life.  It reduces their overreliance on their parents.  They are finally happy that they are getting acceptance in the highly traditional community.

CHAPTER 13: OLOISUDORI’S GRAND VISIT

Oloisudori changes his plans of coming for Resian in two weeks’ time and declares he would do so the following day.  He would be accompanied by his three friends and wants Resian to cook for them. Ole Kaelo asks Resian to remain at home and cook for them instead of going to help plaster the kitchen of Teiyo Kiti with Taiyo as they had planned. She is not comfortable with the idea saying she fears Oloisudori and that he is like a monster.  Her father hears none of her protestation. Resian seeks refuge in the garden.  She wonders why she has been chosen and not Taiyo.  She finds injustice in the way her father treated her unlike her sister Taiyo. Taiyo sympathizes with her situation.  She knows her father biasness in treating his daughters.  She thinks that the current demand from his father would make him hate her more.  She blames the new culture that her father has immersed himself into as the cause of all her problems. Traditionally, a girl was shielded from men and it was rare for a girl to interact with men.  Finally, Resian agrees to cook for the visitors after Taiyo is allowed to do it with her.

Oloisudori arrives in a procession of four wheel drive vehicles. He is immaculately dressed and so is his three friends.  Taiyo starts sensing that he could be targeting her sister Resian.  He gives each of the family members generous gifts including a briefcase to their father. Later after leaving, Taiyo talks to her father to get more information about Oloisudori and his mission in their home but he reveals little.  After failing, she plans to ask him to enroll them at Egerton but she does not succeed. Ole Kaelo calls for his daughter Resian.  He talks to her pleasantly and tells her he has good news for her.  Resian misinterprets this thinking it’s about being enrolled at the university. Finding that they are on different pages, he dismisses her and calls for her mother.

CHAPTER 14: THE WEALTHY OLOISUDORI

Ole Kaelo and his wife visit one of Oloisudori’s homes in Naivasha. He wanted them to see the home he is building for their daughter so that they can easily convince her to marry him.  Oloisudori compares Resian with one of the legendary beauty in the land and this greatly flatters Ole Kaelo.  He also compares her with lord Ngata an English lady who drove a legendary gentleman crazy but the lady finally refused to marry him hence making the gentleman hate women forever.  He intends to rectify that by building a palatial home that she would not turn down. Oloisudori is even ready to enroll her as a parallel student at Egerton if she marries him. However, she must undergo circumcision before he can marry her. Ole Kaelo regards Resian lucky and hopes his other daughter would find such a rich man who could give him generous dowry.

Ole Kaelo reminisces his journey with his wife to Oloisudori’s palatial home in Naivasha with pleasure. He still remembers with awe the grandeur and magnificence of the house Oloisudori was building for Resian in Milimani area of Nakuru which made him decide that Resian had to be married by Oloisudori come what may. Before parting, they hatch a plan of abducting Resian if she offers resistance and are very happy about it. His wife is not very happy about the idea but has no option. She is unhappy that her daughter would miss a chance of going to Egerton University. Ole Kaelo also seems at conflict but keeps assuring himself that Oloisudori is a genuine man enjoying his own fruits of labour. Later, after a disturbed night, he has a dream in which Resian accepts to marry Oloisudori without any resistance and that raises husband and wife’s spirits.

Resian and Taiyo hatch a plan of returning all gifts Oloisudori had given them in his next visit to show him they were not on sale.  Resian receives Oloisudori warmly into their home and hands over the carton she and Taiyo had packed all his gifts. This catches Oloisudori by surprise and he is made to believe that the battle has been won.  He reveals his plans to marry her and she is shocked by the revelation. They have a nasty exchange of words with Resian telling him that she can only be his wife over her dead body. Resian storms out of the house and confronts her father in his shop at Nasila. Ole Kaelo confirms his intention to marry her off to his friend and says he has no intention of enrolling her to university. She has a nasty verbal exchange after which he slaps her twice. She tells him he better kill her than hand her over to his friend, the monster.

Their bitter exchange attracts a crowd outside the shop. Resian leaves in hurry and heads to the river where she contemplates committing suicide. Just then, Olarinkoi comes to what seems to be her rescue.  She tells her that Oloisudori men are looking for her all over and that he can help her reach Minik’s ranch.  Resian agrees to the idea and they plan to start off very early the following day.

CHAPTER 15: THE REAL OLARINKOI

After a sugarless breakfast served by a kind-hearted old woman, Resian and Olarinkoi gets into a pick up to start their journey to Minik’s ranch.  The old woman gives Resian a leso and a blanket to cover herself with. At the beginning, she is very optimistic and happy that finally her salvation has come.  Later the hot weather and the bumpy ride makes the journey very uncomfortable while dust, flies, mosquitoes and the fear of wild animals haunt along the way.  On the way, Olarinkoi is aloof, he does not communicate with Resian, but this does not bother her for her focus is to reach the ranch and meet Minik her mentor.

The pick- up stops outside a mud plastered house with a rusty tin roof and Olarinkoi orders her to alight.  He orders her to follow her into the desolate house which has two rooms Olarinkoi brings several foodstuffs he had brought with him in the pick-up, rudely gives Resian several instructions on how to cook a meal and leaves in a huff. Soon, she falls asleep and dreams where she meets Minik who promises to enroll her as a student at Egerton University and protect her from F.G.M. Her dream is interrupted by a loud bang on the door by Olarinkoi.  He reprimands her for not cooking food and tells her she is his wife.  He proceeds to take her by force and a struggle ensues. Resian bites his thumb and in defense, he hits her on the ribcage making her pass out before proceeding to rape her.

When consciousness returns, Resian realizes she was in a bed covered with bloody rags and naked. She begins to have recollection of what happened but cannot go beyond biting Olarinkoi’s thumb.  She faints again and sees alternating images of both Olarinkoi and Oloisudori. When she regains consciousness, she notices another woman who she had been seeing in her hallucinations in the room.  The woman is called Nabaru and is the nurse that has been treating her. One evening after she is able to walk on her feet, Olarinkoi’s mother comes and admonishes her for biting her son’s thumb and abuses her for being uncircumcised.  She reveals that she intends to have her circumcised after recovering and that she and Olarinkoi would go to Tanzania to start their marriage.  The nurse comes when she is deep in thoughts and tells her that Olarinkoi’s mother is an enkoiboni, a prophet and had prophesied that her son would bring one of Ole Kaelo’s daughter home, circumcise her and make her his wife. The nurse tells her she has admired her courage and is ready to help her out in whatever plans she has.  The news gives Resian a new surge of hope.

CHAPTER 16: HELP

Resian has a life full of torment at Olarinkoi’s home from insects, reptiles as well as from the old enkoiboni. The Enkoiboni has a lot of bitterness directed to the well – to – do in the society such as Oloisudori. Nabaru informs Resian she is under a lot of pressure from Enkoiboni to have her recover so that she can undergo the initiation ritual. Resian pleads with her to take her to Emakererei’s ranch which Nabaru agrees to.

When her health improves a little bit, Resian starts venturing out of the homestead.  She keeps the company of some two young women who were married early.  Olarinkoi re-appears after disappearing for several days and tries to ask for forgiveness from Resian and even assures her that he would never molest her sexually again. He discloses that they plan to have her circumcised in two days’ time so that he can marry her. After the revelation, Resian realizes that her only hope is in Nabaru.  She waits for her eagerly but does not come that evening. She has a dream in which she fights the enkamuratani who wants to circumcise her, enkoiboni and when she is about to attack Nabaru, her dream is cut short by somebody calling out her name. Resian at first is unable to stand to open the door for Nabaru but after great effort, she reaches the door and opens it before collapsing. Nabaru administers some medicine through her mouth and she regains consciousness. The two women escape from the advancing enkoiboni, Olarinkoi and the enkamuratani. As they walk to the main road to board a lorry, they experience a big challenge, the heavy rain. Olarinkoi catches up with them as the lorry is about to leave, exchanges assaulting words with the two women before leaving him standing in the rain.

Finally, they reach the sheep ranch were Minik ene Nkoitoi is the manager, and the place where she so longed to go. Resian is very grateful for Nabaru’s sacrifices to save her from Olarinkoi saying that only God could repay her for her love and kindness. Three motorbikes catch up with them as they wait for their lorry to cool down.  One of the riders is Minik who also recognizes Resian having seen her picture in the papers which advertised her disappearance and promised a big reward to whoever would find her. Minik orders the driver to take her to the farm so that they can talk more.  Resian is now towards the end of a torturous journey; homestretch as the lorry heads to the station.

CHAPTER 17: THE PROMISE

Resian finds Minik sitting on the veranda of her spacious house. She is awed by her presence for she reminds her of her high school Principal. She welcomes Nabaru and Resian into her glamorous and elegant house. After bathing, she tells Minik the events leading to her present state. She discloses she has always admired Minik, wanted to meet her and wanted to study veterinary medicine which Minik herself did at Makerere University. She also tells her that she would like to join her in the fight against FGM.

Minik observes that some cultural practices like F.G.M and emuata had outlived their usefulness and should cease being part of Maa’s culture.  Nabaru promises to join Minik in fighting the practice Minik also promises to have Taiyo and Resian enrolled at Egerton University, their lifelong dream.  She also promises Resian a scholarship and gives her a fully furnished house and a job in the ranch for the duration she would be studying at the university

CHAPTER 18: SISTERS’ REUNION

On her fifth day in the ranch one mid-morning, a vehicle that Minik had sent on a rescue mission comes in the ranch.  Minik goes to see the girl’s condition and later sends for Resian. Resian is gripped by anxiety and apprehension on finding Minik angry.  Minik is angry at the new culture brought by wealth where men would like young girls and forcefully circumcise them hence lowering their esteem.  She narrates the case about the girl. She tells Resian the girl’s rescue was not easy for the home where she was circumcised was heavily guarded and after luring the guards, they were able to rescue her but unfortunately, the man who assisted in rescuing the girl was speared to death by the thugs.  She tells Resian that the rescued girl was her sister and the killed man was Joseph Parmuat a teacher.

Through recollections, Taiyo remembers how her mother lured her to accompany three women promising they would take her to Resian.  When they got to Esoit village she was abandoned in a smoky hut and in the morning was forcefully circumcised. After that she went through several hallucinations. Resian goes to her room and the sisters hug and kiss passionately. The reunion of the two girls is very emotional. Taiyo slowly recovers with the help of Minik, nursing care of Nabaru and counseling by a teacher.

Taiyo fully recovers, she and her sister discuss their dark past events.  They blame their mother for accepting to agree to everything their father said.  They vow not to be subservient to their male counterparts. They also blame women for the perpetuation of F.G.M arguing that if all women said no to the practice, men would do nothing about it. As the chapter comes to a close, Taiyo is advised to accept what has happened to her and move on. She is also advised to ensure in future her children do not go through a similar experience. The three ladies agree that if they stand by their position the primitive culture would end.

CHAPTER 19: DREAM FULFILLED

Minik calls for Taiyo and Resian later in August that year. She discloses that the contents of the two envelopes she has are about their admission in Egerton University.  The girls are elated by the news. Minik organizes a farewell party for the girls. She invites many workers and girls to come and celebrate with the girls. The girls from Intapuka-e-Maa sing a song that seeks to empower and energize them in their resistance of outdated cultural practices. In the song, they condemn F.G.M and envision themselves as great professionals just like men in the nation. As they sing, Oloisudori comes in a convoy of vehicles to demand to be given either Resian or Taiyo arguing that he has already paid enough to have them both.  Minik tells him to leave the place for he would have none of the girls.

Oloisudori starts insulting Minik calling her a spinster who lost a chance to get married and now masquerades as an FGM crusader.  Oloisudori orders his men to take Resian by force and a vicious fight ensues between the ranch’s workers and Oloisudori’s men.  Oloisudori’s convoy is burnt to the ground and he and his men ran for their lives after a thorough clobbering.

On 5th September the following day, Resian and Taiyo are full of happy sensation as they climb the four wheel drive vehicle belonging to Minik to go to Egerton University, their Nirvana. They think of ways to repay Minik for her kindness but all in all agree that it is well that ends well.

 

 

 

CHAPTER TWO

CHARACTERS AND CHARACTERISATION

A character is a fictitious personage created by a novelist in order to convey an idea. Characterization is the process of selecting suitable characters that suit specific roles by the novelist. Characters are of many types: main, minor, shadow, protagonist, antagonist depending on their role and significance. With themes and style, they form the basic triangle in literary work. The three questions answered by the three basic aspects are what, how and who. The question answered by character and characterization is “who”. In this novel, the protagonist, the character every reader would wish to be like, is Resian. The family of Kaelo is a key family; Kaelo, Mama Milanoi and Taiyo. Close people to this family like Oloisudori, Olarinkoi, and Joseph Parmuat are equally key characters in this novel. There are still other characters that help in anchoring thematic concerns, the plot and style and they include: Simiren, his wives especially Yeiyoo Botorr and yeiyoo-kiti, Ole Supeyo, Nabaru, Minik, the enkamuratani and enkoiboni.

Parsimei Ole Kaelo

He is the husband to Mama Milanoi and father to Taiyo and Resian.  He is a retrenched commercial manager of Agribix Limited Company situated in Nakuru.

Strict

As the bread winner of the family and a senior officer at the work place Kaelo develops a strict character. As the novel begins, he is reprimanding the loaders of a lorry (p.1). He denies Taiyo permission to travel to Mombasa with other young men and women to attend an extravaganza.  He thinks Taiyo’s exposure to music extravaganza would make her a harlot (p.45). Taiyo tells Resian they hurry to the lorry before father spoils their day with his sharp tongue (p. 5). He also denies Resian a chance to go to the university saying her education is enough yet his aim is to enjoy the money (p.207). He terms Resian as stupid and myopic for insisting on going to school. (p.207). His daughters fear to report the heinous incident when they are accosted by a callous young man (p.20). When he is away, the house is joyous and comfortable. (p.35). The moment Resian sees him, she becomes clumsy and breaks a glass (p.40). During the homecoming ceremony, he sends a corrosive glance at Taiyo when Joseph approaches her. (p.48). When their father comes at the sitting room, Taiyo and Resian disappear to the kitchen (p.69)

Commanding/ short tempered

He commands the loaders violently (p.1).Taiyo knew the sting of her father’s tongue. (p.1)When a lorry breaks down during relocation, he fuses, curses and mutters  expletives (p.10).When Resian becomes clumsy and almost breaks the glass he winces, grimaces and struggles to control himself (p 40).When mama Milanoi shows her dilemma about whether the girls should be circumcised or not, Kaelo commands, “You must immediately start counseling the girls”(p.61). After Supeyo fails to take him to Oloisudori, he gets very annoyed. He shouted in a thunderous booming voice (p.46). On learning that her girls were accosted he takes a sword and froths trembling (p.147).He furiously pursues the men who had accosted his daughters (p.159).

Hateful

He detests Resian from the moment she is born.  When she shows early signs of maturity he declares to himself “the earlier we disposed of her, the better” (p.10). This clearly shows his disregard to his own blood. Mama Milanoi attests that Kaelo had scolded and bullied her like half-witted child (p.29).  He wonders where in the world they fetched that awkward, overblown, stupid Resian. (p.40). When they make an accident with Resian at the door he curses, “Have you run amok?”(P.96). This is a disregard of the delicate emotional little girl. He brutally slaps Resian for not co-operating with Oloisudori (p.209) He gets dowry from Oloisudori without even informing his daughters (p.209).This is great disregard to Resian for she is the one expected to be in the marriage yet he does not inform her that he has picked dowry.

 

Hardworking

Kaelo remembers how while young he worked himself to the bone preparing for his future (p.8). He believes the way to the stars is hard work (p.8).  Hard work had seen him through the ranks from a clerk to the coveted position of a manager (p.9). He succeeds in whatever he puts his hands in (p.29). He goes to Nakuru to work and returns to Nasila with wealth (p.38). While organizing for the homecoming event, he wakes up at cock crow.  Mama Milanoi informs Yeiyo-Botorr that Kaelo is hard-working and that Taiyo resembles him (p.76).

Sexist

A sexist person is that who discriminates on grounds of sex. Right from the time Resian is born, he detests her for she is not male. It is unfair for a child is always innocent. In this case she did not participate in her birth. He uses abusive language on Resian most of the time. He instructs Joseph to coach her girls on traditional dances. Resian argues that if they were males their father would not have got them a trainer. It had been his prayer to get at least three boys (p.9).

Chauvinistic/egocentric

Taiyo is his pride.  When she is born, Kaelo proofs his fatherhood (p.10).  But when he gets the second girl, he is disappointed.  He detests Resian since then (p.10). When he sees Joseph talking to her daughter, he refers her to Mama Milanoi’s daughter (p .48) yet we know she belongs to both her father and mother but since he considers the gesture embarrassing he does not wish to be associated with her. He talks to her daughter through their mother (p.69).this is because his gloated manly feeling cannot allow him to address a young girl. He stays for long time without relaying critical information like the intention by Oloisudori to marry one of his daughters (p.114). Since she is a woman and her decisions are not necessary, he first weighs the issue independently.

Enterprising

His mentor is Ole Supeyo (p.20) who is a serious businessman in cattle trading. He owns a pick up for business (p.22). Plans to open the shop at the onset of rains (p.24).  He is about to sign a four-year’s contract with the government through Oloisudori. (p.24). His mother-in-law is happy to get a son in law who is a businessman (p.28).

Greedy

Even after being warned by Supeyo against the corrupt Oloisudori, Kaelo insists on dealing with him due to financial gains.  He views the warning as envy on the part of Supeyo (p.26).  Because of greed, he becomes a sycophantic follower of Oloisudori.  This makes him mention reckless statements like “There is nothing that he ought to be denied in this home” (p.98).  He chooses to deal with Oloisudori the criminal due to greed (p.109).  He wishes to deal with the wealthy. (p.109). He does not care the means of getting wealthy (p.111).  He takes dowry for his two daughters even when they want to join university (p.111).

Modern

He tells off his brother when elders send him to tell him to marry other wives and get more children and sons.  He says polygamy is archaic.  He has only one wife and two daughters even when men have many wives and many children.  He builds a modern stone house for his family with red tiles (p.27). His shop in Nasila is also furnished tastefully to attract high-class customers.

Traitorous

Though a parent to Resian and Taiyo he betrays them. He does not provide parental love as he ought to. He does not support university education for his daughters and he supports their early marriage. He also supports their FGM so that he can receive dowry and safeguard his businesses.

Patriotic

During the homecoming ceremony, he swears never again will he Live away from Nasila nor abandon its culture (p.40). The twin sub clans of Ilmolelian Itoorasha Kiheji and Lelema will always be like two chambers of his heart. (p.40). He calls Joseph to train Taiyo and Resian Maa dance and culture (p.121).

Alienated

He had got detached from Nasila life for many years.  He has to hold a homecoming ceremony. (p.37). It is now thirty years since he left Nasila for Nakuru. He seems to embrace more of the modern culture than the traditional one. This makes him embrace the likes of Oloisudori

Perfectionist/ Meticulous

He made sure that their furniture was loaded as fittingly as possible so that it does not break on the way (p.14).He organizes a homecoming party without fault (p. 37). He includes guests from all the five clans (p 37).

Ironical

When elders send Simiren to tell him to be polygamous, he dismisses polygamy as archaic yet later he encourages FGM on her daughters (p.13), which is equally a negative traditional cultural practice.

Stoic

Even when he is retrenched, he goes about the sudden news without physically showing he is beaten. He views the new change as an inevitability (p.7). When Resian runs and leaves Oloisudori at home on reaching the shop, Kaelo attempts not to show his great fury to the girl.  When asked about university studies he answers stoically, “I decided I am not sending you there” (p.207).

Stubborn

He stubbornly denies his daughters a chance to study at the university. Taiyo comments ‘You know the stubbornness of father’ (p. 4).

Sycophantic

When Oloisudori visits, Kaelo stands in order to please him. (p.177). He seems to be worshipping riches and wealth.

Jealous

He is hurt because Simiren is more appreciated and considered as the cultural leader of the Kaelo’s (p.9).

Dependable/Trustworthy

Ole Supeyo trusts him.  He would entrust him to count his money (p.4). Milanoi’s parents find him a dependable protector (p.29).

Corrupt

He is well versed with the murky business of the underworld. (p.23). He is about to sign a four-year’s contract with the government through the help of the corrupt Oloisudori (p.25).

Foresighted planner

Mama Milanoi expresses this fact on (p.29) in a flashback.  He planned homecoming ceremony meticulously (p.37). He tells Joseph that he had planned his future life when he was young (p.70).

Responsible

Mama Milanoi attests to the fact that Kaelo is responsible (p.28). She says since he married her he has always provided for the family.

Loving

Mama Milanoi confirms this trait (p.29). He calls her ‘Lanoo-ai-nayorr” an intimate expression (p.30).  Taiyo is his favorite daughter (p.111).

The role of Kaelo is to anchor the themes of patriarchy, culture, FGM, greed among others. He is useful in development of other characters especially Taiyo, Resian, Mama Milanoi and Oloisudori. The writer uses him to create flashbacks and his retrenchment helps in developing the novel’s plot.

Taiyo

She is sister to Resian and daughter to Kaelo and Mama Milanoi.

Intelligent

She understands her father well (p.1). For example she knows when he is not in the right mood to be spoken to.  She knows he does not like having his plans delayed.  She observes intelligently that “culture and traditions are never static but by being dynamic, culture sheds off aspects that are irrelevant” (p.127).

Sympathetic

She sympathizes with the loaders who are receiving stern instructions from Kaelo her father. (p.1) She had made it her duty to mop her young sister’s tears, sooth her anger and gently reassure her when shaken (p.34).  At the homecoming ceremony she sympathizes with the old man who struggles with meat with little success (p.50). She later comes to know he is Ole Musanka, a religious leader. She brings alternative soft food to him.

Bold/ Daring

To the knobkerrie carrying young man she demands. “Let go of my hand.” She vows to fight F.G.M even when Nasila culture and her father promote it (p.88). She declares openly to Joseph that she has fallen in love with him.  “She does not give a hoot about it.” (p.129). She boldly visits Joseph’s house even when it is a risky affair (p.130). She thinks boldly that their relationship with Joseph must remain even if it means relocating to Tanzania and becoming people of undefined culture (p.136). The attack by callous young men strengthens her resolve (p.143).

Loving

She loves Joseph.  This is even after being warned against having a relationship with him by the father (p.71). She is infatuated and makes him a confidante.  She says “If by loving you I offend the sensibilities of Nasila then let me offend them and face the consequences of doing so.” (p.133). She sacrifices to go and see Resian so that Resian may eat when her mother lies to her that Resian has gone on a hunger strike (p.272).

Emotional

At the time they are leaving Nakuru for Nasila, Taiyo sheds tears (p.6, p.2). This shows the intimate relationship she has had with this town.  She is not ready to let go of the town.  She could also be afraid of relocating to a rural town.  She is not willing to part with her boyfriend from Nakuru, Lenjir (p.3). When she realizes her relationship with Joseph Parmuat is highly hindered by traditions, she weeps herself dry (p.56).

Responsible

She holds Resian’s cheek and registers that she has been devoted to her sister since they were in nursery school (p.34). She takes a lot of time before broaching the issue of going to university for she seeks an apt opportunity (p.54). Kaelo tells Joseph that the girls are intelligent but require cultural studies (p.70).  She responsibly and carefully prepares delicious meals (p.75). She advises Joseph that they keep a clandestine relationship and then reveal it later so as not to hurt Papaai (p.134). She advises Resian not to be left alone in the house with Oloisudori (p.197).

Alienated

She feels estranged for she has never visited Nasila before in her lifetime therefore she lacks basics of Nasila culture (p.70). She chooses to fall in love with Joseph even when the culture does not allow. This is because she is ignorant and alienated of the culture. She finds it hard to cope with Nasila culture at first. During the dance she takes a lot of time watching for she has no dancing skills of Nasila dances. She has to be trained traditional dances and culture by Joseph.

Stubborn

She stubbornly puts up a spirited struggle but later the battle is lost.  This is when she insists on attending an extravaganza at Mombasa but her father denies her permission (p.2). She stubbornly falls in love with Joseph (p.133).

Sociable

While in Nakuru, with Resian they always stand at the window every Sunday before they go to church (p.2). With Resian, they discuss petty issues like they observe that two out of four aunts are pregnant (p.18).Together with Resian they mingle with women folk and girls of Nasila and learn a lot (p.36).

 

Optimistic

She hopes that the new shop will succeed.  She says Nasila is an Agricultural area and fertilizer and other inputs will be in high demand (p.4). She hopes one day they will go to Egerton University (p.4).

Assertive

She tells the young man who accosts them “We are not the kind of women you have in mind.” (p.19). With Resian, while in the ranch they declare never to be subservient to their male counterparts (P.277).

Hardworking

On arriving in their new house at Nasila, Taiyo works to exhaustion even when Resian is just reading books (p.32).

Flexible

With Resian, they adapt to Nasila’s lifestyle and easily get used to welcoming impromptu visitors like Olarinkoi (p.35).

Her role in the novel in the novel is essential in developing the character of Resian. It is through her that we understand the character of Resian as assertive and committed to female empowerment.

Resian

She is sister to Taiyo and daughter to Kaelo and Mama Milanoi.

Inquisitive/ Keen

She inquisitively questions the chances of her father’s new shop picking up (p.3).She questions on the rivalry and apprehension between the four houses of her uncle. (p.16). She interrogates and observes that Kaelo’s cheerfulness has decreased after meeting Oloisudori (p.120). She questions Olarinkoi’s sincerity about taking her to the ranch (p.217).

 

 

Critical

She questions why her father sought Joseph to be their teacher of culture “Why not a girl” (p.73). She observes that the arrangement is favoring men.  That Joseph is to prepare them to be suitable wives to their husbands (p.73). When mother tries to explain FGM to her, she dismisses it as a myth created by men to oppress women (p.90). She critically observes FGM to be useless in the current times (p.91). She fails to see any difference between the ancient Ilarinkon from the current Ilarinkon (p.91). She questions the intruding tendency by Nasilan’s into their house (p.91). She initially questions the significance of Kaelo – Oloisudori relationship (p.98).

Firm/ Determined/ Resolute

Even when told of their new shop she clearly says she does not want to work in the shop but to go to Egerton University. She does not just want to go to a university but Egerton University where she will take veterinary science and become a veterinary doctor (p.4).  When she is told by Taiyo that she will have a right to have as many children as she wishes she answers immediately saying, “I don’t want to be a parent.  At least not in the foreseeable future (p.18). She adds, “I want to study.” She resolves to face the callous Oloisudori firmly (p.200).  Even when she is beaten and denied a chance to join University by her father, she does not lose hope but still focuses on going to the university (p.211).She reminds herself when the lorry breaks down before reaching the ranch that she will not allow other people to sway her from her charted course (p.256). It should be noted that Resian’s decision to go to Egerton University began when with Taiyo and her father visited agricultural show. From that time she stuck to the goal till came to fruition.

Bold

On reaching Nasila, with Taiyo they manage to walk around even when they are not familiar with the environment (p.17). She asks her mother directly into her eyes, ‘what is the purpose of FGM today?” (p.90). She openly and boldly says she will not allow early marriage to occur in her life (p.129). She does not easily agree when told by her father that she is to wait for Oloisudori and three guests to cook for them (p.171). She comes up with a risky plan of humiliating Oloisudori (p.195). She is most attracted to bold personalities like Minik and Prof. Wangari Maathai (p.250). Nabaru confirms to us that Resian is a brave girl (p.253). Resian inspires the old lady Nabaru with her boldness so that she walks a long distance to organize for a lorry to take them to the ranch. Dr. Minik congratulates Resian for being firm and boldly resisting FGM (p.264).

Assertive

When they are accosted with Taiyo by knobkerrie welding young man she hisses, “Leave my sister alone.” (p.19). She strongly declares that she would rather live in the noisiest place than near a vagabond with intention of mutilating her (p.33). She feels Joseph’s lessons are taking her to the Stone Age era (p.72). She detests Joseph’s teachings on culture and insists she will be taught universal content at the university (p.73). Mama Milanoi thinks of her as a hard nut to crack for she knew her rights (p.118). She knows Oloisudori will not have a walkover on the issue of marriage (p.118). She observes that Nasila culture must soon shed off F.G.M and assertively notes that there are no two ways about it” (p.128).

Aggressive

She bites the thumb of Olarinkoi when he attempts to rape her (p.22).  In a dream, she tells the old enkamuratani that she will never circumcise again.  She twists her hand that is holding the Olmurunya mercilessly (p.245). She descends on the mono eyed witch like a ferocious leopard and disfigures her face. She batters her mono eye (p.245). Resian hits the witch on the head like a snake.  The witch sprawls flat on the ground (p.245). All these happen in a dream.

Resentful

She instinctively detects the absence of love from her father.  She grows sullen, bewildered and resentful (p.10). She resents Oloisudori’s ill-motive and therefore tells him off when he visits and insists that she should serve him (p.205). She resentfully asks what is wrong with being born a woman. (p.205). She contemplates suicide after her plan to go to the university is cancelled by her father (p.210).

Remorseful

When she becomes clumsy and almost breaks the glass she apologizes to her father (p.40).  When chided by her mother against using rude words towards Oloisudori and yeiyo-botorr, she apologizes (p.94). When she learns Oloisudori is heart she says sorry (P.95).

 

Visionary/ Ambitious

She has a dream of being called Dr. Resian Kaelo (P.94). She is always reading books so as to keep her ambition alive (p.135). When Kaelo tells her with finality that she is not joining university, she screams like one possessed with demented spirits (p.209).

Observant

She observes that her uncle’s four houses have rivalry and apprehension amongst themselves.  She observes that two of the four aunts are pregnant (p.18). She interestingly observes that there is always a scramble for girls to marry in Nasila (p.128). She observes that the doors are well locked (p.138). Lastly, she observes that the term children always referred to girls in the Maa culture (p.175).

Pessimistic

At time she lacks hope. This is partly contributed by her father who disliked her right from her birth. Mama Milanoi observes that Resian is in a pessimistic mood most of the times (p.29). She hopes for the worst in their new house and requests Taiyo to plead with father so that they can go to university for studies and security (p.33).

Persuasive/ Persistent

She persuades Taiyo to plead with Kaelo her father to take them for university studies (p.5).

She does not change her stand. She always asks Taiyo whether she has talked to father about their university education (p.89). She persuades the young man accosting them not to harm them, (Taiyo & Resian) (p.18).

Sarcastic

“Wiser indeed!” jeered Resian. (P.72).She mocks her father’s words that Joseph will teach them. When asked by her father why she has left her guest (Oloisudori) alone in the house, she sarcastically answers, “I left him at home enjoying his tea and pancakes” (p.206).

Jealous

She fears Taiyo’s attraction to Joseph may lower her attention to her (Resian) (p.49). She declares to hate anyone who comes in between her and her sister (p.49). She is not ready to be abandoned by Taiyo as she falls in love with Joseph (p.72).

Lazy

In their new house, even when there are many duties to be done, she chooses to read a book (p.32). She tosses into the bed and declares that, “my body belongs to me.’ (p.33). Kaelo comments that she is lazy like an overfed lizard after comparing her with the industrious Taiyo (p.64).

Defiant

She said in a defiant voice that she has no problem with adding knowledge but not traditional knowledge (p.76).  Resian does not wish to please male counterparts (p.77). She is mad at Olarinkoi who is always doing nothing in the house (p.77).

Optimistic                      

She constantly hopes that one day she will join university (p.89). She imagines herself already admitted at the university and walking majestically (p.89).

Secretive

She agrees that they should not inform the father about the incident when they are accosted by a callous young man (p.20).

Resian’s role in the novel as a protagonist is critical. The author uses her to drive central themes like FGM, female assertiveness and determination. She compliments Taiyo her elder sister and a confidante. She also immensely develops dialogue as a style as well as the plot of the novel.

Mama Jane Milanoi

She is the wife to Kaelo and mother to Taiyo and Resian.

Meek/ Submissive

She says she did not resist Kaelo’s marriage for traditions did not allow any resistance (p.2).  She prays God to open her womb so that she can bear a son for Kaelo (p.29). When she is taken to her new house she exclaims, “Father of all creation!” (p.30). When Taiyo requests her to allow Joseph Parmuat to come and coach her on traditional dances, she fears saying “that’s your father’s territory.” (p.56). She fears to broach the subject of circumcision of her daughters. (p.61). She is disturbed by Resian when she (Resian) uses harsh words on Oloisudori (p.94).She knows very little about her husband for he is a man (p.95). She honors her husband’s visitor and his friends (p.179). She burns rice as she is afraid of Kaelo after Oloisudori has just left (p.104).

 

Religious

Before embarking on their journey to Nasila, she leads in prayers.  Kaelo first spotted her at a church service at Nasila (p.9). She is to join women in ancestral prayers and songs of praise, a prayer for exhorting God to open women’s wombs so that she can bear a son for Kaelo (p.29).

Cautious

She cautions Taiyo and Resian against strangers who might take advantage of their unfamiliarity with Nasila. (p.17). She wishes to care for her children although she fears Nasila people for their intolerance (p.30).  She is torn between her love for Nasila culture and that for her daughters as well as her dutiful role of a faithful and obedient wife. (p.61). That is why she takes the subject of FGM cautiously.

Loving

She loves and cares for her daughters. She is worried by the FGM that is to be conducted on them (p.61). On learning that Oloisudori intends to marry one of her daughters she cries with pain. (p.113). Like a woman in labour, the story about selling Resian to Oloisudori highly hurts her (p.193).

Evasive/ Elusive

She avoids the girls’ demand to be taken to university (p.8). Even when the girls make this request she lingers.

Mama Milanoi as a character is important in addressing the issue of women subjugation by men in the patriarchal Maa community. The novelist uses her to demonstrate how women occupy a lowly position in the family. Dialogue and flashback as stylistic devices are used by the novelist through her. She is also used to address the issue of religion in the novel.

Traitorous

Her daughters expect her to voice their requests to their strict father but she disappoints them on the issue. The girls also expect the mother to side with them on the idea of FGM so that they do not undergo the cut but instead she supports their circumcision and keeps quiet about the arranged marriage of her daughters and Oloisudori even when she notes the gender disparity and the girls’ relentless desire to acquire university education.

Uncle Simiren Kaelo

He is the younger brother to Kaelo, uncle to Taiyo and Resian and brother in-law to Mama Milanoi.

Responsible

For thirty years, Parsimei Ole Kaelo has been away and during this time Simiren has acted as the head of the Kaelo family (p.11). “He ran all kinds of errands for his brother” (p.12). He purchases livestock for him (p.12). He also sells cattle for him (p.12). He participates in the construction of Kaelo’s two buildings (p.12). He always passes any critical information to him and keeps him updated on what is happening in Nasila. An apt example is when elders show displeasure in his monogamous state (p.13).

Humble/peaceful

“There had never been any rivalry between him and his brother ever since they were young” (p.12). He has always accepted his position to be subordinate (p. 12). Even when he has four wives and sixteen children while his brother has only one wife and two children he remains humble (p.12). When Ole Kaelo returns to Nasila, he humbly expects that Kaelo will take up his role as the eldest brother (p.12) When Kaelo gets enraged after he(Simiren) relays elders’ concerns to him(Kaelo) on their stand on polygamy, he does not argue with his brother (p.13).

Hospitable

He jovially welcomes the Kaelo’s; his brother’s family, back home from Nakuru where they have stayed for around thirty years.

Traditional/Conservative

He represents his brother during ritual and practices such as girls’ initiation, boys’ circumcision etc. (p.11, 12).

The novelist uses Simiren to show the positive aspects of the Maa culture. Humility, generosity, responsibility and hospitality are emphasized. He makes it possible for Kaelo to have a smooth transition to Nasila before and during the migration.

Yeiyo-Botorr

She is the first wife of Simiren, and aunt to Taiyo and Resian. She is accorded more roles in the family and has an obligation of leading the co-wives. In Simiren’s house, she is the eldest wife of the four wives.

Conservative/Superstitious

She thinks of Resian as a mad girl when she speaks ill about the lazy Olarinkoi.  She cannot bear an argument about female freedom and assertiveness (P.77). She believes Resian has a bad spirit because she is not circumcised (p.78).Yeiyo-botorr is used by the novelist to lay ground for polygamy in a Maa family. She is used to show cohesion in a traditional polygamous family.

Responsible

She introduces the other women to visitors (p.16).

Sincere

When she finds Taiyo and Resian doing house chores she genuinely praises them (p.76).

Soin Ole Supeyo

He is a respected elder of Ilmolelian clan, a longtime friend to Ole Kaelo as well as his mentor.

Honest

He honestly tells Ole Kaelo how much corrupt Oloisudori is and warns him sarcastically against him (p.26). He advises Kaelo to be careful with Oloisudori (p.26). He also warns Kaelo against Oloisudori’s immoral behavior by telling him to ensure he keeps his daughters away from him (p.26).

Sarcastic

He uses sarcastic remarks on Kaelo aiming at hurting him.  “Supeyo said, scornful smile twisting his lips.” (P.26)

Emakererei/ Minik ene Nkoitoi

She is a doctor of veterinary science, manager of a big ranch and a crusader against FGM. She is the mentor to Taiyo and Resian. She is the manager of a ranch and a veterinary expert.

Bold

Though she is hated very much in Nasila, she champions freedom of females and crusades against F.G.M and early marriages (p.62. She boldly tells Oloisudori that none of the girls would leave the ranch (p.283). She looks boldly into Oloisudori’s eyes (p.283).She visits Ole Supeyo’s homestead to persuade him not to circumcise his daughter (p.22).She orders Oloisudori to leave the ranch for his own safety and the safety of his expensive machines (p.283). She refuse to comply with his demand to be given either Resian or Taiyo.

Authoritative

She orders the driver to take delivery notes to the office (p.254). Resian observes that Dr. Minik Nkoitoi has an authoritative aura like of a principal in a high school (p.259). She authoritatively makes it clear that Oloisudori and his group did not have a right to receive any invitation letter to the party (p.282).  She advises Oloisudori to leave the ranch in an angry tone (p.283).

Generous/ Helpful

She helps Resian and Taiyo get admission letters to Egerton University. She gives Resian a house and a job in the Ranch and saves Taiyo from her circumcisers. She holds a party for the two girls before they go to the university (p.280).

Educated/liberated

Mama Milanoi says she had gone to Makerere University in Uganda (p.61). She manages a vast ranch which requires a lot of expertise.

Loving/ Warm

She holds Resian on her shoulder and speaks to her calmly (p.259). She chooses to address Nabaru instead of Resian directly. (p.262). She develops a warm relationship with Resian (p.267).

Convincing

She convinces Nabaru that FGM is wasteful to females and Nabaru changes her position towards FGM (p.263).

Sympathetic

She feels sad when she sees a traumatized girl; she feels bitter bile sizzle inside herself and burn in her heart (p.269).

Courteous

The narrator comments about her courteous character when she calls the girls for the admission letters (p.279).

 

Minik is important to the novel for she is the agent of education, female empowerment as well as crusader of women freedom. Without her, the novelist cannot address the central issue of FGM in the novel. The last section of the novel takes place at the ranch and therefore she contributes significantly to plot development.

 

Edward Oloisudori Loonkiyaa

He is a close friend to Ole Kaelo and a jack of all trades.

Immoral

Supeyo warns Kaelo to keep his daughters away from him terming him as a randy he goat. His initial plan was to extort Kaelo but on noticing the two girls he changes his mind. (p.112). Resian certainly felt the fingers of his lifted hand graze the fullness of her breast (p.93). While in Kaelo’s house, Oloisudori’s eyes drop from face to Resian’s bosom (p.203). Kaelo is advised to keep off his daughters from him.

Cunning

He brings gifts to the girls without telling them he is also paying their dowry (p.179). He entices Resian and Taiyo’s parents by taking them for a visit in his own homestead (p. 186).  Ole Kaelo had even earlier reported to Oloisudori that girls are reporting at the University but instead he plans to marry them (p.187).  He ensnares Taiyo and Resian like antelopes (p.192).  He schemes a plan of grabbing Resian to be his wife (p.200).

Corrupt

Supeyo states clearly that Oloisudori’s corrupt nature is known by everybody in Nasila. Joseph refers to him as a monster (p.100). He also describes him as a shadowy figure (p.100) and extortionist (p.101). He takes part in hunting elephants and rhinos (p.236).

Authoritative

He authoritatively asks where Kaelo is (p.92). He authoritatively states that Resian is his wife (p.204) and that only death can part them (p.204).

Cynical/ Sarcastic

He tells Kaelo, that he is interested in his girl, Resian and his friend is interested in Taiyo bluntly (p.110).  He instructs that only Resian should cook for him and three guests (p.69). He tells Kaelo, “I would like to relieve you of your two daughters (p.110).

Sadistic

When Resian tells him off he laughs sadistically. (P.205). Resian tells Oloisudori that he is stark mad for thinking she is her wife. In response to this, Oloisudori laughs softly. This shows he derives pleasure from her displeasure.

Oloisudori is essential in the novel for he helps in creation of the theme of materialism / greed. The author uses him to create irony as a stylistic device.

Joseph Parmuat

He is a teacher in primary school and trainer of Taiyo and Resian on traditional dances. He is in love with Taiyo but traditions restrain the relationship.

Bold

He openly tells Taiyo and Resian that he will join them to fight FGM even when the environment is not friendly (p.88). He describes himself as a fish that had jumped out of water… on verge of death” This is when his relationship with Taiyo inclines to intimacy (p.136).

Dependable

Mama Milanoi corrects Kaelo’s thinking by informing him that Joseph is the finest and dependable young man of Nasila (p.48).  She does not disappoint Taiyo’s parents (p.132).

Loving

On meeting Taiyo, he falls in love with her.  He promises to visit her the following day and also coach her on traditional dance if allowed by Taiyo’s father.

Cautious

In dealing with Kaelo’s two girls, he is cautious of Nasila culture and respects his parents. (p.122). He is alert so that with Taiyo they do not begin a clandestine relationship (p.123). He fears the condition of Intoiye nemengalana in the girls.  He cautiously weighs whether to fall in love with Taiyo and break his cultural law (p.137). He fears that the uncircumcised Taiyo may be wild and untamable.

Responsible

While dealing with Taiyo he always ensures that Resian is available (p.124). He follows Kaelo closely to ensure the old man was safe during the errands of pursuing his girls’ molesters (p.159). He helps in the rescue of Taiyo from her circumcisers although he dies by being speared to death in the process.

Intelligent/Informed

He observes that Maa culture has already shed off some traditional practices like throwing of the dead and the dying to hyenas, abandoning very old and terminally ill people to animals.”  (p.128). He observes how Nasila culture is violent once its sensibilities are violated (p.132).

Patriotic

Although there is a strong wave of marrying Taiyo who is uncircumcised, he sticks to his culture. He strongly feels that “Nasila culture was the father and mother that nurtured.” (p.137). in this case he views the culture as that which nourishes the members of the community. He resolves to decline her love (p.136).

Educated

In his house shelves are neatly packed with books. (P.131). He is a primary school teacher in Maasai land, an area with low education index.

Joseph Parmuat’s role is important in the novel.  The novelist uses him to anchor the theme of culture. He also helps in the emancipation of women through his sacrifice towards Taiyo’s education.

Old Ole Musanka

He is the old man who leads in blessing ceremony of Kaelo’s during the homecoming ceremony.

Religious

He leads in blessings of the religious section of the Kaelo’s homecoming function (p.51).  He blesses Taiyo and prophetically says she will be a mother of the next leader of Nasila (p.52).

Wise

He uses proverbs in his conversations.  He describes Kaelo as a tiny strand of hair that had been blown to show the insignificance of Kaelo compared to Maa culture (p.51).  He interprets Maa culture to the crowd (p.52). “Home is Maa, Home is Nasila, home is family and home is children” (p.52).

Conservative

He warns Taiyo and Resian not to follow the teachings of Emakererei.  He curses Emakererei the wasp, “may she go down with the setting sun!” (p.52).Ole Musanka is an important character in reinforcing the theme of religion as well as culture. His age and position as an elder as well as a prophet make him stand a better position in religion and culture. He also signals future and hope in Taiyo through his prophecy.

Patriotic

He advises Maa elders to cut loose the strings of alien culture from Ole Kaelo (p.52).

 

 

Olarinkoi

He is the young Maasai man who stays at Kaelo’s home. He is a suspicious character and through him the novelist employs suspense.

Intruding

He intrudes into the affairs of the girls while in the house of Ole Kaelo (p.74). He is not known by the Kaelo’s yet he keeps coming to Kaelo’s house.

Indifferent

He directs his attention to the girl’s parents and not the girls (p.75). While escaping with Resian, they travel for a very long distance in silence (p.127).

Lazy

He is always dozing off at the sitting room or idling somewhere else (p.77). He does not bathe and stinks terribly (p.240).

Secretive

He occasionally brings bundles of food to Kaelo’s (P.79). He knows the prophesy which states that he should marry Resian and keeps quiet about it as he waits for the opportune time. Protective

He protects Resian from committing suicide after her father beats her and denies her a chance to go for University studies (p.210). He rescues the girls from molestation by two young men

Mysterious

Joseph says Olarinkoi is a mystery (p.80) and only four men know about him. But the four always contradict in their facts about him (p.81).For example one says that he comes from Polonga, 200 kilometers from Nasila (p.80).

Abusive

He uses caustic language (p.211). He uses very abusive language on Resian even after she is emotionally unstable (p.217).  He calls Nabaru a filthy woman for escaping with Resian (p.249).

Rough/Violent

On the day he abducts Resian, he goes drinking and comes late in the night kicking the door roughly (p.221).

Beastly/bitter

He rapes Resian while drunk (p.221). He promises to do something nasty to Nabaru in case she returns after taking Resian to the ranch. (p.249). He strongly believes that Nabaru and Resian will be followed by a curse (p.249).

Olarinkoi is important as far as suspense is concerned. The author uses him to create suspense. He is used in the development of F.G.M as a theme as well as exploring the theme of violence.

Nabaru

She is the old woman who takes care of Resian after she regains her consciousness after the rape ordeal done by Olarinkoi.

Caring/Helpful

She encourages and cares for Resian until she regains her health (p.225). She promises to give Resian account of what transpired when she lost her memory (p.231). She is the enkabaani who informs Resian of great secrets and even the prophecy (p.232). She saves the life of Resian. (p.236). She also becomes her confidant (p.237) so that the two share a great deal.

Bold

She travels a long distance in a rough terrain at night to search for a lorry to ferry Resian to the ranch (p.253).

Independent minded

She thinks it is none of enkoiboni’s business to want to circumcise Resian while her parents were still alive (p.238). Her role is vital in showing the possibility of a female helping a fellow female in overcoming challenges of FGM. The author uses her to develop dialogue as a major stylistic device in the novel.

Olarinkoi’s Mother

She is the old woman prophetess/enkoiboni

Scary

She looks like a witch and has ill motives (p.227).  She has a single, red rimmed eye that resembled a monster which is partly stone and partly human (p.227).

Cynical/Wicked

She shows mockery and disregard to Resian. She abuses her for biting her son’s thumb. She calls her names for being uncircumcised. She says Resian is not yet a woman because she is not circumcised (p.228). She shamelessly uncovers Resian’s stomach to check whether she is pregnant (p.235).

Sarcastic

She remarks sarcastically, “We have been trying to feed you from your bed with a silver spoon.” This is not true for Resian was always treated roughly by the witch. (p.228). She laughs sarcastically. She mocks her for her father has money (p.228).

Contemptuous

She has contempt for the rich corrupt people in the society (p.236). She feels political leaders and wealthy people in the country are responsible for the unequal distribution of resources.

In the novel, she represents women who are responsible for being stumbling blocks to their fellow women in the society. She is used by the writer to bring out the theme of women as enemies of themselves.

Lebutu/ Lorry Driver

Meek

He politely asks for more work from Dr. Minik (p.254). On their way to the ranch he uses polite language to address the two ladies. He is contrasted with the other driver who drives a pick up earlier in the novel carrying Olarinkoi.

 

 

 

CHAPTER THREE

THEMES

Themes are issues that are consistent in a creative work. They are sub categories or sub topics of the subject matter or the main idea in a work of art. They constitute the entire message the writer wishes to put across to his or her readers. Therefore, themes are the messages put across by a writer in a work of art. There are major and minor themes. Major themes cut across the text and are the main ideas the writer intends to pass to the readers. Minor themes are minor ideas which are still important in the text.

 

POSITIVE NASILIAN CULTURE/TRADITIONS

Culture refers to the customs, habits and behaviors that characterize a society’s, community’s or nation’s way of life. On the other hand, traditions form part of the culture of a people and are handed down from one generation to the next.

Positive aspects of culture in Nasila are important in holding people together. There are many aspects of Nasilian culture which are positive. The songs the young people and children sing during Ole Kaelo’s homecoming ceremony attest to the rich Maa culture. The narrator says, “From the children’s performance, it was evident that the cherished Nasilian traditional dance would stand the test of time.” (p.44). The writer says that the party was full of pomp and gaiety. This is brought out by jewelry won by the guests such as ivory, beads, coloured lesos, kangas and shukas (p.47), all attesting to the rich cultural heritage of the Maa. Generosity as a virtue is seen in Simiren who invites all those present in the party to savor his brother’s lavish hospitality (p.46). Food and drinks are served in generous measures to all those present (p.47). Ole Musanka, an elder who blesses Ole Kaelo’s home, glorifies Maa’s culture saying that it was the blood and marrow that gave sustenance to the body” (p.51). According to him, home is Maa, Nasila, family and children (p.52). His only problem is that he supports FGM, a cultural practice that does not assist women in any way.

When Resian and Taiyo go to stay at their uncle’s place for some time, they witness some positive aspects of communal life and unity at their uncle’s home. We are told that, “Life and work in that home was communal. Although each mother had her own house and cooked her own food, all grown up daughters helped each one of them” (p.148). There is well laid down chain of command with the first wife being the deputy to their uncle. There are hardly any disagreements and virtues of selflessness and sharing are emphasized (p.149). When Ole Kaelo’s daughters are assaulted by two men, the communal way of life comes in handy. All Ilmolelian men join him in pursuing the men and meting punishment on them. He is not left alone to deal with the matter. During Ole Kaelo’s homecoming ceremony, young men and women from the clan work together to make the day successful. Ole Kaelo is touched after discovering that brotherhood, honour and selflessness still existed in Nasila and this makes him swear that he would never abandon the culture of his people or live outside his clan (p.40).

Nasila culture clearly defined relationships. “The founder had intended that the culture would regulate the lives of the people…It charted out the way for everyone, from cradle to the grave. It defined relationships, it created laws that governed the ownership of property and settled disputes. It did not discriminate, it did not favour anyone over the other, it gave everyone a chance to live a full life; it protected everyone within its confines and provided cleansing procedures for those who defiled it. It was simply a cherished way of life for all the Maa people…” (p.118).

Mama Milanoi appreciates Nasila culture which spares her nephew from death. She “…began to see the wisdom of the Maa founder who ensured that justice was always tempered with mercy” (p.163). According to Nasila culture, if a man sought refuge between the legs of an old man, he was to be spared despite the crime committed (p.162). Anybody who violates cultural values of Nasila culture is faced with laid down punishment. Both Ntara Muyo and Lante who had attempted to rape Resian and Taiyo are forced to pay fines to the girls and their father and somehow, justice is done. “The two boys had been fined two heifers each” and Ntara Muyo “…an extra heifer to cover the shame that he had occasioned by accosting his own sister” (p.164). Mama Milanoi also reminisces the old aspect of her culture which gave room for mass action in case somebody misbehaved and went against the expected conduct.  A case in point is where an old man got infatuated by a girl of fourteen years. When women realized it, they attacked the man, stripped him naked and beat him up to death. That served as a detractor to any other man who would harbor such intentions. Mama Milanoi wonders where such good aspects of Nasila culture had gone for they would shield her daughter from being forced to marry an old man like Oloisudori (pp.115-117).

A girl was always protected from men with evil intentions. Girls were kept away from male visitors in their homes and there was hardly any interaction between fathers and daughters (p.175). The rich Maa culture has different types of love. There is elangatare where boys did anything possible to win girls’ admiration (p.124). The elangatare love included feats by boys such as killing lions and defending people and their cattle from their enemies. There is also patureishi type of love where a girl and a boy were allowed to have a love affair alongside the conventional love. Such boys were the darlings of the girls and a song of praise would be composed by the girlfriend in praise of the valorous deeds of her boyfriend (pp.124-125). This relationship ended in marriage after a marriage ceremony. On the other hand, the patureishi did not end in marriage. It was meant to check the conduct and behavior of young people and keep them disciplined (p.126).

 

NEGATIVE CULTURE/TRADITIONS

Negative aspects of culture in Nasila are strongly opposed by the young generation. To them, such practices should be shunned because they have outlived their usefulness in a society that is slowly but surely embracing modernity and civilization.

Female Genital Mutilation (F.G.M) is an outdated cultural practice that has no standing in the changing Nasila. To those that support it, it is meant to tame a wild gender just as cattle that require to be dehorned (p.22). When it was discovered several years back, it was to find a lasting solution to the exploitation of the Maa women by the Ilarinkon warriors.  “…that gave birth to enkamuratani (the female circumciser). And her Olmurunya was shaped, sharpened and handed to her” (p.87).  Mama Milanoi also affirms the origin of this cultural practice saying, “It was the shame and anger that was provoked by Ilarinkon taunts, lewd teasing and provocative posturing that made the women do what they did to curtail those desires the worthless predators exploited to prey upon them” (p.90).

Resian is very much opposed to this retrogressive practice. She says, “I would rather live in the noisiest place on earth, than live anywhere near a vagabond who would accost me…with the intention of mutilating my sexuality (p.33). At this early point, she makes her stand clear that she is opposed to the practice that disfigures and damages female sexuality. She is bitter and has pain in her heart due to threats of undergoing F.G.M. The olmurunya, the instrument used to conduct is scary. The writer reveals that it “…was a bladelike tool shaped like a smoothing plane blade” and the enkamuratani “showed the way she went about her profession of transforming young girls into young women through the cut of olmurunya” (p.58). She wonders what the use of F.G.M in today’s woman is (p.90).  She observes that the practice is being fueled by men who use it to continue oppressing women. “…one of their ways of oppressing us is to demand that F.G.M be perpetuated against us forever” (p.91). The enkoiboni, mother to Olarinkoi tells Resian, “As soon as we clip that erogenous salacity from you that destroys homes, you will become a respected woman…” (p.229). This was not the original reason why F.G.M was invented but the practice has been maintained to purportedly keep women faithful.

F.G.M is so highly regarded that no girl would get married before getting circumcised. Such a girl was derogatorily referred to as entaapai and her family was not spared ridicule. To make matters worse, if she got pregnant, she would be circumcised at birth and married off to the oldest man in the village (p.63). According to enkoiboni, no mother would want an uncircumcised girl as a wife for her son (p.235).  This would prevent any other girl from doing such a thing. Circumcising the girl at birth is painful, dehumanizing and traumatizing. Joseph Parmuat opines that negative aspects of culture such as throwing the dead and the dying to hyenas or abandoning the old and very sick in deserted homesteads to be eaten by wild animals have already been expunged from Nasila culture (p.128). Resian is optimistic that soon, Nasila culture would do away with F.G.M as a cultural practice. Minik cites horrible and outdated cultural practice such as emuata that forced young brides to wear heavy copper around their limbs, legs, arms to make them beautiful and which had been discarded hence freeing women from pain. She opines that even girl child circumcision should be discarded for it has outlived its usefulness (p.263).

Sexism refers to preference given to either the male or the female gender child. It is an outdated tradition that is still embraced by individuals such as Ole Kaelo. We are told that he wanted at least three boys but instead gets two girls. This shows his preference for boys. When his wife gets pregnant again, he hopes for a boy who would carry his name to the next generation but instead, he gets a girl that he lives to loathe (p.10, 174).

The communal way of life in Nasila and clanship system also has negative effects. Its major negative effect is that it offered no privacy to those who needed it. Taiyo and Resian realize that in Nasila, home belonged to all members of the clan. We are told “It was not an unusual thing to get up in the morning to find the living room full of men and women who came that early…to share a sumptuous breakfast with their kith and kin” (p.35). Some intrude their homes even without being invited (65). Although they adjust to such a negative aspect of culture, it still remains a bad aspect of culture for it interferes with their privacy.

Taiyo is unhappy with the tradition that disallows marriage of young people from the same clan, however remotely related they are. According to Nasila culture, if such people married, there would be untold consequences (p.49). ) Taiyo finds this as a “gross unfairness of the outdated culture” and “a searing torment to her and to all others who were of progressive minds” (p.56). Joseph fears going against that tradition because he would be castigated and punished for doing such a thing. He would also be forced to pay cattle to Ole Kaelo as compensation and undergo a demeaning cleansing ceremony as well as a public rebuke (p.123). On the contrary, according to Taiyo, culture and traditions are never static but are dynamic in that culture “…shades off aspects that become irrelevant with time” (p.127). She cites F.G.M and the clan system that prevents people from the same clan from marrying (p.128). She observes that such practices should “…have disappeared at the turn of the last century” (p.128).

Another aspect of culture that Resian and Taiyo condemn is the practice of booking unborn baby girls (p.129). This denies women a chance to choose their marriage partners based on love but not what is dictated upon them by their parents. Apart from booking unborn baby girls, young women are also subjected to early marriages. Resian and Taiyo are the best cases in point. Ole Kaelo forces Resian to marry Oloisudori, his business friend against her expectations. She undergoes several challenges in order to overcome this plan. When she escapes from Oloisudori’s net, she is subjected to another forced marriage to Olarinkoi but she also escapes it. Taiyo is also not spared the practice. She is forcefully circumcised in order to be handed over to Oloisudori as a wife, although she is rescued by Minik.

ALIENATION

Alienation is becoming a stranger to what one initially belonged to or being isolated from others. Alienation in the novel, Blossoms of the Savannah is as a result of embracing new culture.

Ole Kaelo and his family have lived for thirty years in Nakuru where he has brought up his daughters until his retrenchment. This has alienated him from many cultural practices which he comes across with once he returns to Nasila. During his absence from Nasila, it was his brother Simiren who represented him in the Ilmolelian clan in sacred rituals such as girls’ initiation (p.11). While his brother has married four wives for the culture permits polygamy, Ole Kaelo has one wife and is contemptuously likened to a mono-eyed giant who stood on legs of straw (p.13) showing that his position and stand in Nasila is precarious and unstable. He regards himself as civilized and calls the clan elders “megalomaniacs” who were still trapped in archaic traditions that were better buried and forgotten” (p.13). During Ole Kaelo’s homecoming party, his daughters jokingly observe that he does not know how to dance and that he should be coached (p.45).  His inability to dance, perhaps, is a result of being away from Nasila for many years. After settling in Nasila, the writer says that a new Ole Kaelo was emerging and he was becoming a Nasilian very fast (p.62). Mama Milanoi reveals that her husband was not a strict follower of Nasila traditions only prescribing to those aspects that he considered decent (p.60). Perhaps, that is why he allows Oloisudori to marry his daughter Resian, a thing that goes against the cultural grain of Nasila. She asks, “How could a man who was the age of her husband be her son-in-law? Where was Nasila culture?” (p.114).

Resian blames the tension which continues to be witnessed at their home to their father. She blames these developments and changes in their home on “a newborn mongrel; a new culture that was partly Maa and partly a combination of a myriads of cultures found in Nakuru town.” (p.174). She argues that that was the animal her father introduced into his home in Nasila and which was “…threatening to devour her first and thereafter everyone else, one by one” (p.174). By embracing the two cultural divides, he sees no problem in planning to marry his daughters to an old man, a plan that costs his family a lot including losing the trust of his two daughters.

One of the cultural practices he embraces is Female Genital mutilation. It is a practice he didn’t think about in Nakuru but which confronts him after he returns with his two daughters as Intoiye Nemengalana or uncircumcised. This has made them alienated from the people of Nasila. They contemptuously refer to them as Intoiye Nemengalana and they cannot be easily married in the culturally rich Nasila community (p.8, 58). Being not circumcised earns the girls constant ridicule and contempt because they are unlike other girls. The enkoiboni asks Resian contemptuously, “Are you not ashamed to be among intoiye nemengalana at your age” (p.228). Their state, which physically alienates them from other girls, has been a constant cause of harassment from all sorts of people “…all trying to discredit them for not having undergone the cultural rite of circumcision” (p.261). As a result of not having circumcised his daughters, Ole Kaelo is derogatively called the father of Intoiye Nemengalana.

Ole Kaelo has also alienated himself from his culture by marrying only one wife while the community allows polygamy. He is likened to a mono-eyed giant who stood on legs of straw (p.13). He is in constant clash with the Nasila culture which if he adhered to; he would not give his daughters to an old man like Oloisudori. For instance, culture prohibits girls meeting with male visitors but he insists that Resian should serve Oloisudori and his friend during his visit (p.175).

Both Resian and Taiyo clash with FGM tradition, forced early marriages and coaching about Nasila culture. Resian is very rebellious of FGM and forced marriage to Oloisudori. She also rejects cultural coaching saying, “I refuse to be taught to solely please male counterparts” (p.77-78). Resian and Taiyo have lost touch with Nasila culture as a result of being brought up in the city of Nakuru and being educated. They don’t know the types of love that exist in the rich cultural heritage of their community. Resian asks Joseph Parmuat whether patureishi really exists (p.127) showing her ignorance about the matter. Taiyo’s modern cultural values clashes with traditional Nasila culture. She falls in love with Joseph who is of her clan, a thing not allowed in the Nasilian culture.  She does not care about her disregard of such a cultural restriction arguing she cannot care about a primitive culture which also violates her right to marry anybody she falls in love with (p.133).

The positive aspects of Nasila culture are under threat from the imposing modern culture. The writer puts that this culture, “was no more … and just Nasila River has been polluted by chemicals, by the likes of Oloisudori. It had …” become mutable and now it contained defiant mutants that it could not regulate and which were above Nasila laws” (p.118). Mama Milanoi admits that her daughters were operating under a different culture from hers. She says they, “…knew very little of Nasila culture. They were children of a new undefined culture. Theirs was a mutant of another kind” (p.118).

Education is one of the causes of alienation. The Kaelo’s, for instance, want their daughters educated but at the same time are wary of the influence of education on them. We are told that the sons of Nasila who got educated “…got alienated and hardly came back home” (p.150). There is a clash between formal education, which is an aspect of modern culture, with traditional Nasilian culture. This clash makes Nasila culture to be “…grappling with the changes education brought.” These changes, according to the narrator, were “…threatening an explosion in the not too distant future” (pp.150-151).

CULTURAL CONFLICT

Several characters undergo cultural conflict or dilemma in the novel as a result of encountering and embracing the modern culture. Nasila culture, which is part of the larger Maa culture, is also in crisis as a result of clashing with modernity.

Mama Milanoi, wife to Ole Kaelo, is at cultural crossroads. She is in dilemma as far as the question of FGM is concerned. She understands the danger she would expose her daughters in Nasila where there are both positive and negative cultural practices and wishes she could “…shield them and protect them” (p.30). She knows this would not be possible because “Nasila people were very intolerant of those who ignored their cherished cultural sensibilities” (p.30). She knows that she is in breach of Nasila traditions by not having circumcised her daughters by then (p.60). While back in Nakuru and before her husband’s retrenchment, Mama Milanoi admits that FGM was a non-issue in the family for “She had regarded the practice as an archaic rite that had been discarded and forgotten. But there it was now, rearing its ugly head and threatening to wreak havoc in the young innocent lives of her daughters” (p.63).

Mama Milanoi is torn between yielding her daughters to the barbaric culture and losing their faith, love and confidence and going against Nasila culture and becoming an alien in the clan. She fears doing anything that would wrong her husband and hence chooses to tread carefully around the matter. She comes out as a weak woman who shies from declaring her stand on Nasila culture when she meekly tells her husband, “Our culture is everything and its rules, our lives” (p.61). Her dutiful role of a faithful and obedient wife to Ole Kaelo comes before her duty to her daughters hence chooses to obey his edicts. She wishes to join forces with the likes of Minik or Emakererei, and fight against practices like FGM but then fears for her marriage, “If she aligned herself with a person who Nasila regarded as having such an obnoxious reputation, where would her marriage stand?” (p.62). She even wonders whether as a family, they are traditionalists or modernists especially by embracing retrogressive cultural values (p.62).

Joseph is faced with cultural conflict when he falls in love with Taiyo who is from his clan. His culture does not allow such a union and hence he is torn between loyalty to that culture or love for Taiyo. He asks himself several questions that reveal this crisis. “Did he have to abandon Nasila culture in exchange of a woman who sneered at its tenets? He considered running away from Nasila and its culture but that left a sour taste in his mouth.” (p.137). He finally opts to stick by Nasila culture arguing that it was too valuable to be abandoned in exchange of a woman’s love. He finally resolves this conflict by declining Taiyo’s love (p.137).

Ole Kaelo’s alienation from his culture and embracing a culture that was neither modern nor traditional creates internal conflict in him. He is torn between marrying his daughter Resian to Oloisudori or turning down his request, thereby losing his business. He keeps wondering what sort of a man Oloisudori is and at some point, he has to assure himself that he is a morally upright man so that he can marry his daughter to him (p.194).

FEMALE ASSERTIVENESS

At the centre of fighting retrogressive cultural practices is Resian, Taiyo and Minik ene Nkoitoi who is commonly called Emakererei.

Both Resian and Taiyo resist F.GM and do all they can to fight the outmoded practice. Resian says she would not live anywhere near a man who would want to mutilate her sexuality while Taiyo says she would only be mutilated if only she were dead (p.33). This declaration sets the mood and tone in the rest of the novel where the girls fight various individuals that try to force them in taking a path they do not wish. Resian resists being circumcised by force in a dream by fighting the enkamuratani and the enkoiboni (pp.244-254). She tells Minik that she had heard of her relentless fight against F.G.M and underage marriage (p.262). Her stand is that girl child circumcision should disappear from Maa language and regarded extinct and that Intoiye Nemengalana (uncircumcised girl) should stop being derogatory (p.263). Minik is bitter and angry about the continued practice of F.G.M at a time she believes the rite has stopped being useful to women. She blames the practice on the neo-culture of wealth which was dampening the fight against such outdated practices. Her take is that “…there was need to plan new strategies to battle the new monster that was rearing its ugly head” (p.269). Resian has a different way out of the problem. She believes that if all women said no to the detestable culture, men would do nothing about it (pp.277-278). Women who have undergone F.G.M such as Minik and Nabaru agree that they are not different human beings hence downplaying its importance.

Resian is opposed to cultural coaching by Joseph Parmuat. Her father observes that though they may find some cultural demands detestable, it is such practices that nurtured and bound their people together (p.71).  To Resian, the coaching is worthless and she says that if they were sons, they would not be subjected to cultural coaching. She says, “I refuse to be taught. I will either be taught at the university what is universally beneficial to all mankind or be taught nothing” (p.73). She is opposed to informal education to girls meant to please men saying, “I refuse to be taught to solely please male counterparts. They can also cook, and they can, and should also learn to please us females” (p.77). She is described as someone who knows her rights by her mother and that she would not allow anyone trample on them (p.118). Later, she accepts to be coached but only after Joseph introduces interesting topics such as those of love.

When Taiyo falls in love with Joseph, she does not care about what others or the culture says about it. She boldly tells Joseph, “No, I don’t care about the oppressive Nasila culture. Why should I care about violating the backward culture when it does not care when it violates my own rights?” (p.133). She says this despite knowing very well that her culture does not allow inter-clan marriage. She assertively tells Joseph she does not care about her culture’s position on the matter when he tells her they cannot marry (p.134). She is ready to defend her love for Joseph including eloping with him to join others who share with her neo-cultural persuasion.

The two girls are ready to fight and resist forced marriages and Oloisudori’s advances on them. They plan and succeed in returning the gifts that he had brought them saying, “Woe to him if he thought she was a chattel to be secured by the content of a briefcase!” (p.198). She flatly rejects Oloisudori’s plans to marry her saying, “You are stark mad if you think I am your wife. I can only be your wife over my dead body” (p.204). She boldly tells her father that she would rather die than get married to a monster” (p.209). When Resian is abducted by Olarinkoi, she continues in her fighting and resisting spirit. The writer says, “Olarinkoi and his demonic mother may physically take her to Tanzania…take her as his wife…physically circumcise her, but mentally she was going to resist… She was going to refuse to be subdued…she was going to physically resist” (p.230).

The song by the girls from Intapuka-e-Maa during Taiyo’s and Resian’s farewell party is full of female assertion. They say they are proud to be uncircumcised and that they would be doctors, teachers and engineers and would build the nation together with men (p.281). This is a song of hope and optimism hence revealing a generation of young people that are not ready to be daunted by retrogressive cultural practices.

MORAL DECADENCE

Despite the rich cultural setting of the novel, there are many cases of immoral conduct or behavior that falls short of the morals of any society. This can be largely attributed to the clash or encounter between the traditional culture and modern culture. Many evils are perpetrated by Oloisudori and other characters with warped morality.

Oloisudori is totally morally decayed. He engages in all sorts of vices in order to amass wealth. He is corrupt, immoral, an extortionist, a smuggler, a poacher, a blackmailer, a thug and even a killer (p.101, 236). He is also suspected by Ole Kaelo to belong to the cult of ilmasonik, a cult that thrived on extortion and blackmail (p.107). These vices, allegedly associated with him, point at his moral deficiency.

When Ole Kaelo asks his friend Supeyo if Oloisudori is a man of integrity, he replies, “Don’t trust him any further than you would a hyena in your homestead…keep the fellow away from your daughters” (p.26). When Oloisudori meets Resian for the first time, his amorous character is evident. He openly scans her body (p.92) and cranes his neck to watch her (p.95). In his presence, Resian is uncomfortable for she felt from his looks as if her blouse was unbuttoned (p.96). She also feels as if he was caressing her entire body with his hands against her will (p.96). He tells Ole Kaelo his intention to marry his daughter very callously and as if he was talking about a goat or a sheep (p.110). In his first visit to Ole Kaelo’s home, “…he took a long time washing his hands as he gloatingly peered at her” (p.179). He has no shame taking the hand of Resian and kissing it without her consent. He looks at her in a sexually suggestive manner “…his gaze deliberately dropped from her face to her bosom and lingered there” (p.203). This is before he drops the bombshell; which is marrying her and making her the happiest woman in East Africa. He shamelessly tells Kaelo of his intention to circumcise Resian before marrying her. Ole Kaelo regards such talks as very abnormal between a father-in-law and a would be son-in-law. From such immoral talk, Ole Kaelo believes that the world had come to an end (p.112).

Apart from Oloisudori, there are many other morally rotten characters in the novel such as Olarinkoi warriors, Olarinkoi, and enkoiboni. The Olarinkoi warriors, who subdued the Maa for long, are morally rotten. They forced the Maa women to “…compose lewd songs which they had to perform in the most outrageous and indecent postures and styles” (p.86). They took advantage of the compromising situation of the Maa women to exploit them sexually knowing that “…they were not able to resist their natural instinctive desires…” (p.86).

Taiyo and Resian’s near rape by two men as they come from their father’s shop in Nasila points at moral decay in Nasila. (p.140). This incident causes the girls mental torture. Some of these deeds are done to them because they are uncircumcised. Olarinkoi is also immoral. He abuses Resian by telling her: “Today we shall see how educated your body is” (p.221). This is before physically assaulting and raping her after she passes out.

The foul language that enkoiboni, the mother to Olarinkoi, addresses Resian with is full of moral rottenness. Her language is full of abuses and bitterness. Enkabaani, Resian’s nurse does not support enkoiboni’s foul language and urges Resian to ignore her. She does not respect Resian’s privacy when she feels her stomach with her hands to check whether she was pregnant. All this time, “Resian seethed with anger at the blatant intrusion of her privacy and total disregard for her feelings” (p.235).

BETRAYAL

Betrayal is breaking of the trust that existed between individuals before. The greatest betrayal in the novel is that of Ole Kaelo to his daughters. On page one, we are told that Ole Kaelo refused to allow his daughter Taiyo to travel to Mombasa with other young men and women selected by an FM radio station for a music extravaganza (pp.1-2). He refused to allow her saying that no daughter of his “…would so demean herself and her family as to perform in public in exchange of monetary gain” (p.45). To him that would be like engaging in harlotry. In addition, he betrays his daughters’ ambitions to join Egerton University preferring instead to marry them off to Oloisudori, a very rich man. This shows he is not ready to help them realize their dreams as a father should do.

Ole Kaelo has betrayed Resian in many ways. He has not loved her as he should from her birth. We are told that “From the moment she was born, mute and helpless, he detested her” (p.10). This has contributed to Resian growing up “…sullen, bewildered and resentful” (p.10). He is biased in his treating of the two daughters for he does not love her as he loves Taiyo. Taiyo admits this emotional betrayal: “For reasons she did not understand, she had always found their father strangely and harshly impatient towards Resian” (p.34). However, she knew that he despised her ever since she was young (p.173). Ole Kaelo is strongly hateful and unappreciative of her: “…he wondered where in the world they fetched that awkward, overblown, stupid child…And the very look in her eyes, half-fearful, half-defiant and wholly troubled, was always enough to raise his temper to the highest pitch” (p.41). He also abuses her at the slightest provocation. He tells her: “While Taiyo works herself to the bone, she lazes about like an over-fed lizard in the hot afternoon sun!” (p.64). He goes on “Look at the way you slouch…I’ll not be surprised if you soon become a hunchback” (p.64). Even her mother fails Resian for we are told: “Even stranger was their mother’s failure to come to Resian’s defense. It was as if her motherly instincts could not extend her protective wings to cover Resian. Seeing her parents’ betrayal of her sister, Taiyo takes over to comfort Resian and reassure her when hurt especially by her father. Her role in Resian’s life is very important because she relies on her to make requests to their father on her behalf for she cannot approach him directly. The case in point is her quest to join university which she keeps pestering Taiyo to ask their father to do on her behalf. A parent that cannot communicate with his child has definitely failed in his parental responsibility.

Ole Kaelo and Oloisudori mercilessly hatch a plan to abduct Resian and marry her off without her consent if she does not cooperate. The plan is “If she declined, he would leave it at that until the evening when his men would pounce on her and abduct her” (p.191). After such a heinous plan, “The three of them …roared with rich laughter” (p.192).  He is even ready to have her circumcised so that she can get married to a man she does not even love. Mama Milanoi is not blameless because she is inwardly opposed to the abduction plan; but does not speak out to condemn such a wicked plan. When Oloisudori reveals his plan to marry Resian, it “dawned on her that her father had already sold her” (p.204). This greatly shocks her because she never thought that her father could go to the extent of selling her (p.205). He confirms the plan to marry her off to his friend Oloisudori and also shatters Resian’s dream of enrolling as a student at Egerton University. He tells her: “I thought about it alright, but decided that I am not sending you there!” (p.207). This discovery makes her cry, “accusing her father of hatred and betrayal by betrothing her to Oloisudori” (p.208). Resian does not absolve her mother from blame for she believes she also failed her (p.230) especially due to her silence when all those plans against her were being devised. She reasons that her mother should not have been silent when her daughter was being sold to the highest bidder for “Even the hyena’s greed spared its own young ones” (p.231).

Mama Milanoi also betrays her daughter Taiyo by allowing her to accompany three women to take her to Resian only for her to end up being forcefully subjected to F.G.M. We are told that “When she came to, two days later, she was sore, bitter and angry” (p.273). Her mother does all this out of her docile submission and fear of her husband. In addition, she has to play along with Ole Kaelo in his devious acts so that they cannot lose the wealth Ole Kaelo has corruptly acquired by doing business with Oloisudori. Later, when Resian and Taiyo are reunited, they blame their mother for their ordeals saying “She was an example of a wife they never wanted to become” and that they knew she was always in “awe of their father who held her captive and never for once allowed her to express her own opinion on any matter however small it was” (p.277).

MATERIALISM/GREED AND OPULENCE

Materialism is putting material possession before anything else in one’s life while greed is insatiable want for material possessions. Opulence in this novel refers to exaggerated display of wealth by characters.

Ole Kaelo’s house in Nasila is so magnificent that Mama Milanoi exclaims, “Father of all creation! This is but a dream” (p.30). Taiyo says that the house is magnificent while Resian exclaims she had never seen anything like it before (p.31).He has furnished his shop at Nasila extravagantly. We are told “It was splendid, large and well stocked. The décor was discreetly and fashionably done while taking into consideration the kind of customers that were expected” (p.65). This is a show of extravagance and opulence which the rich in this society strongly believe are indications of a wealthy man. Taiyo tells her ever critical sister: It’s important that the shop displays a certain measure of opulence” (p.65). This is so that their father can attract rich customers.

The genesis of Ole Kaelo’s troubles is his signing of a contract with Oloisudori to start a business in Nasila. We are told that “He had long realized the choice was between remaining a nobody; self-righteously and accepting, sensibly, that the man with the meat was also the same man with the knife” (p.25). He therefore gets into business with him. His friend, Supeyo, warns him in advance what kind of man Oloisudori is “…and Oloisudori is probably the most corrupt…keep the fellow away from your daughters” (p.26). Despite the early warning, he is unheeding a thing which makes him lose his two dear daughters finally. Oloisudori has his hands on all sorts of businesses both legal and illegal. These are; agriculture, finance, tourism, import and export, mining and motor trade, extortion, poaching, smuggling and robbing (p.101). When he comes visiting Ole Kaelo, his show of extravagance cannot fail to be noticed in his extravagant dressing. He has a pin-striped designer suit, a gold watch, gold bracelet and a gold chain. (p.177). He shows off his wealth by giving generous gifts to Ole Kaelo, Mama Milanoi, Resian and Taiyo. (p.178). He also hands over a briefcase to Ole Kaelo which is later revealed to have contained a half a million shillings (p.188).

Despite these ugly businesses, Ole Kaelo still deals with him in order to save his business from collapsing. He is not sure whether Oloisudori does not belong to a cult that thrived on blackmail and extortion and which after helping a businessman grow his business, would come back making outrageous demands like sacrificing their beloved ones to the gods of the cult (p.107). Despite knowing all these about him, Ole Kaelo comforts himself in order to defend the material path he has taken.  The narrator observes: “He knew it was pursuit of success that made him interact with Oloisudori….Success was attainment, fortune and prosperity; it was triumph and it gave one happiness. It did not matter how it was obtained….the end…justified the means” (pp.108-109). He consoles himself for having decided to marry his daughter to Oloisudori saying, “Where else would he ever get such a business offer as the one Oloisudori had offered him” (p.165). He decides that he is not ready to lose his business premises and home for these were a matter of life and death to him. In order to survive, “…he realized with finality, he had to change his attitude towards Oloisudori; he had to embrace him” (p.165). He sees the material side only if his daughter married Oloisudori, saying, “…she would soon have her own establishment and a wealthy husband who had much ambition” (p.166).

When Ole Kaelo visits one of the homes of Oloisudori and the house he is building for Resian, he falls instantly in love with the might of wealth that he witnesses. Ole Kaelo’s house is lavishly furnished and the writer says it “…must have been done by a person whose mind must have been preoccupied by the need to be showy, and ostentatious. On the other hand, the house being built for Resian leaves Ole Kaelo speechless and Mama Milanoi stupefied by its grandeur and magnificence (p.190).  Attracted by wealth, he concludes that “…it was only a stupid woman, like his daughter Resian, who would turn down the offer to own the riches they saw in Oloisudori’s home” (p.188). He also hopes that Taiyo, his other daughter would get a rich man to marry her and give him hefty sums of money just as Oloisudori had done. (p.188). After witnessing Oloisudori’s wealth, he decides that Resian must be married by Oloisudori and that “…he was not going to allow his daughter’s ignorance to destroy her future” (p.191). He so much wants the marriage plan to work that he devises a plan with Oloisudori to abduct Resian by force if she did not cooperate (p.191).in fact they agree on usage of a anesthesia to make her unconscious. The only saving grace that can prevent losing his business and house is the success of the marriage. He admits that, “the success or failure of the event would determine the fate of his business” (p.194). He fears being reduced to poverty by Oloisudori and therefore, betrays his own daughter in exchange of material possessions.

DETERMINATION/OPTIMISM

Not giving up in whatever one decides to do is very instrumental in achieving success. Resian’s determination to go to university from the beginning of the novel to the time her dream is achieved is remarkable. This determination is seen from the time they are in Nakuru to when they relocate to Nasila. As her father and family is busy packing so that they can go to their rural home in Nasila, she tells her sister “I don’t want to work at the shop…I want to come back to Nakuru and join Egerton University. I want to take a course in Veterinary Science and become a veterinary doctor” (p.4). She keeps urging her sister to talk to their father so that they can be enrolled at the university. To escape FGM, she tells her sister: “That’s why it’s imperative that you persuade Papaai to allow us go back to Nakuru and enroll at the university” (p.33). She is worried that her father had spent all the money in decorating the shop and left with nothing for their university education (p.65). Sometimes, she would imagine herself admitted at the university “…and walking majestically with other students into one of those awesome lecture theatres, while donning her academic regalia” (p.89). After their near-rape by two young men, Resian tells Taiyo to use that incident to compel their father to take them to university (p.144).

She dreams of graduating and getting a chance to work with Minik ene Nkoitoi, her lifelong role model. (p.153). She is determined to face Oloisudori and resist his advances on her. We are told that “She had vowed to face the monster gallantly…She was in the battle front and success or failure was in her hands” (p.200). Her optimism to join university does not reduce even at her lowest moment when she realizes her father’s intention to marry her by force to Oloisudori. She says, “If I don’t die and live to be eighty, I will still go to the university. I’ll go to Egerton University, Papaai…I hope you will be there to witness my graduation” (p.210).Even in her dream while held captive by Olarinkoi at his hut, she has a dream that showcases her gallant and determined nature. “She was determined that the old enkamuratani would never circumcise another girl again” (p.244). In the dream she fought both the enkamuratani and enkoiboni with a mallet.

Resian’s determination to get university educated and resistance against FGM start bearing fruits when she and Nabaru reach Ntare-Naaju sheep ranch. “She remembers the Maa adage that said: home was never far for one who was still alive” (pp.256-257). Her dreams of joining Egerton University are fulfilled when Minik promises that she would ensure that she and Taiyo get enrolled at the university as they wanted. This is fulfilled when she brings them letters of admission to the university towards the end of the novel. The song that the girls from Intapuka-e-Maa sing is full of determination. The girls are proud of being uncircumcised and have hopes of being doctors, teachers and engineers and contribute in building the nation with men (p.281).  Taiyo is determined to be married by Joseph. She says she won’t be dissuaded by Nasila culture that prevents inter-clan marriage saying, “…I cannot accept its verdict…I am too, ready to face any eventuality that may arise out of our love for one another” (p.134).

HELP/BENEVOLENCE

The overcoming of difficult situations by some characters would not be possible without help and benevolence from other characters. Some of these incidents of help and benevolence, though coincidental, are very important in not only shaping characters’ lives but also in shaping the novel’s plot. When Taiyo and Resian are about to be assaulted sexually by two men, we are told, “Suddenly and unexpectedly, a third man sprang out of the bushes like a ghost” (p.141). This man is Olarinkoi and he is the one that saves them by fighting the two men. The girls cannot imagine what would have happened to them if he had not come at that moment (p.142-143). Later, it is the same Olarinkoi who saves Resian from Oloisudori’s men. His appearance is timely because Resian has even been contemplating to commit suicide by jumping into a river (p.210).

Resian is nursed by Nabaru, a motherly woman after her sexual abuse by Olarinkoi (p224). “At times she held her up, giving her drinks of water, or milk, or feeding her; putting bits of olpurda dipped in honey into her mouth…” (p.224). Nabaru also promises to help Resian in whatever her plans are: “ I am willing to help you to do what you intend to do or go where you want to go once you are back onto your feet” (p.233).  She keeps her word by coming to rescue Resian when Olarinkoi’s mother is just about to attack and have her circumcised (p.246).

Further, Taiyo and Resian get help from Minik when she promises to have her enrolled at Egerton University (p.264). She keeps her promise when she gives the two girls letters of admission to the university. Resian also qualifies for a scholarship from the ranch which is managed by Minik to fund her education. She in addition gives her a job in the ranch, an advance salary, as well as a fully furnished house. Resian is sincerely appreciative of Minik’s benevolence, saying, “Your voice dear Emakererei is truly the voice of God” (p.265). Taiyo is rescued from the hands of her circumcisers by Minik. Both Nabaru and Minik are very instrumental in the physical and psychological healing of the two girls. We are told that with Nabaru’s nursing care, Minik’s encouragement and counseling sessions from a teacher from Intapuka-e-Maa school, Taiyo is able to fully recover (p.276).

MALE CHAUVINISM

Male chauvinism refers to the feeling of superiority by men and their domineering attitude over women in the society as a result of general male domination or patriarchy in a given society. Ole Kaelo is a male chauvinist. He beats his wife to submission to coerce her follow his decisions without any resistance. When his wife reasons that they should think of the family interests first with regard to adhering to Nasila culture, he irritably asks her, “What do you mean?” (p.61). When she realizes that he is getting angry, she beats a hasty retreat saying, “Our culture is everything and it rules our lives” (p.61). Although Mama Milanoi realizes when it is too late the role Oloisudori has played in shaping their material lives, she admits that she would not have helped to separate him from such a man because it “…Was the man who made decisions as to which direction their lives took” (p.114).

According to Resian, the ancient Ilarinkon were no different from the current ones. She is of the view that the current Ilarinkon are worse and that they are despotic oppressive tyrants who oppress women by ensuring that they are subjected to FGM for ever (p.91). The current Ilarinkon include Ole Kaelo, Oloisudori and Olarinkoi. Ole Kaelo forces Resian to attend to and serve his friend Oloisudori when her mother says nothing about it. He orders: “You have to be there…it is important to me that you are there” (p.171). Olarinkoi’s chauvinism is seen in his changed attitude towards Resian when he takes her to his house far from Nasila. He tells her, “You woman…You can either cook or keep standing stupidly or die of hunger…and Resian stared “…at the man who seemed to have suddenly turned from a person she had known for quite some time, to a beast” (p.218). He later molests her sexually after returning drunk. Oloisudori is a male chauvinist. This is seen in his address to Resian when she refuses his marriage offer. He tells her “You can never escape Resian…Whether you scream your heart out, or jump into the deep sea…you are mine. You are my wife from now henceforth” (p.204). He arrogantly tells her: No one plays games with Oloisudori. Ask your father, he will tell you” (p.204). (add more illustrations).

GENDER INEQUALITY

Men and women are not equal in this novel. Women’s position is lower than that of men who dominate over everything and suppress women. This is especially seen at the family level where the husband is the sole decision maker and the wife just accepts those decisions without question. Ole Kaelo has a very easy time courting and marrying his wife. A woman is not supposed to resist a man who wants to marry her as per Nasilian tradition whether she loves him or not. We are told “She accepted him without any resistance. Tradition did not allow her to offer any and as expected of her, she did not resist” (p.29). Mama Milanoi is an unequal marriage partner to Ole Kaelo. She leaves decision making to her husband and does not oppose any of his decisions. She refuses to be drawn into the discussion about the coaching of her daughters by Joseph saying “It was Taiyo’s father’s territory” (p.56).Mama Milanoi cannot oppose him for “…in her culture there was no room for dissent, especially if the subject was in conformity with the culture” (p.61).

In this society, “…women had no say. It was a patriarchal society where the Emakererei and her ilk were fighting to find relevance with little success” (p.62). Such gender imbalance uplifts the man over the woman. In their case, it leaves Ole Kaelo with the sole responsibility of making final decisions on all matters affecting the family. We are also told that Mama Milanoi has been held captive by her husband who “…never for once allowed her to express her own opinion on any matter however small it was” (p.277). This suppression has prevented her from speaking her mind and opposing the subjection of her daughters to outdated cultural practices. Resian is opposed to her father’s hiring of Joseph to coach them about Nasilian culture. She says “I am beginning to think it is disadvantageous being a woman in this society” (p.73). She finds fault with the plan reasoning that if they were sons, they would not be subjected to such cultural coaching. Resian regrets living in a society where men thought they had right to every woman’s body (p.143). This is after their near-rape by two men. Such unjustified rights emanate from the fact that men deem themselves as superior to women and can do whatever they want with women.

CHANGE

Change refers to transition or transformation of characters or situations. Most of the changes in the novel Blossoms of the Savannah are caused by the erosion of the Maa culture as a result of its coming into contact with modern culture or civilization. This causes alienation in characters and as a result they change.

The Ole Kaelos are forced by destiny to relocate to Nasila after his retrenchment. This came as a thunderbolt at midday (p.7). The environment in Kaelo’s new home in Nasila is different from that in their urban home in Nakuru. Taiyo and Resian are woken up the first day in Nasila by “…a lively chatter of birds in the trees surrounding the house…What a contrast to what they were used to in Nakuru!” (p.14). In Nakuru, they were always woken up by hoots from Matatus, touts’ shouts, engine revving and banging on vehicles.

Nasila culture is changing due to alienation. Mama Milanoi cannot believe she can have a man as old as Oloisudori as her mother-in-law. She observes that in the past, such a thing would not have happened for “Culture would not have allowed it to happen” (p.114). She feels that if Nasila culture was intact, such a thing would not have happened and she wonders “…where that culture had fled to “…Had the culture become moribund, useless and impotent?” (p.117) This could be true because forced marriages to old people were not there in the past and any old man who showed interest in a young girl was met with much retribution from women and the entire society.” pp.115-117). The traditional Nasilian culture had many advantages to the people. It regulated lives of people, defined relationships, did not favour or discriminate and above all, was cherished by all. Sadly, according to Mama Milanoi, this culture was no more. “It was defiled and polluted by the likes of Oloisudori …had become mutable and contained defiant mutants that it could not regulate and which were above Nasila laws” (p.118). One of the causes of this great change in Nasila culture is education for Mama Milanoi goes on to observe that she had seen changes in her daughters. “They had gone through a school system that intermingled them with children from other cultures.” (p.118). As a result, her children know very little of Nasila culture. “They were children of a new undefined culture. Theirs was a mutant of another kind” (p.118). Indeed, Resian best exemplifies the epitome of this new undefined culture.

Joseph Parmuat observes that “Individualism, petty jealousy and lack of trust killed that once important aspect of Nasila culture” (p.127). The individualism of the likes of Ole Kaelo and Oloisudori are very central in eroding the culture of Nasila hence bringing many changes in the society. According to Taiyo, culture and traditions are never static. She says, “By being dynamic, culture shades off aspects that become irrelevant with time” (p.128). She hopes that the outdated FGM and restriction on inter-clan marriage should be abolished from Nasila cultural practices. Joseph and Minik cites cultural practices like throwing the dead to the hyenas, leaving the elderly and sick in deserted homesteads to be devoured by wild animals and emuata (pp.128, 263). This ascertains the dynamism and transformational characteristic of Nasilian culture over the years an aspect that gives hope to fighters against outdated practices such as F.G.M.

LOVE, MARRIAGE AND FAMILY

Ole Kaelo has effectively played his role as a father by providing and putting up a house for his family in Nasila. The house he has built for his family in Nasila is so magnificent that Mama Milanoi exclaims, “Father of all creation! This is but a dream” (p.30). Taiyo says that the house is magnificent while Resian exclaims she had never seen anything like it before (p.31). At another level, both parents fail in their emotional obligations to one of their daughters, Resian. Ole Kaelo for instance has instilled fear in her such that there is no free interaction between father and daughter, has hated her from birth, keeps reprimanding her, abuses her and finally greatly betrays her by conspiring to marry her off to his friend Oloisudori (pp. 206-210) and when this aborts, he turns to his favorite daughter Taiyo but not before he has her forcefully circumcised (p.273). The hitherto good and peaceful family especially when he was in Nakuru has fallen apart at the end of the novel due to his greed for wealth.

In the traditional Nasilian culture, love is not entirely a prerequisite to marriage. Although Ole Kaelo was smitten with love for Mama Milanoi the first time he saw her in the church, her feelings for him are not required for them to marry.  We are told that “From the moment he saw her, he had been obsessed and he was still obsessed twenty-two years later” (p.9). On his wife’s side, we are told, “She accepted him without any resistance. Tradition did not allow her to offer any and as expected of her, she did not resist (p.29). What she considers is his character. We are told she knew he was a good man, a great provider, a planner and a man with the will to succeed. She also knew he loved her genuinely (p.29). He continues loving his wife many years after their marriage showing his satisfaction with her. When he wakes up he says, “Oh, did he not have a wife there. He was elated” (p.59).

Simiren, brother to Ole Kaelo, is a polygamist but he treats all his wives equally. “It was only yeiyo-botorr, who occupied a special position in the home and who received favour from her husband without anyone frowning. Communal life, selflessness, and respect characterize this family and there are few disagreements and disputes. The family in general is a haven of peace, a thing that makes Resian and Taiyo admire traditional way of life in their uncle’s polygamous marriage (p.154).

Taiyo puts love first before cultural dictates on who one should marry. Their culture does not allow inter-culture marriage but nonetheless, she falls in love with Joseph Parmuat, who belongs to her own clan and hence they are not allowed to marry. Taiyo is assertive enough for she is the one who approaches Joseph saying, “I know you are in love with me the way I am in love with you” (p.133). Joseph reciprocates her love for him saying, “I loved you the moment I saw you during your father’s homecoming ceremony” (p.134). When Resian asks Joseph to be her Patureishi, he says that culture does not allow it for she is like his sister (p.127).Taiyo loves her sister so much that she has stepped in to fill the vacuum that has been left in Resian’s heart due to her parent’s cold attitude towards her. Resian has relied on her sister for protection since primary and Taiyo has made it her duty to mop her tears (p.34).

 

 

SUFFERING

There are several characters who suffer in the hands of the blunt Nasilian culture. Resian is slapped by her father for refusing to marry Oloisudori. After this, she undergoes a series of mental and physical suffering. She suffers as she is transported to the assumed Minik’s Sheep ranch by Olarinkoi. At night during the journey, she fears attack of wild animals. She also had “…a layer of dust in her mouth, in her nostrils, in her ears and on her eyelashes” (p.215). She suffers in the hands of Olarinkoi and his mother. She is physically assaulted by Olarinkoi until she passes out after which he proceeds to rape her. After the sexual assault, she falls sick and has hallucinations. We are told that when “…she later came to, confused fleeting impressions registered on her awareness” (p.223).

Taiyo also suffers the blunt of archaic retrogressive Nasilian culture. She is forced against her will to undergo FGM. During the painful rite, we are told “She screamed and screamed, but nobody came to her rescue. Then she fainted. When she came to, two days later, she was sore, bitter and angry” (p.273).

RELIGION AND SUPERSTITIONS

During the homecoming party of Ole Kaelo, an elder is expected to bless his home before Ole Kaelo can be received back in Nasila. We are told “The elders would also bless the wife, children and property that he brought back and which were all henceforth going to be the wealth of the Ilmolelian clan (p.38). The ceremony is conducted by Ole Musanka who is to conduct the sacred ceremony of officially receiving him into the Ilmolelian culture and offer blessings for his family’s well-being (p.50). Apart from blessing Ole Kaelo, the elder had special blessing for Taiyo. He even prophecies that she would be the mother of the next leader (p.52). This man also curses Emakererei, the wasp, whose real name is Minik for fighting F.G.M. He says “May she go down with the setting sun” (p.52).

Teiyo Bottor, Resian and Taiyo’s aunt tell their mother that their daughter Resian has Olkuenyi, a bad spirit and it is only circumcision that could get rid of it (p.78). Mama Milanoi remembers that when she was young, diseases were treated through “…a blood-letting ceremony known as angam. “Several nicks were made on the ailing sections of the body and the blood sucked out” (p.79). Curses are indications of the superstitious nature of this community. The Enkoiboni, is a diviner. It is said that she had prophesied that Ole Kaelo would move to Nasila with his two uncircumcised daughters and that his son would go to live in that home and finally bring with him one of Ole Kaelo’s daughter to be circumcised before marrying her. Going by that, it is evident that her prophecies and predictions are true (p.232). As Nabaru and Resian escape from Olarinkoi, Olarinkoi curses her saying, “My mother’s curse will find you there” (p.249). He also boasts that his mother’s predictions always come to pass” (p.250).

WOMEN AS THEIR OWN ENEMIES

Much as the modern woman opposes retrogressive cultural practice such as F.G.M, majority of women support these practices. Mama Milanoi is in support of F.G.M even as her daughters fight to resist the harmful practice. The writer puts: “Did she not support female genital mutilation that was prevalent among her people in Nasila?” (p.63). Despite being a woman, she betrays her daughter by giving her over to the enkamuratani to be circumcised (pp.272-273). She also keeps quiet and does not speak to oppose her husband’s plans to marry off her daughters to an old man. This is despite the fact that she is inwardly opposed to the whole idea. According to Maa oral tradition, it was women who came up with the idea of F.GM. They made a lasting resolution to sexual exploitation of women by the Olarinkoi and that gave rise to enkamuratani.“And her olmurunya was shaped, sharpened and handed to her” (p.87). The same practice that was useful then comes to haunt young girls such as Taiyo and Resian.

Nabaru also finds fault with the Maa women. She believes that they were the perpetrators of FGM and that no woman had taken up the olmurunya to circumcise a girl. (p.277). Resian says that if all women said no to the detestable culture, men would do nothing and the practice would stop (p.278). However, women are not speaking in one voice hence it has becomes very difficult to fight cultural practices that harms them. Olarinkoi’s mother also greatly serves in oppressing fellow women. She is planning to have Resian circumcised before she can be married by her son. The three women that Taiyo composes a song to ridicule also serve in oppressing women. We are told that they collaborated with men to oppress women (p.153).

WAR/ VIOLENCE

The traditional Maa community in which the novel is set takes pride in engaging in external battles and wars to protect their territory or as an economic undertaking. There are many cases of violence reported in the clan.

One remarkable war is that between Olarinkoi and Maa warriors that led to the Maa people being ruled for many years. After many years under the Ilarinkon rule, we are told that “the Maa people eventually revolted and overthrew the Olarinkoi despotic rule” (p.87). Ole Kaelo attacks his daughter Resian for refusing to cooperate in his plan to have her married to Oloisudori. “After a moment of frozen immobility, her father suddenly pushed his chair, moved fast from behind the desk and slapped her face, sending her reeling back so that she almost fell” (p.209).

The fight between the girls at Minik’s ranch and Oloisudori’s men ends the protracted oppression of the man on Kaelo’s daughters. We are told that his convoy “…was reduced to smoldering shells and acrid smell of burning tyres” (p283). There is also a fight between Olarinkoi and the men that wanted to rape Resian and Taiyo. The bravery of Olarinkoi saves the girls from being raped. When the two young men are caught up by Olarinkoi and his men, they are beaten up before being spared.  Women are also violent. The case in point is the old man they punish for being infatuated by a young girl. We are told “Then all the women proceeded to the homestead of the accused, armed with all kinds of weapons that included firewood…and their husbands’ knobkerries” (p.115). They go on to “…beating him thoroughly and stripping him naked” (p.116). Finally, this man dies and the women feel satisfied that they have avenged their anger.

DISCUSSION QUESTIONS ON THEMES

  1. Explain four good aspects of Nasilian culture.
  2. Discuss four cases of culture conflict in the novel Blossoms of the Savannah.
  3. Identify and illustrate instances of alienation in the novel.
  4. “Determination is the key to success.” Write a detailed composition to illustrate the statement.
  5. Resian, Taiyo and Minik are justified in their fight against FGM because many cultural practices have been abandoned. Do you agree? Support your answer with illustrations from the novel.
  6. Illustrate cases of betrayal in the novel Blossoms of the Savannah and their impact on characters.
  7. Discuss four evils present in a morally decadent society.

CHAPTER FOUR

LANGUAGE AND STYLE

The language used in literature is different from that used in other disciplines. Language in literature goes a notch higher because it is not only used originally but also innovatively. This contributes to aesthetics or beauty in literary texts hence appealing to the readers. Style on the other hand can simply be defined as the unique manner of doing something. Just like everybody has a walking style and hair cutting style, playwrights have unique ways which they use to pass their messages to the audience. There are a number of stylistic devices in the novel Blossoms of the Savannah. This guidebook will enumerate some of these devices.

 

Vivid Description

The writer uses words to paint clear mental images on the readers’ mind.  This enables the audience to understand the text better. As the Kaelo’s are preparing to depart from Nakuru for Nasila the scenery is vividly described. “He was gesticulating violently, apparently reprimanding loaders for being slow and inept (p.1). This description points out clearly the character of Kaelo as stern. The welcoming ceremony of the Kaelo’s family by uncle Simiren’s family is vividly described “Chunks of meat went round…selected a piece from the tray” (p.12). The description helps in showing the generous nature of Kaelo as well as his meticulous planning abilities. Life at Nasila is vividly described “the intermittent crowing of roosters… a rare atmosphere of tranquility and serenity…” (p.14). The description is used to contrast the peaceful mood of the rural Nasila and the urban town of Nakuru that is characterized by hustles and bustles.

Simiren’s polygamous setting is described vividly “Three main houses stood within a well-tended and a evenly trimmed kei apple perimeter hedge… (p.14). “The sixteen or so children aged between three and sixteen were perched on benches, stools and chairs” (p.16). This description shows high birthrate in the family. It also paints a polygamous family in Nasila.  The vivid description of Ole Supeyo (p.23), “he lifted a corner of his shirt and scratched his belly while his other hand stroked the stubble on his chin…” shows his wealthy status in the society.

Oloisudori is described in uncomplimentary terms “wide gap…black eyes….looking like a warthog” (p.92). The description signals Oloisudori’s mean character and the readers can even form a picture of a criminal before much is disclosed to them. There is a vivid description of how women in the past dealt with an old man who sexually mistreated a young girl (p.117). Taiyo’s bold visit to Joseph’s bachelor house is vividly described (p. 130). It shows the feelings of the two lovers who are restrained by culture. The attack of the two girls by two men in which Olarinkoi saves them is vividly described. “He sprang like a ghost” (p.141). This shows the risk the girls are going though in the hostile Nasila environment.

The search conducted by thirty men with Kaelo and Joseph is vividly described to show the urgency of getting the girls’ molesters (p161). The resigned Resian is vividly described after she is required to serve Oloisudori and his group (p.172). “She walked to an oloponi tree at the centre of the garden. Finding a log underneath it, she sank down…her shoulders drooping…” It shows Oloisudori’s insensitive character. The journey by Oloisudori and the couple is vividly described (p. 190,191). It shows Oloisudori’s cunning and scheming character. The journey by Resian, Olarinkoi and the pick-up driver is vividly described to show the ill manners of the two young men (p. 212, 213). The escape by Resian and Nabaru is also vividly described to show the risk involved by the two females with strong character (p. 247).

Similes

A simile is a stylistic device that compares two things indirectly with an aim of drawing a mental picture in the mind of the reader. Before the Kaelo’s relocate to Nasila, some women from Nasila visit Mama Milanoi. They signal a future menace since the girls are not circumcised. The author says, “The words came to haunt her like a demented spirit” (p.8). This is later seen when mama Milanoi and Kaelo have to live alone in their old age after Taiyo and Resian go to the ranch and later to the university (p.13). “They had likened him to a mono- eyed giant who stood on legs of straw.”(p.13).Kaelo is compared to a giant because he holds a senior position in his home, as the head in his house yet he has chosen to be very weak by having only one wife and two daughters. The elders feel Kaelo is not stable. He should be supported by many sons like Simiren. Ole Supeyo compares effects of FGM with effects of dehorning cows. “Like cattle that required being dehorned to reduce accidental injuries to each other, a certain docility was required to keep more than one wife in one homestead” (p.22). This simile shows the chauvinistic nature of Supeyo.

“The sense of foreboding from the threat was still hanging in the air like the sword of Damocles.’ (p.27). This simile shows the apprehensive mood in which the girls are in after they are accosted by the callous young man. Mama Milanoi says her husband had bullied and scolded her “like half-witted child” (p.29). This shows how Kaelo considered her as a child. It also reveals the low position of a wife in a Maa family.

Uncle Simiren danced, his bald head shining like a piece of iron sheet in the afternoon sun.” (p.45). The simile shows the industry, age and alienation of Simiren as well as the celebratory mood in the event. After the drinks, voices of laughter of the revelers are described as: “they rose and fell like sound of waves beating upon flooded river banks to show the exuberant carefree mood (p.50). A simile describes Resian’s condition of insecurity, “Lonely stalked her like a lost young leopard.” (p.57). This shows the danger that looms in the new environment. Kaelo comments, “Your daughter Resian is like an overfed lizard in the afternoon sun” (p.64).The simile is used to comment on the lazy character of Resian.

Olarinkoi is described as “sitting quietly and staring unblinkingly like a leopard would while stalking an antelope (p.75). This shows Olarinkoi’s antisocial nature. It also indirectly reveals his real intention in Kaelo’s home. Yeiyo Botorr expresses her contempt for Resian’s assertive character in a simile. “One with olkuenyi (bad spirit) was shunned like plague” (p.78). “It was easier to fall in love with a serpent than with Olarinkoi” (p.80). Taiyo’s statements shows that Olarinkoi is antisocial and nobody would wish him to be their friend. Mama Milanoi cannot bear the pricking language of Resian on Oloisudori. She says, “You spoke like one with a demented spirit?” This shows Mama Milanoi’s fear towards Oloisudori and her meekness to Kaelo.

Kaelo comments, “Why do you run like one who has seen an apparition? (p.96). In this simile, Kaelo-Resian cold relationship is shown. After Oloisudori’s visit, the couple has sleepless nights. “They turned and turned like ilmintilis being roasted in the fire” (p.107). The simile shows the torture that the couple undergoes. After Oloisudori informs the couple that he is to have their two daughters, “a disaster loomed large like ominous black clouds” (p.121).

To express her aggressive character, Resian is described by use of a simile. “She sunk her teeth into the flesh like a ferocious animal” (p.221). After the ordeal, the writer says, “thoughts came back like a remote collection” (p.223). This simile evokes a sympathetic attitude on the part of the reader. To show the caring, sacrificing and protective nature of Nabaru, the writer says, “Nabaru scooped Resian like a little baby” (p.246).

Metaphors

It is a style which employs direct comparison of two things without using “as…as” “like” etc. with an aim of forming a mental picture in the reader’s mind. Ole Sumpeyo terms Oloisudori as a randy he goat so as to show the height of his sexual immorality. He warns Kaelo to keep off his daughters. (p.26). Ole Musanka describes Kaelo as a tiny strand of hair that has been blown away from its owner’s head by a gust of wind. (p.51). This shows that Kaelo is part of Maa culture and is owned by the Maa culture.” (p.51). It also brings out the wise character of Ole Musanka. To express her contempt and annoyance, Resian describes Oloisudori, “what an ill-mannered devil this man is.” (p.93). After the heinous act by Olarinkoi on Resian, rape, the sun is described as a bowl of red (p.226).

Personification

It is a stylistic device in which a novelist uses human attributes on non-living things with significance to the novel. For instance Nakuru is described as “That beloved town that was the mother of all flamingoes” (p.2). It is evident that the flamingoes make the area very attractive and probably that is one of the reasons Taiyo sheds tears and is hesitant to leave it for Nasila a rural set up. It could also be interpreted that Nakuru is enlivened by the flamingoes making it relaxing. On reaching Nasila, the tranquility is expressed, “a cool fresh breeze swept in and caressed her face soothingly.(p.14).The breeze in this case is emphasized by being given a human quality of caressing. A pot of ugali is said to hiss cheerfully at the side (p.280).The exaggeration is aimed at emphasizing on the significance of the happy event.

Dialogue

It is a novelistic style in which the writer presents the actual conversation between characters. It brings a break from prose and therefore breaks monotony on the part of the reader. Taiyo and Resian converse about their new residence (p.3). The dialogue shows their mixed attitudes towards Nasila. Resian is afraid of the new home. She fears that the new shop may not pick something which may make the family needy in the future. However, Taiyo encourages her to have faith.

While taking a walk around Simiren’s compound, Taiyo and Resian converse on the apprehension and rivalry among the four houses. This exposes the enmity in a polygamous marriage. The dialogue between Joseph and Ole Kaelo serves to warn Taiyo and Joseph against having any love relationship (p.70).

The heated conversation between yeiyo-Botorr, mama Milanoi, Taiyo and Resian on p.77 reveals Resian’s assertiveness and daring character. It also shows yeiyo-botorr as conservative. The dialogue between Taiyo, Resian and yeiyo-Kiti gives the girls more information about Minik Nkoitoi and adds curiosity on the part of the girls to see her in the future (p.151).

On the other hand, the heated dialogue between Kaelo and Resian (p. 210, 211) brings out Kaelo’s character as mean and abusive while it portrays Resian as sentimental. Lastly, the conversation between Resian, Taiyo and Minik on (p. 280) in Minik’s office brings out the manager’s character as courteous.

Flashback

It is a style in which a novelist takes us back to a time in the past with an intention of informing the reader on past occurrences. It reveals critical information to the audience as well as helping in plot development. We are informed of how the Kaelo’s got married twenty two years ago and how Kaelo got employed by Agribix Limited. In order for mama Milanoi to view the future in the right perspective, she first recalls on the past (p.7). Kaelo flashes back how he had first spotted Jane, his wife in a church service (p.9). The flashback helps in identifying Mama Milanoi as religious.

Through a flashback we are told of the humorous story of how Ole Supeyo would take Kaelo to the forest and instruct him to count a lot of money. From this flashback, we discover their deep rooted friendship (p. 21). The flashback in this case is also a source of humour. Mama Milanoi flashes back to a time when Kaelo married her twenty two years ago and how her parents were happy to get a wealthy son in law (p. 28). The flashback informs the audience of the concern Jane’s parents had for their daughter. Taiyo has a flashback on how she excelled in music festivals and was awarded and garlanded. An FM radio station sponsored her to attend an extravaganza (p.44). This flashback is essential in revealing Taiyo as a talented girl. It explains why she is interested with the Maasai dance as well. Mama Milanoi flashes back when an old man like Oloisudori would not have been allowed by culture to marry young girls. (p.114).in such a case Mama Milanoi would have appealed to an elder’s court which would rule him out of elders. It would also fine him.

Irony

This stylistic device entails a writer depicting what is contrary to what is expected by the reader. For instance, Mama Milanoi optimistically thinks that it would be easy for the couple to marry off their two girls at Nasila than Nakuru town (p.8). However, this proves to be difficult later in the novel. The two girls put up a spirited fight against their marriage to Oloisudori. Resian escapes from her prophesied marriage to Olarinkoi while Taiyo escape shortly after undergoing FGM.

It is ironical that Kaelo detests his daughter Resian simply because she is born a girl instead of a son as he wishes. Since the baby is innocent and did not contribute in her sex, we expect the father to appreciate her. Furthermore, according to biological sciences it is the man who carries male genes (p.10). It is ironical when Kaelo dismisses elders as practitioners of archaic traditions when they mount pressure for him to be polygamous yet later he supports F.G.M on his daughters which is an equally archaic humiliating practice. This clearly portrays greed that overwhelms him as well as his weak character (p.113). It is ironical that Kaelo had been warned against the criminal record of Oloisudori from Supeyo but still falls for his snare (p.108). It is ironical that after Joseph wins the hearts of Resian, his heart is filled with frightening premonition (p.136).

Although the first day at Simiren’s place begins happily, it ends while the girls are disappointed after they are accosted by a callous young man. It is ironical that mama Milanoi feels she has failed in giving Kaelo a son and even praises and praise God for a baby boy (p.29).It is ironical that the idea of Enkamuratani and Olmurunya was hatched by women themselves (p.87). Many years later this practice becomes a source of humiliation and pain to the female population. It is ironical that FGM that adversely affects women in the Maa community is practically done by women (p.227).

It is also ironical that Olarinkoi, the mysterious young man Resian detested later saves their lives. (p.142). Still, it is ironical that when Kaelo calls Resian to inform her of marriage to Oloisudori, Resian thinks she is being called for admission in the university (p.182).Lastly, it is ironical that Emuata (a heavy copper ring is primarily made to make brides beautiful yet it is heavy and uncomfortable to the females (p.263).

 

Symbolism

The physical appearance of the two sisters and their mother is symbolically expressed, “Taiyo and Resian both head and shoulder taller than their mother, stood on” (p.11).The height of the two girls is physically compared to that of their mother. The height could be interpreted in terms of their contribution to female emancipation. The deeper meaning is that Resian and Taiyo’s role in fighting gender inequality is greater than that of their mother.

At the time of the planned circumcision of Resian, the sun is described, “it’s sad yellow light … discordant howls of hyenas…” (p.243). These symbols reinforces the mood. Also, as Nabaru and Resian leave the desolate village, there is a heavy downpour. The rain symbolizes hope in future. (p.248). At the ranch, Resian is led to a house with a soothingly cool carpet which cools her tired and thorn pricked feet (p.260). This symbol assures the comfortable life the future holds for Resian.

The conspicuous departure for Egerton University by Resian, Taiyo and Minik is symbolic. (p.246). They leave behind Oloisudori’s burnt vehicles. It symbolizes their victory over Oloisudori’s army, patriarchy, FGM and stereotype.

Local Dialect

It involves the use of Maasai and Swahili words in the novel by the author. The usage enriches the setting of the fiction; the Maasai geographical area of settlement and the rural set up aspect of the novel. It makes the story credible, authentic and alive as well as anchoring the elaborate theme of culture. In depicting the serene atmosphere, the author says, “Interspersed were the olive- green ilorienito(brown wild olive) trees whose fragrant…cluster of bushes of olobaaniIlkilenya climbers grew…” (p.15). Yeiyoo botorr (p.16), means eldest wife. Her presence portrays the different level of power in a polygamous marriage.

Still to emphasize the beauty and serenity the writer says about Kaelo’s home, “clusters of oleleshua, osinoni and olkirrpanyany bushes dotted the compound. (p.31). People visit Kaelo’s new home so as to observe the girls with an aim of commending them as inkainito (p.36).

Enkaitoyoni and enkamuratani came to make acquaintance with potential clients.(p.36). After feeding and dancing, people take esuguroi drink to gladden their hearts (p.46). Esuguroi is a fermented honey beer spiced with aloe. It is believed that Resian has Kisirani, an evil ominous harbinger to a terrible thing (p.78).

There are many other instances of use of local dialects such as intoiye nemengalana, olmurunya, papaai, enkoiboni, inkainito, shuka, olbitirr, mzee, mheshimiwa, patureishi, elangatare, oloiboni and many others. The meaning of these Maasai and Kiswahili words has been provided in the text or in the glossary of terms at the end of the novel.

Foreshadow

It is a stylistic device in which something ominous is signaled to happen in the future. Mama Milanoi experiences a pang of strange premonition that twists her nerves unpleasantly (p.17). This suggests the lurking danger especially because her daughters are in the status of intoiye nemengalana. Once they arrive in their new house, Resian says, “I feel an oppressive silence.”(p.32).This points at the rough episodes she encounters later (p.32). Taiyo and Resian experience a long night characterized by mournful calls of night birds (p.55). This signals the bad experience ahead. On page 138, Olmultut (a bird of bad omen) coos sorrowfully at Resian’s gate. This bird is a harbinger of bad news. Its cry is ominous (p.138).

Rhetorical Questions

It is a stylistic device which employs questions which do not necessarily require answers but are aimed at stimulating critical thinking. To show that Kaelo is going through a hard reflective moment, he asks, “Was not everybody doing business with him? Was he really that bad? Was it the usual business rivalry and envy? (Oloisudori) (p.27). These questions show the dilemma in which Kaelo is in. Mama Milanoi wonders what they stand for as a family. Are they traditionalists or modernists? (p.62). This shows her dilemma towards F.G.M and her daughters. Resian asks, “Was there a curse for being born a woman?” (p.205). She rhetorically asks, “Was it jealousy consuming her? (p.49). This is about the growing love between Taiyo and Joseph. Nabaru argues on page 277, “if the Enkamuratani threw away the olmurunya and refused to wield it again, what would happen?” it is a call for women’s awakening to rise to the occasion and fight F.G.M.

 

 

Oral Literature Devices

Narratives

Kaelo had learnt that Odomongi and Orok-kiteng, the legendary twin homesteads of the founder that begot of the five clans of Nasila: Ilmolelian, Ilmakesen, Ilukumae, Ilaiser and Iltarrosero were the cradle of Nasila people (p.37). Mama Milanoi’s dilemma is aptly described in a summarized narrative. Her situation was like that of ole Nkipida who was chased into a deserted hut by a lion just to be confronted by a hungry python at the door (p.60). This describes the conflict brought about by F.G.M. There is a common myth that by spilling blood through F.G.M bad spirit is purged away” (p.78). Joseph narrates a moving story of the legendry Olarinkoi (p.81). In the story, women entertain Ilarinkon warriors who demeaned and sexually exploited women (p.86). The story also tells the origin of F.G.M (P.87).

Song and Dance

On page41, during the homecoming ceremony, a bevy of beautiful young women dance exciting traditional dance. Men also do a springy dance (p.41). It is from this dance that Taiyo falls in love with Joseph Parmuat. He leads primary school children into a song about welcoming the returning hero, Kaelo (p.42). Taiyo composes a song which she sings in her heart. The song is dedicated to three women who collaborated with men to oppress women folks (p.153).

Girls from Intapuka e Maa sing a song (p.281). This song makes the two girls shed tears for it praises intoiye nemengalana. (p.281). It also reveals women assertiveness and readiness to fight oppressive cultural practices as well as song of hope, victory and equality.

Proverbs

They are short statements laden with a deep meaning. They are mostly used by the elderly people as a measure of wisdom and experience. Ole Kaelo on p.25 says, “The man with the meat was the same man with the knife.” This signifies that for him to get contracts, he must work with the corrupt Oloisudori. On p.25 Ole Musanka quips, “When an old rat begins to smell, it returns to its mother’s home” (p.52). Meaning that Kaelo is old and had to return to Maa culture as well as home for a sense of belonging. What the superstitious Yeiyoo Botorr says to mama Milanoi about Resian is in form of a proverb, “To hide a boil that is under the armpit is unwise” (p.78). Meaning the girl’s condition of intoiye nemengalana is vicious and will soon burst. While encouraging Resian to escape to the ranch Olarinkoi says, “Home is never far for one who is still alive” (p.211).

Suspense

It is a device in which the writer creates a pleasurable emotion of anticipation and excitement regarding the outcome of events or phenomenon. In the novel, an air of suspense surrounds Olarinkoi. Kaelo does not introduce him to us at any point in the novel nor does he mention him. (p.79). The audience is let to think about him evoking curiosity which keep them reading. The breaking down of the lorry near the ranch attracts suspense (p.252). Readers wonder what is to happen next. They worry of the character’s safety. When Minik calls Taiyo and Resian in her office and stays for long without breaking the silence, suspense is created. Especially because she is holding two letters with unknown contents (p. 279). The readers remain in suspense for long as to whether Resian will agree to be married by Oloisudori or not. They also keep reading and to see whether she will be circumcised by force by Olarinkoi’s mother and be married by Olarinkoi as his mother had prophesied.

Dream

Kaelo has a dream in which Resian consents to marriage by Oloisudori (p.195). The dream shows the level of greed in Kaelo. While in a strange room belonging to Olarinkoi’s people, Resian has a dream in which she meets Minik. The dream fires her ambition. (p.220). Resian dreams a triumphant dream where she battles enkamuratani’s crew who want to circumcise her by force (p.244, 245).

Allusion

It is a style in which there is a reference to something which is supposed to be known but not explicitly mentioned. A writer can refer to history, politics, the bible, literature and so on. In this novel, there are literary and biblical allusions. Resian quotes from a famous speaker, “What pained one most was not the injustices carried out against one by the adversaries but the silence of those who called themselves his or her friends at the time the injustice was done” (p.231). This literary allusion is in reference to her mother who kept quiet all the time they were being exposed to barbaric Nasilian cultural practices. There are several cases of biblical allusion. Resian remembers the tribulations of the Biblical Job. (p.230). She suddenly fell on her knees and hugged the legs of the old woman washing them with tears” (p.234).The allusion in this context is that of Mary in the St Luke in the Bible where she chooses to anoint Jesus using her hair. In this context, the respect Resian has for the enkabaani is emphasized. Still, Resian reminds herself of what the Bible says, (p.257). Some scriptures on optimism are quoted. The Joseph in the bible alludes to the Biblical Joseph who sacrificed for Christ by offering his tomb to be used by Christ (p.277). Joseph in the novel finally sacrifices by dying for the sake of Taiyo.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER FIVE

SAMPLE AND PRACTICE EXCERPTS

 

SAMPLE EXCERPTS

  1. Read the extract below and answer the questions that follow.

“No Joseph,” she said in an infantile whimper. “I can’t bear that we can’t express the love that we have for one another because of some primitive culture. If by loving you, I offend the sensibilities of Nasila then let me offend and face the consequences of doing so!”

“I also love you very much,” Joseph Parmuat responded finally. “I loved you the moment I saw you during your father’s homecoming ceremony. But then the clan matter came to separate us. It is true we have no blood relation. But Nasila culture dictates who are related and who are not. We are slotted among those who cannot marry.”

“No, it can’t be, I cannot accept its verdict,” she said petulantly her words agonised. “No way, never!” She stopped, confused and angry with herself at her inarticulate outburst. She took several long steadying breaths and then said, “I cannot accept that a culture that does not feed, clothe or house me comes to control my life. Our lives belong to us, Joseph. The destiny of our lives is in our own hands. We should guard it jealously.”At last they drew a little a part .His eyes were open, honest and steady upon her face.

  1. What happens before this excerpt? (3mks)
  2. For both Joseph and Taiyo, give and illustrate two character traits. (4mks)
  3. How is dialogue significant in this excerpt? (4mks)
  4. Explain any two thematic concerns addressed in the excerpt. (4mks)
  5. From elsewhere in the novel, how does Joseph sacrifice for his love for Taiyo?(4mks)
  6. Explain the meaning of the following vocabulary as used in the excerpt. (4mks)
  7. a) destiny
  8. b) infantile
  9. c) petulantly
  10. d) primitive
  11. What happens immediately after this extract? (2mks)

 

  1. Read the excerpt below and answer the questions that follow

You are mad!” Resian screamed at him. You are stark mad if you think I am your wife. I can only be your wife over my dead body. Yes, you and my father can kill me and carry my dead body to your palatial home.”

He was stunned by those harsh words. He winced as if he had been struck. Then already harsh line of his mouth tightened and he stood tense for a moment. Then he relaxed and watched her mockingly. “You can never escape Resian,” he repeated quietly, smiling. The very normality of his voice as he spoke those monstrous words was most shocking and disturbing to her. Whether you scream your heart out, or jump into the deep sea, Resian, you are mine. You are my wife from now henceforth”

“I want to go now.” Resian announced angrily shuddering with disgust and terror.

“You want to go?” he asked, the contemptuous quiet of his voice a menace by itself.” Go! You want to be persuaded, coaxed and pampered to marry Oloisudori Lonkiyaa? Sorry I will not do that!  If you want to go, please yourself. You may opt to go, but when you are mine, you will do as I please. No one plays games with Oloisudori. Ask your father, he will tell you.”

“Stop it! Stop it! Resian screamed excruciatingly pained by the disdainful remarks of Oloisudori. Putting her hands over her ears, she made a dash for the door. He made no effort to stop her but she flung it open and turned to glare at him with tearful eyes

You are mad! She screamed again sobbingly. “You are stark mad!  You hear me?  You are nothing but ol-ushuushi.”  She walked away and as she did so, she heard his soft laughter behind her.

  1. Say what happens before this excerpt. (3mks)
  2. How is Oloisudori portrayed in this excerpt? (4mks)
  3. Describe the feeling of Resian in this excerpt (3mks)
  4. From other areas of the novel, state other crimes that are practiced by Oloisudori. (3mks).
  5. How does the writer utilize irony in this excerpt? (3mks)
  6. “You are my wife from now henceforth” Rewrite in the reported speech. (1mk)
  7. Explain the meaning of the following words (4mks)
  8. a) Pampered
  9. b) Disgust
  10. c) Mad
  11. d) Palatial
  12. What happens immediately after this extract? (3mks)
  13. Read the following excerpt and answer the questions that follow.

They were silent as they climbed the hill on their way back from Nasila river to draw water.  The water containers that they carried on their backs were now heavy.  The straps that supported the containers pressed down their heads with a painful exhaustion.

As they walked, each one of them allowed her mind to fleetingly roam the fanciful land of wishful thinking.

Resian thought how wonderful it would be, had she had a chance to enroll at the Egerton University and after graduation had a chance to work with her role model, Minik ene Nkoitoi, the Emakererei at the sheep ranch that she managed.  She imagined herself already there driving a large flock of sheep.  And when she thought of sheep, her mind flew back to fifteen years or so earlier and reminisced the first time she saw a sheep.  It was a childhood memory, a memorable picture from the swirling scene around her which had been captured and preserved by her mind when she and Taiyo accompanied their father to the Nakuru Agricultural Show.  She could still see in her mind a group of big, docile, tawny woolly animals that stood panting drowsily in a green pasture, with the sun beaming down brightly from a clear blue sky.  She had then admired the white long overcoats that the handlers wore.

Taiyo also thought of Emakererei.  She would ask Joseph Parmuat, to assist her compose a song in her praise.  She had already put words to a tune she had composed to ridicule the three women who she thought collaborated with men to oppress the women folk.  They were Nasila’s three blind mice who, she thought, did not seem to know that the world was changing.  Those were the enkasakutoni, who threatened to curse intoiye nemengalana and ensured they did not get husbands nor children: the midwife Enkaitoyoni who threatened to spy on the young women as they gave birth to ensure that any who was still among intoiye-nemengalana had her status altered there and then; and the dreaded Enkamuratani, who would never tire of wielding her olmurunya menacingly.

  1. Place the excerpt in its immediate context. (4Mks)
  2. Identify and illustrate two aspects of style in this excerpt. (4Mks)
  3. Discuss two themes evident in the excerpt. (4Mks)
  4. Discuss one character trait of Resian and Taiyo in the excerpt. (4Mks)
  5. The straps that supported the containers pressed down their heads with a painful exhaustion. Rewrite beginning: with………………………………………….      (1Mk)
  6. How do Resian’s thoughts now come to be fulfilled in future? Briefly explain. (4Mks)
  7. Explain the meaning of the following words as used in the excerpt. (4Mks)

(i) Reminisced

(ii) Collaborated

(iii) Dreaded

(iv) Menacingly

  1. Read the following excerpt and answer the questions that follow

“Yes, Papaai,” Resian said apprehensively.  “I am here.  Taiyo tells me you are calling me?”

“Yes, yes,” her father replied.  “Please take a seat.”

“Yes, Papaai,” Resian repeated as she sat on a chair far away from her father.

“Come nearer…child,” her father said pleasantly.

“Why do you sit a mile away? Come nearer.”

Resian moved her chair hardly an inch from where it was and then she looked up into her

father’s face with eager expectation.

“If I do remember well,” her father began in a low even tone, “you will be nineteen in September this year, am I right”

“You are quite right, Papaai.” Resian answered eyeing him curiously. His face was unusually kind.  His eyes held hers as he smiled broadly.  That’s it!’ she thought triumphantly.  “That must be it!

“You and I have not discussed important issues for a long time,” he said with a friendly chuckle that was intended to bring her closer to him.  “I thought today would be the best day to break the news.  Your future is very important to me, my dear child.”

Resian thought the concern in her father’s voice, rang false.  She hesitated, but could not hold herself any more.  The anxiety was too great.

“Papaai, is it Yeiyo or Taiyo who spoke to you?” she asked sensationally, thinking she was stating the obvious.  But seeing her father’s face cloud, she added quickly.

“Who between them spoke to you about our enrolment at the Egerton University?”

“What are you talking about, child? Her father, who seemed dumbfounded, asked after a long and uncomfortable silence.

“Both Yeiyo and Taiyo promised to talk to you about it, and I thought she had.”

“What, in the name of God are you talking about, child?” he repeated, this time agitated and shaking his head vigorously.  “No, I have never spoken to anybody about any of you enrolling at the university.  Never! When I said I wanted us to discuss your future, that isn’t what I meant at all.  Of course not!” Resian looked at her father’s face enquiringly.

  1. What has happened before the excerpt? (3mks)
  2. What is so ironical in this passage? Explain your answer referring to elsewhere in the novel.                                                                                                                                (3mks)
  3. “Your future is very important to me, my dear child” From elsewhere in the novel, explain why Ole Kaelo tells his daughter so. (3Mks)
  4. Discuss two aspects of character in Resian in this excerpt. (4Mks)
  5. What major issue is addressed in this excerpt? (2Mks)
  6. Explain what happens after this excerpt. (3Mks)
  7. “Who between them spoke to you about our enrolment at the Egerton university? “Rewrite in the direct speech. (1Mk)
  8. A part from irony, discuss any other aspect of style evident in the excerpt.             (2Mks)
  9. Explain the meaning of the following words and expressions used in the excerpt. (4 Mks)

(i). Apprehensively

(ii). Sit a mile away

(iii). Hold herself

(iv). Agitated

 

ANSWERS TO SAMPLE EXTRACTS

Sample excerpt 1

  1. Taiyo visits Joseph’s bachelor house. She expresses her infatuation. Joseph feels infatuated too. She sobs uncontrollably
  2. Joseph is responsible. He has self-control aimed at preventing the duo from messing up.

He is patriotic. He chooses to take sides with the Nasila culture. He feels they should not break the norms

Taiyo is loving. She has strong feelings for Joseph.

Assertive. She is ready to offend sensibilities of Nasila culture for love.

Sacrificing. She is ready to risk herself for love.

  1. It brings out Taiyo’s interrogative nature. She skeptically questions the enslaving nature of Nasila culture. “I cannot accept culture that does not feed me.” She poses that culture should be beneficial.
  2. He accepts to be the contact man in the mission of rescuing Taiyo. He makes her captors drunk leading to her escape. The captors later kill him.

5.Love. Taiyo and Joseph express their views towards love. She feels it should be let to grow while he feels culture should restrain love feelings.

Culture. Their love relationship is held at ransom by culture that objects love between people of the same clan.

  1. a) Fate

b)Childish/ immature

  1. c) Grudgingly
  2. d) Fate
  3. Joseph says he is ready to face any eventuality that may arise out of love. Taiyo appreciates the new stance of Joseph. She sheds tears.

Sample excerpt 2

  1. Oloisudori informs Resian of the benefits she will get for marrying him. Resian gets very annoyed and speechless. Resian learns that her father has already received dowry for her marriage to Oloisudori. He reports to her that their fate is sealed.
  2. Contemptuous.“He asked, the contemptuous quiet of his voice a menace by itself.”

Proud. He feels superior and egocentric. “No one plays games with Oloisudori. Asked your father, he will tell you.”

  1. She is feeling disappointed and desperate of her father’s action of receiving dowry with an aim of sealing her marriage with Oloisudori. She feels really betrayed.
  2. Extortion, assassinations shadowy businesses, sexual immorality, robber, smuggler, poacher
  3. It is ironical that Oloisudori who is older than Resian’s father plans to marry Resian a young girl even after he is told her wish is to study at the university. It is also ironical that Kaelo has already picked dowry from Oloisudori and has never bothered to inform Resian of it.
  4. He told her that she was her wife from then henceforth.
  5. a) Insane
  6. b) Grand/ like a palace
  7. c) Strong loathe
  8. d) Treat with excessive care
  9. Resian rans blindly knocking a chair and a table and disappears past Oloisudori’s driver. She goes to her father’s shop. She is raving mad with indignation. She becomes very disappointed with her father.

Sample excerpt 3

  1. Before the excerpt, Taiyo and Resian go to the River to fetch water. They remember their discussion with their aunt and admire Minik’s fight against women oppression by men. They muse that men must be very angry with her for snatching five hundred girls from her. After the excerpt, Taiyo sings the song she has composed about three women whom she refers as mice silently in her heart. One of those women is the enkamuratani chasing a woman with a knife.
  2. Flashback- Resian recalls fifteen years back when she and Taiyo accompanied their father to the Nakuru agricultural show and she saw sheep the first time.

Vivid description-The sheep are vividly described as big, docile tawny wooly animals.

Metaphors-She calls the three women who collaborated with men to oppress women as Nasila’s three blind mice.

  1. Theme of Determination or optimism. Resian is full of optimism that one day she would join Egerton university.

Women as their own enemies. The three Nasila women collaborated with men to oppress women.

Negative cultural practices. The three women propagate negative cultural practices against women such as F.G.M.

  1. Resian is visionary. She thought how wonderful it would be, had she a chance to enroll at the Egerton University. She dreams of going to university.

Taiyo-critical-she wants to compose a song ridiculing three Nasilian women who collaborated with men to oppress women.

  1. With a painful exhaustion, the straps that supported the containers pressed down their heads.
  2. Later, she is rescued from a planned marriage by Nabaru and is taken to Minik’s ranch. There, she is given a house and a job. Minik also helps in securing their admission at Egerton University. She also gives a scholarship. The novel ends when she and Taiyo are going to University.
  3. Recall/Recalled

Worked together

Feared

Threateningly

Sample Excerpt 4

  1. Ole Kaelo sends Taiyo to call Resian for him. Resian feels hopeful and excited that she is being called to be informed about admission to the university. She thinks that it is her mother or sister who has talked to her father about the matter.
  2. It is ironical for Resian to think that her father is going to tell her about her dream wish of joining Egerton University but he has plans to marry her off to his friend Oloisudori. This is even as he says “your future is very important to me”
  3. He says this because he has plans to marry her to his friend Oloisudori. If this succeeds, his business would be saved because Oloisudori had helped him establish the business and even building his house in Nasila.
  4. Ignorant- she thinks that her father has good news about joining university which is not the case. She says, “That’s it!” She thought triumphantly. “Is it Yeiyo or Taiyo who spoke to you?”

Apprehensive. She replies to her father apprehensively.

Fearful- she is in fear of her father. She sits on a chair far from her father.

  1. Determination/optimism. Resian is very much determined to join Egerton University. She thinks it is the reason why her father has called her. “Who between them spoke to you about our enrollment at the Egerton University.”
  2. After the excerpt, Ole Kaelo hesitates telling Resian what he wanted to tell her and tells her to go to the kitchen. He tells her to tell her mother to come.
  3. She asked him who between them had spoken to him about their enrollment at the Egerton University.
  4. Suspense. The reader is left in suspense wanting to know why Ole Kaelo had called his daughter.

Dialogue- there is dialogue between Resian and her father. It reveals the strained relationship between daughter and father.

Nervously/worriedly/fearfully

Sit far away

Control herself

Troubled/disturbed

PRACTICE EXCERPTS

  1. Read the following excerpt and answer the questions that follow

However, the notion that he was about to hand over his own daughter to a gangster continued to gnaw at the conscience of Ole Kaelo relentlessly.  He felt guilty, especially when he recalled the atrocities that were known to have been committed by Oloisudori over the years.  But another voice told him quietly that he was being foolish and unreasonable to question his own conscience over the matter of Oloisudori, for he was just one among many who were enjoying the fruits of their labour.  And it was hardly anybody’s business to know how honest that labour was.  After all, the small voice reassured him tauntingly, those who committed bigger crimes such as Goldenberg and Anglo-leasing, were still enjoying the ‘fruits of their labour.’ Had they not invested the yields of their ill-gotten money in housing estates, in shares, in import and exports in tourism, in transport and in other trades, just as Oloisudori had done?

When he went to bed later that evening, he remained awake for many hours pondering over those disturbing thoughts that went through his mind fleetingly, like water that churned violently in a turbulent sea.  He thought of Oloisudori’s impending visit and his intended marriage to Resian.  He knew the success of failure of the event would determine the fate of his business.  Even his continued ownership of that house where he and his family lived, depended on the outcomes of that event.  Should Oloisudori fail to get Resian and recall the loan he had extended to him to buy that house, he was done.  And knowing Oloisudori, he could very easily draw the rug from beneath his feet, leaving him vulnerable to all kinds of vagaries.  And the thoughts gave him anxious moments.

At dawn when sleep overtook him, Ole Kaelo had a pleasant dream.  Resian had consented to Oloisudori’s proposal.  After Oloisudori reported that to him, he was greatly pleased and relieved.  His wife was rapturous.  Although they were astonished at the turn of events, they were relieved to know that they would not have to live with the guilt of having forced their daughter to get married.  What a wise child his once hardheaded daughter had turned to be after all!  And how devious! After all those years of sullenness, awkwardness and tactlessness, she had finally brought relief to their life and ushered in a period of peace and tranquility.  But then, it was just that. A dream!

  1. Place the excerpt in its immediate context. (4Mks)
  2. Discuss three major issues in this excerpt. (6Mks)
  3. Discuss two character traits of Ole Kaelo in this excerpt. (4Mks)
  4. “And the thoughts gave him anxious moments” Add a question tag. (1Mk)
  5. Discuss any three aspects of style in this excerpt. (6Mks)
  6. Explain the meaning of the following expressions from the excerpt. (4Mks)

(i). Gnaw

(ii). Pondering

(iii). Impending visit

(iv). He was done.

  1. Read the following excerpt and answer the questions that follow.

Her dream was rudely and violently interrupted by a thunderous bang and a loud roar of laughter.  She woke up with a start, jumped up to her feet and stared at the door with wide panic-stricken eyes.  For a moment she could not figure out her surroundings and called out the name of her sister Taiyo.  She was terrified.  The door flung open and Olarinkoi staggered in.  He was stone drunk.  Resian stared at him unblinkingly as he walked towards her and she backed off terrified, squeezing herself flatly against the wall.  He followed her there and got hold of her shoulders and shook her violently glaring at her with his glittering eyes.

“You silly thing,” he thundered angrily.  “I tell you to prepare food and you refuse to do so, eh? Today you will know who is the owner of this home.  If you are still in doubt, let me tell you frankly that from today on you are my wife, hear that, eh? You are my wife.  For a long time you have been sneering at me, showing how highly educated you are.  Today we shall see how educated your body is! Yes, we shall see!’’

He got hold of her hand and began dragging her into the other room.  At first she did not understand his intention until he began unfastening her buttons with his rough trembling hands.  Then the truth came, and with it, terror and panic.  She tried to get away from him, but he held her effortlessly as he brutally continued fumbling with her dress, trying to loosen it.  She screamed as loudly as she could while she pushed him away and thrashed frantically about.  But that did not deter him and he totally ignored her screams holding her more firmly with his strong arms.  Against her loud protest, he tore her garments and began to push her towards the bed.

Then desperately she took the last chance of self defense and self-preservation.  Mustering all her strength, she thrust his thumb into her mouth; sunk her teeth into the flesh like a ferocious animal and tenaciously held onto it, tugging at it fiercely like a lioness.  She could feel the flesh tearing and she tasted the salt of his blood as it filled her mouth but she clung unto the thumb as Olarinkoi howled with pain.

  1. Make notes on the contents of Resian’s dream. (4Mks)
  2. Discuss one character traits of Resian in this excerpt. (2Mks)
  3. What has greatly changed in Olarinkoi in this excerpt compared to his earlier conduct in the novel?                                                                                                             (3Mks)
  4. Identify and illustrate two aspects of style in this excerpt. (4Mks)
  5. Explain two major issues raised in the excerpt. (4Mks)
  6. Explain what happens immediately after the excerpt. (3Mks)
  7. “Today we shall see how educated your body is” Rewrite in reported speech. (1Mk)
  8. Explain the meaning of the following expressions in the passage.            (4 Mks)

(i). Unblinkingly

(ii). Effortlessly

(iii). Mustering

(iv). Howled

 

  1. Read the excerpt below and answer the questions that follow

“Nothing is wrong with me,” Resian retorted furiously. And pointing at the living room, with her figure, she fiercely charged,” I have no quarrel with my father for whom, I have tremendous respect. It is the likes of Olarinkoi I am mad at, and all those other males who come here ordering us to do that or the other for them, simply because they are males. When women visit us, they give us the leeway to respond to their requests. But as we burn our fingers here Mr.Olarinkoi is dozing off comfortably in our living room waiting for his lunch and possibly a little angry and impatient with us for delaying it.’

“It is enough,” cried Yeiyo – Botorr viciously. She instantly abandoned the peeling of potatoes and threw the knife into the pail that held the peeled potatoes. Supporting herself by holding onto a nearby wall, she painfully lifted a large, heavy body. “My enkaini, I agree with you that something is wrong with our child, and I think I know what ails her. Come along with me and I will tell you what I think ails her. “I am not sick… ” Resian was saying that when she was cut short by Taiyo.”  Even if you are not sick, you cannot argue with Yeiyo Botorr,” Taiyo told her sternly as soon as they were out of earshot of their mother and Yeiyo Botorr,“there are things one has to learn on their own. One of them is that you cannot antagonize the older people by arguing with them, however, untenable their argument may be. That goes without saying, my dear little sister.”

  1. What happens before this extract? (3mks)
  2. Comment on any two stylistic devices used in the extract. (4mks)
  3. Explain any issue brought about in this extract. (3mks)
  4. What is the character of Yeiyoo Botorr from this extract? (4mks)
  5. From elsewhere in this text how does Olarinkoi contribute to the plot development of the novel? (3mks)
  6. Re-write and add a question tag. (1mks)

Nothing is wrong with me.

  1. Write the meaning of the following vocabulary. (4mks)
  2. a) Sternly
  3. b) Antagonize
  4. c) Retorted
  5. d) Leeway
  6. What happens immediately after this extract? (3mks)
  7. Read the following excerpt and answer the questions that follow

At seven o’clock in the evening after the lights had been put on, and the traditional esuguroi drink had been served in generous measures, tongues loosened and hearts gladdened. Soon after, the party gathered momentum and voices rose. Within no time, one could hardly be heard over the hubbub of talk and laughter. And as the pleasurable and lively celebration progressed, voices became animated; hands and arms gesticulated vigorously while heads turned more often. Eyes searched out acquaintances within the throng of revelers.

And it was all pomp and gaiety as ivory adorned and bejeweled fingers fluttered; bare shoulders gleamed in the light multicoloured bead ornaments glittered upon elaborately bedecked necks: pendulous ilmiintoni of all colours dangled loosely down extended ear-lobes: and the bright colours of lesos, kangas, red shukas and multicoloured blankets, all turned the Ole Kaelo living room into a kaleidoscope of shifting light and colour.

  1. Place this extract in its immediate context. (4mks)
  2. State and explain two thematic concerns in this context.             (4mks)
  3. What is the significance of the use of words like esuguroi, ilmiintoni, lesos, kangas, and shukas?            (3mks)
  4. Identify and explain two character traits of ole Kaelo. (4mks)
  5. Eyes searched out acquaintances within the throng of revelers. Rewrite to form a question

(1mk)

  1. Which other party has an equal weight from the rest of the novel. What is its significance? (3mks)
  2. Comment on the prevalent mood in the context. (2mks)
  3. Explain the meaning of the following words: (4mks)
  4. a) Hubbub
  5. b) Gesticulated
  6. c) Gaiety
  7. d) Dangled

 

 

 

 

CHAPTER SIX

GENERAL ESSAY QUESTIONS AND SAMPLE ESSAYS

  1. Blossoms of the Savannah is a novel about hope that leads to victory; write a composition to illustrate on this statement.
  2. “In Oloisudori and Olarinkoi there is no lesser evil.” Write an essay to illustrate on this statement.
  3. “One has to know which side of bread is buttered.” By referring closely to the lives of Kaelo and Oloisudori show the truthfulness of this statement.
  4. “Kaelo digs his own grave.” Write a composition to show the truthfulness of this statement
  5. “Though Resian goes through the valley of death, her determination leads her to a victorious life.” Write a composition to show the validity of this assertion.
  6. Maa culture has not completely shed off archaic practices and traditions. Support this statement with illustrations from the novel.
  7. “Strong selfless friendship is the remedy to stormy times.” Using the lives of Taiyo and Resian, write a composition to illustrate truthfulness of the statement.
  8. Oloisudori, Kaelo, Mama Milanoi and Olarinkoi are to blame for the traumatizing life led by Resian. Write an essay in support of this argument.
  9. By referring to the lives of Oloisudori and Olarinkoi, show how bad deeds are paid with bad deeds.
  10. Blossoms of the savannah is a novel about women fighting for their redemption.” By referring to the lives of Minik and Nabaru support the assertion.
  11. Blossoms of the savannah is a novel about patriarchy.” Write an essay to validate this argument using the character Oloisudori and Olarinkoi.
  12. Optimism and ambition leads to victory support.
  13. “Women are their own enemies” Write an essay exemplifying this position.

 

  1. “The strong bond between Resian and Taiyo contributes significantly to their triumph.” Write an essay in support of the statement.
  2. The old and the young generations in Blossoms of the Savannah are in conflict. Discuss.
  3. Bad decisions can adversely affect our future. Write an essay in support of the statement with illustrations from the novel.
  4. Change is as good as rest. To what extent do you agree with the assertion as far as Blossoms of the Savannah is concerned?
  5. “Persistence, focus and determination is the secret behind success.” Expound on this position drawing your illustrations from the novel.
  6. Some cultural practices have no place in the current Nasilian society. Discuss.
  7. “Not all aspects of culture and traditions are bad.” Drawing your illustrations from the novel Blossoms of the Savannah, validate the assertion.
  8. “There is need for women to unite in their fight against harmful cultural practices” Discuss.
  9. “Greed for money is the source of most evils in the society.” Show how valid this statement is by getting supporting evidence from the novel Blossoms of the Savannah.
  10. “Our greatest enemies are those close to us.” Support this statement with illustrations from the novel.
  11. “Failure to take one stand on matters to do with culture can be very detrimental.” Write an essay reacting to this assertion.
  12. Write an essay showing why Mama Milanoi is to blame most for the ordeals her daughters go through.
  13. Write a composition in agreement with the assertion that harmful cultural practices against women would be history in Nasila if there were more women like Minik.
  14. “Women should speak and act in order to have their way in the society” Write an essay in support of the statement with illustrations from the novel.
  15. The rich cultural heritage of the Maa is under attack by modernity. Discuss
  16. Nothing is impossible to somebody with the will to succeed. Discuss
  17. “Resian has been wronged more by her father than the Nasilian society.” Write an argumentative essay reacting to this statement.
  18. Material security does not guarantee happiness.
  19. Gender inequality is tantamount to violation of human rights. Write an essay in support of the assertion drawing your illustrations from Blossoms of the Savannah.
  20. Cultural erosion is the root cause of most evil things in Nasila. Discuss.
  21. Help can come even when least expected. Discuss.

 

SAMPLE ESSAYS

  1. “Though Resian goes through the valley of death, her determination leads her to a victorious life.” Write a composition to show the validity of this assertion.

Resian in the  Blossoms of the Savannah seems to experience several challenging situations in her life. In the scenarios she seems resolute in her actions as shown in the following ways

Oloisudori declares his intention of marrying her at an early age. This follows after he changes his initial plan: extorting Kaelo. He demands that she should first be circumcised so as to get rid of her state as nemengalana intoiye.  He intends to use anesthesia to make her unconscious and grab her. Resian resolves not to be married.  She tells Oloisudori point blank that she cannot be his wife. She returns the gifts that he had earlier brought and escapes to her father’s shop. Her father beats her so as to submit to the marriage, but Resian remains steady is her decision.

A number of callous youth in Nasila wish to assault Resian and Taiyo. In the first days, Resian and Taiyo take a walk around uncle Simiren compound.  All of a sudden a young man emerges from the blues and grabs Taiyo. Resian order the callous young man to release Taiyo immediately. The Young man has no option but to give in though he promises to revisit his grave decision.

Though in a dream, enkamuratani and other two women surround Resian to circumcise her holding an olmurunya. Although Resian is in a strange land and is defenseless she does her best to combat the situation. Determined, Resian twists enkamuratani’s hand with an intention of ensuring that she does not initiate other girls in the future. She knocks the old witch using a mallet as well as fights the third woman until she disappears.

Olarinkoi disappears with Resian to a far hut in the forest. He locks her up and returns very late in the night while drank. Once he returns, he is in his mission of raping her. He unzips and this gesture sets her trembling. She bites Olarinkoi’s thumb so that the pain reduces his action of rape. Owing to the fact that Resian had earlier witnessed Olarinkoi’s fiery attacks when he dealt with two callous men, it calls for a lot of determination on the part of Resian to tackle him.

In summary, from the above illustrations it is evident that Resian suffers rough challenging times in her life but she deals with all these situations with determination.

  1. “The strong bond between Resian and Taiyo contributes significantly to their triumph.” Write an essay in support of the statement.

No man is an island. Human beings were created to relate mutually. The close friendship between Resian and Taiyo is the key to overcoming stormy times that present themselves in their lives as follows

In their new environment at Nasila, the girls meet unique challenges. They are not used to the communal life for all along they have stayed in an urban set up where life is individualistic. At Nasila, they have to get used to impromptu visitors and superior male counterparts. It is the love between the two girls that helps in these scenarios. The duo stay together most of the times. By so doing, they share a lot Taiyo counsels Resian on using kind language on Yeiyo Botorr her aunt. The two girls discuss about danger that lurks from the hostile youth especially because of their uncircumcised condition.

In overcoming the challenge of female genital mutilation (FGM), their friendship bond comes in handy. When Resian goes on a hunger strike she says it is only Taiyo who can change her stand. When Taiyo is informed of Resian’s condition, she does not hesitate to offer herself for Resian’s redemption even when there are risks all over. While at Nasila, they have a lot of time sharing their views towards FGM. The discussions must have strengthened their hard stands towards FGM. It is from these discussions that they vow never to give in to FGM.

In the incident when Taiyo and Resian are accosted by two callous young men their coordination and friendship save them. The incident finds them while they are walking together where they had visited Maiso for lunch. If the struggle had between two men versus one girl probably she would have been surmounted. Although most of the salvation is largely brought by Olarinkoi the fact that the two girls where together makes it easier for them to go about the ordeal. Their joint screaming and their escape unhurt is partly contributed by their togetherness.

The two birds of a feather hatch a scheme to outwit Oloisudori. They wrap the gifts he had brought them into a box and title it as a gift. They then plan how to execute the plan. They arrange on how Resian is to thank Oloisudori and give him the gift. They discuss the aim of the gesture; to clarify to Oloisudori the fact they cannot be cheated with gifts. From this co-operation, Resian manages to trick Oloisudori and tells off her father and later with Olarinkoi, they manage to leave Nasila.

It is clear from the above illustration that strong friendship bonds can help friend go about hard experiences and overcome them in their lives.

  1. Bad decisions can adversely affect our lives. Write an essay in support of the statement with illustrations from the novel.

The Choices we make can affect us positively or negatively. Bad choices definitely have adverse effects on our future. A character like Ole Kaelo makes several bad choices which not only affect his life but also his daughters.

Ole Kaelo is advised by his friend what kind of man Oloisudori is. He is told that he is not a man of integrity and warns him about doing business with him. He even warns him to keep his daughters from him. Oloisudori is unheeding to this warning. He goes on to sign business contracts and receiving a loan from him. Later, this man causes him great worry when he threatens to bring his business down if he does not give him his daughter in marriage.

Ole Kaelo makes the bad choice of agreeing to give his daughter Resian in marriage to Oloisudori. He does this to save his business empire and to acquire more wealth as dowry from him. This unleashes a myriad of problems in his family. He keeps assuring himself that his choice of Oloisudori is good and that the man is not all bad but inwardly, he has reservations about such a marriage. His decision worsens the already poor relationship between him and his daughter, who ran away and gets into more trouble with Olarinkoi. Taiyo also has her life ruined by being forcefully circumcised before being forced to marry Oloisudori. Finally, he loses his daughters trust and his fate is unknown because Oloisudori might come for him in person.

Olarinkoi is not known by the Kaelos yet nobody asks questions about him. He seems a mystery and with time becomes like a member of the family. This earns him trust among the Kaelos to the point that Resian trusts him to take her to Minik’s ranch. This man who the family trusted so much turns into a beast by raping Resian and even planning to circumcise her by force before marrying her. If the Kaelo’s had not trusted the stranger, Resian suffering in his hands would have been avoided.

Mama Milanoi makes a bad choice of giving over her daughter Taiyo to three strange women cheating her that she was being taken to her sister. Her plans is to have Taiyo circumcised before being married by Oloisudori. This action makes her lose the trust her daughters had for her. The wound she has caused them will definitely take time to heal. They too are angry with her that they vow that they would not want to be like her in marriage.

Bad decisions made knowingly or unknowingly will definitely have negative impact in our lives or on those that are dear to us.

  1. Gender inequality is tantamount to violation of human rights. Write an essay in support of the assertion drawing your illustrations from Blossoms of the Savannah.

Today’s position on the male and female gender is that men and women are equal and none of the gender should dominate over the other. In Blossoms of the Savannah, women are culturally forced to be subservient to men, a practice that denies them some fundamental rights as human beings.

A wife has the right to state his position on any matter even if it is contrary to the husband’s position. This is not the case with Mama Milanoi, wife to Ole Kaelo. She admits that she did not know which man her husband was doing business with and even if she did, she would not do anything about it for he was the one who carried the family’s vision. She thus leaves every aspect of decision making to him whether those decisions are good or bad.

A woman is a being to be loved and not to love back. Although Ole Kaelo genuinely loved Mama Milanoi when he saw her first, her feelings on him are immaterial. Women were not expected to resist a man’s advances according to Nasilian culture. This is a great violation of her right to love or hate. In her case there is no room for that. It is also expected that Resian should give in to Oloisudori’s plans to marry her. Refusal is regarded as stubbornness. In fact, Oloisudori claims that none of his wives put any resistance in his interest in them. This means that their feelings for him did not matter a great violation of their freedom to choose their marriage partner.

Resian and Taiyo are forced to undergo cultural coaching by Joseph Parmuat. Resian rebels this citing inequality in the plan. She opines that if they were boys, such a thing would not be done on them. Instead, they would be freely roaming Nasila with nobody bothering them. In their case, there is no such option simply because they are girls. Their right to choose what to and not to learn is violated. Girls are taught how to cook for their men but there are no lessons for boys on how to please women. Resian opposes such arrangements saying she would not be taught to solely please men. She claims that even boys should be taught how to please women.

Gender inequality in this society elevates man over the woman to the extent that Resian says that it made men assume that they had right over the body of any woman. This has reduced women to be objects of sex to be exploited by men at will. This practice started with the Ilarinkon warriors who sexually exploited women after arousing their desires. Taiyo and Resian undergo several rape attempts with Resian ending up being raped by Olarinkoi who assumes he has every right over her body. These inequalities have greatly undermined women’s right to privacy and to choose whom to have sexual relation with.

Gender inequality does not just stop at that. Instead, it is a major cause of violation of basic human rights that all should be accorded a chance to enjoy. Women in the novel have most of their rights curtailed as a result of gender imbalance between men and women.

  1. Help can come when least expected. Discuss.

Most people reach the end of the tether in difficult situations and are just about to give up when help comes. Most instances of help appear coincidental but nonetheless; they change the course of life of the character as well as shaping the rest of the novel.

Olarinkoi seems to be at the right place at the right time. He happens to be the savior of Resian and Taiyo when they need help most. He comes to the rescue of the two girls when they are coming from their father’s shop and are about to be raped by two men. Olarinkoi single-handedly saves the girls by fighting the men. Resian and Taiyo are much grateful and would not want to imagine what would have happened if he had not come at that time, even fearing that they would have been infected with HIV.

Olarinkoi again comes to the rescue of Resian when she discovers her father’s betrayal by planning to marry her off to Oloisudori. He comes to her rescue when she is even contemplating committing suicide by drowning herself into the river. At the same time, Oloisudori and his men are looking for her to abduct her. Olarinkoi promises to take her to Minik whom she had been yearning to meet someday. Although the help turns disastrous with Olarinkoi turning against her, she is able to escape the current wrath of Oloisudori.

Taiyo is rescued from the hands of her circumcisers by Minik’s men. Minik’s rescue team use tricks to rescue her from the well-guarded home which she would not have escaped in her sickly state.  Were it not for Minik’s intervention, Taiyo would surely have been forcefully married off to Oloisudori after healing. The rescue gives Taiyo a new lease of life, reunion with her sister and of course quicker physical and emotional recovery.

Minik’s help to Resian and Taiyo perhaps is the most important event that completely changes their lives. She gives refugee to the girls in her ranch hence protecting them from marauding men like Oloisudori and Olarinkoi. She gives Resian a job in the ranch hence giving her something to live on and promises her a scholarship from the ranch. Most importantly, she is able to have the two girls enrolled at Egerton University, their dream university. These kind gestures create a happy ending in a novel that has been dominated by sad events.

When people are about to despair, that is usually the point when help comes. No matter how belated characters like Resian and Taiyo get help, their lives are greatly impacted and changed by those interventions.

GRADE 5 TERM 3 SCHEMES OF WORK

GRADE FIVE ENGLISH ACTIVITIES SCHEMES OF WORK Term 3

wk Ls n Strand/ Theme Sub strand Specific learning outcomes Key inquiry Questions Learning experiences Learning Resources Assessment methods Ref l
1 1 LEISUR Conjunctions By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Identify conjunctions in texts for effective communication

b.       Use conjunctions correctly in communication.

c.       Judge the correctness and appropriateness of conjunctions used in oral and written texts.

1.    How do you join words or sentences?

2.    Why do you join words and sentences?

Learner is guided to:

Listen to short dialogue and identify the conjunctions.

Make sentence from a substitution table using but, or, yet, because, since and also.

Construct sentences using the conjunctions in pairs.

Fill the blank spaces using conjunctions in sentences or paragraphs.

Create a display of charts of sentences containing conjunctions, in small groups.

Conduct a gallery walk and give feedback to each group.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a) Tasks such as  
    E TIME and, but, or, multiple
    ACTIVI TIES :

Gramm ar in use

because, since, also, for, yet,

since

choice

b) Discrimination

c)    Gap-filling

d)   Short-answer

e)   Dialogue-

        completion,
        information gap
        f) Role play
        g) Simulation
  2   Conjunctions By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Identify conjunctions in texts for effective communication

b.       Use conjunctions correctly in communication.

c.       Judge the correctness and appropriateness of conjunctions used in oral and written texts.

1.    How do you join words or sentences?

2.    Why do you join words and sentences?

Learner is guided to:

Listen to short dialogue and identify the conjunctions.

Make sentence from a substitution table using but, or, yet, because, since and also.

Construct sentences using the conjunctions in pairs.

Fill blank spaces using conjunctions in sentences or paragraphs.

Create a display chart of

Sentences containing conjunctions, in small groups.

Construct a gallery walk and give feedback to each group.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a) Tasks such as  
  and, but, or, multiple
  because, since, also, for, yet,

since

choice

b) Discrimination

c)    Gap-filling

d)   Short-answer

    e) Dialogue-
    completion,
    information gap
    f) Role play
    g) Simulation

 

Page 1 of 13

 

  3   Conjunctions By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Identify conjunctions in texts for effective communication

b.       Use conjunctions correctly in communication.

c.       Judge the correctness and appropriateness of conjunctions used in oral and written texts.

1.    How do you join words or sentences?

2.    Why do you join words and sentences?

Learner is guided to:

Listen to short dialogue and identify the conjunctions.

Make sentences from a substitution table using but, or, yet, because, since and also.

Make sentences using the conjunctions in pairs.

Fill blank spaces using conjunctions in sentences or paragraphs.

Create a display chart of

Sentences containing conjunctions, in small groups.

Conduct a gallery walk and

give feedback to each group.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a) Tasks such as  
  and, but, or, multiple
  because, since, also, for, yet,

since

choice

b) Discrimination

c)    Gap-filling

d)   Short-answer

    e) Dialogue-
    completion,
    information gap
    f) Role play
    g) Simulation
  4 Writing Creative Writing: Descriptive Composition ((120

-160 words)

By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Describe people or things mentioned in a text.

b.       Create a descriptive composition related to the theme for effective communication.

c.       Collaborate with peers to critique a composition on the choice of words, creativity, relevance to theme and logical flow.

1.    How do we describe things or events?

2.    Why is it important to describe things or events?

Learner is guided to:

Read sample composition from print or electronic sources.

Talk about people or things in text in the text.

Make sentences to describe how they spent their leisure time, in pairs.

Organize the sentences to make a paragraph, in groups.

a descriptive composition individually.

Proof read their

Compositions, in pairs or groups.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a)    Teacher- made tests

b)    Learner journals

c)   Peer assessment

d)    Self- assessment learner

e)    Portfolio dictation f)Standardized writing tests

 
2 1   Creative Writing: Descriptive Composition ((120

-160 words)

By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Describe people or things mentioned in a text.

b.       Create a descriptive composition related to the theme for effective communication.

c.       Collaborate with peers to critique a composition on the choice of words,

1.    How do we describe things or events?

2.    Why is it important to describe things or events?

Learner is guided to:

Read sample composition from print or electronic sources.

Talk about people or thing in a text

Make sentences to describe how they spent their leisure time, in pairs.

Organize the sentences to make a paragraph, in groups.

Write a descriptive composition individually.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

a)    Teacher- made tests

b)    Learner journals

c)   Peer assessment

d)    Self- assessment learner

e)    Portfolio dictation

 

 Page 2 of 13

 

        creativity, relevance to theme and logical flow.   Proof read their compositions, in pairs or

groups.

· f)Standardized writing tests  
  2   Creative Writing: Descriptive Composition ((120

-160 words)

By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Proof read their peers composition

b.       Create a descriptive composition related to the theme for effective communication.

c.       Collaborate with peers to critique a composition on the choice of words, creativity, relevance to theme and logical flow.

1.    How do we describe things or events?

2.    Why is it important to describe things or events?

Learner is guided to:

mple composition from print or electronic sources.

s

in the text.

Sentences to describe how they spent their leisure time, in pairs.

the sentences to make a paragraph, in groups.

a descriptive composition individually.

heir compositions, in pairs or

groups.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a)    Teacher- made tests

b)    Learner journals

c)   Peer assessment

d)    Self- assessment learner

e)    Portfolio dictation f)Standardized writing tests

 
  3 SPORTS

– APPREC IATING TALEN TS

Listening and speaking: Listening fluency (Short

speeches or dialogues of about 130 words)

By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Listen to oral presentations

b.       Construct sentences orally using words related to the theme.

c.       Interpret a speaker’s emotions and feelings correctly during oral presentations.

1.    Why is it important to listen carefully?

2.    How can we become better listeners?

Learner is guided to:

Listen to oral presentation of

(dialogues or poems on topical issues) containing words with the sound /aɪ/

Practice saying selected tongue twisters in pairs.

Make three-minute speech based on the theme in groups.

e) Recite poems based on the theme.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a)     Oral reading or dictation recitations

b)    Role play

c)   Debates

d)    Oral interviews

e)    Dialogues

f)   Oral discussions

 
  4   Sound /aɪ/ as in my, mind,

ride, wide

By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Select words containing the target sound in sentences.

b.       Listen for words with the sound /aɪ/ from an audio text.

c.       Interpret a speaker’s emotions and feelings correctly during oral presentations.

1.    Why is it important to listen carefully?

2.    How can we become better listeners?

Learner is guided to:

to oral presentations (dialogues or poems on topical issues) containing words with the sound /aɪ/

Identify words with the sound /aɪ/ from texts.

-minute speech based on the theme in groups.

e) Recite poems based on the theme.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

a)     Oral reading or dictation recitations

b)    Role play

c)   Debates

d)    Oral interviews

e)    Dialogues

f)   Oral discussions

 

 Page 3 of 13

 

              ·         diorama

·          flash cards

   
3 1   Non-verbal cues By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Select words containing the target sound in sentences.

b.       Construct sentences orally using words related to the theme.

c.       Interpret a speaker’s emotions and feelings correctly during oral presentations.

1.    Why is it important to listen carefully?

2.    How can we become better listeners?

Learner is guided to:

Practice saying selected tongue twisters in pairs.

Make three-minute speech based on the theme in groups.

e)    Recite poems based on the theme.

f)     Interpret non-verbal cues correctly.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a)     Oral reading or dictation recitations

b)    Role play

c)   Debates

d)    Oral interviews

e)    Dialogues

f)   Oral discussions

 
  2 Reading Intensive Reading Reading with Technology By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Relate ideas in the text to personal experiences.

b.       Creates mental images from the events, characters or places in a text.

c.       Judge the appropriateness of digital texts on the basis word choice, theme and interest.

1.    Why is it important to relate what you read with your experiences?

2.    What digital resources can you use in your reading?

3.    Why are digital materials more interesting to read than print ones?

Learner is guided to:

Infer the meaning of words from context.

Connections between their experiences and events in the reading text.

pictures, mimes, videos or crossword puzzles in small groups.

d read texts from the internet in pairs and groups, online.

estions in pairs. or role play the

stories they have read online.

e visuals obtained

from online sources and share or display in a gallery.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a)    Reading aloud

b)    Dictation

c)   Oral interviews

d)    Question and answer

e)    Teacher- made tests

 
  3   Intensive Reading Reading with Technology By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Creates mental images from the events, characters or places in a text.

b.       Answer factual and inferential questions correctly.

c.       Judge the appropriateness of digital texts on the basis

1.    Why is it important to relate what you read with your experiences?

2.    What digital resources can you use in your reading?

3.    Why are digital materials more

Learner is guided to:

Infer  the meaning of words from context.

Make connections between their experiences and events in the reading text.

Create pictures, mimes, videos or crossword puzzles in small groups.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

a)    Reading aloud

b)    Dictation

c)   Oral interviews

d)    Question and answer

e)    Teacher- made tests

 

 Page 4 of 13

 

        word choice, theme and interest. interesting to read than print ones? Search and read texts from the internet in pairs and groups, online.

Answer questions in pairs. or role play the stories they have read online.

Print the visuals obtained

from online sources and share or display in a gallery.

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

   
  4 Gramm ar in use Use of Interrogatives When, who, how, why, which, how much, what else By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Identify interrogatives in sentences correctly.

b.       Use interrogatives accurately in sentences.

c.       Collaborate with others to determine the correctness and appropriateness of interrogatives used in oral and written texts.

1.    Why do we ask questions?

2.    How do we ask questions?

Learner is guided to:

he words used to ask questions – how, what, when, why, who

e the Wh- words and How to ask questions.

digital devices to practice constructing questions.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a) Tasks such as multiple

choice b)

Discrimination

c)    Gap-filling

d)   Short-answer

e)   Dialogue- completion, information gap

f)   Role play

g)   Simulation

 
4 1   Use of Interrogatives When, who, how, why, which, how much, what else By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Identify interrogatives in sentences correctly.

b.       Use interrogatives accurately in sentences.

c.       Collaborate with others to determine the correctness and appropriateness of interrogatives used in oral and written texts.

1.    Why do we ask questions?

2.    How do we ask questions?

Learner is guided to:

Mention he words used to ask questions – how, what, when, why, who

Use e the Wh- words and How to ask questions.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a) Tasks such as multiple

choice b)

Discrimination

c)    Gap-filling

d)   Short-answer

e)   Dialogue- completion, information gap

f)   Role play

g)   Simulation

 
  2   Use of Interrogatives When, who, how, why, which, how much, what else By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Identify interrogatives in sentences correctly.

b.       Use interrogatives accurately in sentences.

1.    Why do we ask questions?

2.    How do we ask questions?

Learner is guided to:

questions using the pattern: how much more…, when/who/why/what else in small groups, for example, Who else attended the ceremony?

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

a) Tasks such as multiple

choice b)

Discrimination

c)    Gap-filling

d)   Short-answer

 

 Page 5 of 13

 

        c.   Collaborate with others to determine the correctness and appropriateness of interrogatives used in oral and written texts.   How much more sugar was bought?

else, much …

to complete sentences

digital devices to practice constructing questions.

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

e)   Dialogue- completion, information gap

f)    Role play

g)   Simulation

 
  3 Writing Commonly Misspelt Words Homophones Homonyms By the end of the sub strand the learner should be able to:

a.       Spell selected words correctly for effective communication.

b.       Use homophones and homonyms in sentences correctly

c.       Advocate the use of correct spelling of words among peers.

1.    Why do we write words correctly?

2.    Which words do you find difficult to write?

3.    How do we learn to spell words?

The learner should be guided to:

Discuss in groups words they find difficult to spell.

Make a presentation on correct spelling homophones and homonyms

Write a word froma dictation by the teacher or from an audio- visual recording.

Play a spelling games in pairs; for example, scramble or scrabble.

Use jigsaw zle to form words correctly in groups.

Make words from jumple

up letters.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a)    Teacher- made tests

b)    Learner journals

c)   Peer assessment

d)    Self- assessment learner

e)    Portfolio dictation f)Standardized writing tests

 
  4   Commonly Misspelt Words Homophones Homonyms By the end of the sub strand the learner should be able to:

a.       Spell selected words correctly for effective communication.

b.       Use homophones and homonyms in sentences correctly

c.       Advocate the use of correct spelling of words among peers.

1.    Why do we write words correctly?

2.    Which words do you find difficult to write?

3.    How do we learn to spell words?

The learner should be guided to:

s words they find difficult to spell.

esentation on correct spelling homophones and homonyms

rite words from a dictation by the teacher or from an audio- visual recording.

g games in pairs; for example, scramble or scrabble.

zle to form words correctly in groups.

up letters.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a)    Teacher- made tests

b)    Learner journals

c)   Peer assessment

d)    Self- assessment learner

e)    Portfolio dictation f)Standardized writing tests

 
5 1 ENVIRO NMENT AL Listening and speaking: peaking Fluency By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to: 1. Why should we speak clearly and confidently? Learner is guided to: ·         course book

·         story books

a) Oral reading or dictation recitations  

 Page 6 of 13

 

    POLLUT ION (content from other learning)

Making a Speech)

a.       Construct sentences orally using words related to the theme.

b.       Speak accurately, without hesitation and with expression.

c.       Challenge others to speak accurately, at the right speed and to display appropriate expressions during oral presentations.

2. Why do we make speeches? sounds /f/ and /v/ in small groups.

Pronounce the words related

to the theme correctly.

Construct oral sentences using vocabulary learnt.

Listen to recorded speech

from a digital device.

Make short specches using

vocabulary learnt, and appropriate non- verbal cues.

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

b)    Role play

c)    Debates

d)    Oral interviews

e)    Dialogues

f)    Oral discussions

 
  2   Sounds /f/ as purify; as in; and

/v/ as in vapour preserve,

By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Pronounce words with selected sounds accurately for effective communication.

b.       Speak accurately, without hesitation and with expression.

c.       Challenge others to speak accurately, at the right speed and to display appropriate expressions

during oral presentations.

1.    Why should we speak clearly and confidently?

2.    Why do we make speeches?

Learner is guided to:

sounds /f/ and /v/ in small groups.

to the theme correctly.

oral sentences using vocabulary learnt.

from a digital device.

Make short speeches  using

vocabulary learnt, and appropriate non- verbal cues.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a)     Oral reading or dictation recitations

b)    Role play

c)   Debates

d)    Oral interviews

e)    Dialogues

f)   Oral discussions

 
  3   Sounds /f/ as purify; as in; and

/v/ as in vapour preserve,

By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Pronounce words with selected sounds accurately for effective communication.

b.       Speak accurately, without hesitation and with expression.

c.       Challenge others to speak accurately, at the right speed and to display appropriate expressions

during oral presentations.

1.    Why should we speak clearly and confidently?

2.    Why do we make speeches?

Learner is guided to:

sounds /f/ and /v/ in small groups.

Pronounce the words related

to the theme correctly.

Contruct oral sentences using vocabulary learnt.

Listen to recorded speech

from a digital device.

Makes short word sentence using vocabulary learnt, and appropriate non- verbal cues.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a)     Oral reading or dictation recitations

b)    Role play

c)   Debates

d)    Oral interviews

e)    Dialogues

f)   Oral discussions

 
  4 Reading Intensive Reading: Poems, Songs

and Tongue

By the end of the sub strand the learner should be able to: 1. What can you learn from poems and songs? Learner is guided to:

deo on environmental pollution and answer questions.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

a)    Reading aloud

b)    Dictation

 

 Page 7 of 13

 

      Twisters a.       Creates mental images from events, characters and places in a text

b.       Answer factual and inferential questions correctly for comprehension.

c.       Relate events and characters in the reading text to personal experiences.

2.    Which poems and songs do you know?

3.    How do you tell the meaning of unfamiliar words while reading?

poem or song and role play the events, experiences or characters in the text.

Answer factual and inferential questions on the poem and song they read.

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

c)    Oral interviews

d)    Question and answer

e)    Teacher- made tests

 
6 1   Intensive Reading: Poems, Songs and Tongue Twisters By the end of the sub strand the learner should be able to:

a.       Infer information and meaning of words from context.

b.       Answer factual and inferential questions correctly for comprehension.

c.       Relate events and characters in the reading text to personal experiences.

1.    What can you learn from poems and songs?

2.    Which poems and songs do you know?

3.    How do you tell the meaning of unfamiliar words while reading?

Learner is guided to:

Watch video on environmental pollution and answer questions.

Read a poem or song and role play the events, experiences or characters in the text.

Answer factual and inferential questions on the poem and song they read.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a)    Reading aloud

b)    Dictation

c)   Oral interviews

d)    Question and answer

e)    Teacher- made tests

 
  2 Gramm ar In use Nouns which only Occur in Singular or Plural By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to

a.       Identify nouns which only occur in singular or plural from given sentences.

b.       Use nouns which only occur in singular or plural to make sentences.

c.       Collaborate with others to determine the correctness and appropriateness of nouns used in various texts.

1.    Why is it important to use words correctly?

2.    Which singular nouns end with letter

-s?

Learner is guided to:

line nouns which only occur in singular or plural sentences.

ences in pairs or groups using nouns which only occur in singular or plural such as news, dirt, waste and rubbish,

ersation using plurals of nouns which only occur in singular or plural, in pairs.

Watch videos on nouns which only occur in singular or plural and answer questions.

reate display charts on nouns which only occur in singular or plural in sentences.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a) Tasks such as multiple

choice b)

Discrimination

c)    Gap-filling

d)   Short-answer

e)   Dialogue- completion, information gap

f)   Role play

g)   Simulation

 

 Page 8 of 13

 

  3   Nouns which only Occur in Singular or Plural By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to

a.       Identify nouns which only occur in singular or plural from given sentences.

b.       Use nouns which only occur in singular or plural to make sentences.

c.       Collaborate with others to determine the correctness and appropriateness of nouns used in various texts.

1.    Why is it important to use words correctly?

2.    Which singular nouns end with letter

-s?

Learner is guided to:

Identify and underline line nouns which only occur in singular or plural sentences.

Construct sentences in pairs or groups using nouns which only occur in singular or plural such as news, dirt, waste and rubbish,

Practice a conversation using plurals of nouns which only occur in singular or plural, in pairs.

Watch videos on nouns which only occur in singular or plural and answer questions.

Create display charts on nouns which only occur in singular or plural in sentences.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a) Tasks such as multiple

choice b)

Discrimination

c)    Gap-filling

d)   Short-answer

e)   Dialogue- completion, information gap

f)   Role play

g)   Simulation

 
  4   Nouns which only Occur in Singular or Plural By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to

a.       Identify nouns which only occur in singular or plural from given sentences.

b.       Use nouns which only occur in singular or plural to make sentences.

c.       Collaborate with others to determine the correctness and appropriateness of nouns used in various texts.

1.    Why is it important to use words correctly?

2.    Which singular nouns end with letter

-s?

Learner is guided to:

line nouns which only occur in singular or plural sentences.

ruct sentences in pairs or groups using nouns which only occur in singular or plural such as news, dirt, waste and rubbish,

ersation using plurals of nouns which only occur in singular or plural, in pairs.

s on nouns which only occur in singular or plural and answer questions.

arts on nouns which only occur in

Singular or plural in sentences.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a) Tasks such as multiple

choice b)

Discrimination

c)    Gap-filling

d)   Short-answer

e)   Dialogue- completion, information gap

f)   Role play

g)   Simulation

 
7 1 Writing Functional Writing Personal Diary

 

Journal (3 days)

By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.   Identify the key components of a diary/journal.

1.    Why should we plan our activities in advance?

2.    What is the most

Learner is guided to:

View a sample diary sample journal/and identify the components.

Make journal/diary entries on

pairs or small groups.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

a)    Teacher- made tests

b)    Learner journals

c)   Peer

assessment

 

 Page 9 of 13

 

        b.       Create a journal/diary to convey desired information in the right format.

c.       Collaborate with peers to create personal journals and diaries on varied topics.

Memorable experience in your life? ·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

d)    Self- assessment learner

e)    Portfolio dictation f)Standardized writing tests

 
  2   Functional Writing Personal Diary

Journal (3 days)

By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Identify the key components of a diary/journal.

b.       Create a journal/diary to convey desired information in the right format.

c.       Collaborate with peers to create personal journals and diaries on varied topics.

1.    Why should we plan our activities in advance?

2.    What is the most Memorable experience in your life?

Learners are guided to create a three days journal. And take a gallery walk.

Give feedback to the of

each group.

Search for more examples of diaries or journals on the internet, textbooks or the library.

Create diary or journal

individually.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a)    Teacher- made tests

b)    Learner journals

c)   Peer assessment

d)    Self- assessment learner

e)    Portfolio dictation f)Standardized writing tests

 
  3 MONEY

– SAVING S AND BANKIN G

Listening and speaking:Intensive Listening (Dialogue containing similes) By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Use similes and vocabulary related to the theme correctly in sentences

b.       Judge the appropriateness of words, similes and nonverbal cues during an oral presentation.

c.       Interpret a speaker’s feelings and emotions correctly during oral presentations.

1.    Why should we listen attentively?

2.    How can you tell someone is attentive?

Learner is guided to:

Identify similes from an oral text

Use similes and words in sentences in small groups.

Identify similes from an oral text audio visual text. groups.

Discuss the dialogue in pairs.

entences using the new words individually.

Dramatize the dialogue in

small groups.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a)     Oral reading or dictation recitations

b)    Role play

c)   Debates

d)    Oral interviews

e)    Dialogues

f)   Oral discussions

 
  4   Sounds : /m/ as in

money; /n/ as in notes, /ŋ/ as in shilling

By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.   Select words and phrases with the target sounds, digraphs and consonant clusters from a text.

1.    Why should we listen attentively?

2.    How can you tell someone is attentive?

Learner is guided to:

Say words containing the sound

sounds /m/ /n/ /ŋ/ in small groups.

Listen to dialogue from an audio-visual recording or read

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

a)     Oral reading or dictation recitations

b)    Role play

c)   Debates

 

 Page 10 of 13

 

        b.       Judge the appropriateness of words, similes and nonverbal cues during an oral presentation.

c.       Interpret a speaker’s feelings and emotions correctly during oral

presentations.

  by the teacher and select words with the target sounds, digraphs and clusters in pairs.

ds featuring the

target sounds.

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

d)    Oral interviews

e)    Dialogues

f)   Oral discussions

 
8 1   Digraphs: sn as in sneeze, sl as in sling By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Select words and phrases with the target sounds, digraphs and consonant clusters from a text.

b.       Judge the appropriateness of words, similes and nonverbal cues during an oral presentation.

c.       Interpret a speaker’s feelings and emotions correctly during oral presentations.

1.    Why should we listen attentively?

2.    How can you tell someone is attentive?

Learner is guided to:

Identify similes from an oral text

Use similes and words in sentences in small groups.

Identify similes from an audio visual

audio visual text.

List similes in small

groups.

Discuss new words found in the dialogue in pairs.

Construct sentences using the new words individually.

small groups.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a)     Oral reading or dictation recitations

b)    Role play

c)   Debates

d)    Oral interviews

e)    Dialogues

f)   Oral discussions

 
  2 Reading Extensive Reading Variety of Texts

such as (texts of about 1001 –

1250)

By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Select suitable reading materials from a variety of texts.

b.       Read a variety of materials independently for information and pleasure.

c.       Judge the appropriateness of a reading text on the basis of theme, interest and language complexity.

1.    Why do you read?

2.    How do you obtain specific information from a text?

3.    What materials do you enjoy reading?

Learner is guided to:

te print and non-print reading materials; newspapers, magazines, class readers or poems.

Preview reading material to

determine suitability.

Scan through a text for specific details.

Skim through a material to obtain the main idea.

gh newspapers, magazines among others to find specific information.

Skim through a material in small groups. Independently.

Promote extensive reading

among peers and the greater community.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a)    Reading aloud

b)    Dictation

c)   Oral interviews

d)    Question and answer

e)    Teacher- made tests

 

 Page 11 of 13

 

  3   Newspapers, magazines, class readers and poems By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Read a variety of materials independently for information and pleasure.

b.       Use fluency strategies such as previewing, skimming and scanning strategies to find necessary information.

c.       Judge the appropriateness of a reading text on the basis of theme, interest and language complexity.

1.    Why do you read?

2.    How do you obtain specific information from a text?

3.    What materials do you enjoy reading?

colaborate with peers to determine the appropriateness of reading texts on the basis of interest, themes and complexity of language

look for specific information from a reading material in pairs. read in groups.

Make an entry of what they

have read in their creative writing diary.

Visit library to read online

and offline materials

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a)    Reading aloud

b)    Dictation

c)   Oral interviews

d)    Question and answer

e)    Teacher- made tests

 
  4 Gramm ar in use Word Classes Prepositions

in, on, at

:in, on, at as : into,

towards, to,

through

By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Identify prepositions of time, place and direction in sentences.

b.       Use prepositions of time, place and direction appropriately for effective communication.

c.       Collaborate with others to judge the accuracy, appropriateness and correctness of prepositions

used in varied texts.

1.    Which words show direction and time?

2.    Why is it important to show time and direction?

Learner is guided to: nderline prepositions of

time, place and direction in sample sentences:

o    time such as in, on, at)

o    place such as :in, on, at

o    direction such as : into, towards, to, through

preposition games and songs online/offline.

ing

prepositions.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a) Tasks such as multiple

choice b)

Discrimination

c)    Gap-filling

d)   Short-answer

e)   Dialogue- completion, information gap

f)   Role play

g)   Simulation

 
9 1   Word Classes Prepositions

in, on, at

:in, on, at as : into,

towards, to, through

By the end of the sub strand, the learner should be able to:

a.       Identify prepositions of time, place and direction in sentences.

b.       Use prepositions of time, place and direction appropriately for effective communication.

c.       Collaborate with others to judge the accuracy, appropriateness and correctness of prepositions used in varied texts.

1.    Which words show direction and time?

2.    Why is it important to show time and direction?

Use prepositions to perfom classroom task

Watch videos and online material on prepositions and in pairs/groups.

Create a display charts containing preposition of time and direction.

Create crossword puzzles using prepositions.

Solve code words and crossword puzzles involving prepositions.

Search for prepositions online, from newspapers

magazines among others

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a) Tasks such as multiple

choice b)

Discrimination

c)    Gap-filling

d)   Short-answer

e)   Dialogue- completion, information gap

f)   Role play

g)   Simulation

 

 Page 12 of 13

 

  2 Writing Spelling Homophones; Words with double consonants By the end of the sub strand the learner should be able to:

a.       Identify homophones, words with double consonants and words with double vowels correctly.

b.       Spell homophones, words with double consonants and words with double vowels correctly.

c.       Collaborate with others to judge the appropriateness of words, phrases and

sentences used in own or provided documents.

1.    Why should we write words correctly?

2.    Which words have the same pronunciation but different spelling?

Learner is guided to:

Identify homophones, words with double consonants and words with double vowels from a text.

o words read by the teacher or from audio recording for example:

–      waist/waste

–         Collect or dropped

Write down from a dictation correctly

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a)    Teacher- made tests

b)    Learner journals

c)   Peer assessment

d)    Self- assessment learner

e)    Portfolio dictation f)Standardized writing tests

 
  3   Words with double vowels By the end of the sub strand the learner should be able to:

a.       Uses homophones, words with double consonants and words with double vowels in sentences correctly.

b.       Recommend to peers ways of enhancing their spelling skills for clarity of communication.

c.       Collaborate with others to judge the appropriateness of words, phrases and sentences used in own or

provided documents.

1.    Why should we write words correctly?

2.    Which words have the same pronunciation but different spelling?

Learner is guided to:

Use jigsaw puzzle to form words correctly in groups.

up letters.

Form sentences from the words they have spelt.

Search for homophones, words with double consonants and words with double vowels from the internet.

·         course book

·         story books

·         poetry books

·         pictures and

·         photographs

·         newspapers

·         magazines

·         junior encyclopedia

·         journals

·         dictionaries

·         diorama

·         flash cards

a)    Teacher- made tests

b)    Learner journals

c)   Peer assessment

d)    Self- assessment learner

e)    Portfolio dictation f)Standardized writing tests

 
  4 REVISION/ ASSESMENT                      
10  

 

COMPUTER STUDIES FORM 2 EXAMS

COMPUTER STUDIES MARKING SCHEME

END TERM  FORM TWO

SECTION A

  1. Name three major components of a computer system. (3 marks)
  • Computer Hardware
  • Computer Software
  • Computer Liveware
  1. John saw the following symbols at the back of his system unit. What do the symbols represent?

 

A
B
  • A Universal Serial Bus Port
  • B PS/2 Mouse port
  1. List down any four advantages of using computers as tools of problem solving. (2 marks)
  • Computers are accurate
  • Computers are fast in processing information
  • Computers can store a lot of data and information
  • Computers do not get tired or bored even when required to repeat a task over and over again.
  1. Since the invention of the first generation of digital computers, much advancement has been realized in the sector of information and technology. Explain two characteristics which have been improved from the first generation to the modern computers. (4 marks)
  • Size: Computers are becoming smaller and smaller since they involve Very Large Scale Integration of electronic components leading to the introduction of very small computers like palmtops, notebooks and laptops.
  • Speed: Computers are becoming faster in processing of data due invention of very high speed processors.
  • Storage Capacity: This has been increased. Initial devices could only store several kilobytes and they took long to store and retrieve data.
  • Energy consumption and heat emission: The modern computers consume little energy and emit little heat.
  1. (a) Name two ways of classifying computer software.
  • According to purpose.
  • According to method of acquisition. (2×1 marks)

          (b)     Outline any two functions of operating system software.

  • Resource control
  • Memory management
  • Job scheduling & sequencing
  • Interrupt handling
  • Input/Output handling
  • Error handling
  • Communication control and management (2×1 marks)
  1. Give two ways of classifying operating systems. (2 Marks)
  • By their Interface
  • By the number of tasks they can handle at the same time
  • By the number of users
  1. a)What are toggle keys                                                                                                       (1 mark)
  • These are keys that are used to turn a function on and off or switch between two functions.
  1. b) Give two examples of toggle keys.          (1 mark)
  • Caps Lock key
  • Number lock key
  • Scroll lock key
  • Insert key
  1. a) What is a computer virus?                                                                                           (1 Mark)

A malicious program designed to cause malfunctioning in a computer system

  1. b) Give two names of common computer viruses.                                                         (2 Marks)
  • Worms
  • Boot sector viruses
  • Trojans
  • Back doors
  • File viruses
  1. c) State two security measures which should be observed to safeguard data against computer viruses.           (2 Marks)
  • Scanning all removable storage devices before using them using antivirus programs
  • Scanning all internet downloads using antivirus programs
  • Not accepting foreign removable storage media in an organization
  1. Name two special purpose memories found either found inside or outside the microprocessor hence explain what each of them does.. (2 marks)
  • Cache Memory: Cache Memory is a special group of fast memory chips located inside or close to the CPU chip to speed up processing.
  • Buffers: Temporary holding places built in some input and output devices so as to relieve the CPU some burden of storing all the data during processing.
  • Registers: Temporary holding locations within the CPU that are used to store instructions and pieces of data being processed by the CPU
  1. Describe three facilities or ways of ensuring proper ventilation in a computer laboratory. (3 Marks)
  • Large & enough windows and doors
  • Installing fans
  • Installing air conditioning system
  • Avoid overcrowding of either machines or people in the room

 

  1. Computers can store data using three ways namely electronically, magnetically and optically. Give two examples of storage devices in each method: (3 marks)

(i)   Electronically

  • Flash drives   – memory cards   – memory sticks

(ii)  Magnetically

  • Floppy diskette, hard disk, magnetic tapes, magnetic stripe cards

(iii)  Optically

  • Digital Versatile Disks, Compact Disks, Optical tapes

 

  1. (a)    Define the term firmware.                                                                                            (1 mark)
  • Refers to a class of system software programs that are permanently stored (burnt into) in Read Only Memories (ROMs) of various devices.

(b)     Describe any two examples of utility programs.                                                         (2 marks)

  • Diagnostic Programs: which deal primarily with diagnosing and repairing disk-related problems, such as recovering damaged or erased files, repairing damaged directories, and recovering from a disk crash.
  • Backup Utilities: Programs designed to back up the contents of a hard drive, commonly into a removable storage device.
  • Uninstall Utilities: Used to remove programs that are no longer needed from the hard drive.
  • Disk Defragmentation Programs: Also called disk optimizers –rearrange data and programs on the hard drive so that they can be accessed faster.
  • File Compression Programs: Which enable files to be stored in a smaller amount of storage space.
  • Antivirus Programs: Protect your system from virus attack.
  • Performance Monitors: Tell you how efficiently your computer system is performing its work.

 

  1. List down two uses of UPSs in a computer laboratory. (2 marks)
  • Regulating voltage entering into computing devices
  • Storing energy for use by devices in case of power failure
  • Notify the user in case of power failure.

 

  1. Describe the two methods of computer booting. (2 marks)
  • Hard Booting/Cold Booting: This is the process of starting of the computer which was initially off.
  • Soft Booting/Warm Booting: This is the process of restarting a computer which was initially on.

 

  1. Explain the difference between a hibernating and a sleeping computer. (2 marks)
  • Hibernating computer: This is a computer which has been shut down whereby the final previous state is stored so that it is recalled when the computer is booted in another session.
  • Sleeping computer: This is a computer which is on but is in its stand-by mode/a computer which is on but has entered into its power-saving mode

 

  1. Thesaurus – used to find synonyms, autonyms or related word

Spelling –checking for such common typing mistake as repeated words, irregular capitalization,     sentence structure such as very long sentence.

 

  1. Drop caps
  2. italicizing
  • bolding
  1. columns

 

  1. (a) Describe five features available in most word processing applications.                  (5 marks)
  • They allow the user to create a file, save it, and retrieve (recover/open) it when required for reuse, printing, editing or formatting.
  • Has Text- editing features, such as: –
  • Copy & Paste, which allows a marked block of text to be moved to another part of the document.
  • Find, which allows the user to search for words or phrases within the document.
  • Search & Replace, which allows replacement of every occurrence of a certain combination of characters with another set of characters.

 

  • Undo, which allows actions that have been performed to be reversed, such that if some text was accidentally deleted, then the action can be undone.
  • Contains Text and Page formatting features such as: –
  • Justification of text, which could be Left, Right, Centre, or Full.
  • Indents and use of Tabs for text alignment.
  • Page Numbering.
  • Insert of page Headers and Footers.
  • Has different Fonts (lettering/typescripts), Character sizes & Styles such as Bold, Italic, Underline, etc.
  • Enables Printing of documents: single or multiple copies, full or part of a document.
  • Enables creation of Tables, which can be used to perform certain calculations & sorting on a given text.
  • Has an inbuilt dictionary.
  • Contains Tools such as Spelling and grammar checkers, Bookmarks & Thesaurus (which provides alternative words – synonyms).
  • Typing errors can be corrected and the text modified before printing the final version.
  • Enables the use of document templates, which can be used to quickly create the most frequently used documents once the format has been set.
  • Allows Mail merging, which makes it possible to combine several letters.
  • This is very useful when similar letters has to be sent to several people. The names and addresses of each person can be merged with one single standard document and printed out.
  • Enables creation of Newspaper layouts, which can be used for manipulation of Column text.
  • Has the ability to add graphics within documents.
  • Allows creation of Footnotes and Endnotes.
  • Provides file protection using Passwords.
  • Contain Macros, which can be used to automate the most frequent & repetitive tasks.
  • Have the ability to create and import tables, text and graphics from other programs.
  • All Word processors have similar document windows with the following features:
  • They are designed to look like a piece of paper with a few electronic improvements.
  • The screen is blank before typing of text.
  • There is a Cursor, which blinks at the position where you can begin entering text.
  • There is a Status bar that provides the user with information about current status such as saving operation, the name of the file in use, the current page, and column cursor position.
  • Word wrap: A facility/feature that automatically moves a word or cursor to the beginning of the next line if there is insufficient room at the end of the current line.
  • Scrolling: This is the vertical movement of text document on the screen, either using the Up or Down arrow keys, Page Up or Page Down keys, or using the Mouse in Windows based word processors.
  • Help: Contains instructions, tips, pointers, explanations and guidance on how to use an application.
  • Editing modes: Word processors have two editing modes; Insert mode and Type over mode.
  • In Insert mode, every character typed between words, lines or characters is placed at the cursor position. This pushes all the text in front of the cursor away without deleting it.
  • In Type over mode, every character typed deletes what was there before and replaces it with new text at the cursor position.

          (b)     Explain the following terms as used in word processing:                                         (3 marks)

(i)      Word wrap

  • This is the automatic movement of the cursor/typing bar to the beginning of the next line when the boundary on the right side is reached/if the text cannot fit on the current line.

(ii)     insert mode

  • A mode which allows the user to insert missing text in a document while the other text after the cursor is pushed away so as to create space.

(iii)    Type over mode

  • A mode which allows the user to replace existing characters with the newly typed characters.

          (c)     What is a document password?                                                                                  (2 marks)

  • This is a combination of characters which form a code to prevent other users from opening one’s document.

 

          (d)     Outline five formats that can be applied to a paragraph in a word processing document. (5mks)

  • Text alignment: This refers to text positioning within a text area/text margins. It includes, Left alignment, Right alignment, Centre alignment and Justified text.
  • Indentation: This refers to moving text away from text margins. It includes: First line indent, hanging indent, full indent and right indent.
  • Setting tabs or tab stops: These are marks which one can set on the document when organizing text in columnar format. Tab stops include: Left tab, Centre tab, Decimal tab, Right tab, and bar tab.
  • Drop Cap: This refers to a large initial character of a paragraph which appears lowered a number of lines in the paragraph. Drop caps include: Dropped and In Margin drop caps.
  • Line spacing: This refers to the spaces left between the lines of a paragraph e.g. Double, Single, Multiple etc.
  • Space before and after a paragraph: Space before paragraph refers to an empty space which can be set above a paragraph. Space after paragraph refers to an empty space which can be set below a paragraph.
  • Bullets and numbering: Bullets refer to symbols which one can apply to enumerate paragraphs in form of points using symbols at the beginning of each point (e.g. ●, ♦, ♥, ♣). Numbering refer to numbers used to enumerate paragraph inform of points. Numbers can be Numeric, Roman numbers and Alphabetical letters
  1. e) State the function of the following keyboard short cut keys (3Marks)
  2. CTRL+S…………………………………………………………………………………………….. SAVE
  3. CTRL+V………………………………………………………………………………………….. PASTE
  • CTRL+X……………………………………………………………………………………………… CUT
  1. CTRL+F……………………………………..……………………………………………………… FIND
  2. ALT+F4……………………………………………………………………………………………. EXIT
  3. CTRL+H…………………………………………………………………………………….. REPLACE
  4. a) i)          Give one advantage of using GUI over command Line Interface(1 mark)
  • It supports picture, sound and motion pictures
  • It is easier to use because one does not necessarily need to learn and remember the command

 

  1. ii) Some computer systems still use command line interfaces. State TWO advantages of command line interface. (2 marks)
  • If the user knows the correct commands, then the interface is much faster than any other interface.
  • This type of interface needs much less memory (RAM) compared to other interfaces
  • This type of interface does not use much CPU processing time as others
  • A low resolution, cheaper monitor can be used with this type of interface
  • A CLI does not require widows to run
  1. b) i)          List four devices that are needed in order to listen to music from a computer system.                                                                                                                                                                           (2 marks)
  • Sound card
  • Audio video player programme
  • Speakers
  • DVD/CD drive
  • VGA monitor
  1. ii) What is LED in reference to softcopy output devices?                             (2 marks)
  • A Light Emitting Diodes is a small low powered device that is programmed to emit light when a current flows through it.
  1. c) i) Outline THREE precautions one should take when assembling a computer.       (3 marks)
  • Disconnect all devices from power source before starting to work with them
  • Do not work on any peripheral devices without the guidance of a teacher
  • Never work alone because you may need help in case of an emergency
  • Discharge any static electricity that might have built upon the hand by touching an earthed metallic object and then wearing an anti-static wrist member. This is because human beings can hold as much as 200 volts of static charge that can damage sensitive components on the motherboard.
  1. ii) Give the THREE components of a good warranty                      (3 marks)
  • Scope of cover e.g. six months, one year e.t.c.
  • Callout response and liability agreement. For example how long should the supplier take to repair a fault or to replace the product and if he delays who bears the cost.
  • Preventive maintenance for example regularity of service, at intervals etc.
  1. d) Distinguish between serial and parallel communication ports of a computer.        (2 marks)
  • Serial ports transmit information one bit at a time while parallel transmit information simultaneously.

 

 

 

  1. a) Mr. Matano is a teacher at Kamangu High School and wishes to use MS-Excel to process the marks obtained by his students during the term. The table below shows the details entered in the Ms-Excel       worksheet.

 

  1. i) Write a logical function that display PASSED when the total marks is greater than 70% marks otherwise display FAIL.                                                                                                                                (3mks)

      =IF (G2>70,”PASSED”,”FAIL”)

  1. ii) Write a function that RANKs the students according to their total performance.             (5mks)

 

=RANK (G2, $G$2: $G$7, 0)

iii) Write a function that displays the GRADE in column H based on total performance, using the following         grading system:                                                                                                                             (5mks)

80..100      – A

60..79        – B

40..59        – C

0..39          – E

=IF(G2>=80,”A”, IF(G2>=60,”A”, IF(G2>=40,”A”,”E”)))

  1. iv) The formula =COUNTIF (F2:F7,”>=50”) was entered at cell F9. Write down the value that was                                                                                                                                      (2mks)

 

  • 4
  1. v) Write down the formula that would be entered at cell C9 to sum the values in column C whose values are greater or equal to 10.                                                                                                             (3mks)

=SUMIF (C2:C7,”>=10”)